From 8a22b9cbb62e6641d36f6c00e0e790a8bdc426eb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com> Date: Sat, 21 Sep 2024 11:26:11 +0200 Subject: [PATCH] RELEASE 3.11.0 (WEBSITE) (#1003) * Use newlines for code to help with copy-paste (#968) * newlines help with copy-paste * use tabs rather than 4 spaces * three tics for copy button * preferred markdown * AUTO: Updated .po files * Change jamulus-server to jamulus-headless (#969) * Change jamulus-server to jamulus-headless * Fix grammar Co-authored-by: John Dempsey <1750243+mcfnord@users.noreply.github.com> --------- Co-authored-by: John Dempsey <1750243+mcfnord@users.noreply.github.com> * AUTO: Updated .po files * Fix segmentation in 1-Index (#970) * Update _config.yml Make kramdown the markdown processor * Update and rename 1-index.html to 1-index.md * Update 1-index.md * Update 1-de-index.html * Rename 1-de-index.html to 1-de-index.md * Update and rename 1-es-index.html to 1-es-index.md * Update and rename 1-fr-index.html to 1-fr-index.md * Update and rename 1-index.html to 1-index.md * Update and rename 1-it-index.html to 1-it-index.md * Update and rename 1-ko_KR-index.html to 1-ko_KR-index.md * Update and rename 1-nb_NO-index.html to 1-nb_NO-index.md * Update and rename 1-nl-index.html to 1-nl-index.md * Update and rename 1-pt_BR-index.html to 1-pt_BR-index.md * Update and rename 1-pt_PT-index.html to 1-pt_PT-index.md * Update and rename 1-zh_CN-index.html to 1-zh_CN-index.md * Fix segmentation in 1-Index * Don't include processed .po files * Correction * Add comments * Add comments * Update _po4a-tools/po4a-update-templates.sh Co-authored-by: Peter L Jones * Remove unneeded check --------- Co-authored-by: Peter L Jones * AUTO: Updated .po files * Revert "AUTO: Updated .po files" This reverts commit a73218ec98da4229e23b724788ccaee682fad9b3. * Revert "Fix segmentation in 1-Index (#970)" This reverts commit 256a67898cfdf9b5b5148f08edae645fbc17c455. * Translations update from Hosted Weblate (#975) * Update Spanish translation using Weblate Currently translated at 100.0% (159 of 159 strings) Co-authored-by: gallegonovato Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/running-a-server/es/ Translation: Jamulus/Running-a-Server * Update French translation using Weblate Currently translated at 100.0% (165 of 165 strings) Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Co-authored-by: Hosted Weblate Co-authored-by: Olivier Humbert Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/directories/ Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/running-a-server/fr/ Translation: Jamulus/Directories Translation: Jamulus/Running-a-Server * Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Translation: Jamulus/Running-a-Server Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/running-a-server/ --------- Co-authored-by: gallegonovato Co-authored-by: Olivier Humbert * Fix segmentation in 1-Index 2nd attempt (#976) * Update _config.yml Make kramdown the markdown processor * Update and rename 1-index.html to 1-index.md * Update 1-index.md * Update 1-de-index.html * Rename 1-de-index.html to 1-de-index.md * Update and rename 1-es-index.html to 1-es-index.md * Update and rename 1-fr-index.html to 1-fr-index.md * Update and rename 1-index.html to 1-index.md * Update and rename 1-it-index.html to 1-it-index.md * Update and rename 1-ko_KR-index.html to 1-ko_KR-index.md * Update and rename 1-nb_NO-index.html to 1-nb_NO-index.md * Update and rename 1-nl-index.html to 1-nl-index.md * Update and rename 1-pt_BR-index.html to 1-pt_BR-index.md * Update and rename 1-pt_PT-index.html to 1-pt_PT-index.md * Update and rename 1-zh_CN-index.html to 1-zh_CN-index.md * Fix segmentation in 1-Index * Don't include processed .po files * Correction * Add comments * Add comments * Update _po4a-tools/po4a-update-templates.sh Co-authored-by: Peter L Jones * Remove unneeded check * AUTO: Updated .po files --------- Co-authored-by: Peter L Jones Co-authored-by: github-actions <41898282+github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com> * AUTO: Updated .po files * Add changes to iOS install page * Translations update from Hosted Weblate (#978) * Update Installation-for-Linux.md adding PipeWire usage. (#980) * AUTO: Updated .po files * Apply suggestion Co-authored-by: Peter L Jones * Update deprecated actions * Replace banner image * Add figure style * Lang select (#11) * Initial replacements testing OK so far * Add language selection dropdown * Don't store lang preference * Align dropdown to the right. Remove unneeded code from fw.css * Make dropdown scrollable * Clean/move/improve css styling, add icon, lang sel. outline * Remove unneeded css * Show full lang names, automate adding langs * AUTO: Add new language: (eu) #4 * Revert "AUTO: Add new language: (eu) #4" This reverts commit 301c9486933621f8b5ae9300b4b7ba106b55662e. * Correction * AUTO: Add new language: (Basque) #5 * Update add-lang.yml * AUTO: Add new language: (English (American)) #6 * Correction * Revert language additions * Correction * Correction * Update * Update * Add check * Update error message * Revert lang code hyphens * Add changes by @gilgongo * Combine with gilgongo's stuff * Correct title check * Correct pt-BR language codes * Revert lang code changes --------- Co-authored-by: Gilgongo Co-authored-by: github-actions <41898282+github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com> * Replace with simplified version * Change add-lang message, remove suglang reference * Improve accessibility * Match text colour * Make dropdown menu more compact * Make dropdown standard html * Replace with simplified version Change add-lang message, remove suglang reference Improve accessibility Match text colour Make dropdown menu more compact Make dropdown standard html * Add no-JS option * Correction to no-JS list * Make non-JS selection highlighted * Add language-container to fw.css * Correct translation readme * Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Co-authored-by: Hosted Weblate Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/ Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual * Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Co-authored-by: Hosted Weblate Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/ Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual * Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Co-authored-by: Hosted Weblate Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/ Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual * Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Translation: Jamulus/Tips-Tricks-More Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/tips-tricks-more/ * Rephrase sentence Co-authored-by: Peter L Jones * Fix canonical/alternate links * Fix canonical/alternate links * Use class for figure * Add class for home page img * Better class name Co-authored-by: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com> * Better class name Co-authored-by: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com> * Removed lrelease and .qm files check-in from release process. These steps no longer needed as .qm files are now compiled on the fly. * AUTO: Updated .po files * Update Release-Process.md Co-authored-by: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com> * Make current language non-selectable in non-JS mode * Tidy up and fix non-selectable EN * Update _includes/headtags.html Co-authored-by: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com> * Change po folders to new lang codes * Bump rexml from 3.2.8 to 3.3.2 Bumps [rexml](https://github.com/ruby/rexml) from 3.2.8 to 3.3.2. - [Release notes](https://github.com/ruby/rexml/releases) - [Changelog](https://github.com/ruby/rexml/blob/master/NEWS.md) - [Commits](https://github.com/ruby/rexml/compare/v3.2.8...v3.3.2) --- updated-dependencies: - dependency-name: rexml dependency-type: indirect ... Signed-off-by: dependabot[bot] * Update dependencies * Add connection setup and advanced setup screenshots * Add connection setup and advanced setup screenshots in ES * Mention connect via menu does not force disconnect * Expand description of server list and say "directory" * Add note about delete button * Fix "My Profile" screenshot border * AUTO: Updated .po files * Fix syntax error * Update dependencies * AUTO: Add new language: sv: Svenska #999 * Revert "AUTO: Add new language: sv: Svenska #999" This reverts commit 1eb8e58067e0a72ea959963445ec03f0a7266c3a. * AUTO: Add new language: sv-SE: Svenska #1022 * update-nl-images-for-3-11 * Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Co-authored-by: Hosted Weblate Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/directories/ Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-ios/ Translation: Jamulus/Directories Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-iOS * Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Co-authored-by: Hosted Weblate Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/directories/ Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-ios/ Translation: Jamulus/Directories Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-iOS * Update Italian translation using Weblate Currently translated at 100.0% (13 of 13 strings) Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Co-authored-by: Hosted Weblate Co-authored-by: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com> Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/1-index/it/ Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/directories/ Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-ios/ Translation: Jamulus/Directories Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-iOS Translation: Jamulus/Startpage * Update Dutch translation using Weblate Currently translated at 100.0% (159 of 159 strings) Translated using Weblate (Dutch) Currently translated at 100.0% (31 of 31 strings) Update Dutch translation using Weblate Currently translated at 100.0% (16 of 16 strings) Update Dutch translation using Weblate Currently translated at 100.0% (27 of 27 strings) Update Dutch translation using Weblate Currently translated at 100.0% (12 of 12 strings) Update Dutch translation using Weblate Currently translated at 100.0% (159 of 159 strings) Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Co-authored-by: Henk De Groot Co-authored-by: Hosted Weblate Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/directories/ Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/directories/nl/ Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-ios/ Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/running-a-server/nl/ Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/server-bandwidth/nl/ Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/server-troubleshooting/nl/ Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/unregistered-servers/nl/ Translation: Jamulus/Directories Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-iOS Translation: Jamulus/Running-a-Server Translation: Jamulus/Server-Bandwidth Translation: Jamulus/Server-Troubleshooting Translation: Jamulus/Unregistered-Servers * Update Spanish translation using Weblate Currently translated at 100.0% (137 of 137 strings) Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Co-authored-by: Hosted Weblate Co-authored-by: ignotus Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/directories/ Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-ios/ Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/es/ Translation: Jamulus/Directories Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-iOS Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual * Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Co-authored-by: Hosted Weblate Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/directories/ Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-ios/ Translation: Jamulus/Directories Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-iOS * Update Swedish translation using Weblate Currently translated at 100.0% (16 of 16 strings) Update Swedish translation using Weblate Currently translated at 100.0% (27 of 27 strings) Update Swedish translation using Weblate Currently translated at 100.0% (12 of 12 strings) Translated using Weblate (Swedish) Currently translated at 100.0% (31 of 31 strings) Update Swedish translation using Weblate Currently translated at 100.0% (56 of 56 strings) Update Swedish translation using Weblate Currently translated at 100.0% (137 of 137 strings) Update Swedish translation using Weblate Currently translated at 100.0% (159 of 159 strings) Update Swedish translation using Weblate Currently translated at 100.0% (137 of 137 strings) Update Swedish translation using Weblate Currently translated at 100.0% (159 of 159 strings) Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Co-authored-by: Hosted Weblate Co-authored-by: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com> Co-authored-by: ignotus Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/client-troubleshooting/sv/ Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/directories/ Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/directories/sv/ Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-ios/ Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/running-a-server/sv/ Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/server-bandwidth/sv/ Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/server-troubleshooting/sv/ Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/software-manual/sv/ Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/unregistered-servers/sv/ Translation: Jamulus/Client-Troubleshooting Translation: Jamulus/Directories Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-iOS Translation: Jamulus/Running-a-Server Translation: Jamulus/Server-Bandwidth Translation: Jamulus/Server-Troubleshooting Translation: Jamulus/Software-Manual Translation: Jamulus/Unregistered-Servers * Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Co-authored-by: Hosted Weblate Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/directories/ Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-ios/ Translation: Jamulus/Directories Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-iOS * Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Co-authored-by: Hosted Weblate Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/directories/ Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-ios/ Translation: Jamulus/Directories Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-iOS * Update Chinese (Simplified) translation using Weblate Currently translated at 100.0% (159 of 159 strings) Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Co-authored-by: Hosted Weblate Co-authored-by: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com> Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/directories/ Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-ios/ Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/running-a-server/zh_Hans/ Translation: Jamulus/Directories Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-iOS Translation: Jamulus/Running-a-Server * Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Update translation files Updated by "Squash Git commits" hook in Weblate. Co-authored-by: Hosted Weblate Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/directories/ Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-ios/ Translation: Jamulus/Directories Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-iOS * Replace bundle id * AUTO: Updated .po files * Update German translation using Weblate Currently translated at 100.0% (6 of 6 strings) Co-authored-by: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com> Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/include-client-commands/de/ Translation: Jamulus/Include-Client-Commands * Update Dutch translation using Weblate Currently translated at 100.0% (49 of 49 strings) Co-authored-by: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com> Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/installation-for-linux/nl/ Translation: Jamulus/Installation-for-Linux * Update Swedish translation using Weblate Currently translated at 100.0% (159 of 159 strings) Co-authored-by: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com> Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/running-a-server/sv/ Translation: Jamulus/Running-a-Server * Update Portuguese (Portugal) translation using Weblate Currently translated at 100.0% (13 of 13 strings) Co-authored-by: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com> Translate-URL: https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/1-index/pt_PT/ Translation: Jamulus/Startpage * Identify canonical and alternate URLs (#1026) Co-authored-by: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com> * Update Gemfile version numbers * Add closing / to standalone HTML tags, for po4a parser. (#1037) The po4a XML parser seems to dislike standalone HTML tags such as and
, and this causes it to mis-parse tags that enclose them. This commit changes to and
to
, which keeps the parser happy. * AUTO: Updated .po files * Fix for jekyll canonical URL construction (#1039) * Add language directories in _data and wiki to .gitignore Only en and en-no-translate are committed to Github * Update download links on the website --------- Signed-off-by: dependabot[bot] Co-authored-by: github-actions[bot] <41898282+github-actions[bot]@users.noreply.github.com> Co-authored-by: John Dempsey <1750243+mcfnord@users.noreply.github.com> Co-authored-by: ignotus Co-authored-by: Peter L Jones Co-authored-by: Weblate (bot) Co-authored-by: gallegonovato Co-authored-by: Olivier Humbert Co-authored-by: Julien Taverna Co-authored-by: Jonathan <4561747+gilgongo@users.noreply.github.com> Co-authored-by: Gilgongo Co-authored-by: Tony Mountifield Co-authored-by: dependabot[bot] <49699333+dependabot[bot]@users.noreply.github.com> Co-authored-by: Peter L Jones Co-authored-by: Henk De Groot <13550012+henkdegroot@users.noreply.github.com> Co-authored-by: Henk De Groot Co-authored-by: ignotus --- .github/workflows/jekyll.yml | 10 +- .github/workflows/main.yml | 10 +- .gitignore | 5 + 1-de-index.html | 1 - 1-de-index.md | 1 + 1-es-index.html | 1 - 1-es-index.md | 1 + 1-fr-index.html | 1 - 1-fr-index.md | 1 + 1-index.html | 1 - 1-index.md | 1 + 1-it-index.html | 1 - 1-it-index.md | 1 + 1-ko-KR-index.md | 1 + 1-ko_KR-index.html | 1 - 1-nb_NO-index.html | 1 - 1-nl-index.html | 1 - 1-nl-index.md | 1 + 1-no-NO-index.md | 1 + 1-pt-BR-index.md | 1 + 1-pt-PT-index.md | 1 + 1-pt_BR-index.html | 1 - 1-pt_PT-index.html | 1 - 1-sv-SE-index.md | 1 + 1-zh-CN-index.md | 1 + 1-zh_CN-index.html | 1 - Gemfile | 2 + Gemfile.lock | 161 ++- _config.yml | 44 +- _includes/general/nav.html | 64 +- _includes/headtags.html | 18 +- _includes/langselect.html | 55 +- _layouts/mainhomepage.html | 1 + _po4a-tools/po4a-create-all-targets.sh | 10 +- _po4a-tools/po4a-update-templates.sh | 2 +- _translator-files/README.md | 8 +- _translator-files/po/de/1-index.po | 255 +++-- .../po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po | 10 +- _translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po | 10 +- .../po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po | 8 +- .../po/de/Include-Shared-Commands.po | 4 +- .../po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po | 115 +- .../po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po | 58 +- _translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po | 328 +++--- .../po/de/Server-Troubleshooting.po | 10 +- _translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po | 255 ++--- _translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po | 18 +- _translator-files/po/es/1-index.po | 249 +++-- _translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po | 10 +- .../po/es/Include-Shared-Commands.po | 4 +- .../po/es/Installation-for-Linux.po | 121 ++- .../po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po | 10 +- .../po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po | 10 +- .../po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po | 58 +- _translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po | 381 ++++--- _translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po | 256 ++--- _translator-files/po/es/general.po | 9 +- _translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po | 249 +++-- _translator-files/po/fr/FAQ.po | 11 +- .../po/fr/Include-Shared-Commands.po | 4 +- .../po/fr/Installation-for-Android.po | 10 +- .../po/fr/Installation-for-Linux.po | 121 ++- .../po/fr/Installation-for-Macintosh.po | 10 +- .../po/fr/Installation-for-Windows.po | 8 +- .../po/fr/Installation-for-iOS.po | 62 +- _translator-files/po/fr/Running-a-Server.po | 426 +++++--- _translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po | 254 ++--- _translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po | 21 +- _translator-files/po/it/1-index.po | 274 +++-- .../po/it/Client-Troubleshooting.po | 14 +- .../po/it/Command-Line-Options.po | 17 +- _translator-files/po/it/Contribution.po | 17 +- _translator-files/po/it/Directories.po | 12 +- _translator-files/po/it/FAQ.po | 16 +- _translator-files/po/it/Getting-Started.po | 41 +- .../po/it/Include-Shared-Commands.po | 2 +- .../po/it/Installation-for-Linux.po | 91 +- .../po/it/Installation-for-Macintosh.po | 9 +- .../po/it/Installation-for-Windows.po | 11 +- .../po/it/Installation-for-iOS.po | 59 +- _translator-files/po/it/Privacy-Statement.po | 15 +- _translator-files/po/it/Running-a-Server.po | 325 +++--- _translator-files/po/it/Server-Bandwidth.po | 18 +- .../po/it/Server-Troubleshooting.po | 19 +- _translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po | 237 +++-- _translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po | 14 +- .../po/it/Unregistered-Servers.po | 16 +- _translator-files/po/ko-KR/1-index.po | 260 +++++ .../Client-Troubleshooting.po | 11 +- .../{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Command-Line-Options.po | 11 +- .../po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Contribution.po | 11 +- .../po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Directories.po | 11 +- _translator-files/po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/FAQ.po | 13 +- .../po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Getting-Started.po | 19 +- .../po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Include-Backing-Up.po | 0 .../Include-Client-Commands.po | 0 .../Include-Shared-Commands.po | 4 +- .../Installation-for-Android.po | 11 +- .../Installation-for-Linux.po | 118 ++- .../Installation-for-Macintosh.po | 11 +- .../Installation-for-Windows.po | 11 +- .../{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Installation-for-iOS.po | 63 +- .../po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Privacy-Statement.po | 11 +- .../po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/QOS-Windows.po | 11 +- .../po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Running-a-Server.po | 329 +++--- .../po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Server-Bandwidth.po | 13 +- .../Server-Troubleshooting.po | 11 +- .../po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Software-Manual.po | 251 ++--- .../po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Tips-Tricks-More.po | 11 +- .../{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Unregistered-Servers.po | 11 +- .../po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/copyright.po | 0 .../po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/general.po | 0 .../po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/navigation.po | 0 _translator-files/po/ko_KR/1-index.po | 250 ----- _translator-files/po/nb-NO/1-index.po | 254 +++++ .../Client-Troubleshooting.po | 11 +- .../{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Command-Line-Options.po | 11 +- .../po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Contribution.po | 11 +- .../po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Directories.po | 13 +- _translator-files/po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/FAQ.po | 11 +- .../po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Getting-Started.po | 15 +- .../po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Include-Backing-Up.po | 0 .../Include-Client-Commands.po | 0 .../Include-Shared-Commands.po | 2 +- .../Installation-for-Android.po | 11 +- .../Installation-for-Linux.po | 172 ++- .../Installation-for-Macintosh.po | 11 +- .../Installation-for-Windows.po | 14 +- .../{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Installation-for-iOS.po | 59 +- .../po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Privacy-Statement.po | 24 +- .../po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/QOS-Windows.po | 11 +- .../po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Running-a-Server.po | 323 +++--- .../po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Server-Bandwidth.po | 11 +- .../Server-Troubleshooting.po | 11 +- .../po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Software-Manual.po | 232 ++-- .../po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Tips-Tricks-More.po | 11 +- .../{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Unregistered-Servers.po | 11 +- .../po/{zh_CN => nb-NO}/copyright.po | 13 +- .../po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/general.po | 0 .../po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/navigation.po | 0 _translator-files/po/nb_NO/1-index.po | 255 ----- _translator-files/po/nl/1-index.po | 250 +++-- _translator-files/po/nl/Directories.po | 10 +- .../po/nl/Include-Shared-Commands.po | 4 +- .../po/nl/Installation-for-Linux.po | 118 ++- .../po/nl/Installation-for-iOS.po | 58 +- _translator-files/po/nl/Running-a-Server.po | 365 ++++--- _translator-files/po/nl/Server-Bandwidth.po | 8 +- .../po/nl/Server-Troubleshooting.po | 8 +- _translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po | 252 ++--- .../po/nl/Unregistered-Servers.po | 8 +- _translator-files/po/pt-BR/1-index.po | 243 +++++ .../Client-Troubleshooting.po | 11 +- .../{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Command-Line-Options.po | 13 +- .../po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Contribution.po | 22 +- .../po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Directories.po | 13 +- _translator-files/po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/FAQ.po | 11 +- .../po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Getting-Started.po | 24 +- .../po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Include-Backing-Up.po | 0 .../Include-Client-Commands.po | 0 .../Include-Shared-Commands.po | 2 +- .../po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Android.po | 122 +++ .../Installation-for-Linux.po | 101 +- .../Installation-for-Macintosh.po | 23 +- .../Installation-for-Windows.po | 21 +- .../{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Installation-for-iOS.po | 77 +- .../po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Privacy-Statement.po | 11 +- .../po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/QOS-Windows.po | 13 +- .../po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Running-a-Server.po | 323 +++--- .../po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Server-Bandwidth.po | 13 +- .../Server-Troubleshooting.po | 11 +- .../po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Software-Manual.po | 254 ++--- .../po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Tips-Tricks-More.po | 11 +- .../{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Unregistered-Servers.po | 14 +- .../po/{nb_NO => pt-BR}/copyright.po | 0 .../po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/general.po | 0 .../po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/navigation.po | 0 _translator-files/po/pt-PT/1-index.po | 232 ++++ .../Client-Troubleshooting.po | 17 +- .../{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Command-Line-Options.po | 11 +- .../po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Contribution.po | 11 +- .../po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Directories.po | 11 +- _translator-files/po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/FAQ.po | 14 +- _translator-files/po/pt-PT/Getting-Started.po | 271 +++++ .../po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Include-Backing-Up.po | 0 .../Include-Client-Commands.po | 0 .../Include-Shared-Commands.po | 2 +- .../Installation-for-Android.po | 11 +- .../Installation-for-Linux.po | 116 +- .../Installation-for-Macintosh.po | 11 +- .../Installation-for-Windows.po | 17 +- .../{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Installation-for-iOS.po | 59 +- .../po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Privacy-Statement.po | 11 +- .../po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/QOS-Windows.po | 11 +- .../po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Running-a-Server.po | 331 +++--- .../po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Server-Bandwidth.po | 11 +- .../Server-Troubleshooting.po | 14 +- .../po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Software-Manual.po | 235 +++-- .../po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Tips-Tricks-More.po | 14 +- .../{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Unregistered-Servers.po | 16 +- .../po/{pt_BR => pt-PT}/copyright.po | 0 .../po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/general.po | 19 +- .../po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/navigation.po | 18 +- _translator-files/po/pt_BR/1-index.po | 271 ----- _translator-files/po/pt_PT/1-index.po | 271 ----- _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Getting-Started.po | 317 ------ _translator-files/po/sv-SE/1-index.po | 132 +++ .../po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po | 335 ++++++ .../po/sv-SE/Command-Line-Options.po | 80 ++ _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Contribution.po | 75 ++ _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Directories.po | 105 ++ _translator-files/po/sv-SE/FAQ.po | 223 ++++ _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po | 269 +++++ .../po/sv-SE/Include-Backing-Up.po | 62 ++ .../po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po | 46 + .../po/sv-SE/Include-Shared-Commands.po | 76 ++ .../Installation-for-Android.po | 52 +- .../po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Linux.po | 288 +++++ .../po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Macintosh.po | 103 ++ .../po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Windows.po | 259 +++++ .../po/sv-SE/Installation-for-iOS.po | 166 +++ .../po/sv-SE/Privacy-Statement.po | 161 +++ _translator-files/po/sv-SE/QOS-Windows.po | 116 ++ .../po/sv-SE/Running-a-Server.po | 997 ++++++++++++++++++ .../po/sv-SE/Server-Bandwidth.po | 112 ++ .../po/sv-SE/Server-Troubleshooting.po | 174 +++ _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po | 798 ++++++++++++++ .../po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po | 356 +++++++ .../po/sv-SE/Unregistered-Servers.po | 210 ++++ _translator-files/po/sv-SE/copyright.po | 29 + _translator-files/po/sv-SE/general.po | 118 +++ _translator-files/po/sv-SE/navigation.po | 166 +++ _translator-files/po/zh-CN/1-index.po | 242 +++++ .../Client-Troubleshooting.po | 122 +-- .../{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Command-Line-Options.po | 34 +- .../po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Contribution.po | 31 +- .../po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Directories.po | 36 +- _translator-files/po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/FAQ.po | 115 +- .../po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Getting-Started.po | 30 +- .../po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Include-Backing-Up.po | 13 +- .../Include-Client-Commands.po | 20 +- .../Include-Shared-Commands.po | 44 +- .../Installation-for-Android.po | 11 +- .../Installation-for-Linux.po | 160 +-- .../Installation-for-Macintosh.po | 17 +- .../Installation-for-Windows.po | 57 +- .../{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Installation-for-iOS.po | 69 +- .../po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Privacy-Statement.po | 71 +- .../po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/QOS-Windows.po | 40 +- .../po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Running-a-Server.po | 849 +++++++-------- .../po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Server-Bandwidth.po | 33 +- .../Server-Troubleshooting.po | 91 +- .../po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Software-Manual.po | 598 +++++------ .../po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Tips-Tricks-More.po | 164 +-- .../{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Unregistered-Servers.po | 81 +- .../po/{pt_PT => zh-CN}/copyright.po | 13 +- .../po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/general.po | 0 .../po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/navigation.po | 11 +- _translator-files/po/zh_CN/1-index.po | 264 ----- assets/css/fw.css | 44 +- assets/css/home.css | 4 + assets/css/langsel.css | 76 ++ assets/css/noscript.css | 12 +- .../connection-setup-window.inc | 2 +- .../img/en-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc | 2 +- .../connection-setup-window.inc | 2 +- .../img/es-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc | 2 +- .../bandwidth-diagram.inc | 0 .../channel-mapping.inc | 0 .../connection-setup-window.inc | 0 .../diagram-overview.inc | 0 .../diagram-reg-server.inc | 0 .../diagram-unreg-server.inc | 0 .../led-green.inc | 0 .../led-red.inc | 0 .../led-yellow.inc | 0 .../main-screen-default.inc | 0 .../main-screen-medium.inc | 0 .../mixer-channels.inc | 0 .../profile-tooltip.inc | 0 .../server-active.inc | 0 .../server-inactive.inc | 0 .../settings-advanced.inc | 0 .../settings-network.inc | 0 .../settings-profile.inc | 0 .../bandwidth-diagram.inc | 0 .../channel-mapping.inc | 0 .../connection-setup-window.inc | 0 .../diagram-overview.inc | 0 .../diagram-reg-server.inc | 0 .../diagram-unreg-server.inc | 0 .../led-green.inc | 0 .../led-red.inc | 0 .../led-yellow.inc | 0 .../main-screen-default.inc | 0 .../main-screen-medium.inc | 0 .../mixer-channels.inc | 0 .../profile-tooltip.inc | 0 .../server-active.inc | 0 .../server-inactive.inc | 0 .../settings-advanced.inc | 0 .../settings-network.inc | 0 .../settings-profile.inc | 0 .../connection-setup-window.inc | 2 +- .../img/nl-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc | 2 +- .../bandwidth-diagram.inc | 0 .../channel-mapping.inc | 0 .../connection-setup-window.inc | 0 .../diagram-overview.inc | 0 .../diagram-reg-server.inc | 0 .../diagram-unreg-server.inc | 0 .../led-green.inc | 0 .../led-red.inc | 0 .../led-yellow.inc | 0 .../main-screen-default.inc | 0 .../main-screen-medium.inc | 0 .../mixer-channels.inc | 0 .../profile-tooltip.inc | 0 .../server-active.inc | 0 .../server-inactive.inc | 0 .../settings-advanced.inc | 0 .../settings-network.inc | 0 .../settings-profile.inc | 0 .../bandwidth-diagram.inc | 0 .../channel-mapping.inc | 0 .../connection-setup-window.inc | 0 .../diagram-overview.inc | 0 .../diagram-reg-server.inc | 0 .../diagram-unreg-server.inc | 0 .../led-green.inc | 0 .../led-red.inc | 0 .../led-yellow.inc | 0 .../main-screen-default.inc | 0 .../main-screen-medium.inc | 0 .../mixer-channels.inc | 0 .../profile-tooltip.inc | 0 .../server-active.inc | 0 .../server-inactive.inc | 0 .../settings-advanced.inc | 0 .../settings-network.inc | 0 .../settings-profile.inc | 0 .../bandwidth-diagram.inc | 0 .../channel-mapping.inc | 0 .../connection-setup-window.inc | 1 + .../diagram-overview.inc | 0 .../diagram-reg-server.inc | 0 .../diagram-unreg-server.inc | 0 .../led-green.inc | 0 .../led-red.inc | 0 .../led-yellow.inc | 0 .../main-screen-default.inc | 0 .../main-screen-medium.inc | 0 .../mixer-channels.inc | 0 .../profile-tooltip.inc | 0 .../server-active.inc | 0 .../server-inactive.inc | 0 .../sv-SE-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc | 1 + .../sv-SE-screenshots/settings-network.inc | 1 + .../sv-SE-screenshots/settings-profile.inc | 1 + .../zh-CN-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc | 1 + .../img/zh-CN-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc | 1 + .../connection-setup-window.inc | 0 .../zh-CN-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc | 1 + .../zh-CN-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc | 1 + .../diagram-unreg-server.inc | 1 + assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/led-green.inc | 1 + assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/led-red.inc | 1 + assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/led-yellow.inc | 1 + .../zh-CN-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc | 1 + .../zh-CN-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc | 1 + .../img/zh-CN-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc | 1 + .../img/zh-CN-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc | 1 + .../img/zh-CN-screenshots/server-active.inc | 1 + .../img/zh-CN-screenshots/server-inactive.inc | 1 + .../settings-advanced.inc | 0 .../settings-network.inc | 0 .../settings-profile.inc | 0 contribute/en/Release-Process.md | 19 +- sitemap.xml | 2 +- wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md | 2 +- wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md | 37 +- wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md | 6 +- wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md | 41 +- wiki/en/Software-Manual.md | 30 +- wiki/en/misc/1-index.html | 60 -- wiki/en/misc/1-index.md | 67 ++ 386 files changed, 14221 insertions(+), 7593 deletions(-) delete mode 120000 1-de-index.html create mode 120000 1-de-index.md delete mode 120000 1-es-index.html create mode 120000 1-es-index.md delete mode 120000 1-fr-index.html create mode 120000 1-fr-index.md delete mode 120000 1-index.html create mode 120000 1-index.md delete mode 120000 1-it-index.html create mode 120000 1-it-index.md create mode 120000 1-ko-KR-index.md delete mode 120000 1-ko_KR-index.html delete mode 120000 1-nb_NO-index.html delete mode 120000 1-nl-index.html create mode 120000 1-nl-index.md create mode 120000 1-no-NO-index.md create mode 120000 1-pt-BR-index.md create mode 120000 1-pt-PT-index.md delete mode 120000 1-pt_BR-index.html delete mode 120000 1-pt_PT-index.html create mode 120000 1-sv-SE-index.md create mode 120000 1-zh-CN-index.md delete mode 120000 1-zh_CN-index.html create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/ko-KR/1-index.po rename _translator-files/po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Client-Troubleshooting.po (98%) rename _translator-files/po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Command-Line-Options.po (90%) rename _translator-files/po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Contribution.po (93%) rename _translator-files/po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Directories.po (96%) rename _translator-files/po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/FAQ.po (97%) rename _translator-files/po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Getting-Started.po (94%) rename _translator-files/po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Include-Backing-Up.po (100%) rename _translator-files/po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Include-Client-Commands.po (100%) rename _translator-files/po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Include-Shared-Commands.po (88%) rename _translator-files/po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Installation-for-Android.po (95%) rename _translator-files/po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Installation-for-Linux.po (69%) rename _translator-files/po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Installation-for-Macintosh.po (97%) rename _translator-files/po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Installation-for-Windows.po (98%) rename _translator-files/po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Installation-for-iOS.po (78%) rename _translator-files/po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Privacy-Statement.po (98%) rename _translator-files/po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/QOS-Windows.po (95%) rename _translator-files/po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Running-a-Server.po (86%) rename _translator-files/po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Server-Bandwidth.po (93%) rename _translator-files/po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Server-Troubleshooting.po (97%) rename _translator-files/po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Software-Manual.po (81%) rename _translator-files/po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Tips-Tricks-More.po (98%) rename _translator-files/po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/Unregistered-Servers.po (98%) rename _translator-files/po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/copyright.po (100%) rename _translator-files/po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/general.po (100%) rename _translator-files/po/{ko_KR => ko-KR}/navigation.po (100%) delete mode 100644 _translator-files/po/ko_KR/1-index.po create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/nb-NO/1-index.po rename _translator-files/po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Client-Troubleshooting.po (98%) rename _translator-files/po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Command-Line-Options.po (88%) rename _translator-files/po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Contribution.po (93%) rename _translator-files/po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Directories.po (94%) rename _translator-files/po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/FAQ.po (97%) rename _translator-files/po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Getting-Started.po (95%) rename _translator-files/po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Include-Backing-Up.po (100%) rename _translator-files/po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Include-Client-Commands.po (100%) rename _translator-files/po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Include-Shared-Commands.po (92%) rename _translator-files/po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Installation-for-Android.po (95%) rename _translator-files/po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Installation-for-Linux.po (51%) rename _translator-files/po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Installation-for-Macintosh.po (93%) rename _translator-files/po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Installation-for-Windows.po (97%) rename _translator-files/po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Installation-for-iOS.po (74%) rename _translator-files/po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Privacy-Statement.po (93%) rename _translator-files/po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/QOS-Windows.po (92%) rename _translator-files/po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Running-a-Server.po (84%) rename _translator-files/po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Server-Bandwidth.po (93%) rename _translator-files/po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Server-Troubleshooting.po (96%) rename _translator-files/po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Software-Manual.po (84%) rename _translator-files/po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Tips-Tricks-More.po (98%) rename _translator-files/po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/Unregistered-Servers.po (97%) rename _translator-files/po/{zh_CN => nb-NO}/copyright.po (69%) rename _translator-files/po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/general.po (100%) rename _translator-files/po/{nb_NO => nb-NO}/navigation.po (100%) delete mode 100644 _translator-files/po/nb_NO/1-index.po create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/pt-BR/1-index.po rename _translator-files/po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Client-Troubleshooting.po (98%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Command-Line-Options.po (88%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Contribution.po (78%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Directories.po (94%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/FAQ.po (97%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Getting-Started.po (90%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Include-Backing-Up.po (100%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Include-Client-Commands.po (100%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_PT => pt-BR}/Include-Shared-Commands.po (92%) create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Android.po rename _translator-files/po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Installation-for-Linux.po (65%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Installation-for-Macintosh.po (81%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Installation-for-Windows.po (94%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Installation-for-iOS.po (67%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Privacy-Statement.po (96%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/QOS-Windows.po (92%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Running-a-Server.po (84%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Server-Bandwidth.po (93%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Server-Troubleshooting.po (96%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Software-Manual.po (84%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Tips-Tricks-More.po (98%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/Unregistered-Servers.po (96%) rename _translator-files/po/{nb_NO => pt-BR}/copyright.po (100%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/general.po (100%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_BR => pt-BR}/navigation.po (100%) create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/pt-PT/1-index.po rename _translator-files/po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Client-Troubleshooting.po (97%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Command-Line-Options.po (87%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Contribution.po (90%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Directories.po (94%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/FAQ.po (96%) create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/pt-PT/Getting-Started.po rename _translator-files/po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Include-Backing-Up.po (100%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Include-Client-Commands.po (100%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_BR => pt-PT}/Include-Shared-Commands.po (92%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Installation-for-Android.po (94%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Installation-for-Linux.po (67%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Installation-for-Macintosh.po (97%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Installation-for-Windows.po (98%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Installation-for-iOS.po (72%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Privacy-Statement.po (96%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/QOS-Windows.po (92%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Running-a-Server.po (83%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Server-Bandwidth.po (93%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Server-Troubleshooting.po (95%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Software-Manual.po (84%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Tips-Tricks-More.po (97%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/Unregistered-Servers.po (96%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_BR => pt-PT}/copyright.po (100%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/general.po (94%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_PT => pt-PT}/navigation.po (92%) delete mode 100644 _translator-files/po/pt_BR/1-index.po delete mode 100644 _translator-files/po/pt_PT/1-index.po delete mode 100644 _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Getting-Started.po create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/1-index.po create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Command-Line-Options.po create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Contribution.po create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Directories.po create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/FAQ.po create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Backing-Up.po create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Shared-Commands.po rename _translator-files/po/{pt_BR => sv-SE}/Installation-for-Android.po (62%) create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Linux.po create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Macintosh.po create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Windows.po create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-iOS.po create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Privacy-Statement.po create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/QOS-Windows.po create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Running-a-Server.po create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Bandwidth.po create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Troubleshooting.po create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Unregistered-Servers.po create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/copyright.po create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/general.po create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/sv-SE/navigation.po create mode 100644 _translator-files/po/zh-CN/1-index.po rename _translator-files/po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Client-Troubleshooting.po (88%) rename _translator-files/po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Command-Line-Options.po (80%) rename _translator-files/po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Contribution.po (78%) rename _translator-files/po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Directories.po (82%) rename _translator-files/po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/FAQ.po (65%) rename _translator-files/po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Getting-Started.po (93%) rename _translator-files/po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Include-Backing-Up.po (92%) rename _translator-files/po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Include-Client-Commands.po (71%) rename _translator-files/po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Include-Shared-Commands.po (68%) rename _translator-files/po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Installation-for-Android.po (95%) rename _translator-files/po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Installation-for-Linux.po (53%) rename _translator-files/po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Installation-for-Macintosh.po (88%) rename _translator-files/po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Installation-for-Windows.po (84%) rename _translator-files/po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Installation-for-iOS.po (70%) rename _translator-files/po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Privacy-Statement.po (77%) rename _translator-files/po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/QOS-Windows.po (66%) rename _translator-files/po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Running-a-Server.po (71%) rename _translator-files/po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Server-Bandwidth.po (84%) rename _translator-files/po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Server-Troubleshooting.po (62%) rename _translator-files/po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Software-Manual.po (71%) rename _translator-files/po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Tips-Tricks-More.po (79%) rename _translator-files/po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/Unregistered-Servers.po (58%) rename _translator-files/po/{pt_PT => zh-CN}/copyright.po (65%) rename _translator-files/po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/general.po (100%) rename _translator-files/po/{zh_CN => zh-CN}/navigation.po (95%) delete mode 100644 _translator-files/po/zh_CN/1-index.po create mode 100644 assets/css/langsel.css rename assets/img/{ko_KR-screenshots => ko-KR-screenshots}/bandwidth-diagram.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{ko_KR-screenshots => ko-KR-screenshots}/channel-mapping.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{ko_KR-screenshots => ko-KR-screenshots}/connection-setup-window.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{ko_KR-screenshots => ko-KR-screenshots}/diagram-overview.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{ko_KR-screenshots => ko-KR-screenshots}/diagram-reg-server.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{ko_KR-screenshots => ko-KR-screenshots}/diagram-unreg-server.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{ko_KR-screenshots => ko-KR-screenshots}/led-green.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{ko_KR-screenshots => ko-KR-screenshots}/led-red.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{ko_KR-screenshots => ko-KR-screenshots}/led-yellow.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{ko_KR-screenshots => ko-KR-screenshots}/main-screen-default.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{ko_KR-screenshots => ko-KR-screenshots}/main-screen-medium.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{ko_KR-screenshots => ko-KR-screenshots}/mixer-channels.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{ko_KR-screenshots => ko-KR-screenshots}/profile-tooltip.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{ko_KR-screenshots => ko-KR-screenshots}/server-active.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{ko_KR-screenshots => ko-KR-screenshots}/server-inactive.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{ko_KR-screenshots => ko-KR-screenshots}/settings-advanced.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{ko_KR-screenshots => ko-KR-screenshots}/settings-network.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{ko_KR-screenshots => ko-KR-screenshots}/settings-profile.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{nb_NO-screenshots => nb-NO-screenshots}/bandwidth-diagram.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{nb_NO-screenshots => nb-NO-screenshots}/channel-mapping.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{nb_NO-screenshots => nb-NO-screenshots}/connection-setup-window.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{nb_NO-screenshots => nb-NO-screenshots}/diagram-overview.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{nb_NO-screenshots => nb-NO-screenshots}/diagram-reg-server.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{nb_NO-screenshots => nb-NO-screenshots}/diagram-unreg-server.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{nb_NO-screenshots => nb-NO-screenshots}/led-green.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{nb_NO-screenshots => nb-NO-screenshots}/led-red.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{nb_NO-screenshots => nb-NO-screenshots}/led-yellow.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{nb_NO-screenshots => nb-NO-screenshots}/main-screen-default.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{nb_NO-screenshots => nb-NO-screenshots}/main-screen-medium.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{nb_NO-screenshots => nb-NO-screenshots}/mixer-channels.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{nb_NO-screenshots => nb-NO-screenshots}/profile-tooltip.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{nb_NO-screenshots => nb-NO-screenshots}/server-active.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{nb_NO-screenshots => nb-NO-screenshots}/server-inactive.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{nb_NO-screenshots => nb-NO-screenshots}/settings-advanced.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{nb_NO-screenshots => nb-NO-screenshots}/settings-network.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{nb_NO-screenshots => nb-NO-screenshots}/settings-profile.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_BR-screenshots => pt-BR-screenshots}/bandwidth-diagram.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_BR-screenshots => pt-BR-screenshots}/channel-mapping.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_BR-screenshots => pt-BR-screenshots}/connection-setup-window.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_BR-screenshots => pt-BR-screenshots}/diagram-overview.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_BR-screenshots => pt-BR-screenshots}/diagram-reg-server.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_BR-screenshots => pt-BR-screenshots}/diagram-unreg-server.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_BR-screenshots => pt-BR-screenshots}/led-green.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_BR-screenshots => pt-BR-screenshots}/led-red.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_BR-screenshots => pt-BR-screenshots}/led-yellow.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_BR-screenshots => pt-BR-screenshots}/main-screen-default.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_BR-screenshots => pt-BR-screenshots}/main-screen-medium.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_BR-screenshots => pt-BR-screenshots}/mixer-channels.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_BR-screenshots => pt-BR-screenshots}/profile-tooltip.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_BR-screenshots => pt-BR-screenshots}/server-active.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_BR-screenshots => pt-BR-screenshots}/server-inactive.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_BR-screenshots => pt-BR-screenshots}/settings-advanced.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_BR-screenshots => pt-BR-screenshots}/settings-network.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_BR-screenshots => pt-BR-screenshots}/settings-profile.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_PT-screenshots => pt-PT-screenshots}/bandwidth-diagram.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_PT-screenshots => pt-PT-screenshots}/channel-mapping.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_PT-screenshots => pt-PT-screenshots}/connection-setup-window.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_PT-screenshots => pt-PT-screenshots}/diagram-overview.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_PT-screenshots => pt-PT-screenshots}/diagram-reg-server.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_PT-screenshots => pt-PT-screenshots}/diagram-unreg-server.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_PT-screenshots => pt-PT-screenshots}/led-green.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_PT-screenshots => pt-PT-screenshots}/led-red.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_PT-screenshots => pt-PT-screenshots}/led-yellow.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_PT-screenshots => pt-PT-screenshots}/main-screen-default.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_PT-screenshots => pt-PT-screenshots}/main-screen-medium.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_PT-screenshots => pt-PT-screenshots}/mixer-channels.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_PT-screenshots => pt-PT-screenshots}/profile-tooltip.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_PT-screenshots => pt-PT-screenshots}/server-active.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_PT-screenshots => pt-PT-screenshots}/server-inactive.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_PT-screenshots => pt-PT-screenshots}/settings-advanced.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_PT-screenshots => pt-PT-screenshots}/settings-network.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{pt_PT-screenshots => pt-PT-screenshots}/settings-profile.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{zh_CN-screenshots => sv-SE-screenshots}/bandwidth-diagram.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{zh_CN-screenshots => sv-SE-screenshots}/channel-mapping.inc (100%) create mode 100644 assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc rename assets/img/{zh_CN-screenshots => sv-SE-screenshots}/diagram-overview.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{zh_CN-screenshots => sv-SE-screenshots}/diagram-reg-server.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{zh_CN-screenshots => sv-SE-screenshots}/diagram-unreg-server.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{zh_CN-screenshots => sv-SE-screenshots}/led-green.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{zh_CN-screenshots => sv-SE-screenshots}/led-red.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{zh_CN-screenshots => sv-SE-screenshots}/led-yellow.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{zh_CN-screenshots => sv-SE-screenshots}/main-screen-default.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{zh_CN-screenshots => sv-SE-screenshots}/main-screen-medium.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{zh_CN-screenshots => sv-SE-screenshots}/mixer-channels.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{zh_CN-screenshots => sv-SE-screenshots}/profile-tooltip.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{zh_CN-screenshots => sv-SE-screenshots}/server-active.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{zh_CN-screenshots => sv-SE-screenshots}/server-inactive.inc (100%) create mode 100644 assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc create mode 100644 assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/settings-network.inc create mode 100644 assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/settings-profile.inc create mode 100644 assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc create mode 100644 assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc rename assets/img/{zh_CN-screenshots => zh-CN-screenshots}/connection-setup-window.inc (100%) create mode 100644 assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc create mode 100644 assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc create mode 100644 assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc create mode 100644 assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/led-green.inc create mode 100644 assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/led-red.inc create mode 100644 assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/led-yellow.inc create mode 100644 assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc create mode 100644 assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc create mode 100644 assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc create mode 100644 assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc create mode 100644 assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/server-active.inc create mode 100644 assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/server-inactive.inc rename assets/img/{zh_CN-screenshots => zh-CN-screenshots}/settings-advanced.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{zh_CN-screenshots => zh-CN-screenshots}/settings-network.inc (100%) rename assets/img/{zh_CN-screenshots => zh-CN-screenshots}/settings-profile.inc (100%) delete mode 100644 wiki/en/misc/1-index.html create mode 100644 wiki/en/misc/1-index.md diff --git a/.github/workflows/jekyll.yml b/.github/workflows/jekyll.yml index 020873710..2721ad32e 100644 --- a/.github/workflows/jekyll.yml +++ b/.github/workflows/jekyll.yml @@ -13,10 +13,10 @@ jobs: contents: write runs-on: ubuntu-latest steps: - - uses: actions/checkout@v3 + - uses: actions/checkout@v4 # Paths changes filter. Detects if there's been a change to any files defined in the filter: - - uses: dorny/paths-filter@v2 + - uses: dorny/paths-filter@v3 id: filter with: base: ${{ github.ref }} @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ jobs: # Retrieve po4a installation cache or create it if not found: - name: Check for po4a cache - uses: actions/cache@v3 + uses: actions/cache@v4 id: cache-po4a with: path: "~/po4a" @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ jobs: # This step only runs if a PR is merged: - name: Push changes to repo if action triggered on:push and .po files need updating if: ${{ ( github.event_name == 'push' && steps.filter.outputs.src_files_changed == 'true' ) || ( github.event_name == 'workflow_dispatch' && steps.filter.outputs.src_files_changed == 'true' ) }} - uses: EndBug/add-and-commit@v7 + uses: EndBug/add-and-commit@v9 with: default_author: github_actions message: 'AUTO: Updated .po files' @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ jobs: - name: Zip Website if: ${{ github.event_name == 'pull_request' }} run: zip -r ${{ github.workspace }}/website.zip _site/* - - uses: actions/upload-artifact@v3 + - uses: actions/upload-artifact@v4 name: Upload Website if: ${{ github.event_name == 'pull_request' }} with: diff --git a/.github/workflows/main.yml b/.github/workflows/main.yml index e1044f314..d0fd250af 100644 --- a/.github/workflows/main.yml +++ b/.github/workflows/main.yml @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ jobs: contents: write runs-on: ubuntu-latest steps: - - uses: actions/checkout@v3 + - uses: actions/checkout@v4 # Retrieve po4a installation cache or create it if not found: - name: Check for po4a cache @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ jobs: run: ./_po4a-tools/po4a-cache.sh # Paths changes filter. If there's been a change to any files defined in the filter, the step (update .po files) runs: - - uses: dorny/paths-filter@v2 + - uses: dorny/paths-filter@v3 id: filter with: base: ${{ github.ref }} @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ jobs: # This step only runs if a PR is merged: - name: Push changes to repo if action triggered on:push and .po files need updating if: ${{ steps.filter.outputs.src_files_changed == 'true' }} - uses: EndBug/add-and-commit@v7 + uses: EndBug/add-and-commit@v9 with: default_author: github_actions message: 'AUTO: Update .po files' @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ jobs: ### Flags accepted can be found here https://jekyllrb.com/docs/configuration/options/#build-command-options - name: 🚀 deploy - uses: peaceiris/actions-gh-pages@v3 + uses: peaceiris/actions-gh-pages@v4 with: github_token: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }} publish_dir: ./_site @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ jobs: contents: write runs-on: ubuntu-latest steps: - - uses: actions/checkout@v3 + - uses: actions/checkout@v4 - name: ${{ github.sha }} update from release uses: devmasx/merge-branch@v1.3.1 with: diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore index 64e3706e1..235746b5a 100644 --- a/.gitignore +++ b/.gitignore @@ -1,2 +1,7 @@ .jekyll-cache _site +_data/*/ +!_data/en/ +wiki/*/ +!wiki/en/ +!wiki/en-no-translate/ diff --git a/1-de-index.html b/1-de-index.html deleted file mode 120000 index 8fc92719c..000000000 --- a/1-de-index.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -./wiki/de/1-index.html \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/1-de-index.md b/1-de-index.md new file mode 120000 index 000000000..d7cad50af --- /dev/null +++ b/1-de-index.md @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +wiki/de/1-index.md \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/1-es-index.html b/1-es-index.html deleted file mode 120000 index a8bab1b1e..000000000 --- a/1-es-index.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -./wiki/es/1-index.html \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/1-es-index.md b/1-es-index.md new file mode 120000 index 000000000..d822d5e05 --- /dev/null +++ b/1-es-index.md @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +wiki/es/1-index.md \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/1-fr-index.html b/1-fr-index.html deleted file mode 120000 index d3d2bba69..000000000 --- a/1-fr-index.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -./wiki/fr/1-index.html \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/1-fr-index.md b/1-fr-index.md new file mode 120000 index 000000000..952c838fa --- /dev/null +++ b/1-fr-index.md @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +wiki/fr/1-index.md \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/1-index.html b/1-index.html deleted file mode 120000 index 1c26bc965..000000000 --- a/1-index.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -./wiki/en/misc/1-index.html \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/1-index.md b/1-index.md new file mode 120000 index 000000000..90a7842b4 --- /dev/null +++ b/1-index.md @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +wiki/en/misc/1-index.md \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/1-it-index.html b/1-it-index.html deleted file mode 120000 index 41ed22ab6..000000000 --- a/1-it-index.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -./wiki/it/1-index.html \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/1-it-index.md b/1-it-index.md new file mode 120000 index 000000000..a0ddd1ed5 --- /dev/null +++ b/1-it-index.md @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +wiki/it/1-index.md \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/1-ko-KR-index.md b/1-ko-KR-index.md new file mode 120000 index 000000000..dcbfc3e5f --- /dev/null +++ b/1-ko-KR-index.md @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +wiki/ko-KR/1-index.md \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/1-ko_KR-index.html b/1-ko_KR-index.html deleted file mode 120000 index 49584cb71..000000000 --- a/1-ko_KR-index.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -wiki/ko_KR/1-index.html \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/1-nb_NO-index.html b/1-nb_NO-index.html deleted file mode 120000 index 37b71e265..000000000 --- a/1-nb_NO-index.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -wiki/nb_NO/1-index.html \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/1-nl-index.html b/1-nl-index.html deleted file mode 120000 index ba057c5d7..000000000 --- a/1-nl-index.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -wiki/nl/1-index.html \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/1-nl-index.md b/1-nl-index.md new file mode 120000 index 000000000..e4053c3e8 --- /dev/null +++ b/1-nl-index.md @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +wiki/nl/1-index.md \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/1-no-NO-index.md b/1-no-NO-index.md new file mode 120000 index 000000000..744c886c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/1-no-NO-index.md @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +wiki/nb-NO/1-index.md \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/1-pt-BR-index.md b/1-pt-BR-index.md new file mode 120000 index 000000000..b359112af --- /dev/null +++ b/1-pt-BR-index.md @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +wiki/pt-BR/1-index.md \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/1-pt-PT-index.md b/1-pt-PT-index.md new file mode 120000 index 000000000..9a57c11cc --- /dev/null +++ b/1-pt-PT-index.md @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +wiki/pt-PT/1-index.md \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/1-pt_BR-index.html b/1-pt_BR-index.html deleted file mode 120000 index dcf05a1b5..000000000 --- a/1-pt_BR-index.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -wiki/pt_BR/1-index.html \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/1-pt_PT-index.html b/1-pt_PT-index.html deleted file mode 120000 index b11b3687c..000000000 --- a/1-pt_PT-index.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -wiki/pt_PT/1-index.html \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/1-sv-SE-index.md b/1-sv-SE-index.md new file mode 120000 index 000000000..379185306 --- /dev/null +++ b/1-sv-SE-index.md @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +wiki/sv-SE/1-index.md \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/1-zh-CN-index.md b/1-zh-CN-index.md new file mode 120000 index 000000000..ce52b6b04 --- /dev/null +++ b/1-zh-CN-index.md @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +wiki/zh-CN/1-index.md \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/1-zh_CN-index.html b/1-zh_CN-index.html deleted file mode 120000 index f47b7d7b9..000000000 --- a/1-zh_CN-index.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1 +0,0 @@ -wiki/zh_CN/1-index.html \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Gemfile b/Gemfile index 5e3848c73..d9d6333ba 100644 --- a/Gemfile +++ b/Gemfile @@ -11,3 +11,5 @@ end gem "jekyll-minifier" gem "jekyll-paginate-v2" # gem "rails" + +gem "webrick", "~> 1.8" diff --git a/Gemfile.lock b/Gemfile.lock index cd006abde..2428f5764 100644 --- a/Gemfile.lock +++ b/Gemfile.lock @@ -1,37 +1,67 @@ GEM remote: https://rubygems.org/ specs: - addressable (2.8.1) - public_suffix (>= 2.0.2, < 6.0) + addressable (2.8.7) + public_suffix (>= 2.0.2, < 7.0) + bigdecimal (3.1.8) colorator (1.1.0) - concurrent-ruby (1.1.10) + concurrent-ruby (1.3.4) cssminify2 (2.0.1) em-websocket (0.5.3) eventmachine (>= 0.12.9) http_parser.rb (~> 0) eventmachine (1.2.7) - execjs (2.8.1) - ffi (1.15.5) + execjs (2.9.1) + ffi (1.17.0) + ffi (1.17.0-aarch64-linux-gnu) + ffi (1.17.0-aarch64-linux-musl) + ffi (1.17.0-arm-linux-gnu) + ffi (1.17.0-arm-linux-musl) + ffi (1.17.0-arm64-darwin) + ffi (1.17.0-x86-linux-gnu) + ffi (1.17.0-x86-linux-musl) + ffi (1.17.0-x86_64-darwin) + ffi (1.17.0-x86_64-linux-gnu) + ffi (1.17.0-x86_64-linux-musl) forwardable-extended (2.6.0) + google-protobuf (4.28.0) + bigdecimal + rake (>= 13) + google-protobuf (4.28.0-aarch64-linux) + bigdecimal + rake (>= 13) + google-protobuf (4.28.0-arm64-darwin) + bigdecimal + rake (>= 13) + google-protobuf (4.28.0-x86-linux) + bigdecimal + rake (>= 13) + google-protobuf (4.28.0-x86_64-darwin) + bigdecimal + rake (>= 13) + google-protobuf (4.28.0-x86_64-linux) + bigdecimal + rake (>= 13) htmlcompressor (0.4.0) http_parser.rb (0.8.0) - i18n (1.12.0) + i18n (1.14.5) concurrent-ruby (~> 1.0) - jekyll (4.2.2) + jekyll (4.3.3) addressable (~> 2.4) colorator (~> 1.0) em-websocket (~> 0.5) i18n (~> 1.0) - jekyll-sass-converter (~> 2.0) + jekyll-sass-converter (>= 2.0, < 4.0) jekyll-watch (~> 2.0) - kramdown (~> 2.3) + kramdown (~> 2.3, >= 2.3.1) kramdown-parser-gfm (~> 1.0) liquid (~> 4.0) - mercenary (~> 0.4.0) + mercenary (>= 0.3.6, < 0.5) pathutil (~> 0.9) - rouge (~> 3.0) + rouge (>= 3.0, < 5.0) safe_yaml (~> 1.0) - terminal-table (~> 2.0) + terminal-table (>= 1.8, < 4.0) + webrick (~> 1.7) jekyll-minifier (0.1.10) cssminify2 (~> 2.0) htmlcompressor (~> 0.4) @@ -40,51 +70,120 @@ GEM uglifier (~> 4.1) jekyll-paginate-v2 (3.0.0) jekyll (>= 3.0, < 5.0) - jekyll-polyglot (1.5.1) - jekyll (>= 3.0) - jekyll-sass-converter (2.2.0) - sassc (> 2.0.1, < 3.0) + jekyll-polyglot (1.8.1) + jekyll (>= 4.0, >= 3.0) + jekyll-sass-converter (3.0.0) + sass-embedded (~> 1.54) jekyll-watch (2.2.1) listen (~> 3.0) - json (2.6.2) + json (2.7.2) json-minify (0.0.3) json (> 0) kramdown (2.4.0) rexml kramdown-parser-gfm (1.1.0) kramdown (~> 2.0) - liquid (4.0.3) - listen (3.7.1) + liquid (4.0.4) + listen (3.9.0) rb-fsevent (~> 0.10, >= 0.10.3) rb-inotify (~> 0.9, >= 0.9.10) mercenary (0.4.0) pathutil (0.16.2) forwardable-extended (~> 2.6) - public_suffix (5.0.0) + public_suffix (6.0.1) + rake (13.2.1) rb-fsevent (0.11.2) - rb-inotify (0.10.1) + rb-inotify (0.11.1) ffi (~> 1.0) - rexml (3.2.8) - strscan (>= 3.0.9) - rouge (3.30.0) + rexml (3.3.7) + rouge (4.3.0) safe_yaml (1.0.5) - sassc (2.4.0) - ffi (~> 1.9) - strscan (3.1.0) - terminal-table (2.0.0) - unicode-display_width (~> 1.1, >= 1.1.1) + sass-embedded (1.78.0) + google-protobuf (~> 4.27) + rake (>= 13) + sass-embedded (1.78.0-aarch64-linux-android) + google-protobuf (~> 4.27) + sass-embedded (1.78.0-aarch64-linux-gnu) + google-protobuf (~> 4.27) + sass-embedded (1.78.0-aarch64-linux-musl) + google-protobuf (~> 4.27) + sass-embedded (1.78.0-aarch64-mingw-ucrt) + google-protobuf (~> 4.27) + sass-embedded (1.78.0-arm-linux-androideabi) + google-protobuf (~> 4.27) + sass-embedded (1.78.0-arm-linux-gnueabihf) + google-protobuf (~> 4.27) + sass-embedded (1.78.0-arm-linux-musleabihf) + google-protobuf (~> 4.27) + sass-embedded (1.78.0-arm64-darwin) + google-protobuf (~> 4.27) + sass-embedded (1.78.0-riscv64-linux-android) + google-protobuf (~> 4.27) + sass-embedded (1.78.0-riscv64-linux-gnu) + google-protobuf (~> 4.27) + sass-embedded (1.78.0-riscv64-linux-musl) + google-protobuf (~> 4.27) + sass-embedded (1.78.0-x86-cygwin) + google-protobuf (~> 4.27) + sass-embedded (1.78.0-x86-linux-android) + google-protobuf (~> 4.27) + sass-embedded (1.78.0-x86-linux-gnu) + google-protobuf (~> 4.27) + sass-embedded (1.78.0-x86-linux-musl) + google-protobuf (~> 4.27) + sass-embedded (1.78.0-x86-mingw-ucrt) + google-protobuf (~> 4.27) + sass-embedded (1.78.0-x86_64-cygwin) + google-protobuf (~> 4.27) + sass-embedded (1.78.0-x86_64-darwin) + google-protobuf (~> 4.27) + sass-embedded (1.78.0-x86_64-linux-android) + google-protobuf (~> 4.27) + sass-embedded (1.78.0-x86_64-linux-gnu) + google-protobuf (~> 4.27) + sass-embedded (1.78.0-x86_64-linux-musl) + google-protobuf (~> 4.27) + terminal-table (3.0.2) + unicode-display_width (>= 1.1.1, < 3) uglifier (4.2.0) execjs (>= 0.3.0, < 3) - unicode-display_width (1.8.0) + unicode-display_width (2.5.0) + webrick (1.8.1) PLATFORMS + aarch64-linux + aarch64-linux-android + aarch64-linux-gnu + aarch64-linux-musl + aarch64-mingw-ucrt + arm-linux-androideabi + arm-linux-gnu + arm-linux-gnueabihf + arm-linux-musl + arm-linux-musleabihf + arm64-darwin + riscv64-linux-android + riscv64-linux-gnu + riscv64-linux-musl ruby + x86-cygwin + x86-linux + x86-linux-android + x86-linux-gnu + x86-linux-musl + x86-mingw-ucrt + x86_64-cygwin + x86_64-darwin + x86_64-linux + x86_64-linux-android + x86_64-linux-musl DEPENDENCIES jekyll jekyll-minifier jekyll-paginate-v2 jekyll-polyglot + webrick (~> 1.8) BUNDLED WITH - 2.3.4 + 2.5.18 diff --git a/_config.yml b/_config.yml index cb43a19b1..e54def40e 100644 --- a/_config.yml +++ b/_config.yml @@ -2,27 +2,43 @@ plugins: - jekyll-paginate-v2 - jekyll-polyglot - jekyll-minifier -languages: ["en", "zh_CN", "nb_NO", "ko_KR", "pt_BR", "pt_PT", "nl", "es", "de", "it", "fr"] +languages: ["en", "sv-SE", "zh-CN", "nb-NO", "ko-KR", "pt-BR", "pt-PT", "nl", "es", "de", "it", "fr"] default_lang: "en" +language_names: + sv-SE: Svenska + en: English + zh-CN: 简体中文 + nb-NO: Norsk (bokmål) + ko-KR: 한국어 + pt-PT: Português (Portugal) + pt-BR: Português (Brasil) + nl: Nederlands + es: Español + de: Deutsch + it: Italiano + fr: Français exclude_from_localization: ["assets", "images", "css", "README.md", "manifest.json", "humans.txt", "sitemap.xml", "robots.txt", "404.html", "CNAME", "LICENSE.md"] parallel_localization: true a_rootpage: "https://jamulus.io" +markdown: kramdown +kramdown: + input: GFM # Jamulus release binary links -download_root_link: "https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases/download/r3_10_0/" +download_root_link: "https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases/download/r3_11_0/" download_file_names: - deb-gui: "jamulus_3.10.0_ubuntu_amd64.deb" - deb-headless: "jamulus-headless_3.10.0_ubuntu_amd64.deb" - deb-gui-armhf: "jamulus_3.10.0_ubuntu_armhf.deb" - deb-headless-armhf: "jamulus-headless_3.10.0_ubuntu_armhf.deb" - deb-gui-arm64: "jamulus_3.10.0_ubuntu_arm64.deb" - deb-headless-arm64: "jamulus-headless_3.10.0_ubuntu_arm64.deb" - windows: "jamulus_3.10.0_win.exe" - windows-jack: "jamulus_3.10.0_win_jack.exe" - mac: "jamulus_3.10.0_mac.dmg" - mac-legacy: "jamulus_3.10.0_mac_legacy.dmg" - android: "jamulus_3.10.0_android.apk" - ios: "jamulus_3.10.0_iOSUnsigned.ipa" + deb-gui: "jamulus_3.11.0_ubuntu_amd64.deb" + deb-headless: "jamulus-headless_3.11.0_ubuntu_amd64.deb" + deb-gui-armhf: "jamulus_3.11.0_ubuntu_armhf.deb" + deb-headless-armhf: "jamulus-headless_3.11.0_ubuntu_armhf.deb" + deb-gui-arm64: "jamulus_3.11.0_ubuntu_arm64.deb" + deb-headless-arm64: "jamulus-headless_3.11.0_ubuntu_arm64.deb" + windows: "jamulus_3.11.0_win.exe" + windows-jack: "jamulus_3.11.0_win_jack.exe" + mac: "jamulus_3.11.0_mac.dmg" + mac-legacy: "jamulus_3.11.0_mac_legacy.dmg" + android: "jamulus_3.11.0_android.apk" + ios: "jamulus_3.11.0_iOSUnsigned.ipa" download_overview_link: "https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases/latest" download_all_releases_link: "https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases" diff --git a/_includes/general/nav.html b/_includes/general/nav.html index 478556936..89a378ce7 100644 --- a/_includes/general/nav.html +++ b/_includes/general/nav.html @@ -3,33 +3,53 @@ diff --git a/_includes/headtags.html b/_includes/headtags.html index ec39696d1..d514cb971 100644 --- a/_includes/headtags.html +++ b/_includes/headtags.html @@ -1,15 +1,19 @@ -{% for lng in site.languages %} - {% if lng == site.default_lang %} - {% capture langlink %}{{ site.a_rootpage }}{{ page.url }}{% endcapture %} - {% else %} - {% capture langlink %}{{ site.a_rootpage }}/{{ lng }}{{ page.url }}{% endcapture %} - {% endif %} - + +{% comment %} +English URLs don't have a lang subdirectory since it's the default language. +See https://github.com/untra/polyglot +{% endcomment %} + +{% for lng in site.languages | sort %} + {% if lng != "en" %} + + {% endif %} {% endfor %} + diff --git a/_includes/langselect.html b/_includes/langselect.html index 63ffa89bf..08b06afa3 100644 --- a/_includes/langselect.html +++ b/_includes/langselect.html @@ -1,17 +1,40 @@ -
-
This site might also be available in your native language. Select your preferred language below:
-
    - {% for lng in site.languages %} - {% if lng == site.active_lang %} -
  • {{ lng }}
    • - {% else %} - {% if lng == site.default_lang %} - {% capture langlink %} {{ page.url }}{% endcapture %} - {% else %} - {% capture langlink %}/{{ lng }}{{ page.url }}{% endcapture %} - {% endif %} -
  • {{ lng }}
    • - {% endif %} - {% endfor %} -
+
+
+ +
+
+ +
+
+ + +
diff --git a/_layouts/mainhomepage.html b/_layouts/mainhomepage.html index 35bfe89fc..981422002 100644 --- a/_layouts/mainhomepage.html +++ b/_layouts/mainhomepage.html @@ -62,6 +62,7 @@

Jamulus

{% include footer.html %}
+ diff --git a/_po4a-tools/po4a-create-all-targets.sh b/_po4a-tools/po4a-create-all-targets.sh index 57efc1a29..9b30b51ee 100755 --- a/_po4a-tools/po4a-create-all-targets.sh +++ b/_po4a-tools/po4a-create-all-targets.sh @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ process_with_po4a () { if [ $ext == yml ] ; then FILE_FORMAT=yaml OPTION="skip_array" - elif [ $ext == html ] ; then + elif [[ $ext == html || "$filename" == *'-index' ]] ; then # '-index.md' has a markdown extension but is actually html and should be processed as such by po4a FILE_FORMAT=xml OPTION="ontagerror=warn" elif [ $ext == md ] ; then @@ -128,11 +128,11 @@ process_with_po4a () { echo "$filename.$ext" translated into "$lang" fi - # Check if language is set correctly in '1-$lang-index.html' + # Check if language is set correctly in '1-$lang-index.md' if [ $filename == '1-index' ] ; then - if ! grep -Fxq 'lang: "'$lang'"' "$WIKI_DIR/$lang/1-index.html" ; then - echo replacing incorrect language tag in 1-"$lang"-index.html; - sed -i '0,/lang: "[^"]*"/s/lang: "[^"]*"/lang: "'$lang'"/' "$WIKI_DIR/$lang/1-index.html" + if ! grep -Fxq 'lang: "'$lang'"' "$WIKI_DIR/$lang/1-index.md" ; then + echo replacing incorrect language tag in 1-"$lang"-index.md; + sed -i '0,/lang: "[^"]*"/s/lang: "[^"]*"/lang: "'$lang'"/' "$WIKI_DIR/$lang/1-index.md" fi fi diff --git a/_po4a-tools/po4a-update-templates.sh b/_po4a-tools/po4a-update-templates.sh index c7586b034..234fefda7 100755 --- a/_po4a-tools/po4a-update-templates.sh +++ b/_po4a-tools/po4a-update-templates.sh @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ while IFS= read -r -d '' doc ; do if [ $ext == yml ] ; then FILE_FORMAT=yaml OPTION="skip_array" - elif [ $ext == html ] ; then + elif [[ $ext == html || "$filename" == *'-index' ]] ; then # '-index.md' has a markdown extension but is actually html and should be processed as such by po4a FILE_FORMAT=xml OPTION="ontagerror=warn" elif [ $ext == md ] ; then diff --git a/_translator-files/README.md b/_translator-files/README.md index 2715e0da9..039e77edf 100644 --- a/_translator-files/README.md +++ b/_translator-files/README.md @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ All the Jamulus project files (application and website) are listed together on W **Some tips regarding translations:** -- Change the `lang: en` parameter in the files containing it at the beginning of the file to your language code (it, fr, de, etc.). Remember that if you are translating a regional variation (e.g. `pt_BR`), that's what you must use. Also make sure the `permalink: [parameter]` (e.g. /wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) stays the same. +- Change the `lang: en` parameter in the files containing it at the beginning of the file to your language code (it, fr, de, etc.). Remember that if you are translating a regional variation (e.g. `pt-BR`), that's what you must use. Also make sure the `permalink: [parameter]` (e.g. /wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) stays the same. - At times there are links to other docs: `[translate this](don't translate this)`, or specific paragraphs in other parts of the website: `[translate this](don't translate this#translate-this-but-dont-use-capitals-nor-apostrophes)`. Make sure the last part after the hashtag uses the exact same words as the relevant paragraph title you use in your translation. - Some documents contain links to screenshots. Make sure you change the language code in them to your own. You can create screenshots for your language in `/assets/img/[LANG]-screenshots` - note that we do not store these image locally but instead use include files calling an external URL to them. Please see README.md on the website repository for further information. Also note that screenshots that do not need to be localised are symlinked to the English version from each `[LANG]-screenshots` directory. - There are documents containing portions of text that do not require translation, e.g. scripts, links, etc. In these cases, please do not leave the translation field empty, but copy the source text into the translation field. @@ -23,9 +23,9 @@ All the Jamulus project files (application and website) are listed together on W ## Adding a new language -Open an issue ([here](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/issues)) with the language code of the new language you want to add in square brackets. It is important that you use the following format for the language code: +Open an issue ([here](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/issues)) with the full language name (in your language) enclosed in angle brackets (<>) and the language code of the new language you want to add in square brackets. It is important that you use the following format for the language code: -- Lower case if it is a two-character code (e.g. "Add Basque [eu]") -- Lower case + underscore + upper case for regional variations (e.g. "Add Brazilian Portuguese [pt_BR]"). +- Lower case if it is a two-character code (e.g. "Add \ [eu]") +- Lower case + hyphen + upper case for regional variations (e.g. "Add \ [pt-BR]"). You will be notified on the issue thread you opened when the language files have been created. You can then work on the translations. diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/de/1-index.po index 2d21fb36e..a90eccf05 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/1-index.po @@ -1,11 +1,15 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024. +# Eric Brändli , 2024. +# Victor Jouhoff , 2024. +# nobkd <44443899+nobkd@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. +# Mia Kaanen , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-06 20:48+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-04 18:57+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" @@ -13,10 +17,10 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) -#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:1 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "" "---\n" @@ -35,6 +39,7 @@ msgid "" "mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" "---\n" +"[//]: # Markdown sections should not be indented, otherwise they are treated as code blocks.\n" msgstr "" "---\n" "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Musiziere online. Mit deinen Freunden. Kostenlos.\"\n" @@ -44,204 +49,192 @@ msgstr "" "ldjAppCategory: \"Musik\"\n" "ldjSlogan: \"Musiziere online. Mit deinen Freunden. Kostenlos.\"\n" "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer und Mitwirkende\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus ist eine Freie/Open Source Software, die Musizieren, Proben und Jammen in Echtzeit übers Internet ermöglicht.\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus ist eine Freie/Open Source Software, die das Musizieren, Proben und Jammen in Echtzeit übers Internet ermöglicht.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" "mTSlogan: \"Musiziere online. Mit deinen Freunden. Kostenlos.\"\n" -"mTGetStartedNow: \"Jetzt Starten!\"\n" +"mTGetStartedNow: \"Starte jetzt!\"\n" "mTDownloadNow: 'Sofort herunterladen für'\n" "mTPlatformsAnd: 'und'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: 'weitere Plattformen'\n" "---\n" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:21 #, no-wrap msgid "What is Jamulus?" msgstr "Was ist Jamulus?" -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:23 #, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. " -msgstr " Mit Jamulus kannst du mit deinen Freunden, deiner Band oder jedem, den du online findest, spielen, proben oder jammen. Spiele aus der Ferne im Takt mit hochqualitativem Sound mit geringer Latenz über eine normale Breitbandverbindung. " +msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" +msgstr "Jamulus ermöglicht es dir mit deinen Freunden, deiner Band oder jedem, den du online findest, zu spielen, zu proben oder gemeinsam zu musizieren. Spiele in Echtzeit zusammen mit hochwertigem Sound und geringer Latenz über eine normale Breitbandverbindung. [Lade es hier herunter!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 #, no-wrap -msgid "Download it here" -msgstr "Lade Jamulus hier herunter" - -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"!\n" -" " -msgstr "" -"!\n" -" " +msgid "Jamulus is international" +msgstr "Jamulus ist international" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:40 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus worldwide" msgstr "Jamulus weltweit" -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:35 +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:42 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -" All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" -" in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" -" " +msgid "All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons, in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" msgstr "" -" Überall auf der Welt können dank Jamulus Chöre zusammen proben und Rockbands ihre Gigs aufführen.\n" +"Überall auf der Welt können dank Jamulus Chöre zusammen proben und Rockbands ihre Gigs aufführen.\n" " Jamulus vereint klassische und Popmusiker und wird auch für musikalischen Fernunterricht in Schulen, Universitäten, privat und öffentlich genutzt — alles in Echtzeit, über das Internet, als ob du persönlich vor Ort wärst.\n" -" " #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:37 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:44 #, no-wrap msgid "Help needed?" msgstr "Brauchst du Hilfe?" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:47 #, no-wrap -msgid " Check out the " -msgstr " Wirf einen Blick in die " +msgid "" +"Check out the [documentation](wiki/Getting-Started) and consider the [troubleshooting section](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" +"You can also ask on the [forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" +msgstr "" +"Schau Dir die [Dokumentation](wiki/Getting-Started) an, insbesondere den [Abschnitt zum Troubleshooting](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" +"Du kannst auch im [Forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) fragen.\n" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:53 #, no-wrap -msgid "documentation" -msgstr "Jamulus Dokumentation" +msgid "Want to get involved?" +msgstr "Willst du mithelfen?" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:56 #, no-wrap -msgid " and consider the " -msgstr " und beachte bitte auch die " +msgid "Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is [free and open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensed under the [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) you can help us!" +msgstr "Ideen? Einen Fehler gefunden? Willst du Code beitragen oder Jamulus in deine Sprache [übersetzen](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md)? Da Jamulus [freie und Open-Source-Software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) ist und unter der [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.htm) lizenziert ist, kannst du uns helfen!" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:58 #, no-wrap -msgid "troubleshooting section" -msgstr "Fehlerbehebungsseite" +msgid "Take a look at our [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) to find out how. Everybody is welcome!" +msgstr "Schau dir unsere [Beitragsrichtlinien](wiki/Contribution) an um mitzugestalten. Jeder ist willkommen!" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"!\n" -" You can also ask on the " -msgstr "" -"!\n" -" Du kannst auch im " +msgid "_For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see [this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" +msgstr "_Detaillierte Informationen über die Funktionsweise von Jamulus findest du in [diesem Paper von Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:65 #, no-wrap -msgid "forums" -msgstr "Forum (Englisch) nach Hilfe fragen" +msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" +msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -".\n" -" " -msgstr "" -".\n" -" " +#~ msgid "Download it here" +#~ msgstr "Lade Jamulus hier herunter" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:45 #, no-wrap -msgid "Want to get involved?" -msgstr "Willst du mithelfen?" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " -msgstr " Ideen? Hast du einen Fehler gefunden oder willst du Code beisteuern? " +#~ msgid " Check out the " +#~ msgstr " Wirf einen Blick in die " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid "translating" -msgstr "Möchtest du Jamulus in deine Sprache übersetzen?" +#~ msgid "documentation" +#~ msgstr "Jamulus Dokumentation" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " -msgstr " Da Jamulus " +#~ msgid " and consider the " +#~ msgstr " und beachte bitte auch die " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid "free and open source software" -msgstr "Freie/Open Source Software" +#~ msgid "troubleshooting section" +#~ msgstr "Fehlerbehebungsseite" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " -msgstr " ist, die unter der " +#~ msgid "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " You can also ask on the " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " Du kannst auch im " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid "GPL" -msgstr "GPL Lizenz steht" +#~ msgid "forums" +#~ msgstr "Forum (Englisch) nach Hilfe fragen" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid ", you can help us!" -msgstr ", kannst du aktiv mitgestalten!" +#~ msgid "" +#~ ".\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ ".\n" +#~ " " -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap -msgid " Take a look at our " -msgstr " Werfe einen Blick in unsere " +#~ msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " +#~ msgstr " Ideen? Hast du einen Fehler gefunden oder willst du Code beisteuern? " -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap -msgid "contribution guidelines" -msgstr "Richtlinien für Beiträge" +#~ msgid "translating" +#~ msgstr "Möchtest du Jamulus in deine Sprache übersetzen?" -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -" to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" -" " -msgstr "" -" . Wir freuen uns auf dich!\n" -" " +#~ msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " +#~ msgstr " Da Jamulus " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 #, no-wrap -msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " -msgstr " Ausführliche Informationen darüber, wie Jamulus funktioniert, findest du in " +#~ msgid "free and open source software" +#~ msgstr "Freie/Open Source Software" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap -msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" -msgstr "diesem Paper von Volker Fischer (PDF)" +#~ msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " +#~ msgstr " ist, die unter der " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:58 #, no-wrap -msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" -msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" +#~ msgid "GPL" +#~ msgstr "GPL Lizenz steht" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid ", you can help us!" +#~ msgstr ", kannst du aktiv mitgestalten!" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " Take a look at our " +#~ msgstr " Werfe einen Blick in unsere " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "contribution guidelines" +#~ msgstr "Richtlinien für Beiträge" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ " to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " . Wir freuen uns auf dich!\n" +#~ " " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " +#~ msgstr " Ausführliche Informationen darüber, wie Jamulus funktioniert, findest du in " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" +#~ msgstr "diesem Paper von Volker Fischer (PDF)" #, no-wrap #~ msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po index f15ee7c90..56784652b 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -2,20 +2,20 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Ettore Atalan , 2023. -# ignotus , 2023. +# ignotus , 2023, 2024. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 20:04+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:17 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po index 6496e8825..4c76cccc4 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/FAQ.po @@ -2,20 +2,20 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Ettore Atalan , 2023. -# ignotus , 2023. +# ignotus , 2023, 2024. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-20 11:08+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:17 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po index 3287582d3..14df92c9d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 21:43+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-01 20:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ msgstr "`-j` oder `--nojackconnect` Nicht automatisch mit JACK verbinden" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" -msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI-Controller-Kanal, der genutzt werden soll, Offset der Kontrollnummer und fortlaufende CC-Nummern (Kanäle) und Stummschalten CC-Nummer. Format: `kanal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Siehe [Tipps & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#verwendung-von-ctrlmidich-für-midi-controller)" +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI-Controller-Kanal, der genutzt werden soll, Offset der Kontrollnummer und fortlaufende CC-Nummern (Kanäle) und Stummschalten CC-Nummer. Format: `kanal[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Siehe [Tipps & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#ctrlmidich-für-midi-controller-verwenden)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Shared-Commands.po index 63e66f309..172b027d0 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ msgstr "`-h` oder `--help` Hilfetext anzeigen" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" -msgstr "`-i` oder `--inifile` Setzt Speicherort der ini-Datei (überschreibt Standardeinstellung. Gebe unter macOS nur einen Dateinamen an. Konfigurationsdateien können nur aus `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/` gelesen werden. Für den Server ersetze `io.jamulus.Jamulus` durch `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Aktiviere ‚Ordner „Library“ anzeigen’ unter „Darstellung“ im Finder um den Ordner anzuzeigen.)" +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgstr "`-i` oder `--inifile` Setzt Speicherort der ini-Datei (überschreibt Standardeinstellung. Gebe unter macOS nur einen Dateinamen an. Konfigurationsdateien können nur aus `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/` gelesen werden. Für den Server ersetze `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` durch `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Aktiviere ‚Ordner „Library“ anzeigen’ unter „Darstellung“ im Finder um den Ordner anzuzeigen.)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po index 4413459af..e4a41cc33 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024. # Ettore Atalan , 2023. # ignotus , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-31 20:22+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-04 19:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: German \n" "Language: de\n" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 @@ -179,79 +179,136 @@ msgstr "Für Installer auf anderen Distributionen, durchsuche die Paketverwaltun msgid "Set up your hardware" msgstr "Richte deine Hardware ein" +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 +msgid "The Jamulus Client needs to connect to a running [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server in order to start. You need to find out which is the low-latency sound server for your distribution. - If your distribution uses [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), see how to [configure JACK with QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl). - If your distribution uses PipeWire, see how to [configure PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)." +msgstr "" + #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 #, no-wrap msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl" msgstr "Konfiguriere Jack mit QjackCtl" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 -msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." +msgid "To run a [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server, the recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgstr "Jamulus-Clients benötigen [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) für den Betrieb, aber das musst du zuerst konfigurieren. Die empfohlene Methode ist die Verwendung von `QjackCtl`." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 -msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" +msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**." msgstr "Öffne QjackCtl und warte, bis sich das **Jack Audio Connection Kit** öffnet" #. type: Bullet: '2. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 -msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" -msgstr "Konfiguriere dein Audiointerface wie folgt (die genauen Einstellungen für JACK hängen von den Funktionen deiner Soundkarte ab):" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +msgid "Configure your sound hardware as follows:" +msgstr "Konfiguriere deine Audiohardware wie folgt:" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" +msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list - choose the correct one as this cannot be changed without stopping Jamulus and JACK)." msgstr "Wähle dein Audio **Interface** aus (es können mehrere in der Liste sichtbar sein)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" +msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**." msgstr "Setzte die **Sample Rate auf 48000**" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" +msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and **Periods/Buffer at 2** at first." msgstr "Setze die **Frames/Period auf 128** und Periods/Buffer zunächst auf 2" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:69 -msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" -msgstr "Starte JACK neu, um die neuen Einstellungen zu übernehmen" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 +msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect and continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure PipeWire" +msgstr "PipeWire konfigurieren" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 +msgid "PipeWire provides its own JACK server. When you launch the Jamulus Client, PipeWire automatically runs a JACK server. However, there are a few parameters to adjust. You need to set your audio interface to the \"pro-audio\" profile and define PipeWire's \"rate\" and \"quantum\" parameters beforehand. You can find more information about the configuration in the [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 +msgid "To set up your system: 1. Open `pavucontrol` (the audio mixer) and choose the \"pro-audio\" profile for your sound hardware in the configuration tab. 2. In a terminal use the following two commands to force PipeWire's rate and quantum:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" +msgstr "" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:88 +msgid "After this, continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." +msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:70 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:89 #, no-wrap msgid "Start Jamulus" msgstr "Jamulus starten" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 -msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." +msgid "With JACK or PipeWire configured, launch Jamulus." msgstr "Sobald JACK läuft und konfiguriert ist, starte Jamulus." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:75 -msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." -msgstr "Wenn du Soundprobleme (kurze Unterbrechungen, Knistern o.Ä.) beobachtest (insbesondere XRUNs, die von Jack/QjackCtl gemeldet werden), versuche größere Werte (z.B. 256 Frames oder 3 Perioden) zu setzen. Niedrigere Einstellungen (z.B. 64 Frames) bieten zwar eine bessere Leistung, verursachen aber möglicherweise mehr Soundprobleme. Siehe auch die [Fehlerbehebungsseite](Client-Troubleshooting)." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:94 +msgid "If you have any problems, first check [the troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting)." +msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:76 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:95 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" msgstr "Alles installiert?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:98 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "Jetzt kannst du auf die folgende Seite gehen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:99 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Jamulus Setup Seite](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#~ msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" +#~ msgstr "Konfiguriere dein Audiointerface wie folgt (die genauen Einstellungen für JACK hängen von den Funktionen deiner Soundkarte ab):" + +#~ msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" +#~ msgstr "Starte JACK neu, um die neuen Einstellungen zu übernehmen" + +#~ msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." +#~ msgstr "Wenn du Soundprobleme (kurze Unterbrechungen, Knistern o.Ä.) beobachtest (insbesondere XRUNs, die von Jack/QjackCtl gemeldet werden), versuche größere Werte (z.B. 256 Frames oder 3 Perioden) zu setzen. Niedrigere Einstellungen (z.B. 64 Frames) bieten zwar eine bessere Leistung, verursachen aber möglicherweise mehr Soundprobleme. Siehe auch die [Fehlerbehebungsseite](Client-Troubleshooting)." + #~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" #~ msgstr "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po index 83c1ee7ae..054dcfeac 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024. # Ettore Atalan , 2023. # ignotus , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-31 20:22+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-04 19:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 @@ -68,91 +68,101 @@ msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https: msgstr "Wenn du keinen PC besitzt, empfehlen wir dir einen [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" }, ein preiswertes und kleines Gerät, das sehr gut mit Jamulus funktioniert. iOS-Unterstützung ist nur ein Proof of Concept und erfordert bestimmte Fähigkeiten." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer." msgstr "Um Jamulus auf deinem iOS-Gerät zu installieren, benötigst du ein (kostenloses oder kostenpflichtiges) Apple Developer-Account und vorzugsweise einen Computer." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it." msgstr "Wenn du nicht für ein Apple-Entwicklerkonto bezahlst, läuft Jamulus höchstens 7 Tage lang, bevor du es erneut installieren musst." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 -msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." -msgstr "Jamulus auf iOS funktioniert auf neuen Geräten recht gut, wenn alles richtig eingestellt ist. Wir empfehlen dir jedoch dringend, ein Audio-Interface und einen USB-Ethernet-Adapter zu verwenden. Um diese mit deinem iOS-Gerät zu verbinden, solltest du etwas wie den [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) und einen (mit Strom versorgten) USB-Hub verwenden." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." +msgstr "Jamulus auf iOS funktioniert relativ gut wenn alles richtig eingerichtet ist. Wir empfehlen dringend, ein Audio-Interface und einen USB-Ethernet-Adapter zu verwenden. Falls du ein älteres Gerät mit Lightning Anschluss und nicht USB-C besitzt, kannst du z.B. den [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) und einen (mit Strom versorgten) USB-Hub verwenden." -#. type: Title ## +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi." +msgstr "Falls du Jamulus in einem kabellosen Netzwerk nutzen musst, solltest du Mobilfunk (5G) WLAN vorziehen." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release." +msgstr "Inoffizielle Jamulus kompatible Apps wie [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/de/app/koord/id1621509341) sind im AppStore verfügbar aber haben eventuell nicht die selben Features wie der offizielle Jamulus Release." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28 #, no-wrap msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" msgstr "Installation auf iOS (nur für erfahrene Benutzer)" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n" msgstr "**Hinweis**: Wir stellen eine unsignierte .ipa-Datei zur Verfügung, die du signieren und dann auf deinem Gerät installieren musst. Wenn dein Gerät nicht Jailbroken ist (und AppSync installiert hast), benötigst du möglicherweise zusätzliche Software, um Jamulus zu installieren. Dafür gibt es mehrere Möglichkeiten, aber in dieser Anleitung wird nur die gängigste Methode beschrieben. Bitte beachte, dass wir davon ausgehen, dass du bereits ein (kostenloses) Apple-Entwicklerkonto hast. Wenn du noch keines hast, erstelle eine neue Apple ID und [registriere dich für ein Entwicklerkonto](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). Wir empfehlen dir, ein Konto ohne Zwei-Faktor-Authentifizierung zu erstellen, das nicht mit deinem persönlichen Konto verknüpft ist. Du musst das Passwort in die Nicht-Apple-Software eingeben.\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" msgstr "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) auf einen PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" #. type: Bullet: '2. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)" msgstr "Signiere die .ipa-Datei (z. B. mit Xcode oder einer anderen **vertrauenswürdigen** Anwendung. Wir werden hier keine Empfehlungen geben, aber es gibt Apps für jedes Betriebssystem)" #. type: Bullet: '3. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account." msgstr "Nach der Unterzeichnung und Installation öffnest du auf deinem iOS-Gerät die Einstellungen und navigierst dann zu Allgemein>Profile (oder VPN und Geräteverwaltung). Tippe auf das Entwicklerkonto, das deinem Konto entspricht, und vertraue dem Konto." #. type: Bullet: '4. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen" msgstr "Öffne Jamulus über den Startbildschirm" #. type: Bullet: '5. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4." msgstr "Nach 7 Tagen musst du dich erneut bei Jamulus anmelden, wenn du ein kostenloses Entwicklerkonto verwendest. Führe die Aktivierung ab Schritt 4 erneut durch." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." msgstr "Wenn du einen Mac besitzt und Xcode installiert hast, könnte die Kompilierung von Jamulus aus dem Quellcode eine andere, nativere Option sein. Bitte werfe einen Blick auf die [Kompilierungsanleitung für iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:41 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback and development" msgstr "Feedback und Entwicklung" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:43 -msgid "iOS support isn't mature yet and far from ready to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." -msgstr "Die iOS-Unterstützung ist noch nicht ausgereift und noch lange nicht bereit, im AppStore veröffentlicht zu werden. Du kannst gerne mithelfen: Besuche einfach das [Jamulus GitHub Repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 +msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +msgstr "Wir denken, dass die iOS-Unterstützung ist noch nicht ausgereift genug ist um im AppStore veröffentlicht zu werden. Du kannst gerne mithelfen: Besuche einfach das [Jamulus GitHub Repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore." msgstr "Bitte lese auch die [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) bezüglich der Veröffentlichung von Jamulus über den Apple AppStore." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:48 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" msgstr "Alles installiert?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:51 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:53 msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the" msgstr "Jamulus wurde installiert und kann nun verwendet werden. Wirf jetzt einen Blick auf die" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Jamulus Setup Seite](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po index a2e4d3ba5..fe04ebcad 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Running-a-Server.po @@ -4,18 +4,19 @@ # Ettore Atalan , 2023. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-11 10:43+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 @@ -67,7 +68,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" @@ -180,92 +181,131 @@ msgid "To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are fam msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Download the setup script: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:62 +msgid "Download the setup script:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Make the script executable: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Make the script executable: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" +msgid "Make the script executable:" msgstr "Mache das Skript ausführbar: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" + #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Run the script and install the headless server: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Run the script and install the headless server:" +msgstr "Lade die systemd-Dateien neu `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` und starte den Headless-Server neu: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 msgid "Enable the headless Server process:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 #, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:69 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 #, fuzzy msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:" msgstr "Füge die gewünschten [Befehlszeilen Optionen](Running-a-Server#befehlszeilen-optionen) zur `ExecStart`-Zeile in der systemd-Dienstdatei hinzu, indem du `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` ausführen (standardmäßig wird ein nicht registrierter Server ausgeführt)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:71 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 #, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:73 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92 #, fuzzy msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:" msgstr "Lade die systemd-Dateien neu `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` und starte den Headless-Server neu: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:75 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96 #, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:77 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98 #, fuzzy msgid "_To edit your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" msgstr "_Um deinen Server zu aktualisieren, wiederhole einfach die oben genannten Schritte._" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Modes" msgstr "Server Typen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104 #, fuzzy msgid "Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs." msgstr "Du kannst deinen Server auf verschiedene Arten betreiben (entweder zu Hause oder bei einem Drittanbieter):" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 #, no-wrap msgid "Unregistered mode" msgstr "2. Unregistriert" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:87 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:108 msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it." msgstr "Das ist die Standardeinstellung, wenn du einen Server zum ersten Mal startest. Unregistrierte/private Server werden nicht in Verzeichnissen aufgeführt, so dass nur Musiker, die die Adresse deines Servers kennen, eine Verbindung herstellen können. Das ist nützlich, da du nicht kontrollieren kannst, wer sich mit deinem Server verbindet." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:110 #, no-wrap msgid "**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:93 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" @@ -278,28 +318,28 @@ msgstr "" "
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:115 #, no-wrap msgid "Registered mode" msgstr "Betrieb im registrierten Modus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:97 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:118 msgid "In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:99 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:120 msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:122 msgid "Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:126 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" @@ -312,68 +352,68 @@ msgstr "" "
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127 #, no-wrap msgid "Directory mode" msgstr "3. Verzeichnis" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:109 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:130 msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." msgstr "Wenn du mehrere Server betreiben willst, möglicherweise auch hinter einer Firewall oder in einem LAN, kannst du deinen Server als Verzeichnis Server betreiben. Beispiele sind Online-Veranstaltungen, Musikvereine, Sektionsproben oder Musikunterricht für Schulen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)." msgstr "Um ein Verzeichnis zu betreiben [lese diese Anleitung](Directories)" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration options" msgstr "Konfiguration" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:138 msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:119 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 #, no-wrap msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:121 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 #, fuzzy msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))." msgstr "Füge die gewünschten [Befehlszeilen Optionen](Running-a-Server#befehlszeilen-optionen) zur `ExecStart`-Zeile in der systemd-Dienstdatei hinzu, indem du `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` ausführen (standardmäßig wird ein nicht registrierter Server ausgeführt)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:123 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:144 #, no-wrap msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:125 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:146 msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:128 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 #, no-wrap msgid "Minimum setup to run in Registered mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153 msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections. You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "" "jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" @@ -387,52 +427,52 @@ msgstr "" "~~~\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:161 msgid "See the table below for `hostname:port` values." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 #, no-wrap msgid "Server mode-related options" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:145 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "`-R or --recording`" msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`" msgstr "`-R oder --recording`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:148 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:150 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 msgid "This option takes the format:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:152 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 msgid "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 #, fuzzy msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options:" msgstr "Um deinen Server bei einem der in den Jamulus-Client integrierten Verzeichnisse zu registrieren, ersetze im obigen Beispiel `genreServer:port` durch eine der folgenden Optionen:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "" "| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" @@ -456,317 +496,317 @@ msgstr "" "|**Genre Chor/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:187 #, no-wrap msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190 msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:196 msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:198 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n" msgstr "**Anmerkung**: Semikolon und Zeilenumbruch sind in den Argumenten `yourServerName` und `yourCity` nicht erlaubt\n" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:178 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 #, no-wrap msgid "`-L or --licence`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:180 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201 msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 #, no-wrap msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:186 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverpublicip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:189 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210 #, no-wrap msgid "`--directoryfile`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:212 msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 #, no-wrap msgid "`-f or --listfilter`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:218 #, no-wrap msgid "General Server options" msgstr "Allgemeine Hinweise" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:200 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "`-d or --discononquit`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223 msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 #, no-wrap msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:226 msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 #, no-wrap msgid "`-l or --log`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:208 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229 msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 #, no-wrap msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:214 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 #, no-wrap msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:216 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 #, fuzzy msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." msgstr "Diese Option nutzt kleine Unterschiede in der Ankunftszeit des Schalls zwischen den beiden Ohren. Dies erzeugt einen Stereoeffekt, der dem natürlichen menschlichen Gehör ähnlich ist, im Vergleich zum normalen „Lautstärken“-Panning." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:217 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 #, no-wrap msgid "`-s` or `--server`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverbindip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 #, no-wrap msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:228 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 #, no-wrap msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 #, no-wrap msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 #, no-wrap msgid "Other options" msgstr "Andere Optionen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Server via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265 #, no-wrap msgid "Recording" msgstr "Aufnahmeverzeichnis" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 #, no-wrap msgid "`-R or --recording`" msgstr "`-R oder --recording`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" msgstr "**Hinweis:** Du musst die Aufnahmen in einem Pfad _außerhalb_ des Jamulus-Home-Verzeichnisses speichern oder `ProtectHome=true` aus der systemd-Unit-Datei entfernen (beachte jedoch, dass dies ein potenzielles Sicherheitsrisiko darstellt).\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" msgstr "**Hinweis**: Wenn dein Server aufzeichnet, zeigen die Clients eine Meldung an, dass die Aufzeichnung läuft.\n" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 #, no-wrap msgid "`--norecord`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling Recording" msgstr "Aufzeichnung steuern" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 #, fuzzy msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." msgstr "Um diese Signale mit systemd zu senden, erstelle die folgenden zwei `.service`-Dateien in `/etc/systemd/system` und gebe den Dateien einen passenden Namen (z.B. `newRecording-Jamulus-server.service`)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 #, fuzzy msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" msgstr "Bespiel einer `.service` Datei zum Ein- oder Ausschalten der Aufzeichnung (je nach aktuellem Status):" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -775,7 +815,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " [Service]\n" " Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" msgstr "" "~~~\n" " [Unit]\n" @@ -783,13 +823,13 @@ msgstr "" " Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 #, fuzzy msgid "To start a new recording:" msgstr "Zum Starten einer neuen Aufnahme:" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -798,7 +838,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " [Service]\n" " Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" msgstr "" "~~~\n" " [Unit]\n" @@ -806,87 +846,91 @@ msgstr "" " Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:293 -msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" +msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example." msgstr "_Hinweis: Der Name des Jamulus-Dienstes in der „ExecStart“-Zeile muss mit dem Namen der „service“-Datei übereinstimmen, die du beim Einrichten von systemd zur Steuerung deines Jamulus-Servers erstellt hast. In diesem Beispiel wäre das also `Jamulus-Server.service`_" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316 msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." msgstr "Führe `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` aus, um die `.service` Dateien für die erste Verwendung zu registrieren." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318 msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" msgstr "Jetzt kannst du diese zum Beispiel mit dem Befehl `systemctl` ausführen:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:299 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 #, fuzzy msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:301 -msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." +msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log." msgstr "Du kannst das Ergebnis dieser Befehle sehen, wenn du `systemctl status jamulus` ausführst oder die Protokolle einsiehst." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "Backing up the Server" msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" msgstr "Serverbackup" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:307 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328 msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:310 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 #, no-wrap msgid "Servers on the desktop" msgstr "Server auf dem Desktop" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334 #, fuzzy msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" msgstr "Jamulus kann im Server-Modus vom Desktop aus gestartet werden. Dadurch erhältst du eine grafische Benutzeroberfläche zur Steuerung der meisten Einstellungen." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336 #, fuzzy msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." msgstr "**Windows-Benutzer** - Wenn du möchtest dass der Server beim Systemstart automatisch gestartet wird, aktiviere das entsprechende Kontrollkästchen.\n" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338 #, fuzzy msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." msgstr "**Windows-Benutzer** - Verwende das Symbol „Jamulus Server“ im Windows-Startmenü.\n" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:319 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340 #, fuzzy msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." msgstr "**Linux-Benutzer** - Starte die Verknüpfung „Jamulus Server“. Oder öffne ein Terminalfenster (`CTRL+ALT+t` unter Debian und verwandten Distributionen), anschliessend `jamulus -s` eingeben und die Eingabetaste drücken.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:321 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 #, fuzzy msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "Die meisten gängigen Funktionen in Jamulus können über die grafische Benutzeroberfläche eingestellt werden, aber diese und andere können auch über Befehlszeilen Optionen in einem Terminalfenster eingestellt werden. Wie genau das gemacht werden muss hängt von deinem Betriebssystem ab." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "Um beispielsweise unter Windows eine bestimmte Einstellungsdatei zu verwenden, klickst du mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Jamulus-Verknüpfung und wählst „Eigenschaften“ > Ziel. Füge die erforderlichen Argumente zu Jamulus.exe hinzu:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" @@ -895,12 +939,12 @@ msgstr "" "```\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:327 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "Unter macOS startest du ein Terminalfenster und führst Jamulus mit den gewünschten Optionen wie folgt aus:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" @@ -909,59 +953,59 @@ msgstr "" "```\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" msgstr "**Hinweis**: Mit den Befehlszeilen Optionen werden die Standardeinstellungen des Servers beim Start festgelegt. Du kannst die Einstellungen mit den entsprechenden GUI-Steuerelementen überschreiben, während der Server läuft.\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:332 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 #, no-wrap msgid "The Server status icon" msgstr "Server-Status-Symbol" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356 #, fuzzy msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" msgstr "Das Betriebssystem zeigt ein Symbol in der Taskleiste oder im Statusbereich an, um anzuzeigen, ob der Server aktiv ist:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" msgstr "
\"Image
Der Server ist leer" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:360 #, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" msgstr "
\"Image
Der Server ist belegt" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up the Server" msgstr "Serverbackup" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:368 msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Fehlerbehebung" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "Wenn du Probleme hast, [sieh dir diesen Leitfaden an](Server-Troubleshooting)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Server-Troubleshooting.po index f8a3d681b..46d9c1e6b 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -2,20 +2,20 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Ettore Atalan , 2023. -# ignotus , 2023. +# ignotus , 2023, 2024. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 20:04+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:19 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po index 9a9594730..a0a49d697 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Software-Manual.po @@ -2,20 +2,20 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Ettore Atalan , 2023. -# ignotus , 2023. +# ignotus , 2023, 2024. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 20:04+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:18 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" @@ -247,284 +247,295 @@ msgid "Connect/disconnect button" msgstr "## Taste zum Verbinden/Trennen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:80 -msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:81 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session." +msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session. You can also open the dialogue using \"File>Connection Setup...\". This will leave you connected to any current session until you join another." msgstr "Öffnet einen Dialog, in dem du einen Server auswählen kannst, mit dem du eine Verbindung herstellen möchtest. Wenn du verbunden bist, wird die Sitzung durch Drücken dieser Schaltfläche beendet." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:82 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:83 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Screenshot
" msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" msgstr "
\"Screenshot
" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:84 -msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available servers together with the number of occupants and the maximum number supported. Server operators register their servers on lists (mostly defined by genre, though some could be location-specific or for all genres). Use the List dropdown to select a genre, click on the server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name. Permanent servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available servers together with the number of occupants and the maximum number supported. Server operators register their servers on lists (mostly defined by genre, though some could be location-specific or for all genres). Use the List dropdown to select a genre, click on the server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name. Permanent servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." +msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." msgstr "Das Fenster „Verbindungsaufbau“ zeigt eine Liste der verfügbaren Server zusammen mit der Anzahl der Nutzer und der maximal unterstützten Anzahl. Die Serverbetreiber tragen ihre Server in Listen ein (meist nach Genre definiert, obwohl einige auch ortsspezifisch oder für alle Genres sein können). Verwende das Dropdown-Menü „Liste“, um ein Genre auszuwählen, klicke auf den Server, dem du beitreten möchtest. Anschliessend drückst du die Schaltfläche „Verbinden“, um sich mit ihm zu verbinden. Alternativ kannst du auch auf den Servernamen doppelklicken. Permanente Server (d.h. solche, die schon länger als 24 Stunden gelistet sind) werden fett dargestellt." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 -msgid "You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a \"#\" character." -msgstr "Du kannst die Liste nach Servernamen oder Standort filtern. Um nur belegte Server aufzulisten, gib ein „#“-Zeichen ein." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:88 +msgid "Click on the Server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:90 -msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92 +msgid "Server operators register their servers with Directories. These are either genre-specific or for any genre, or additional [custom entries](#custom-directories). Use the Directory dropdown to select a genre. You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied Servers, enter a \"#\" character. If you choose \"Show All Musicians\" the current occupants will be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:98 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." +msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private Server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." msgstr "Wenn du die IP-Adresse oder URL eines privaten Servers kennst, kannst du über das Feld „Servername/-adresse“ eine Verbindung zu diesem Server herstellen. Eine optionale Portnummer kann nach der Adresse mit einem Doppelpunkt als Trennzeichen hinzugefügt werden, z. B. „jamulus.example.com:22124\" (IPv6-Adressen müssen vollständig in eckige Klammern eingeschlossen werden). In dem Feld wird auch eine Liste der zuletzt verwendeten Serveradressen angezeigt." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:91 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "## Server audio mixer" msgid "Server audio mixer" msgstr "## Server-Audiomixer" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:102 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Abbildung
" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:97 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 msgid "The audio mixer screen shows each user connected to the server (including yourself). The faders allow you to adjust the level of what you hear without affecting what others hear." msgstr "Der Audiomixer-Bildschirm zeigt jeden mit dem Server verbundenen Benutzer an (einschließlich dir selbst). Mit den Schiebereglern kannst du den Pegel dessen, was du hörst anpassen, ohne das zu beeinflussen, was andere hören." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 msgid "The VU meter shows the input level at the server - that is, the sound being sent." msgstr "Die VU-Anzeige zeigt den Eingangspegel am Server an - also den gesendeten Ton." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109 msgid "If you have set your Audio Channel to Stereo or Stereo Out in your Settings, you will also see a pan control (shift-click to reset)." msgstr "Wenn du deinen Audiokanal in den Einstellungen auf Stereo oder Stereoausgang eingestellt hast, siehst du auch einen Panoramaregler (Umschaltklick zum Zurücksetzen)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:103 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear you. Either they have muted you, soloed one or more users not including you, or have set your fader in their mix to zero." msgstr "Wenn du ein „Stumm“-Symbol über einem Benutzer siehst, bedeutet dies, dass diese Person dich nicht hören kann. Entweder hat er dich stummgeschaltet, einen oder mehrere Benutzer, die dich nicht einschließen, auf Solo gestellt oder deinen Fader in seinem Mix auf Null gesetzt." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Users are listed left to right in the order that they connect. You can change the sort order using the Edit option in the application menu." msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu." msgstr "Die Benutzer werden von links nach rechts in der Reihenfolge aufgeführt, in der sie sich verbinden. Du kannst die Sortierreihenfolge über die Option Bearbeiten im Anwendungsmenü ändern." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." msgstr "Wenn der Serverbetreiber die Aufzeichnung aktiviert hat, wird über dem Mischpult eine Meldung angezeigt, dass du aufgezeichnest wirst." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:108 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Grp button" msgid "Grp button" msgstr "### GRP-Taste" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 #, fuzzy #| msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag." msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." msgstr "Mit dem Schalter „Gruppe“ kannst du die Benutzer in Gruppen zusammenfassen. Wenn du den Fader eines Gruppenmitglieds bewegst, werden die anderen Fader der Gruppe um den gleichen Betrag bewegt. Mit Umschalt-Klick-Ziehen kannst du einen Kanal vorübergehend von der Gruppe isolieren." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:112 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Mute button" msgid "Mute button" msgstr "### Stummschalttaste im Mixer" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." msgstr "Verhindert, dass Benutzer in deiner lokalen Mischung zu hören ist. Beachte, wenn du einen Benutzer stumm schaltest, ein „Stumm“-Symbol über seinem Fader erscheint, um anzuzeigen, dass du ihn nicht hören kannst. Beachte auch, dass sich die VU-Meter weiterhin bewegen, wenn der Ton des stummgeschalteten Benutzers den Server erreicht. Deine Faderposition für diese Personen ist ebenfalls nicht betroffen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." msgstr "Beachte, dass das Stummschalten deines **eigenen** Kanals lediglich bedeutet, dass du dein eigenes Signal vom Server nicht mehr hören kannst (Das ist nicht ratsam ist, da es dazu führen kann, dass du mit anderen Spielern aus dem Takt kommst). Dies ist also nicht dasselbe wie die Verwendung von „[Stummschalten](#mich-stummschalten)“." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Solo button" msgid "Solo button" msgstr "### Solo-Taste" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." msgstr "Ermöglicht es dir, einen oder mehrere Benutzer alleine zu hören. Diejenigen, die nicht solo sind, werden stummgeschaltet. Beachte auch, dass die Personen, die nicht auf Solo geschaltet sind, ein „Stumm“-Symbol über ihrem Fader sehen." #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:122 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "# Settings" msgid "Settings" msgstr "# Einstellungen" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "## My Profile" msgid "My Profile" msgstr "## Mein Profil" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "Wähle im Menü „Einstellungen“ die Option „Mein Profil...“, um deinen Alias/Namen festzulegen, der unter deinem Fader im Server-Mixer angezeigt wird." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Bild
" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "Wenn du ein Instrument und/oder ein Land auswählst, werden die Symbole für diese Einstellungen auch unter deinem Fader im Mixer angezeigt. Die Können Einstellung ändert die Hintergrundfarbe des Fader-Tags und der Städteeintrag wird im Tooltip des Fader-Tags angezeigt:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" -msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Bild
" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Skin" msgid "Skin" msgstr "### Oberfläche" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "Dabei wird eine Oberfläche auf das Hauptfenster angewendet, von denen einige für größere Ensembles ausgelegt sind." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:139 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Meter style" msgid "Meter style" msgstr "### Pegel-Messer-Stil" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "Dies ändert den visuellen Stil der Pegelmesser, unabhängig vom gewählten Skin." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Mixer rows" msgid "Mixer rows" msgstr "### Mischpult-Reihen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "Hiermit wird die Anzahl der im Audiomixer des Servers angezeigten Reihen festgelegt, was bei größeren Ensembles von Vorteil ist." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Audio quality" msgid "Audio Alerts" msgstr "### Audioqualität" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "## Audio/Network Setup" msgid "Audio/Network Setup" msgstr "## Audio-/Netzwerk Einstellungen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Bild
" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Device" msgid "Audio Device" msgstr "### Audiogerät" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "Unter dem Windows-Betriebssystem kann der ASIO-Treiber (Soundkarte) mit Jamulus ausgewählt werden. Wenn der ausgewählte ASIO-Treiber nicht gültig ist, wird eine Fehlermeldung angezeigt und der vorherige gültige Treiber ausgewählt. Unter macOS kann die Eingangs- und Ausgangshardware ausgewählt werden." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Input/output channel mapping" msgid "Input/output channel mapping" msgstr "### Zuordnung von Eingangs- und Ausgangskanälen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Abbildung
" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "Wenn das ausgewählte Soundkartengerät mehr als einen Eingangs- oder Ausgangskanal bietet, sind die Einstellungen _Input Channel Mapping und Output Channel Mapping_ sichtbar. Für jeden Jamulus-Eingangs-/Ausgangskanal (linker und rechter Kanal) kann ein anderer tatsächlicher Soundkartenkanal ausgewählt werden." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Audio channels" msgid "Audio channels" msgstr "### Audiokanäle" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." msgstr "Wählt die Anzahl der Audiokanäle aus, die für die Kommunikation zwischen Client und Server verwendet werden sollen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "**Note**: It is preferable to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, with each Client given its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "**Hinweis**: Es ist besser, separate Client-Instanzen pro Stimme/Instrument laufen zu lassen, wobei jeder Client seine eigene ini-Datei erhält, als diesen eingebauten Mono-Paar-Stereo-Mixer zu verwenden.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "Es sind drei Modi verfügbar:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "die Modi **Mono** und **Stereo** verwenden einen bzw. zwei Audiokanäle.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:180 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -534,168 +545,170 @@ msgstr "" "können die beiden Eingangssignale zu einem Monokanal gemischt werden, während der Server-Mix in Stereo zu hören ist.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "Wenn du den Stereomodus aktivierst, erhöht sich die Datenrate deines Streams. Stelle sicher, dass deine Upload-Rate die verfügbare Upload-Geschwindigkeit deiner Internetverbindung nicht überschreitet." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "Im Stereo-Streaming-Modus ist im Hauptfenster keine Auswahl des Audiokanals für den Halleffekt möglich, da der Effekt in diesem Fall auf beide Kanäle angewendet wird." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Audio quality" msgid "Audio quality" msgstr "### Audioqualität" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "Je höher die Audioqualität, desto höher ist die Datenrate deines Audiostreams. Achte darauf, dass deine Upload-Rate die verfügbare Upload-Geschwindigkeit deiner Internetverbindung nicht überschreitet." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Buffer Delay" msgid "Buffer Delay" msgstr "### Puffergrösse" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "Die Einstellung der Pufferverzögerung ist eine grundlegende Einstellung der Jamulus-Software. Diese Einstellung hat Einfluss auf viele Verbindungseigenschaften. Es werden drei Puffergrößen unterstützt:" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 #, fuzzy #| msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards.\n" msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." msgstr "**64 Samples** Bietet die geringste Latenz, funktioniert aber nicht mit allen Soundkarten.\n" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 #, fuzzy #| msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards.\n" msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." msgstr "**128 Samples** Die bevorzugte Einstellung. Sollte für die meisten verfügbaren Soundkarten funktionieren.\n" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 #, fuzzy #| msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection.\n" msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." msgstr "**256 Samples** Sollte nur auf sehr langsamen Computern oder mit einer langsamen Internetverbindung verwendet werden.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "Bei einigen Soundkartentreibern ist es nicht möglich, die Pufferverzögerung in der Jamulus-Software zu ändern. In diesem Fall ist die Einstellung der Pufferverzögerung deaktiviert und muss über den Soundkartentreiber geändert werden. Drücken unter Windows auf die Schaltfläche ASIO-Setup, um das Einstellungsfenster des Treibers zu öffnen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 -msgid "On Linux, use the JACK configuration tool to change the buffer size." -msgstr "Unter Linux verwendest du das JACK-Konfigurationswerkzeug, um die Puffergröße zu ändern." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 +msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." +msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "Die tatsächliche Pufferverzögerung hat einen Einfluss auf den Verbindungsstatus, die aktuelle Uploadrate und die Gesamtverzögerung. Je geringer die Puffergröße ist, desto höher ist die Wahrscheinlichkeit eines roten Lichts in der Statusanzeige (Verbindungsabbrüche) und desto höher ist die Upload-Rate und desto geringer ist die Gesamtverzögerung." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "Die Puffereinstellung ist daher ein Kompromiss zwischen Audioqualität und Gesamtverzögerung." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:211 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Jitter Buffer" msgid "Jitter Buffer" msgstr "### Netzwerkpuffer" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 #, fuzzy #| msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer therefore influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "Der Jitter-Puffer kompensiert die Timing-Störungen des Netzwerks und der Soundkarte. Die Größe des Puffers beeinflusst daher die Qualität des Audiostroms (wie viele Aussetzer auftreten) und die Gesamtverzögerung (je länger der Puffer, desto höher die Verzögerung)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "Du kannst die Größe des Jitter-Puffers manuell für deinen lokalen Client und den entfernten Server einstellen. Für den lokalen Jitterpuffer werden Aussetzer im Audiostrom durch die Leuchte unter den Schiebereglern für die Jitterpuffergröße angezeigt. Wenn die Leuchte rot leuchtet, ist der Puffer über- bzw. unterschritten worden und der Audiostrom wird unterbrochen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "Die Einstellung des Jitter-Puffers ist daher ein Kompromiss zwischen Audioqualität und Gesamtverzögerung." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "Wenn die Einstellung Auto aktiviert ist, werden die Jitterpuffer deines lokalen Clients und des entfernten Servers automatisch auf der Grundlage von Messungen des Netzwerk- und Soundkarten-Timing-Jitters eingestellt. Wenn das Kontrollkästchen Auto aktiviert ist, sind die Regler für die Jitterpuffergröße deaktiviert (Die Regler können nicht mit der Maus bewegt werden)." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:227 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Enable small network buffers" msgid "Small Network Buffers" msgstr "### Aktiviere kleine Netzwerkpuffer" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:231 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "Ermöglicht die Unterstützung von sehr kleinen Netzwerk-Audiopaketen. Diese werden nur verwendet, wenn die Pufferverzögerung der Soundkarte kleiner als 128 Samples ist. Je kleiner die Netzwerkpuffer sind, desto geringer ist die Audiolatenz. Gleichzeitig erhöht sich aber auch die Netzwerklast und die Wahrscheinlichkeit von Audioaussetzern (vor allem, wenn deine Netzwerkverbindung einen erheblichen Jitter aufweist). Versuche diese Option zu aktivieren, wenn du Probleme mit einer hohen Latenz oder einer schlechten Audioqualität hast. Wenn du die Option deaktivierst, wird die Audioqualität normalerweise besser." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Audio Stream Rate" msgid "Audio Stream Rate" msgstr "### Audio Stream Rate" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "Hängt von der aktuellen Größe des Audiopakets und der Komprimierungseinstellung ab. Stelle sicher, dass die Upload-Rate nicht höher ist als deine verfügbare Internet-Upload-Geschwindigkeit (überprüfen dies mit einem Dienst wie [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "## Advanced Setup" msgid "Advanced Setup" msgstr "## Erweiterte Einstellungen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Bild
" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Custom directory server address" msgid "Custom Directories" msgstr "### Benutzerdefinierte Verzeichnisse" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 -msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here." -msgstr "" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." +msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +msgstr "Wenn du die IP-Adresse oder URL eines privaten Servers kennst, kannst du über das Feld „Servername/-adresse“ eine Verbindung zu diesem Server herstellen. Eine optionale Portnummer kann nach der Adresse mit einem Doppelpunkt als Trennzeichen hinzugefügt werden, z. B. „jamulus.example.com:22124\" (IPv6-Adressen müssen vollständig in eckige Klammern eingeschlossen werden). In dem Feld wird auch eine Liste der zuletzt verwendeten Serveradressen angezeigt." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### New Client Level" msgid "New Client Level" msgstr "### Pegel für neue Teilnehmer" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\"." msgid "" @@ -705,127 +718,127 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Diese Einstellung definiert den Faderlevel eines neu verbundenen Clients in Prozent. Wenn sich ein neuer Benutzer mit dem aktuellen Server verbindet, erhält er die angegebene anfängliche Faderstufe, wenn keine andere Faderstufe von einer früheren Verbindung dieses Benutzers bereits gespeichert wurde. Du kannst alle Benutzer eines belegten Servers auf diesen Pegel setzen, indem du Bearbeiten > „Alle Fader auf neuen Client-Pegel setzen“ verwendest." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Input Boost" msgid "Input Boost" msgstr "### Eingangsverstärkung" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "Erhöht die Verstärkung deines Geräts. Verwende es, wenn dein Gerät eine Signal liefert, das für Jamulus zu leise ist." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Feedback Protection" msgid "Feedback Protection" msgstr "### Feedback-Schutz" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "Versucht, Audio-Rückkopplungsschleifen oder laute Geräusche in den ersten drei Sekunden nach der Verbindung mit einem Server zu erkennen. Sobald diese Funktion erkannt wurde, wird eine Meldung angezeigt und die Schaltfläche „Stummschalten“ aktiviert, um dich im eigenen Mix stummzuschalten." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Input Balance" msgid "Input Balance" msgstr "### Eingangs-Balance" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "Steuert die relativen Pegel des linken und rechten lokalen Audiokanals. Bei einem Monosignal fungiert er als Pan zwischen den beiden Kanälen. Wenn z. B. ein Mikrofon an den rechten Eingangskanal angeschlossen ist und ein Instrument an den linken Eingangskanal angeschlossen ist, das viel lauter als das Mikrofon ist, bewegst du den Audio-Fader, um die relative Lautstärke des Mikrofons zu erhöhen." #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "# Menu commands" msgid "Menu commands" msgstr "# Menübefehle" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" msgstr "### Datei > Mixer-Kanäle laden/speichern" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284 msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." msgstr "Du kannst die Mischung, die du für deine Bandproben eingestellt hast, speichern und wiederherstellen (Fader, Mute, Pan, Solo usw.) und diese jederzeit laden (auch während der Probe). Das Laden kann auch per Drag/Drop in das Mixerfenster erfolgen." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:271 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " msgstr "### Bearbeiten > Alle Fader automatisch anpassen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." msgstr "Wendet eine einmalige Fader-Einstellung auf jeden Kanal an, abhängig von seiner Lautstärke. Nützlich für große Ensembles, um eine vernünftige Gesamtmischung zu erhalten, auch wenn individuelle Anpassungen weiterhin notwendig sein können. Am besten während einer Aufwärmphase oder eines gleichmäßigen Teils des Musikstücks anwenden." #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:275 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "# Backing up Jamulus" msgid "Backing up Jamulus" msgstr "# Sicherung von Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293 #, fuzzy #| msgid "You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgstr "Du kannst verschiedene Mixereinstellungen mit [Laden/Speichern Konfiguration der Mixer Kanäle](Software-Manual#datei--mixer-kanäle-ladenspeichern) speichern und laden und diese Dateien an einem beliebigen Ort speichern." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" #| "```shell\n" -#| "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +#| "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" #| "```\n" msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" msgstr "" "**Hinweis für macOS-Nutzer:** Ab Jamulus 3.8.1 gibt es ein signiertes Installationsprogramm. Dieser speichert die Einstellungen in\n" "```shell\n" -"$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +"$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" "```\n" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap -msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 #, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "Befehlszeilenoptionen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "Die meisten gängigen Funktionen in Jamulus können über die grafische Benutzeroberfläche eingestellt werden, aber diese und andere können auch über Befehlszeilen Optionen in einem Terminalfenster eingestellt werden. Wie genau das gemacht werden muss hängt von deinem Betriebssystem ab." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "Um beispielsweise unter Windows eine bestimmte Einstellungsdatei zu verwenden, klickst du mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Jamulus-Verknüpfung und wählst „Eigenschaften“ > Ziel. Füge die erforderlichen Argumente zu Jamulus.exe hinzu:" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:291 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| "```shell\n" @@ -838,12 +851,12 @@ msgstr "" "```\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "Unter macOS startest du ein Terminalfenster und führst Jamulus mit den gewünschten Optionen wie folgt aus:" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:297 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| "```shell\n" @@ -856,26 +869,32 @@ msgstr "" "```\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Client via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:307 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a \"#\" character." +#~ msgstr "Du kannst die Liste nach Servernamen oder Standort filtern. Um nur belegte Server aufzulisten, gib ein „#“-Zeichen ein." + +#~ msgid "On Linux, use the JACK configuration tool to change the buffer size." +#~ msgstr "Unter Linux verwendest du das JACK-Konfigurationswerkzeug, um die Puffergröße zu ändern." + #~ msgid "TOC" #~ msgstr "TOC" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po index d4d258b1a..88a38b506 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/de/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -2,20 +2,20 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Ettore Atalan , 2023. -# ignotus , 2023. +# ignotus , 2023, 2024. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-01 21:09+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-13 18:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: de\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ msgstr "Inhaltsverzeichnis\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:17 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ msgstr "Hier ist das Skript:" #. type: Fenced code block #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:57 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "" " amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" @@ -207,7 +207,6 @@ msgid "" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" msgstr "" -" ~~~\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" " amixer sset 'Line' playback 60% unmute\n" @@ -231,7 +230,6 @@ msgstr "" " jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_1 Jamulus:'input right'\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" -"~~~\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 @@ -331,7 +329,7 @@ msgstr "Hier ist ein Beispiel für ein PHP-Skript, das die Server-Statusdatei ve #. type: Fenced code block #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"~~~\n" "\n" "\n" -"~~~\n" #, no-wrap #~ msgid "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po index 57ebfbb45..a72b09f06 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/1-index.po @@ -2,11 +2,12 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. -# ignotus , 2023. +# ignotus , 2023, 2024. +# gallegonovato , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-08 08:21+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 22:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -14,10 +15,10 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) -#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:1 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "" "---\n" @@ -36,6 +37,7 @@ msgid "" "mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" "---\n" +"[//]: # Markdown sections should not be indented, otherwise they are treated as code blocks.\n" msgstr "" "---\n" "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Toca música online. Con amig@s. Gratis.\"\n" @@ -53,196 +55,183 @@ msgstr "" "mTPlatformsAnd: 'y'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: 'otras plataformas'\n" "---\n" +"[//]: # Markdown sections should not be indented, otherwise they are treated as code blocks.\n" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:21 #, no-wrap msgid "What is Jamulus?" msgstr "¿Qué es Jamulus?" -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:23 #, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. " -msgstr " Jamulus te permite tocar música, ensayar o hacer una jam session con amistades, tu banda, o cualquiera que encuentres online. Toca en sincronización remotamente con audio de alta calidad y baja latencia en una conexión de banda ancha normal. " +msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" +msgstr "Jamulus te permite tocar, ensayar o improvisar con tus amigos, tu grupo o cualquier persona que encuentres en Internet. Tocad juntos a distancia y a tiempo con sonido de alta calidad y baja latencia en una conexión de banda ancha normal. [Descárgalo aquí](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 #, no-wrap -msgid "Download it here" -msgstr "Descárgalo aquí" +msgid "Jamulus is international" +msgstr "Jamulus es internacional" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus worldwide" +msgstr "Jamulus en todo el mundo" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:42 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"!\n" -" " -msgstr "" -"!\n" -" " +msgid "All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons, in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" +msgstr "En todo el mundo, Jamulus permite ensayar a coros y tocar a bandas de rock. Jamulus reúne a músicos clásicos y populares. Se utiliza para clases de música a distancia, en escuelas y universidades, en privado y en público, todo en tiempo real por Internet, como si estuvieras allí en persona.\n" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:44 #, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus worldwide" -msgstr "Jamulus en todo el mundo" +msgid "Help needed?" +msgstr "¿Necesitas ayuda?" -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:35 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:47 #, no-wrap msgid "" -" All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" -" in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" -" " +"Check out the [documentation](wiki/Getting-Started) and consider the [troubleshooting section](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" +"You can also ask on the [forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" msgstr "" -" Por todo el mundo, Jamulus permite ensayar a coros y tocar a bandas de rock. Jamulus junta a músicos clásicos y de folk. Se utiliza para clases a distancia,\n" -" en escuelas y universidades, en privado y en público ‒ todo en tiempo real a través de Internet, como si estuvieras allí en persona.\n" -" " +"Consulta la [documentación](wiki/Getting-Started) ¡y ten en cuenta la [sección de resolución de problemas](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" +"También puedes preguntar en el [foro](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:37 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:53 #, no-wrap -msgid "Help needed?" -msgstr "¿Necesitas ayuda?" +msgid "Want to get involved?" +msgstr "¿Quieres involucrarte?" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:56 #, no-wrap -msgid " Check out the " -msgstr " ¡Consulta la " +msgid "Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is [free and open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensed under the [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) you can help us!" +msgstr "¿Alguna idea? Has encontrado un fallo? ¿Quieres contribuir con código o ayudar a [traducir](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/translating.md) Jamulus a tu idioma? Puesto que Jamulus es [software libre y de código abierto](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) bajo la licencia [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) ¡nos puedes ayudar!" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:58 #, no-wrap -msgid "documentation" -msgstr "documentación" +msgid "Take a look at our [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) to find out how. Everybody is welcome!" +msgstr "Echa un vistazo a nuestra [guía para contribuciones](wiki/Contribution) para saber cómo. ¡Cualquier persona es bienvenida!" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60 #, no-wrap -msgid " and consider the " -msgstr " y presta atención a la " +msgid "_For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see [this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" +msgstr "_Para información detallada sobre el funcionamiento de Jamulus, consulta [este artículo de Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:65 #, no-wrap -msgid "troubleshooting section" -msgstr "sección de resolución de problemas" +msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" +msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"!\n" -" You can also ask on the " -msgstr "" -"!\n" -" También puedes preguntar en los " +#~ msgid "Download it here" +#~ msgstr "Descárgalo aquí" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 #, no-wrap -msgid "forums" -msgstr "foros" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -".\n" -" " -msgstr "" -".\n" -" " +#~ msgid " Check out the " +#~ msgstr " ¡Consulta la " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:45 #, no-wrap -msgid "Want to get involved?" -msgstr "¿Quieres involucrarte?" +#~ msgid "documentation" +#~ msgstr "documentación" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " -msgstr " ¿Ideas? ¿Has encontrado un fallo? ¿Quieres contribuir con código o ayudar a " +#~ msgid " and consider the " +#~ msgstr " y presta atención a la " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid "translating" -msgstr "traducir" +#~ msgid "troubleshooting section" +#~ msgstr "sección de resolución de problemas" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " -msgstr " Jamulus a tu idioma? Ya que Jamulus es " +#~ msgid "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " You can also ask on the " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " También puedes preguntar en los " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid "free and open source software" -msgstr "software de código libre y abierto" +#~ msgid "forums" +#~ msgstr "foros" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " -msgstr " (FOSS) publicado bajo la " +#~ msgid "" +#~ ".\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ ".\n" +#~ " " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid "GPL" -msgstr "GPL" +#~ msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " +#~ msgstr " ¿Ideas? ¿Has encontrado un fallo? ¿Quieres contribuir con código o ayudar a " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid ", you can help us!" -msgstr "¡nos puedes ayudar!" +#~ msgid "translating" +#~ msgstr "traducir" -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap -msgid " Take a look at our " -msgstr " Echa un vistazo a nuestras " +#~ msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " +#~ msgstr " Jamulus a tu idioma? Ya que Jamulus es " -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap -msgid "contribution guidelines" -msgstr "directrices para contribuciones" +#~ msgid "free and open source software" +#~ msgstr "software de código libre y abierto" -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -" to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" -" " -msgstr "" -" para ver cómo hacerlo. ¡Cualquiera es bienvenid@!\n" -" " +#~ msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " +#~ msgstr " (FOSS) publicado bajo la " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 #, no-wrap -msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " -msgstr " Para información detallada sobre cómo funciona Jamulus, consulta " +#~ msgid "GPL" +#~ msgstr "GPL" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap -msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" -msgstr "este documento de Volker Fischer (PDF en inglés)" +#~ msgid ", you can help us!" +#~ msgstr "¡nos puedes ayudar!" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:58 #, no-wrap -msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" -msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" +#~ msgid " Take a look at our " +#~ msgstr " Echa un vistazo a nuestras " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "contribution guidelines" +#~ msgstr "directrices para contribuciones" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ " to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " para ver cómo hacerlo. ¡Cualquiera es bienvenid@!\n" +#~ " " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " +#~ msgstr " Para información detallada sobre cómo funciona Jamulus, consulta " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" +#~ msgstr "este documento de Volker Fischer (PDF en inglés)" #, no-wrap #~ msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po index e397771b7..398633983 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Getting-Started.po @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. -# ignotus , 2022, 2023. +# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024. # gallegonovato , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-16 08:46+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 22:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ msgstr "" " macOS\n" " Linux\n" "
\n" -"_[Android](Installation-for-Android)) e [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) también se pueden usar, pero se consideran experimentales._\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) e [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) también se pueden utilizar, pero se consideran experimentales._\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:30 @@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ msgstr "Tocar por primera vez" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:77 msgid "With your sound all set up, you are ready to go. When you connect to a Server (you may want to select a genre from the list), the faders you see on the right are your own personal mix. Everything you change here will change what you hear, but won’t affect others. If you move a fader down, that channel will be quieter, if you move it up, the channel will be louder for you." -msgstr "Con el sonido configurado, ya puedes empezar. Cuando te conectas a un Servidor (quizá quieras seleccionar un género de la lista), los faders que ves a la derecha son tu mezcla personal. Todo lo que cambies aquí cambiará lo que escuchas, pero no afectará a nadie más. Si bajas un fader, ese canal bajará de volumen, y si lo subes, el volumen de ese canal aumentará - para tí." +msgstr "Con el sonido configurado, ya puedes empezar. Cuando te conectas a un Servidor (quizá quieras seleccionar un género de la lista), los faders que ves a la derecha son tu mezcla personal. Todo lo que modifiques aquí cambiará lo que escuchas tú, pero no afectará a nadie más. Si bajas un fader, ese canal bajará de volumen, y si lo subes, el volumen de ese canal aumentará - para tí." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:82 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Shared-Commands.po index 200fb8cb2..fb21e22c8 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -28,8 +28,8 @@ msgstr "`-h` o `--help` Mostrar texto de ayuda" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" -msgstr "`-i` o `--inifile` Establece la ubicación del archivo de inicialización (sustituye al predeterminado. En macOS simplemente proporciona un nombre de archivo, ya que los archivos de configuración sólo se pueden leer desde `/Usuarios//Biblioteca/Contenedores/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. Para el servidor sustituye `io.jamulus.Jamulus` por `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Activa la opción \"Mostrar carpeta de biblioteca\" en \"Mostrar opciones de previsualización\" en Finder para ver esta carpeta.)" +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgstr "`-i` o `--inifile` Establece la ubicación del archivo de inicialización (sustituye al predeterminado. En macOS simplemente proporciona un nombre de archivo, ya que los archivos de configuración sólo se pueden leer desde `/Usuarios//Biblioteca/Contenedores/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. Para el servidor sustituye `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` por `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Activa la opción \"Mostrar carpeta de biblioteca\" en \"Mostrar opciones de previsualización\" en Finder para ver esta carpeta.)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Linux.po index 63b9a512e..7ab3957fc 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -3,12 +3,12 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# ignotus , 2022, 2023. -# gallegonovato , 2023. +# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024. +# gallegonovato , 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-31 20:48+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-06-09 20:55+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.6-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 @@ -180,79 +180,124 @@ msgstr "Para instaladores en otras distribuciones, consulta sus gestores de paqu msgid "Set up your hardware" msgstr "Configura tu hardware" +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 +msgid "The Jamulus Client needs to connect to a running [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server in order to start. You need to find out which is the low-latency sound server for your distribution. - If your distribution uses [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), see how to [configure JACK with QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl). - If your distribution uses PipeWire, see how to [configure PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)." +msgstr "El Cliente Jamulus necesita conectarse a un servidor [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) en ejecución para poder arrancar. Necesitas averiguar cuál es el servidor de sonido de baja latencia para tu distribución. - Si tu distribución usa [JACK] (https://jackaudio.org/), mira cómo [configurar JACK con QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configurar-jack-con-qjackctl). - Si tu distribución usa PipeWire, mira cómo [configurar PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configurar-pipewire)." + #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 #, no-wrap msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl" -msgstr "Configura JACK con QJackCtl" +msgstr "Configurar JACK con QJackCtl" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 -msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." -msgstr "Los Clientes de Jamulus necesitan [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) para funcionar, pero hay que configurarlo primero. El método recomendado es utilizar `QjackCtl`." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64 +msgid "To run a [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server, the recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." +msgstr "Para ejecutar un servidor [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), el método recomendado es utilizar `QjackCtl`." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 -msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" -msgstr "Inicia QjackCtl. Verás la **ventana principal de Qt JACK Control**" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**." +msgstr "Inicia QjackCtl. Verás la página principal de la utilidad **Qt JACK Control**." #. type: Bullet: '2. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 -msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" -msgstr "Configura tu hardware de audio como sigue (la configuración exacta de JACK dependerá de lo que es capaz tu hardware de audio):" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +msgid "Configure your sound hardware as follows:" +msgstr "Configura tu hardware de sonido como se indica a continuación:" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" -msgstr "Elige el **Interfaz** que quieres utilizar (puede haber varios en la lista)" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list - choose the correct one as this cannot be changed without stopping Jamulus and JACK)." +msgstr "Establece la **Interfaz** de audio que desees (puede haber varias en la lista - elije la correcta ya que no puede cambiarse sin detener Jamulus y JACK)." #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" -msgstr "Establece la **Frecuencia de Muestreo en 48000**" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**." +msgstr "Establece la **Frecuencia de Muestreo en 48000**." #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" -msgstr "Establece los **Cuadros/Periodo en 128** y Periodos/Buffer en 2 para empezar" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and **Periods/Buffer at 2** at first." +msgstr "Establece los **Cuadros/Periodo en 128** y los **Periodos/Buffer a 2** al principio." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 +msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect and continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." +msgstr "Reinicia JACK para que la nueva configuración surta efecto y continúa desde la sección [Inicia Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#inicia-jamulus) más abajo." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure PipeWire" +msgstr "Configurar PipeWire" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:69 -msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" -msgstr "Reinicia JACK para que surta efecto la nueva configuración" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 +msgid "PipeWire provides its own JACK server. When you launch the Jamulus Client, PipeWire automatically runs a JACK server. However, there are a few parameters to adjust. You need to set your audio interface to the \"pro-audio\" profile and define PipeWire's \"rate\" and \"quantum\" parameters beforehand. You can find more information about the configuration in the [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)." +msgstr "PipeWire proporciona su propio servidor JACK. Al iniciar el cliente Jamulus, PipeWire ejecuta automáticamente un servidor JACK. Sin embargo, hay algunos parámetros que ajustar. Debes configurar tu interfaz de audio con el perfil \"pro-audio\" y definir previamente los parámetros \"rate\" y \"quantum\" de PipeWire. Puedes encontrar más información sobre la configuración en el [wiki de PipeWire](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 +msgid "To set up your system: 1. Open `pavucontrol` (the audio mixer) and choose the \"pro-audio\" profile for your sound hardware in the configuration tab. 2. In a terminal use the following two commands to force PipeWire's rate and quantum:" +msgstr "Para configurar tu sistema: 1. Abre `pavucontrol` (el mezclador de audio) y elige el perfil \"pro-audio\" para tu hardware de sonido en la pestaña de configuración. 2. En un terminal utiliza los dos comandos siguientes para forzar la velocidad y el quantum de PipeWire:" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" +msgstr "" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:88 +msgid "After this, continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." +msgstr "Después de esto, continúa desde la sección [Iniciar Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#inicia-jamulus) más abajo." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:70 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:89 #, no-wrap msgid "Start Jamulus" -msgstr "Arranca Jamulus" +msgstr "Inicia Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 -msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." -msgstr "Con JACK configurado y ejecutándose, inicia Jamulus." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:92 +msgid "With JACK or PipeWire configured, launch Jamulus." +msgstr "Con JACK o PipeWire configurados, inicia Jamulus." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:75 -msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." -msgstr "Si tienes problemas con cortes de sonido (en particular errores de XRUN mostrados por JACK/QjackCtl) prueba con valores más altos (por ej. 256 cuadros o 3 periodos). Valores más bajos (por ej. 64 cuadros) pueden ofrecer un mejor rendimiento pero también quizá más problemas con el audio. Ver la [página de resolución de problemas](Client-Troubleshooting)." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:94 +msgid "If you have any problems, first check [the troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting)." +msgstr "Si tienes algún problema, consulta primero [la página de solución de problemas](Client-Troubleshooting)." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:76 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:95 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" msgstr "¿Todo instalado?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:98 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "Echa un vistazo a la" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:99 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[página de Cómo Empezar](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#~ msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" +#~ msgstr "Configura tu hardware de audio como sigue (la configuración exacta de JACK dependerá de lo que es capaz tu hardware de audio):" + +#~ msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" +#~ msgstr "Reinicia JACK para que surta efecto la nueva configuración" + +#~ msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." +#~ msgstr "Si tienes problemas con cortes de sonido (en particular errores de XRUN mostrados por JACK/QjackCtl) prueba con valores más altos (por ej. 256 cuadros o 3 periodos). Valores más bajos (por ej. 64 cuadros) pueden ofrecer un mejor rendimiento pero también quizá más problemas con el audio. Ver la [página de resolución de problemas](Client-Troubleshooting)." + #~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" #~ msgstr "[Descarga Jamulus(.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index 03d4d35d8..684ca5b45 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -2,21 +2,21 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. -# ignotus , 2022, 2023. +# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024. # gallegonovato , 2023. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-20 16:59+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 22:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17 msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." -msgstr "Quieres actualizar Jamulus? Quizá te convenga [realizar una copia de seguridad de tu configuración](Software-Manual#copia-seguridad-jamulus) primero." +msgstr "¿Quieres actualizar Jamulus? Quizá te convenga [realizar una copia de seguridad de tu configuración](Software-Manual#copia-seguridad-jamulus) primero." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po index e4f8d2556..16ad5044d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. -# ignotus , 2022, 2023. +# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024. # gallegonovato , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-17 10:49+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 22:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:17 msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." -msgstr "Quieres actualizar Jamulus? Quizá te convenga [realizar una copia de seguridad de tu configuración](Software-Manual#copia-seguridad-jamulus) primero." +msgstr "¿Quieres actualizar Jamulus? Quizá te convenga [realizar una copia de seguridad de tu configuración](Software-Manual#copia-seguridad-jamulus) primero." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "1. [Descargar Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\n" " **MIrror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" -"1. **Instalar Jamulus**: Haz doble clic en el instalador para iniciarlo. Si aparece una advertencia de SmartScreen, haz clic en \"Más información\" y \"Ejecutar de todos modos\" para instalar Jamulus. (Si has descargado una nueva versión de Jamulus y eres una de las primeras personas que la descargó, Jamulus aún no estará en la lista blanca de SmartScreen. No pagamos por firmar el código).\n" +"1. **Instala Jamulus**: Haz doble clic en el instalador para iniciarlo. Si aparece una advertencia de SmartScreen, haz clic en \"Más información\" y \"Ejecutar de todos modos\" para instalar Jamulus. (Si has descargado una nueva versión de Jamulus y eres una de las primeras personas que la descargó, Jamulus aún no estará en la lista blanca de SmartScreen. No pagamos por firmar el código).\n" "1. **Ejecuta Jamulus**. Ahora deberías de poder utilizar Jamulus como cualquier otra aplicación.\n" "1. **Configura tu tarjeta de sonido**. Cuando termines, tienes que configurar tu hardware de audio. Y si estás usando ASIO4ALL, echa un vistazo a cómo configurarlo a continuación.\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po index be91e1308..0fb2d08e1 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. -# ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2022, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-27 07:51+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 07:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 @@ -67,91 +67,101 @@ msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https: msgstr "Si no tienes un PC, sugerimos la adquisición de un [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } que es un dispositivo económico y pequeño que funciona muy bien con Jamulus. El soporte para iOS es solo una prueba de concepto." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer." msgstr "Para instalar Jamulus en tu dispositivo iOS, necesitas una cuenta (gratis o de pago) de Desarrollador Apple y preferiblemente un ordenador." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it." msgstr "Si no pagas para una cuenta de Desarrollador Apple, Jamulus solo funcionará 7 días como máximo antes de tener que reinstalarlo." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 -msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." -msgstr "Jamulus en iOS funciona bastante bien en dispositivos recientes si está todo bien configurado. Sin embargo, recomendamos encarecidamente que utilices un interfaz de audio y un adaptador USB-Ethernet. Para conectar éstos a tu dispositivo iOS, debería de utilizar algo como el [adaptador de cámara Lightning - USB](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) y un hub USB (con alimentación)." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." +msgstr "Jamulus en iOS funciona bastante bien si está todo bien configurado. Sin embargo, recomendamos encarecidamente que utilices un interfaz de audio y un adaptador USB-Ethernet. Si tienes un dispositivo más antiguo que tiene un puerto Lightning y no USB-C, puedes utilizar algo como el [adaptador de cámara Lightning - USB](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) y un hub USB (con alimentación)." -#. type: Title ## +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi." +msgstr "Si tienes que usar Jamulus en una red inalámbrica, deberías de priorizar una conexión celular (5G) frente a WiFi." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release." +msgstr "Hay aplicaciones no oficiales compatibles con Jamulus como [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) en la AppStore, pero puede que no tengan las mismas prestaciones que la versión oficial de Jamulus." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28 #, no-wrap msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" msgstr "Instalación en iOS (solo para usuarios experimentados)" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n" msgstr "**Nota**: Ofrecemos un archivo .ipa que debes firmar y luego instalar en tu dispositivo. Si no tienes Jailbreak (y tienes AppSync instalado), puedes que necesites software adicional para instalar Jamulus Hay múltiples formas de hacerlo, pero esta guía solo explica la manera más estándar. Ten en cuenta que damos por hecho que ya tienes una cuenta de Desarrollador de Apple (gratuita). Si no la tienes, crea una ID de Apple y [Solicita una cuenta de desarrollador](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). Recomendamos crear una sin autenticación de dos pasos y sin relación con tu potencial cuenta personal. Deberás introducir la contraseña en software que no es de Apple.\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" msgstr "[Descarga Jamulus (.ipa) en un PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" #. type: Bullet: '2. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)" msgstr "Firma el archivo .ipa (por ej. con Xcode u otra aplicación **fiable**. Aquí no damos recomendaciones, pero hay aplicaciones para cada sistema operativo)" #. type: Bullet: '3. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account." msgstr "Una vez firmado e instalado, en tu dispositivo iOS abre Ajustes, navega a General>Perfiles (o VPN y Gestión de Dispositivos). Selecciona la cuenta de desarrollador correspondiente a tu cuenta y activa confianza para la cuenta." #. type: Bullet: '4. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen" msgstr "Abre Jamulus desde la pantalla de inicio" #. type: Bullet: '5. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4." msgstr "Tras 7 días tendrás que volver a firmar Jamulus si utilizas una cuenta gratuita de desarrollador. Vuelve a realizar todo desde el paso 4." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." msgstr "Si tienes un Mac y Xcode instalado, compilar Jamulus de las fuentes puede ser una opción más nativa. Consulta [las instrucciones de compilación en iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:41 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback and development" msgstr "Comentarios y desarrollo" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:43 -msgid "iOS support isn't mature yet and far from ready to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." -msgstr "El soporte para iOS aún no está maduro y lejos de estar listo para su publicación en el AppStore. No dudes en echar una mano: dirígete al [repositorio GitHub de Jamulus](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 +msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +msgstr "Nuestra postura es que la versión iOS no está lo suficientemente madura para su publicación en el AppStore. No dudes en echar una mano: dirígete al [repositorio GitHub de Jamulus](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore." msgstr "Por favor, también lee el siguiente documento [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) sobre la publicación de Jamulus en la AppStore de Apple." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:48 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" msgstr "¿Todo instalado?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:51 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:53 msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the" msgstr "Jamulus ha sido instalado y puede utilizarse. Ahora puedes echar un vistazo a la" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[página de Cómo Empezar](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po index fca8cf2e8..0482f1ce7 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Running-a-Server.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-24 18:48+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-11-22 21:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: gallegonovato \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.2.1-rc\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 @@ -180,91 +180,142 @@ msgid "To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are fam msgstr "Para ejecutar un Servidor \"headless\" en Linux, los siguientes pasos suponen que sabes utilizar la línea de comandos y Debian/Ubuntu o una distribución similar que utilice systemd." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Download the setup script: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" -msgstr "Descarga el script de la instalación: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:62 +msgid "Download the setup script:" +msgstr "Descargue el script de instalación:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Make the script executable: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" -msgstr "Haz que el script sea ejecutable: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 +msgid "Make the script executable:" +msgstr "Haga que el script sea ejecutable:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Run the script and install the headless server: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "Ejecuta el script e instala el servidor: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74 +msgid "Run the script and install the headless server:" +msgstr "Ejecute el script e instale el servidor headless:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 msgid "Enable the headless Server process:" msgstr "Habilita el proceso del Servidor headless:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 #, no-wrap -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" -msgstr "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:69 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:" msgstr "Añade las [opciones de línea de comandos](Running-a-Server#opciones-de-configuración) que quieras a la línea `ExecStart` en el archivo de servicio systemd:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:71 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 #, no-wrap -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" -msgstr "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:73 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92 msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:" msgstr "Vuelve a cargar los archivos de systemd y reinicia el Servidor \"headless\":" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:75 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" -msgstr "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:77 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "_To amend your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98 msgid "_To edit your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" -msgstr "_Para modificar la configuración de tu Servidor, simplemente repite los dos últimos pasos anteriores._" +msgstr "_Para editar la configuración de tu Servidor, simplemente repite los dos últimos pasos anteriores._" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Modes" msgstr "Modos de servidor" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104 msgid "Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs." msgstr "Los Servidores se pueden ejecutar en uno de tres modos (bien en casa o en un host de terceros), dependiendo de tus necesidades." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 #, no-wrap msgid "Unregistered mode" msgstr "Modo Sin Registrar" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:87 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:108 msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it." msgstr "Esto es lo predeterminado cuando se arranca un Servidor por primera vez. Los Servidores Sin Registrar no son listados por los Directorios, por lo que solo los músicos que conozcan la dirección de tu Servidor se podrán conectar a él." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:110 #, no-wrap msgid "**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" msgstr "**Para obtener información sobre la ejecución de un Servidor No Registrado [consulta esta guía](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:93 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 #, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" @@ -276,28 +327,28 @@ msgstr "" "
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:115 #, no-wrap msgid "Registered mode" msgstr "Modo Registrado" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:97 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:118 msgid "In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it." msgstr "En este modo tu Servidor aparecerá en la lista de servidores suministrada por un Directorio. Los Clientes Jamulus vienen con una lista de Directorios integrada. Si registras tu Servidor en uno de ellos, cualquiera podrá descubrirlo y conectarse a él." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:99 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:120 msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address." msgstr "Alternativamente, puedes listar tu Servidor en un Directorio Personalizado (ver más abajo). Los Clientes sólo encontrarán tu Servidor si introducen la dirección de internet del Directorio Personalizado." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:122 msgid "Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory." msgstr "Ten en cuenta que los Directorios solo pueden registrar hasta 150 Servidores. Si ves un mensaje que dice que no puedes registrar tu Servidor porque el Directorio está lleno, puedes intentar registrarlo en un Directorio diferente." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:126 #, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" @@ -309,67 +360,67 @@ msgstr "" "
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127 #, no-wrap msgid "Directory mode" msgstr "Modo Directorio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:109 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:130 msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." msgstr "Si quieres ejecutar varios Servidores, posiblemente también tras un cortafuegos o en un LAN, quizás quieras ejecutar tu Servidor como un Directorio. Ejemplos incluyen eventos online, asociaciones musicales, ensayos seccionales or clases de música para colegios." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)." msgstr "Para más información [lee la guía sobre Directorios](Directories)." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration options" msgstr "Opciones de configuración" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:138 msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:" msgstr "En función de tu sistema operativo y de cómo ejecutes el Servidor, puedes establecer las opciones del Servidor y hacerlas persistentes entre reinicios siguiendo estos pasos:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:119 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 #, no-wrap msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n" msgstr "**Para Linux \"headless\"** (Debian/Ubuntu usando systemd)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:121 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))." msgstr "Añade las opciones de línea de comandos que desees a la línea `ExecStart` en el archivo de servicio systemd ejecutando `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (Necesitarás recargar o reiniciar para que los cambios surtan efecto. Ver [Instalación](#instalación))." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:123 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:144 #, no-wrap msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n" msgstr "**Para la interfaz gráfica** (todas las plataformas)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:125 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:146 msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." msgstr "Cualquier configuración realizada mediante la interfaz gráfica se almacenará en el archivo `Jamulusserver.ini`. (¡**No** edites este archivo a mano!) Sin embargo, algunas opciones no están disponibles en la interfaz gráfica y necesitan ser configuradas usando la línea de comandos. Para más información, consulta [Servidores en el escritorio](#servidores-en-el-escritorio)." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:128 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 #, no-wrap msgid "Minimum setup to run in Registered mode" msgstr "Configuración mínima para ejecutar en modo Registrado" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153 msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections. You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):" msgstr "Puedes ejecutar un Servidor headless en Linux usando systemd (con `systemctl`), que se trata en otras secciones. También puedes ejecutar un Servidor directamente desde la línea de comandos. Introduce el siguiente comando para [ejecutar un Servidor Registrado](#modos-de-servidor):" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 #, no-wrap msgid "" "jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" @@ -381,50 +432,50 @@ msgstr "" " --serverinfo \"[nombre];[ciudad];[país como código ISO de dos letras o Locale Qt5]\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:161 msgid "See the table below for `hostname:port` values." msgstr "Véase la tabla de abajo para valores de `nombreHost:puerto`." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n" msgstr "**Nota**: Los caracteres punto y coma y nueva línea no están permitidos en `[nombre]` y `[ciudad]` dentro del argumento `--serverinfo`. Consulta las [Opciones relacionadas con el modo servidor](#opciones-relacionadas-con-el-modo-servidor) para obtener más información sobre el código del país. \n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 #, no-wrap msgid "Server mode-related options" msgstr "Opciones relacionadas con el modo servidor" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:145 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 #, no-wrap msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`" msgstr "`-e ó --directoryaddress`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:148 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories)." msgstr "Necesario para un [Servidor Registrado](Running-a-Server#modo-registrado). También es necesario para ejecutar Jamulus como [Directorio](Directories)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:150 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 msgid "This option takes the format:" msgstr "Esta opción tiene el formato:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:152 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 msgid "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number." msgstr "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` donde `hostname` es el nombre del host del Directorio de Géneros y `port` es su número de puerto." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options:" msgstr "Para registrarte en uno de los Directorios incluidos en el Cliente Jamulus, reemplaza `hostname:port` con una de las siguientes opciones:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 #, no-wrap msgid "" "| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" @@ -448,314 +499,314 @@ msgstr "" "|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:187 #, no-wrap msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`" msgstr "`-o ó --serverinfo`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190 msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client." msgstr "Al registrar tu Servidor en un Directorio, esto te permite proporcionar un nombre de Servidor y detalles de ubicación para que los usuarios puedan buscar estos valores desde su Cliente." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`" msgstr "`[nombre];[ciudad];[país como código de país ISO de dos letras]`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:196 msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" msgstr "Véase [códigos de país ISO de dos letras](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:198 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n" msgstr "**Nota:** No se permiten los caracteres de punto y coma y nueva línea en los valores `nombre` y `ciudad`\n" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:178 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 #, no-wrap msgid "`-L or --licence`" msgstr "`-L ó --licence`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:180 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201 msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)." msgstr "Mostrar una ventana de aceptación antes de que los usuarios puedan conectarse. El texto de la aceptación que se mostrará debe suministrarse como `--welcomemessage` (véase más abajo)." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 #, no-wrap msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`" msgstr "`-w` ó `--welcomemessage`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear." msgstr "Un \"mensaje de bienvenida\" para mostrar en la ventana del chat del Cliente al conectarse. Se puede proporcionar como una cadena o un nombre de un archivo y puede contener HTML. Cuando se utiliza una ruta, la cuenta del usuario que ejecuta Jamulus debe poder acceder al archivo. (En la mayoría de las instalaciones de Linux, el usuario `jamulus` se usa de forma predeterminada). Si no está accesible, aparecerá la ruta literal (en lugar de su contenido)." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:186 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverpublicip`" msgstr "`--serverpublicip`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "La dirección IP pública del Servidor si se conecta a un Directorio tras el mismo NAT. Véase la [guía sobre Directorios](Directories) para más información." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:189 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210 #, no-wrap msgid "`--directoryfile`" msgstr "`--directoryfile`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:212 msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "_Solo Directorios:_ Recuerda los Servidores registrados aunque se reinicie el Directorio. Consulta [la guía sobre Directorios](Directories) para más información." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 #, no-wrap msgid "`-f or --listfilter`" msgstr "`-f ó --listfilter`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "_Solo Directorios:_ Especifica qué Servidores pueden registrarse en el Directorio. Ver [la guía sobre Directorios](Directories) para más información." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:218 #, no-wrap msgid "General Server options" msgstr "Opciones generales del Servidor" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)." msgstr "Estas opciones se pueden utilizar independientemente del modo en el que se esté ejecutando tu Servidor (aunque algunas pueden no ser relevantes para Directorios)." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:200 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "`-d or --discononquit`" msgstr "`-d ó --discononquit`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223 msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario." msgstr "Normalmente, cuando un Servidor se detiene o se reinicia, los Clientes que no hayan utilizado su botón de **Desconectar** reestablecerán su conexión automáticamente cuando el Servidor vuelva a estar operativo. Utilizar esta opción obliga a los Clientes a reestablecer su conexión con el Servidor manualmente." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 #, no-wrap msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`" msgstr "`-F ó --fastupdate`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:226 msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." msgstr "Reduce la latencia si los clientes se conectan con la opción **Small Network Buffers**. Requiere CPU más rápida para evitar abandonos, y más ancho de banda para los clientes habilitados." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 #, no-wrap msgid "`-l or --log`" msgstr "`-l ó --log`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:208 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229 msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name" msgstr "Activar el registro, establecer la ruta y el nombre del archivo" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 #, no-wrap msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" msgstr "`-m ó --htmlstatus`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" msgstr "Habilita un archivo de estado HTML, establece una ruta y un nombre de archivo" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" msgstr "**Nota:** Esta función está obsoleta y puede desaparecer en una futura versión.\n" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:214 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 #, no-wrap msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" msgstr "`-P ó --delaypan`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:216 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." msgstr "Arrancar con retardo de paneo activado. Esta opción utiliza las pequeñas diferencias en el tiempo de llegada del sonido a nuestros dos oídos. Produce un efecto estéreo similar a la audición humana cuando se compara a un paneo de \"volumen\" normal." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:217 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 #, no-wrap msgid "`-s` or `--server`" msgstr "`-s` ó `--server`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" msgstr "Iniciar Jamulus en modo Servidor" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverbindip`" msgstr "`--serverbindip`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." msgstr "Especifica la dirección IP a la que se vinculará el proceso de Jamulus." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." msgstr "Normalmente, Jamulus escuchará en todas las direcciones IP de la máquina que es el host. Cuando el host tiene varias direcciones de red, esta opción permite elegir una de las direcciones." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 #, no-wrap msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" msgstr "`-T ó --multithreading`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" msgstr "Utiliza multithreading para hacer un mejor uso de CPUs multi-núcleo. Este ajuste puede ayudar al Servidor a soportar más Clientes. Véase también `--numchannels`" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:228 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 #, no-wrap msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" msgstr "`-u ó --numchannels`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "Número máximo de canales (Clientes)" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 #, no-wrap msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" msgstr "`-z` ó `--startminimized`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." msgstr "Inicia la interfaz gráfica del Servidor Jamulus con la ventana minimizada." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 #, no-wrap msgid "Other options" msgstr "Otras opciones" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Server via API" msgstr "Controlar el Servidor a través de API" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." msgstr "Se puede controlar Jamulus a través de un API experimental que estará sujeto a cambios. Puedes encontrar el [API JSON-RPC documentado en el repositorio principal](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC te permite controlar algunas funciones como cambiar el mensaje de bienvenida or iniciar grabaciones en modo 'headless' desde aplicaciones externas autenticadas. Funciona mientras se ejecuta el servidor." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265 #, no-wrap msgid "Recording" msgstr "Grabación" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 #, no-wrap msgid "`-R or --recording`" msgstr "`-R ó --recording`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." msgstr "Establecer el directorio de grabación del Servidor. Por defecto, el Servidor grabará cuando una sesión esté activa." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" msgstr "**Nota:** Deberás guardar las grabaciones a una ruta _fuera_ del directorio raiz de Jamulus, o quitar `ProtectHome=true` del archivo de unidad systemd, pero ten en cuenta que hacerlo podría acarrear un riesgo de seguridad.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." msgstr "Las grabaciones son por pista en formato [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` y [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Abre los archivos respectivos para escucharlos en esas aplicaciones." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" msgstr "**Nota:** Cuando tu Servidor esté grabando, los Clientes mostrarán un mensaje en un banner rojo informando de que la grabación está activa.\n" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 #, no-wrap msgid "`--norecord`" msgstr "`--norecord`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." msgstr "Establecer que el Servidor no grabe por defecto cuando la grabación está configurada." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling Recording" msgstr "Controlar la Grabación" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." msgstr "La grabación comienza cuando la primera persona se conecta al Servidor y se detiene cuando la última persona se va." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." msgstr "Si el Servidor recibe una señal SIGUSR1 durante una grabación, iniciará una nueva grabación en un nuevo directorio. SIGUSR2 activará/desactivará la grabación. Si [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) está activado, también podrás gestionar el servidor de una forma comparable a la interfaz gráfica. Consulta la documentación (experimental) [de JSON-RPC para la grabación](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." msgstr "Para enviar estas señales utilizando systemd, crea los siguientes dos archivos `.service` en `/etc/systemd/system`, dándoles un nombre apropiado (por ej. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" msgstr "Para activar o desactivar la grabación (dependiendo del estado actual):" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -764,23 +815,23 @@ msgid "" "\n" " [Service]\n" " Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" msgstr "" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +" [Unidad]\n" +" Descripción=Conmutar el estado de grabación del servidor Jamulus\n" +" Requisito=Servidor Jamulus\n" "\n" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +" [Servicio]\n" +" Tipo=individual\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 msgid "To start a new recording:" msgstr "Para iniciar una nueva grabación:" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -789,159 +840,159 @@ msgid "" "\n" " [Service]\n" " Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" msgstr "" -" [Unit]\n" -" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" -" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +" [Unidad]\n" +" Descripción=Iniciar una nueva grabación en Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisito=Jamulus-Server\n" "\n" -" [Service]\n" -" Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +" [Servicio]\n" +" Tipo=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:293 -msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" -msgstr "_Nota: El nombre del servicio Jamulus en la línea de `ExecStart` tiene que ser el mismo que el nombre del archivo `.service` que creaste cuando configuraste systemd para controlar tu Servidor Jamulus. Así que en este ejemplo sería `Jamulus-Server.service`_" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314 +msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example." +msgstr "_Nota: El nombre del servicio Jamulus en la línea `ExecStart` tiene que ser el mismo que el nombre del fichero `.service` usado por systemd para controlar tu servidor Jamulus. Por defecto, si utiliza los archivos `.deb` del repositorio, es `jamulus-headless`, como en este ejemplo." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316 msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." msgstr "Ejecuta `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` para registrarlos para su primer uso." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318 msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" msgstr "Ahora puedes ejecutarlos con el comando `systemctl`, por ejemplo:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:299 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:301 -msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." -msgstr "Puedes ver el resultado de estos comandos si ejecutas `systemctl status jamulus`, o viendo los registros." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322 +msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log." +msgstr "Puede ver el resultado de estos comandos si ejecuta `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (o el nombre del servicio correspondiente que haya especificado manualmente). También puede ver su registro (sys)." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" msgstr "Añadir metadatos al Servidor" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:307 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328 msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." msgstr "Puedes añadir metadatos al mensaje de bienvenida de un Servidor para incluir información adicional oculta, como información de contacto o solicitudes de políticas para bots (esto es comparable a [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). Consulta la [entrada de la Base de Conocimiento Comunitario sobre metadatos](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) para más información." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:310 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 #, no-wrap msgid "Servers on the desktop" msgstr "Servidores en el escritorio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334 msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" msgstr "Jamulus puede ejecutarse en modo Servidor en el entorno gráfico de un ordenador. Esto te ofrece una interfaz gráfica para controlar la mayoría de los ajustes. Para ello, primero [instala Jamulus para tu plataforma](Getting-Started), y luego realiza una de las siguientes opciones:" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336 msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." msgstr "**Usuarios de Windows** - Utiliza el icono de \"Jamulus Server\" del menú de inicio de Windows. Si quieres que el Servidor arranque automáticamente al iniciar Windows, activa la casilla correspondiente." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338 msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." msgstr "**Usuarios de macOS** - Haz doble clic en el icono \"Jamulus Server\" en Aplicaciones." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:319 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340 msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." msgstr "**Usuarios de Linux** - Lanza el acceso directo \"Jamulus Server\". O abre una terminal (`CTRL+ALT+t en Debian y distros relacionadas), teclea `jamulus -s` y dale a Enter." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:321 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "Mientras que la mayoría de las funciones más comunes de Jamulus pueden configurarse usando la interfaz gráfica, otras solo pueden ser controladas utilizando la terminal para iniciar el Servidor. Exactamente cómo se hace dependerá de tu sistema operativo." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "Por ejemplo, en Windows, para utilizar un archivo de configuración específico, haz clic derecho en el acceso directo a Jamulus y selecciona **Propiedades** > **Objetivo**. Añade los argumentos necesarios a Jamulus.exe:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346 #, no-wrap msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:327 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "Para macOS, arranca una ventana de Terminal y ejecuta Jamulus con las opciones deseadas como sigue:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 #, no-wrap msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" msgstr "**Nota** Las opciones de línea de comandos establecen la configuración por defecto del Servidor al arrancar. Puedes anularlos mientras el Servidor se está ejecutando utilizando sus correspondientes controles en la interfaz gráfica.\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:332 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 #, no-wrap msgid "The Server status icon" msgstr "Icono de estado del Servidor" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356 msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" msgstr "Cuando un Servidor está funcionando en modo gráfico, el sistema operativo mostrará un icono en la bandeja del sistema o en el área de notificaciones para indicar si el Servidor tiene conexiones:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" msgstr "
\"Imagen
El Servidor está vacío\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:360 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" msgstr "
\"Imagen
El Servidor está ocupado\n" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up the Server" msgstr "Copia de seguridad del Servidor" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:368 msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." msgstr "Los Servidores \"headless\" no utilizan archivos `.ini`. Toda la configuración se da con opciones de línea de comandos. Si estás ejecutando un Servidor en modo gráfico, después de leer cualquier opción de línea de comandos al arrancar, almacenará su configuración en el archivo `Jamulusserver.ini`." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Resolución de Problemas" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "Si estás teniendo otros problemas, [consulta esta guía](Server-Troubleshooting)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po index 66fcbe798..10c449ff2 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/Software-Manual.po @@ -2,20 +2,20 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. -# ignotus , 2022, 2023. -# gallegonovato , 2023. +# ignotus , 2022, 2023, 2024. +# gallegonovato , 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-24 18:48+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: gallegonovato \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-25 10:27+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -237,259 +237,264 @@ msgid "Connect/disconnect button" msgstr "Botón Conexión/Desconexión" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:80 -msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session." -msgstr "Abre una ventana donde puedes seleccionar un servidor al que conectarte. Si estás conectado, pulsar este botón finalizará la sesión." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:81 +msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session. You can also open the dialogue using \"File>Connection Setup...\". This will leave you connected to any current session until you join another." +msgstr "Abre una ventana donde puedes seleccionar un servidor al que conectarte. Si estás conectado, pulsar este botón finalizará la sesión. También puedes abrir la ventana con \"File>Configuración de Conexión...\". Esto te dejará conectado a cualquier sesión en marcha hasta que te unas a otra." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:82 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:83 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" msgstr "
\"Imagen
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:84 -msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available servers together with the number of occupants and the maximum number supported. Server operators register their servers on lists (mostly defined by genre, though some could be location-specific or for all genres). Use the List dropdown to select a genre, click on the server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name. Permanent servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." -msgstr "La ventana de Configuración de Conexión muestra una lista de servidores disponibles junto con el número de usuarios conectados y el número máximo de los mismos soportado. Los operadores de servidores los registran en listas (mayormente definidas por género, aunque algunas pueden referirse a ubicación o a todos los géneros). Utiliza el menú desplegable de Lista para elegir un género, haz clic sobre el servidor al que te quieres unir y otra vez sobre el botón de Conectar para conectarte. También puedes hacer doble clic sobre el nombre del servidor. Los servidores permanentes (aquellos que llevan más de 24 horas en la lista) se muestran en negrita." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 +msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." +msgstr "La ventana de Configuración de Conexión muestra una lista de Servidores disponibles con su \"distancia\" (en términos de tiempo ping), junto con el número de usuarios conectados y el número máximo de los mismos soportado, así como la ubicación del Servidor. Los Servidores permanentes (aquellos que llevan más de 24 horas en la lista) se muestran en negrita." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 -msgid "You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a \"#\" character." -msgstr "Puedes filtrar la lista por nombre de servidor o ubicación. Para solo mostrar los servidores ocupados, escribe el caracter \"#\"." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:88 +msgid "Click on the Server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name." +msgstr "Haz clic en el Servidor al que te quieras unir y dale al botón de Conectar para realizar la conexión. También puedes hacer doble-clic en el nombre del servidor." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92 +msgid "Server operators register their servers with Directories. These are either genre-specific or for any genre, or additional [custom entries](#custom-directories). Use the Directory dropdown to select a genre. You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied Servers, enter a \"#\" character. If you choose \"Show All Musicians\" the current occupants will be shown." +msgstr "Los operadores de servidores registran sus servidores en Directorios. Éstos pueden ser para un género específico o para cualquiera, o ser [personalizados](#directorios-personalizados). Utiliza el menú desplegable de Directorios para seleccionar un género. Puedes filtrar la lista por nombre de servidor o por ubicación. Para mostrar solo los Servidores ocupados, introduce el caracter \"#\". Si eliges \"Mostrar Todos los Músicos\", se mostrarán los usuarios actuales conectados." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:90 -msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." -msgstr "Si conoces la dirección IP o URL de un servidor privado, puedes conectarte a él utilizando el campo de Nombre/Dirección del Servidor. Se puede añadir un número de puerto opcional tras la dirección utilizando dos puntos como separador, por ej. `jamulus.ejemplo.org:22124`. (Ten en cuenta que las direcciones IPv6 deben escribirse entre corchetes). El campo también mostrará una lista de los servidores utilizados recientemente." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:98 +msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private Server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +msgstr "Si conoces la dirección IP o URL de un servidor privado, puedes conectarte a él utilizando el campo de Nombre/Dirección del Servidor. Se puede añadir un número de puerto opcional tras la dirección utilizando dos puntos como separador, por ej. `jamulus.ejemplo.org:22124`. (Ten en cuenta que las direcciones IPv6 deben escribirse entre corchetes, por ejemplo `[::1]:22124`.) El campo también mostrará una lista de los servidores utilizados recientemente. El botón a la derecha del campo permite borrar la entrada actual de la lista." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:91 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 #, no-wrap msgid "Server audio mixer" msgstr "Mezclador de audio del servidor" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:102 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Imagen
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:97 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 msgid "The audio mixer screen shows each user connected to the server (including yourself). The faders allow you to adjust the level of what you hear without affecting what others hear." msgstr "La ventana del mezclador de audio muestra a cada usuario conectado al servidor (incluyéndote a ti). Los faders te permiten ajustar el nivel de lo que escuchas sin afectar a lo que escuchan los demás." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 msgid "The VU meter shows the input level at the server - that is, the sound being sent." msgstr "El vúmetro muestra el nivel de entrada en el servidor - esto es, el sonido enviado." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109 msgid "If you have set your Audio Channel to Stereo or Stereo Out in your Settings, you will also see a pan control (shift-click to reset)." msgstr "Si has configurado tu Canal de Audio a Estéreo o Salida Estéreo en tu Configuración, también verás un control de paneo (shift-clic para resetearlo)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:103 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear you. Either they have muted you, soloed one or more users not including you, or have set your fader in their mix to zero." msgstr "Si ves un icono de \"mute\" sobre un usuario, significa que esa persona no puede escucharte. Puede que te hayan silenciado, aplicado 'solo' a uno o más usuarios sin incluirte a ti, o han bajado tu fader en su mezcla a cero." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu." msgstr "Los usuarios normalmente se muestran de izquierda a derecha en el orden en el que se conectan. Puedes cambiar el orden, por nombre, instrumento, grupo o ciudad utilizando el menú en Ver." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." msgstr "Si el operador del servidor ha habilitado la grabación, verás un mensaje sobre el mezclador indicando que estás siendo grabado." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:108 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116 #, no-wrap msgid "Grp button" msgstr "Botón Grp" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." msgstr "Puedes agrupar faders utilizando el botón de \"grupo\". Si mueves el fader de cualquier miembro del grupo, los demás faders del grupo también se moverán en la misma proporción. Puedes aislar un canal del grupo temporalmente con shift-clic-arrastrar. Se pueden definir hasta 8 grupos." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:112 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120 #, no-wrap msgid "Mute button" msgstr "Botón Mute" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." msgstr "Evita que se escuche a otros usuarios en tu mezcla local. Ten en cuenta que cuando silencias a alguien, verán un icono de \"silenciado\" sobre tu fader para indicar que no puedes escucharle. Ten en cuenta también que continuarás viendo mover su vúmetro si el sonido del usuario silenciado llega al servidor. La posición de tu fader en su mezcla tampoco se verá afectada." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." msgstr "Ten en cuenta que silenciar tu **propio** canal solo significa que no escucharás tu señal desde el servidor (y no se aconseja ya que puede llevar a que pierdas la sincronización con las demás personas). Por lo tanto, esto no es lo mismo que utilizar \"[Silenciarme Yo](#botón-de-silenciarme-yo)\"." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126 #, no-wrap msgid "Solo button" msgstr "Botón Solo" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." msgstr "Te permite escuchar uno o más usuarios aislados de los demás. Los que no lo tengan aplicado estarán silenciados. Ten en cuenta que aquellas personas que no lo tienen aplicado verán el icono de \"silenciado\" sobre tu fader." #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:122 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 #, no-wrap msgid "Settings" msgstr "Configuración" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 #, no-wrap msgid "My Profile" msgstr "Mi Perfil" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "Desde el menú de Configuración, selecciona \"Mi Perfil...\" para establecer tu Alias/Nombre, mostrado debajo de tu fader en la ventana principal del cliente de Jamulus." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Imagen
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "Si se establece un instrumento y/o un país, los iconos de estas selecciones también se mostrarán bajo tu fader. El nivel de habilidad cambia el color de fondo de la etiqueta del fader y la ciudad se muestra en el tooltip de la etiqueta:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 #, no-wrap -msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"Imagen
\n" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Imagen
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 #, no-wrap msgid "Skin" msgstr "Tema" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "Esto aplicará un tema a la ventana principal, algunos de los cuales están diseñados para acomodar conjuntos grandes de usuarios." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:139 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 #, no-wrap msgid "Meter style" msgstr "Estilo del vúmetro" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "Esto cambia el estilo visual de los indicadores de audio, independientemente del tema elegido." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 #, no-wrap msgid "Mixer rows" msgstr "Filas de canales en el mezclador" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "Esto establece el número de filas mostrado en el mezclador de audio, para su uso con conjuntos grandes." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Alerts" msgstr "Alertas sonoras" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "Esto activa una alerta sonora para cuando alguien se une a un Servidor, o cuando se recibe un nuevo mensaje en el chat." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio/Network Setup" msgstr "Configuración Audio/Red" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Imagen
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Device" msgstr "Dispositivo de audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "En el sistema operativo de Windows, el driver ASIO (tarjeta de sonido) se puede seleccionar utilizando Jamulus. Si el driver ASIO no es válido se mostrará un mensaje de error y el anterior driver válido será seleccionado. En macOS, se puede seleccionar el hardware de entrada y salida." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 #, no-wrap msgid "Input/output channel mapping" msgstr "Mapeo canales entrada/salida" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Imagen
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "Si el dispositivo de audio ofrece más de un canal de entrada o salida, son visibles las configuraciones para el _Mapeo de Canales de Entrada y de Salida_. Para cada canal de entrada/salida (canal Izquierdo y Derecho) de Jamulus se puede seleccionar un canal diferente de la tarjeta de audio." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio channels" msgstr "Canales de Audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." msgstr "Selecciona el número de canales de audio a utilizar para la comunicación entre Cliente y Servidor." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "**Nota**: Es mejor ejecutar instancias separadas del Cliente para cada voz/instrumento, donde cada Cliente tiene su propio archivo ini, en lugar de utilizar este mezclador interno de dos canales mono a estéreo.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "Hay tres modos disponibles:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "Los modos **Mono** y **Estéreo** utilizan uno y dos canales de audio respectivamente.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:180 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -497,151 +502,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "**Entrada-mono/Salida-estéreo**: La señal de audio enviada al servidor es mono pero la señal que vuelve es estéreo. Esto es útil si la tarjeta de audio tiene un instrumento en un canal de entrada y un micrófono en el otro. En ese caso las dos señales de entrada pueden combinarse en un canal mono pero la mezcla del servidor se escucha en estéreo.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "Activar el modo estéreo aumentará la tasa de envío de datos. Asegúrate de que tu tasa de subida no excede el ancho de banda de tu conexión a Internet." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "En el caso del modo estéreo, no estará disponible la selección de canal para el efecto de reverb en la ventana principal puesto que en este caso el efecto se aplicará a ambos canales." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio quality" msgstr "Calidad del Audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "Cuanto mayor la calidad del audio, mayor la tasa de subida del audio. Asegúrate de que tu tasa de subida no excede el ancho de banda de tu conexión a Internet." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 #, no-wrap msgid "Buffer Delay" msgstr "Retardo del Buffer" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "El retardo del buffer es un parámetro fundamental en Jamulus. Este parámetro tiene un impacto sobre muchas propiedades de la conexión. Hay soporte para tres tamaños de buffer:" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." msgstr "**64 muestras**: Ofrece la latencia más baja, pero no funciona con todas las tarjetas de sonido." #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." msgstr "**128 muestras** La configuración aconsejada. Debería de funcionar con la mayoría de tarjetas de sonido." #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." msgstr "**256 muestras** Solo debería usarse con un ordenador muy lento o con una conexión a internet muy lenta." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "Algunos drivers de tarjetas de audio no permiten cambiar el retardo de buffer desde dentro de Jamulus. En este caso la configuración del retardo de buffer se deshabilita y hay que cambiarlo utilizando el driver de la tarjeta de sonido. En Windows, pulsa el botón de Configuración ASIO para acceder al panel de configuración." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 -msgid "On Linux, use the JACK configuration tool to change the buffer size." -msgstr "En Linux, utiliza la herramienta de configuración de JACK para cambiar el tamaño del buffer." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 +msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." +msgstr "En Linux: - si utilizas JACK, usa `QJackCtl` para cambiar el tamaño del búfer y reinicia JACK; - si utilizas el servidor JACK de PipeWire, cambia el parámetro Quantum de PipeWire con sus propias herramientas de configuración." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "El retardo del buffer tiene un impacto en el estado de la conexión, la tasa de subida y el retardo total. Cuanto menor sea el buffer, mayor la probabilidad de que el indicador de estado esté en rojo (caídas de audio), mayor la tasa de subida y menor el retardo total." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "Por tanto la configuración del buffer es un compromiso entre calidad de audio y retardo total." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:211 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "Jitter Buffer" msgstr "Jitter Buffer" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "El jitter buffer compensa el jitter de la red y la tarjeta de sonido. El tamaño de este buffer tiene un impacto sobre la calidad del flujo de audio (el número de caídas de la señal) y el retardo total (a mayor buffer, mayor retardo)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "El tamaño del jitter buffer se puede establecer manualmente para el Cliente local y para el Servidor remoto. Para el jitter buffer local, las caídas del flujo de audio se indican mediante la luz debajo de los faders del jitter buffer. Si la luz se vuelve roja, significa que ha habido una interrupción del flujo de audio." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "Por tanto la configuración del jitter buffer es un compromiso entre calidad y retardo total." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "Si se activa la casilla de Auto, los jitter buffers del Cliente local y del Servidor remoto se configuran automáticamente basándose en mediciones del jitter de la red y la tarjeta de audio. Si se activa esta opción, los faders para tamaño de jitter buffer quedan deshabilitados (no pueden moverse con el ratón)." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:227 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 #, no-wrap msgid "Small Network Buffers" msgstr "Pequeños búferes de red" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:231 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "Permite soporte para paquetes de audio por red muy reducidos. Solo se utilizan si el retardo del buffer de la tarjeta de audio es menor de 128 muestras. Cuanto menores los buffers de red, menor la latencia de audio. Pero al mismo tiempo, aumenta la carga de red y la probabilidad de caídas de audio también aumenta (sobre todo si tu conexión de red tiene mucho jitter). Prueba a activar esta opción si sufres de alta latencia o muy mala calidad de audio. Sin embargo, mantenerlo desactivado normalmente significará que tendrás mejor calidad de audio." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Stream Rate" msgstr "Tasa de Flujo de Audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "Depende del tamaño actual de los paquetes de audio y la configuración de compresión. Asegúrate de que la tasa de subida no es mayor que la velocidad de subida disponible (comprueba esto con un servicio como [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/)." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Setup" msgstr "Configuración Avanzada" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Imagen
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 #, no-wrap msgid "Custom Directories" msgstr "Directorios Personalizados" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 -msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here." -msgstr "Si necesitas añadir direcciones de Directorios distintas a las incluidas, lo puedes hacer aquí." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 +msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +msgstr "Si necesitas añadir direcciones de Directorio distintas a las que vienen por defecto, lo puedes hacer aquí. Si conoces la dirección IP or el nombre de host de un Directorio personalizado, puedes conectarte a él utilizando el campo de Nombre/Dirección Servidor. Se puede añadir un número de puerto opcional tras la dirección utilizando dos puntos como separador, por ej. `jamulus.ejemplo.org:22124`. (Ten en cuenta que IPv6 aún no está soportado para Directorios.) El botón a la derecha del campo permite borrar la entrada actual de la lista." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 #, no-wrap msgid "New Client Level" msgstr "Nivel Cliente nuevo" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 #, no-wrap msgid "" "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" @@ -650,144 +655,153 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Este ajuste define el nivel del fader de una nueva conexión de Cliente, en porcentaje. Si se conecta un nuevo usuario al Servidor actual, el nivel inicial de su fader tomará este valor si no se ha especificado anteriormente un valor para ese usuario de una conexión anterior. Puedes establecer en este nivel a todos los usuarios en un Servidor ocupado con Editar > \"Poner Todos Faders a Nivel Cliente Nuevo\".\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Boost" msgstr "Aumento de Entrada" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "Aumenta la ganancia de tu dispositivo. Utiliza esto si tu dispositivo no entrega suficiente ganancia para Jamulus." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback Protection" msgstr "Protección contra Retroalimentación" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "Intenta detectar bucles de retroalimentación o ruido intenso durante los primeros tres segundos tras conectarte a un servidor. Si los detecta, esta función te mostrará un mensaje y activará el botón de \"Silenciarme Yo\" para silenciarte en tu propia mezcla." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Balance" msgstr "Balance de Entrada" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "Controla los niveles relativos de los canales locales de audio derecho e izquierdo. Para una señal mono actúa como paneo entre los dos canales. Por ejemplo, si se conecta un micrófono al canal derecho y un instrumento al izquierdo que suena mucho más alto que el micrófono, mueve el fader para aumentar el volumen relativo del micrófono." #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu commands" msgstr "Comandos del menú" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 #, no-wrap msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" msgstr "Archivo > Cargar/Guardar Configuración Canales Mezclador" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284 msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." msgstr "Puedes guardar y restaurar la mezcla que tienes para los ensayos de tu grupo (fader, mute, pan, solo, etc.) y cargarlos en cualquier momento (incluso mientras tocas). Se pueden cargar también arrastrando y dejando caer en la ventana del mezclador." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:271 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 #, no-wrap msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " msgstr "Editar > Auto-Ajustar todos los Faders " #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." msgstr "Aplica una configuración puntual a cada canal dependiendo de su volumen. Útil para grandes conjuntos, para obtener una mezcla general razonable, aunquepuede que sea necesario realizar algún ajuste individual. Se aconseja aplicarlo durante el calentamiento o durante una parte uniforme de la pieza a tocar." #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:275 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up Jamulus" msgstr "Copia seguridad Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * Puedes guardar y cargar diferentes configuraciones del mezclador utilizando [Cargar/Guardar Configuración Canales Mezclador](Software-Manual#archivo--cargarguardar-configuración-canales-mezclador) y guardar esos archivos donde quieras." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" msgstr "**Nota para usuarios de macOS:** Desde Jamulus 3.8.1, tenemos un instalador con firma. Éste guardará la configuración en \n" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap -msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 #, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "Opciones de Línea de Comandos" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "Las funciones más comunes de Jamulus pueden configurarse usando la interfaz gráfica, pero estas y otras también pueden ser controladas utilizando la línea de comandos. Exactamente cómo se hace dependerá de tu sistema operativo." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "Por ejemplo, en Windows, para utilizar un archivo específico de configuración, haz clic derecho en el acceso directo de Jamulus y elige \"Propiedades\" > Destino. Añade los argumentos necesarios a Jamulus.exe:\n" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:291 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 #, no-wrap msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\ruta\\a\\mi_inifile.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "Para macOS, arranca una ventana de Terminal y ejecuta Jamulus con las opciones deseadas como sigue:" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:297 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311 #, no-wrap msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/ruta/a/mi_inifile.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Client via API" msgstr "Controlar el Cliente a través de API" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:307 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." msgstr "Además de con la línea de comandos, Jamulus puede controlarse mediante una API. Esto es beneficioso para casos de uso avanzados - por ejemplo, cuando no hay interfaz gráfica, u otra aplicación necesita interactuar con Jamulus. Ten en cuenta que la API es aún experimental. Puedes encontrar información sobre la [API JSON-RPC en el repositorio principal](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." +#~ msgid "You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a \"#\" character." +#~ msgstr "Puedes filtrar la lista por nombre de servidor o ubicación. Para solo mostrar los servidores ocupados, escribe el caracter \"#\"." + +#~ msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here." +#~ msgstr "Si necesitas añadir direcciones de Directorios distintas a las incluidas, lo puedes hacer aquí." + +#~ msgid "On Linux, use the JACK configuration tool to change the buffer size." +#~ msgstr "En Linux, utiliza la herramienta de configuración de JACK para cambiar el tamaño del buffer." + #~ msgid "TOC" #~ msgstr "TOC" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/es/general.po b/_translator-files/po/es/general.po index bb3c204ec..e38d7b050 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/es/general.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/es/general.po @@ -2,18 +2,19 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-14 13:50+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-07-02 20:28+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: es\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt facebook #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 @@ -109,7 +110,7 @@ msgstr "Abrir navegación" #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Your browser has JavaScript disabled. That's totally fine. This site has been designed to provide basic functionality without JS. Enabling JavaScript may give you additional functionality on this site." -msgstr "Tu navegador tiene JavaScript habilitado. No pasa nada. Este sitio web ha sido diseñado para ofrecer funcionalidad básica sin JS. Habilitar JavaScript podría ofrecer funcionalidades añadidas en este sitio web." +msgstr "Tu navegador no tiene JavaScript habilitado. No pasa nada. Este sitio web ha sido diseñado para ofrecer funcionalidad básica sin JS. Habilitar JavaScript podría ofrecer funcionalidades añadidas en este sitio web." #. type: Hash Value: wiki titleAdd #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po index 666936214..4f8c084b6 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/1-index.po @@ -2,13 +2,14 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2023, 2024. # cosas , 2023. # Julien Taverna , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-05 17:49+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-04 19:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" @@ -16,10 +17,10 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) -#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:1 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "" "---\n" @@ -38,6 +39,7 @@ msgid "" "mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" "---\n" +"[//]: # Markdown sections should not be indented, otherwise they are treated as code blocks.\n" msgstr "" "---\n" "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Jouez de la musique en ligne. Avec vos amis. Librement et gratuitement.\"\n" @@ -55,196 +57,183 @@ msgstr "" "mTPlatformsAnd: 'et'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: 'autres plateformes'\n" "---\n" +"[//]: # Les sections Markdown ne doivent pas être indentées, sinon elles sont traitées comme des blocs de code.\n" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:21 #, no-wrap msgid "What is Jamulus?" msgstr "Qu'est-ce que Jamulus ?" -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:23 #, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. " -msgstr " Jamulus vous permet de jouer, de répéter ou de bœuffer avec vos amis, votre groupe, ou toute personne en ligne. Jouez ensemble à distance en temps réel avec un son de haute qualité et à faible latence sur une connexion haut débit normale. " +msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" +msgstr "Jamulus vous permet de jouer, de répéter ou de bœuffer avec vos amis, votre groupe, ou toute personne en ligne. Jouez ensemble à distance en temps réel avec un son de haute qualité et à faible latence sur une connexion haut débit normale. [Téléchargez-le ici !](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 #, no-wrap -msgid "Download it here" -msgstr "Téléchargez-le ici" +msgid "Jamulus is international" +msgstr "Jamulus est international" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus worldwide" +msgstr "Jamulus dans le monde" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:42 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"!\n" -" " -msgstr "" -"!\n" -" " +msgid "All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons, in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" +msgstr "Partout dans le monde, Jamulus permet à des chorales de répéter, à des groupes de rock de jouer. Jamulus réunit des musiciens folkloriques et classiques. Il est utilisé pour des cours de musique à distance, dans des écoles et des universités, en privé et en public — tout cela en temps réel sur internet, comme si vous y étiez en personne.\n" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:44 #, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus worldwide" -msgstr "Jamulus dans le monde" +msgid "Help needed?" +msgstr "Besoin d'aide ?" -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:35 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:47 #, no-wrap msgid "" -" All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" -" in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" -" " +"Check out the [documentation](wiki/Getting-Started) and consider the [troubleshooting section](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" +"You can also ask on the [forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" msgstr "" -" Partout dans le monde, Jamulus permet à des chorales de répéter, à des groupes de rock de jouer. Jamulus réunit des musiciens folkloriques et classiques. Il est utilisé pour des cours de musique à distance,\n" -" dans des écoles et des universités, en privé et en public — tout cela en temps réel sur internet, comme si vous y étiez en personne.\n" -" " +"Consultez la [documentation](wiki/Getting-Started) et pensez à la [section de dépannage](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) !\n" +"Vous pouvez également poser des questions sur les [forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:37 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:53 #, no-wrap -msgid "Help needed?" -msgstr "Besoin d'aide ?" +msgid "Want to get involved?" +msgstr "Vous voulez vous impliquer ?" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:56 #, no-wrap -msgid " Check out the " -msgstr " Jetez un coup d’œil à la " +msgid "Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is [free and open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensed under the [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) you can help us!" +msgstr "Des idées ? Vous avez trouvé un bogue ? Vous voulez contribuer au code ou aider à [traduire](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus dans votre langue ? Jamulus étant un [logiciel libre et gratuit](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.fr.html) (FOSS) sous [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.fr.html), vous pouvez nous aider !" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:58 #, no-wrap -msgid "documentation" -msgstr "documentation" +msgid "Take a look at our [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) to find out how. Everybody is welcome!" +msgstr "Consultez nos [directives de contribution](wiki/Contribution) pour savoir comment procéder.Tout le monde est le bienvenu !" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60 #, no-wrap -msgid " and consider the " -msgstr " et prenez en compte la " +msgid "_For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see [this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" +msgstr "Pour des informations détaillées sur le fonctionnement de Jamulus, voir [cet article de Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf).\n" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:65 #, no-wrap -msgid "troubleshooting section" -msgstr "section dépannage" +msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" +msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"!\n" -" You can also ask on the " -msgstr "" -"!\n" -" Vous pouvez aussi demander de l'aide dans le " +#~ msgid "Download it here" +#~ msgstr "Téléchargez-le ici" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 #, no-wrap -msgid "forums" -msgstr "forum (en anglais)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -".\n" -" " -msgstr "" -".\n" -" " +#~ msgid " Check out the " +#~ msgstr " Jetez un coup d’œil à la " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:45 #, no-wrap -msgid "Want to get involved?" -msgstr "Vous voulez vous impliquer ?" +#~ msgid "documentation" +#~ msgstr "documentation" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " -msgstr " Des idées ? Un bogue trouvé ? Vous voulez contribuer du code " +#~ msgid " and consider the " +#~ msgstr " et prenez en compte la " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid "translating" -msgstr "traduction" +#~ msgid "troubleshooting section" +#~ msgstr "section dépannage" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " -msgstr " Jamulus dans votre langue ? Puisque Jamulus est " +#~ msgid "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " You can also ask on the " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " Vous pouvez aussi demander de l'aide dans le " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid "free and open source software" -msgstr "logiciel libre et à sources ouvertes" +#~ msgid "forums" +#~ msgstr "forum (en anglais)" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " -msgstr " (FOSS) distribué sous licence " +#~ msgid "" +#~ ".\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ ".\n" +#~ " " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid "GPL" -msgstr "GPL" +#~ msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " +#~ msgstr " Des idées ? Un bogue trouvé ? Vous voulez contribuer du code " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid ", you can help us!" -msgstr ", vous pouvez nous aider !" +#~ msgid "translating" +#~ msgstr "traduction" -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap -msgid " Take a look at our " -msgstr " Consultez nos " +#~ msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " +#~ msgstr " Jamulus dans votre langue ? Puisque Jamulus est " -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap -msgid "contribution guidelines" -msgstr "lignes directrices en matière de contribution" +#~ msgid "free and open source software" +#~ msgstr "logiciel libre et à sources ouvertes" -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -" to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" -" " -msgstr "" -" pour savoir comment faire. Vous êtes les bienvenus !\n" -" " +#~ msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " +#~ msgstr " (FOSS) distribué sous licence " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 #, no-wrap -msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " -msgstr " Pour des informations détaillées sur le fonctionnement de Jamulus, voir " +#~ msgid "GPL" +#~ msgstr "GPL" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap -msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" -msgstr "ce document écrit par Volker Fischer (PDF en anglais)" +#~ msgid ", you can help us!" +#~ msgstr ", vous pouvez nous aider !" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:58 #, no-wrap -msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" -msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" +#~ msgid " Take a look at our " +#~ msgstr " Consultez nos " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "contribution guidelines" +#~ msgstr "lignes directrices en matière de contribution" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ " to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " pour savoir comment faire. Vous êtes les bienvenus !\n" +#~ " " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " +#~ msgstr " Pour des informations détaillées sur le fonctionnement de Jamulus, voir " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" +#~ msgstr "ce document écrit par Volker Fischer (PDF en anglais)" #, no-wrap #~ msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/FAQ.po index ea28b30ea..465b3fca6 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/FAQ.po @@ -2,20 +2,21 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023, 2024. # Julien Taverna , 2023. +# cosas , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-19 15:17+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-30 10:43+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5.2\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" @@ -98,7 +99,7 @@ msgstr "Y a-t-il un métronome, une synchronisation ou un autre moyen de rester #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:26 msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want a time signal, there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." -msgstr "Non. Les musiciens sur un serveur Jamulus jouent en temps réel ensemble comme ils le feraient en personne. Si vous souhaitez disposer d'un signal temporel, il existe des solutions de métronome partagé sur Internet que vous pouvez essayer. Mais il est probablement préférable de minimiser la latence afin que personne n'ait un retard global supérieur à environ 30-50 ms." +msgstr "Non. Les musiciens sur un serveur Jamulus jouent en temps réel ensemble comme ils le feraient en présentiel. Si vous souhaitez disposer d'un signal temporel, il existe des solutions de métronome partagé sur Internet que vous pouvez essayer. Mais il est probablement préférable de minimiser la latence afin que personne n'ait un retard global supérieur à environ 30-50 ms." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:28 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Shared-Commands.po index 905a364b6..5fcff7186 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "`-h` ou `--help` Afficher le texte d'aide" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" -msgstr "`-i` ou `--inifile` paramètre l'emplacement du fichier d'initialisation (remplace la valeur par défaut). Sur macOS, fournissez simplement un nom de fichier, puisque les fichiers de configuration ne peuvent être lus que depuis `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. Pour le serveur, remplacez `io.jamulus.Jamulus` par `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Activez \"Afficher le dossier Bibliothèque\" dans \"Afficher les options d'affichage\" dans le Finder pour voir ce dossier.)" +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgstr "`-i` ou `--inifile` paramètre l'emplacement du fichier d'initialisation (remplace la valeur par défaut). Sur macOS, fournissez simplement un nom de fichier, puisque les fichiers de configuration ne peuvent être lus que depuis `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. Pour le serveur, remplacez `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` par `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Activez \"Afficher le dossier Bibliothèque\" dans \"Afficher les options d'affichage\" dans le Finder pour voir ce dossier.)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Android.po index 4333e5d3e..5ce987fa1 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -3,19 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. # Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. -# Julien Taverna , 2023. +# Julien Taverna , 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-09 16:50+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-02-13 07:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.4-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ msgstr "Nous sommes très heureux de recevoir les commentaires des utilisateurs #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:35 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" -msgstr "Tout est installé ?" +msgstr "Tout est installé ?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:38 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Linux.po index f1475b1c7..f14e25d45 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -3,21 +3,21 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. -# Julien Taverna , 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023, 2024. +# Julien Taverna , 2023, 2024. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 15:49+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-02-21 17:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5-dev\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" @@ -183,79 +183,124 @@ msgstr "Pour les installateurs sur d'autres distributions, consultez leurs gesti msgid "Set up your hardware" msgstr "Configurer votre matériel" +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 +msgid "The Jamulus Client needs to connect to a running [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server in order to start. You need to find out which is the low-latency sound server for your distribution. - If your distribution uses [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), see how to [configure JACK with QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl). - If your distribution uses PipeWire, see how to [configure PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)." +msgstr "Le client Jamulus a besoin de se connecter à un serveur [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) actif pour pouvoir démarrer. Vous devez déterminer quel est le serveur de son à faible latence pour votre distribution. - Si votre distribution utilise [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), regardez comment [configurer JACK avec QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configurer-jack-avec-qjackctl). - Si votre distribution utilise PipeWire, regardez comment [configurer PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configurer-pipewire)." + #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 #, no-wrap msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl" msgstr "Configurer JACK avec QjackCtl" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 -msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." -msgstr "Les clients Jamulus ont besoin de [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) pour fonctionner, mais vous devez d'abord le configurer. La méthode recommandée est d'utiliser `QjackCtl`." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64 +msgid "To run a [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server, the recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." +msgstr "Pour démarrer un serveur [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), la méthode recommandée est d'utiliser `QjackCtl`." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 -msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" -msgstr "Lancez QjackCtl. Vous verrez la **page principale de l'utilitaire de contrôle JACK Qt**" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**." +msgstr "Lancez QjackCtl. Vous verrez la **page principale de l'utilitaire de contrôle JACK Qt**." #. type: Bullet: '2. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 -msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" -msgstr "Configurez votre matériel audio comme suit (les paramètres exacts pour JACK dépendront des capacités de votre matériel audio) :" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +msgid "Configure your sound hardware as follows:" +msgstr "Configurez votre matériel audio comme suit :" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" -msgstr "Réglez l'**interface** audio sur celle que vous voulez (il pourrait y en avoir plusieurs dans la liste)" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list - choose the correct one as this cannot be changed without stopping Jamulus and JACK)." +msgstr "Réglez l'**interface** audio sur celle que vous voulez (il pourrait y en avoir plusieurs dans la liste - choisissez la bonne, car cela ne peut être modifié sans arrêter Jamulus et JACK)." #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" -msgstr "Réglez la **fréquence d'échantillonnage sur 48000**" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**." +msgstr "Réglez la **fréquence d'échantillonnage sur 48000**." #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" -msgstr "Paramétrez la **trames/période à 128** et périodes/tampon à 2 dans un premier temps" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and **Periods/Buffer at 2** at first." +msgstr "Paramétrez la **trames/période à 128** et **périodes/tampon à 2** dans un premier temps." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 +msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect and continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." +msgstr "Redémarrez JACK pour que les nouveaux paramètres soient pris en compte et continuez à partir de la section [Démarrez Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#demarrez-jamulus) ci-dessous." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure PipeWire" +msgstr "Configurer PipeWire" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:69 -msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" -msgstr "Redémarrez JACK pour que les nouveaux paramètres soient pris en compte" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 +msgid "PipeWire provides its own JACK server. When you launch the Jamulus Client, PipeWire automatically runs a JACK server. However, there are a few parameters to adjust. You need to set your audio interface to the \"pro-audio\" profile and define PipeWire's \"rate\" and \"quantum\" parameters beforehand. You can find more information about the configuration in the [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)." +msgstr "PipeWire fournit son propre serveur JACK. Lorsque vous lancez le client Jamulus, PipeWire lance automatiquement un serveur JACK. Cependant, il y a quelques paramètres à ajuster. Vous devez configurer votre interface audio sur le profil \"pro-audio\" et définir au préalable les paramètres \"rate\" et \"quantum\" de PipeWire. Vous trouverez plus d'informations sur la configuration dans le [wiki PipeWire](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server) (en anglais)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 +msgid "To set up your system: 1. Open `pavucontrol` (the audio mixer) and choose the \"pro-audio\" profile for your sound hardware in the configuration tab. 2. In a terminal use the following two commands to force PipeWire's rate and quantum:" +msgstr "Pour configurer votre système : 1. Ouvrez `pavucontrol` (le mélangeur audio) et choisissez le profile \"pro-audio\" pour votre interface son dans l'onglet configuration. 2. Dans un terminal, utilisez les deux commandes suivantes pour forcer les paramètres rate et quantum de PipeWire :" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" +msgstr "" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:88 +msgid "After this, continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." +msgstr "Après cela, continuez avec la section [Démarrez Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#demarrez-jamulus) ci-dessous." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:70 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:89 #, no-wrap msgid "Start Jamulus" msgstr "Démarrez Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 -msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." -msgstr "Une fois JACK lancé et configuré, démarrez Jamulus." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:92 +msgid "With JACK or PipeWire configured, launch Jamulus." +msgstr "Une fois JACK ou PipeWire configuré, démarrez Jamulus." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:75 -msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." -msgstr "Si vous rencontrez des problèmes d'interruption du son (en particulier des décrochages signalés par JACK/QjackCtl), essayez de définir des valeurs plus élevées (par exemple, 256 trames ou 3 périodes). Des valeurs plus faibles (par exemple 64 trames) peuvent apporter de meilleures performances mais peut-être plus de problèmes de son. Voir la [page dépannage](Client-Troubleshooting) sinon." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:94 +msgid "If you have any problems, first check [the troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting)." +msgstr "Si vous aviez un quelconque problème, commencez par regarder dans [la page dépannage](Client-Troubleshooting)." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:76 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:95 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" -msgstr "Tout est installé ?" +msgstr "Tout est installé ?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:98 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "Jetez un coup d'œil à la" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:99 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Page de démarrage](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#~ msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" +#~ msgstr "Configurez votre matériel audio comme suit (les paramètres exacts pour JACK dépendront des capacités de votre matériel audio) :" + +#~ msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" +#~ msgstr "Redémarrez JACK pour que les nouveaux paramètres soient pris en compte" + +#~ msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." +#~ msgstr "Si vous rencontrez des problèmes d'interruption du son (en particulier des décrochages signalés par JACK/QjackCtl), essayez de définir des valeurs plus élevées (par exemple, 256 trames ou 3 périodes). Des valeurs plus faibles (par exemple 64 trames) peuvent apporter de meilleures performances mais peut-être plus de problèmes de son. Voir la [page dépannage](Client-Troubleshooting) sinon." + #~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" #~ msgstr "[Téléchargez Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index a0f610ae3..4afca15c2 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -3,19 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. # Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. -# Julien Taverna , 2023. +# Julien Taverna , 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-31 07:04+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-02-13 07:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.4-dev\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ msgstr "**Note :** vous pouvez trouver d'anciennes versions (legacy) supportant #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" -msgstr "Tout est installé ?" +msgstr "Tout est installé ?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:30 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Windows.po index b0ec6f2a5..2d9afcd20 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -4,12 +4,12 @@ # Julien Taverna , 2022. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. # Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. -# Julien Taverna , 2023. +# Julien Taverna , 2023, 2024. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-24 18:48+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-02-13 07:01+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Julien Taverna \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.4-dev\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" @@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ msgstr "Des informations officielles et supplémentaires sur la façon de config #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" -msgstr "Tout est installé ?" +msgstr "Tout est installé ?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-iOS.po index 3182a1072..b4a6f7e94 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -2,13 +2,13 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. -# Julien Taverna , 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023, 2024. +# Julien Taverna , 2023, 2024. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-09 16:50+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-04 19:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 @@ -69,91 +69,101 @@ msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https: msgstr "Si vous ne possédez pas de PC, nous vous suggérons d'acheter un [Raspberry Pi (en anglais)](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){ : target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } qui est un petit périphérique peu coûteux qui fonctionne très bien avec Jamulus. Le support iOS n'est qu'une preuve de concept." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer." msgstr "Pour installer Jamulus sur votre périphérique iOS, vous avez besoin d'un compte développeur Apple (gratuit ou payant) et, de préférence, d'un ordinateur." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it." msgstr "Si vous ne payez pas pour un compte développeur Apple, Jamulus ne fonctionnera que pendant 7 jours au maximum avant que vous ne deviez le réinstaller." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 -msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." -msgstr "Jamulus sur iOS fonctionne plutôt bien sur les nouveaux périphériques si tout est configuré correctement. Cependant, nous vous recommandons vivement d'utiliser une interface audio et un adaptateur USB-Ethernet. Pour les connecter à votre périphérique iOS, vous devriez utiliser quelque chose comme le [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter (en anglais)](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) et un hub USB (alimenté)." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." +msgstr "Jamulus sur iOS fonctionne plutôt bien si tout est configuré correctement. Cependant, nous vous recommandons vivement d'utiliser une interface audio et un adaptateur USB-Ethernet. Si vous possédez un périphérique plus ancien doté d'un port Lightning et non d'un port USB-C, vous pouvez utiliser quelque chose comme le [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter (en anglais)](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) et un hub USB (alimenté)." -#. type: Title ## +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi." +msgstr "Si vous devez utiliser Jamulus sur un réseau sans fil, préférez une connexion cellulaire (5G) au WiFi." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release." +msgstr "Des applications non officielles compatibles avec Jamulus comme [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) sont disponibles sur l'AppStore mais pourraient ne pas avoir les mêmes fonctionnalités que la version officielle de Jamulus." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28 #, no-wrap msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" msgstr "Installation pour iOS (pour utilisateurs expérimentées seulement)" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n" msgstr "**Note** : nous fournissons un fichier .ipa non signé que vous devez signer et installer sur votre périphérique. Si vous n'êtes pas \"jailbreaké\" (et que AppSync est installé), vous aurez peut-être besoin d'un logiciel supplémentaire pour installer Jamulus. Il existe plusieurs façons de procéder, mais ce guide n'explique que l'approche la plus standard. Veuillez noter que nous supposons que vous disposez déjà d'un compte (gratuit) de développeur Apple. Si vous n'en avez pas, créez un Apple ID et [Créer un compte de développeur](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). Nous vous recommandons d'en créer un sans authentification à deux facteurs et sans lien avec votre éventuel compte personnel. Vous devrez saisir le mot de passe dans les logiciels non Apple.\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" msgstr "[Téléchargez Jamulus (.ipa) sur un PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" #. type: Bullet: '2. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)" msgstr "Signez le fichier .ipa (par exemple via Xcode ou une autre application **de confiance**. Nous ne donnerons pas de recommandations ici, mais il existe des applications pour chaque système d'exploitation)" #. type: Bullet: '3. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account." msgstr "Une fois signée et installée ; ouvrez Paramètres sur votre périphérique iOS, naviguez jusqu’à Général>Profils (ou VPN et Gestion de l'appareil). Choisissez le compte développeur correspondant à votre compte et validez le compte." #. type: Bullet: '4. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen" msgstr "Ouvrez Jamulus depuis votre écran d'accueil" #. type: Bullet: '5. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4." msgstr "Après 7 jours, vous devrez signer à nouveau Jamulus si vous utilisez un compte développeur gratuit. Reprenez tout à partir de l'étape 4." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." msgstr "Si vous possédez un Mac et que Xcode est installé, compiler Jamulus depuis les sources pourrait être une autre option, plus native. Veuillez consulter les [instructions de compilation pour iOS (en anglais)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:41 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback and development" msgstr "Commentaires et développement" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:43 -msgid "iOS support isn't mature yet and far from ready to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." -msgstr "Le support iOS n'est pas encore mature et loin d'être prêt à être publié sur l'AppStore. N'hésitez pas à apporter votre aide : il vous suffit de vous rendre sur le [dépôt GitHub de Jamulus (en anglais)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 +msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +msgstr "Nous pensons que la version iOS n'est pas suffisamment mûre pour être publiée sur l'AppStore. N'hésitez pas à apporter votre aide : il vous suffit de vous rendre sur le [dépôt GitHub de Jamulus (en anglais)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore." msgstr "Veuillez également lire le [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER (en anglais)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concernant la publication de Jamulus via l'AppStore d'Apple." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:48 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" -msgstr "Tout est installé ?" +msgstr "Tout est installé ?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:51 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:53 msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the" msgstr "Jamulus a été installé et peut maintenant être utilisé. Vous pouvez à présent jeter un coup d'œil à la" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Page de démarrage](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Running-a-Server.po index 1d1ddef72..e03de1ad3 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Running-a-Server.po @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-25 10:53+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-12-02 12:06+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.3-dev\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" @@ -184,91 +184,142 @@ msgid "To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are fam msgstr "Pour exécuter un serveur sans affichage sous Linux, les étapes suivantes supposent que vous êtes familier avec la ligne de commande et avec Debian/Ubuntu ou une distribution similaire qui utilise systemd." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Download the setup script: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" -msgstr "Télécharger le script d'installation : `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:62 +msgid "Download the setup script:" +msgstr "Télécharger le script d'installation :" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Make the script executable: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" -msgstr "Rendre le script exécutable : `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 +msgid "Make the script executable:" +msgstr "Rendre le script exécutable :" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Run the script and install the headless server: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "Exécutez le script et installez le serveur sans interface graphique : `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74 +msgid "Run the script and install the headless server:" +msgstr "Exécutez le script et installez le serveur sans affichage :" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 msgid "Enable the headless Server process:" msgstr "Activez le processus du serveur sans affichage :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 #, no-wrap -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" -msgstr "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:69 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:" msgstr "Ajoutez les [options de la ligne de commande](Running-a-Server#options-de-configuration) voulues à la ligne `ExecStart` dans le fichier service systemd :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:71 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 #, no-wrap -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" -msgstr "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:73 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92 msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:" msgstr "Rechargez les fichiers systemd et redémarrez le serveur sans affichage :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:75 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" -msgstr "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:77 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "_To amend your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98 msgid "_To edit your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" msgstr "_Pour modifier la configuration de votre serveur, il suffit de répéter les deux dernières étapes ci-dessus._" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Modes" msgstr "Modes du serveur" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104 msgid "Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs." msgstr "Les serveurs peuvent fonctionner selon l'un des trois modes suivants (à domicile ou sur un hôte tiers), en fonction de vos besoins." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 #, no-wrap msgid "Unregistered mode" msgstr "Mode non-enregistré" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:87 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:108 msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it." msgstr "Il s'agit de la valeur par défaut lors du premier démarrage d'un serveur. Les serveurs non enregistrés ne sont pas répertoriés par les annuaires, donc seuls les musiciens qui connaissent l'adresse de votre serveur pourront s'y connecter." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:110 #, no-wrap msgid "**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" msgstr "**Pour plus d'informations sur l'utilisation d'un serveur non enregistré, [voir ce guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:93 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 #, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" @@ -280,28 +331,28 @@ msgstr "" "
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:115 #, no-wrap msgid "Registered mode" msgstr "Mode enregistré" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:97 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:118 msgid "In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it." msgstr "Dans ce mode, votre serveur apparaîtra dans la liste des serveurs fournie par un annuaire. Les clients Jamulus sont livrés avec une liste de annuaires intégrée. Si vous enregistrez votre serveur dans l'un d'eux, n'importe qui peut le découvrir et s'y connecter." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:99 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:120 msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address." msgstr "Vous pouvez également inscrire votre serveur dans un annuaire personnalisé (voir ci-dessous). Les clients ne trouveront votre serveur que s'ils entrent l'adresse internet de l'annuaire personnalisé." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:122 msgid "Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory." msgstr "Notez que les annuaires ne peuvent enregistrer que 150 serveurs au maximum. Si vous voyez un message indiquant que vous ne pouvez pas enregistrer votre serveur parce que l'annuaire est plein, vous pouvez essayer de vous enregistrer dans un autre annuaire." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:126 #, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" @@ -313,67 +364,67 @@ msgstr "" "
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127 #, no-wrap msgid "Directory mode" msgstr "Mode annuaire" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:109 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:130 msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." msgstr "Lorsque vous souhaitez faire fonctionner plusieurs serveurs, éventuellement derrière un pare-feu ou sur un réseau local, vous voudrez peut-être exécuter votre serveur en tant qu'annuaire. Il s'agit par exemple d'événements en ligne, d'associations de musique, de répétitions de sections ou de cours de musique pour les écoles." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)." msgstr "Pour information [lire le guide des annuaires](Directories)." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration options" msgstr "Options de configuration" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:138 msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:" msgstr "En fonction de votre système d'exploitation et de la façon dont vous exécutez le serveur, vous pouvez définir les options du serveur et les rendre persistantes entre les rechargements en suivant les étapes suivantes :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:119 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 #, no-wrap msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n" msgstr "**Pour Linux sans affichage** (Debian/Ubuntu utilisant systemd)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:121 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))." msgstr "Ajoutez les options de la ligne de commande voulues à la ligne `ExecStart` dans le fichier service systemd en exécutant `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (vous devrez recharger ou redémarrer pour que les changements prennent effet. Voir [Installation](#installation))." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:123 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:144 #, no-wrap msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n" msgstr "**Pour l'interface graphique** (toutes plateformes)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:125 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:146 msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." msgstr "Tout réglage effectué en utilisant l'interface graphique sera stocké dans le fichier `Jamulusserver.ini`. (Ne **pas** éditer ce fichier à la main !) Cependant, certaines options ne sont pas disponibles dans l'interface graphique et doivent être définies en utilisant la ligne de commande. Pour plus d'informations, voir [Serveurs sur le bureau](#serveurs-sur-le-bureau)" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:128 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 #, no-wrap msgid "Minimum setup to run in Registered mode" msgstr "Configuration minimale pour fonctionner en mode enregistré" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153 msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections. You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):" msgstr "Vous pouvez faire tourner un serveur sans affichage sous Linux en utilisant systemd (avec `systemctl`), ce qui est couvert dans d'autres sections. Vous pouvez également exécuter un serveur directement depuis la ligne de commande. Entrez la commande suivante pour [lancer un serveur enregistré](#modes-du-serveur) :" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 #, no-wrap msgid "" "jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" @@ -385,50 +436,50 @@ msgstr "" " --serverinfo \"nomduserveur;ville;[ville en tant que code de pays ISO à deux-lettres ou locale Qt5]\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:161 msgid "See the table below for `hostname:port` values." msgstr "Voir le tableau ci-dessous pour les valeurs de `hostname:port`." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n" msgstr "**Note** : les caractères points-virgules et nouvelles lignes ne sont pas autorisés dans `[nomdeserveur]` et `[ville]` dans l'argument `--serverinfo`. Voir les [options liées au mode serveur](#options-liées-au-mode-serveur) pour plus d'informations sur le code pays. \n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 #, no-wrap msgid "Server mode-related options" msgstr "Options liées au mode serveur" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:145 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 #, no-wrap msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`" msgstr "`-e ou --directoryaddress`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:148 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories)." msgstr "Nécessaire pour un [serveur enregistré](Running-a-Server#mode-enregistré). Également requis pour exécuter Jamulus en tant qu'[annuaire](Directories)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:150 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 msgid "This option takes the format:" msgstr "Cette option prend le format :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:152 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 msgid "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number." msgstr "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` où `hostname` est le nom d'hôte de l'annuaire de genre et `port` est son numéro de port." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options:" msgstr "Pour vous enregistrer dans l'un des annuaires intégrés au client Jamulus, remplacez `hostname:port` par l'une des options suivantes :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 #, no-wrap msgid "" "| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" @@ -452,314 +503,314 @@ msgstr "" "|**Genre Chorale/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:187 #, no-wrap msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`" msgstr "`-o ou --serverinfo`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190 msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client." msgstr "Lorsque vous enregistrez votre serveur auprès d'un annuaire, vous pouvez fournir un nom de serveur et des détails sur l'emplacement afin que les utilisateurs puissent ensuite rechercher ces valeurs à partir de leur client." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`" msgstr "`[nom];[ville];[pays sous forme de code pays ISO à deux lettres]`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:196 msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" msgstr "Voir [codes pays ISO à deux lettres](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:198 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n" msgstr "**Remarque :** les caractères point-virgule et saut de ligne ne sont pas autorisés dans les valeurs`nom` et `ville`.\n" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:178 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 #, no-wrap msgid "`-L or --licence`" msgstr "`-L ou --licence`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:180 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201 msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)." msgstr "Affiche une fenêtre d'accord avant que les utilisateurs puissent se connecter. Le texte de l'accord à afficher doit être fourni dans le `--welcomemessage` (voir ci-dessous)." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 #, no-wrap msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`" msgstr "`-w ou --welcomemessage`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear." msgstr "Un \"message de bienvenue\" à afficher dans la fenêtre de tchate du client lors de la connexion. Il peut prendre la forme d'une chaîne ou d'un nom de fichier et peut contenir du HTML. Lorsqu'un chemin est utilisé, le fichier doit être accessible par le compte utilisateur qui exécute Jamulus. (Sur la plupart des installations Linux, l'utilisateur `jamulus` est utilisé par défaut). S'il n'est pas accessible, le chemin littéral (plutôt que son contenu) apparaîtra." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:186 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverpublicip`" msgstr "`--serverpublicip`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "L'adresse IP publique du serveur s'il est connecté à un annuaire derrière le même NAT. Voir les [notes sur les serveurs d'annuaire](Directories) pour davantage d'informations." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:189 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210 #, no-wrap msgid "`--directoryfile`" msgstr "`--directoryfile`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:212 msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "_Annuaires uniquement :_ se souvient des serveurs enregistrés même si l'annuaire est redémarré. Voir [le guide des annuaires](Directories) pour davantage d'informations." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 #, no-wrap msgid "`-f or --listfilter`" msgstr "`-f ou --listfilter`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "_Annuaires uniquement :_ spécifiez les serveurs qui peuvent s'enregistrer sur le serveur d'annuaire. Voir [le guide des annuaires](Directories) pour de plus amples informations." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:218 #, no-wrap msgid "General Server options" msgstr "Options générales du serveur" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)." msgstr "Ces options peuvent être utilisées quel que soit le mode d'exécution de votre serveur (bien que certaines ne soient pas pertinentes pour les annuaires)." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:200 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "`-d or --discononquit`" msgstr "`-d ou --discononquit`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223 msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario." msgstr "Normalement, lorsqu'un serveur est arrêté ou redémarré, tous les clients qui n'ont pas utilisé leur bouton \"Déconnecter\" rétabliront automatiquement la connexion lorsque le serveur sera de retour. Cette option oblige les clients à rétablir manuellement leur connexion au serveur dans ce scénario." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 #, no-wrap msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`" msgstr "`-F ou --fastupdate`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:226 msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." msgstr "Réduit la latence si les clients se connectent avec l'option \"petits tampons de réseau\". Nécessite un processeur plus rapide pour éviter les pertes de données, et une bande passante plus large pour les clients activés." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 #, no-wrap msgid "`-l or --log`" msgstr "`-l ou --log`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:208 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229 msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name" msgstr "Activer l'enregistrement, définir le chemin et le nom de fichier" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 #, no-wrap msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" msgstr "`-m ou --htmlstatus`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" msgstr "Active le fichier d'état HTML, définit le chemin et le nom du fichier" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" msgstr "**Note :** cette fonctionnalité est obsolète et pourrait disparaître dans une prochaine version.\n" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:214 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 #, no-wrap msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" msgstr "`-P ou --delaypan`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:216 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." msgstr "Commencez avec le délai panoramique activé. Cette option utilise les petites différences de temps d'arrivée du son entre les deux oreilles. Elle produit un effet stéréo similaire à l'audition humaine naturelle par rapport à un panoramique normal de \"volume\"." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:217 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 #, no-wrap msgid "`-s` or `--server`" msgstr "`-s` ou `--server`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" msgstr "Démarrer Jamulus en mode serveur" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverbindip`" msgstr "`--serverbindip`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." msgstr "Spécifie l'adresse IP à laquelle le processus Jamulus se liera." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." msgstr "Normalement, Jamulus écoutera sur toutes les adresses IP de la machine hôte. Lorsque l'hôte possède plusieurs adresses réseau, cette option permet de choisir l'une des adresses." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 #, no-wrap msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" msgstr "`-T ou --multithreading`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" msgstr "Utilise le multithreading pour mieux utiliser les processeurs multi-cœurs. Ce paramètre peut aider le serveur à prendre en charge plus de clients. Voir aussi `--numchannels`" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:228 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 #, no-wrap msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" msgstr "`-u ou --numchannels`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "Nombre maximum de canaux (clients)" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 #, no-wrap msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" msgstr "`-z ou --startminimized`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." msgstr "Démarrez l'interface utilisateur graphique du serveur Jamulus dans l'état de fenêtre réduite." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 #, no-wrap msgid "Other options" msgstr "Autres options" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Server via API" msgstr "Contrôle du serveur via l'API" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." msgstr "Jamulus peut être contrôlé via une API expérimentale qui est sujette à des changements. Vous pouvez trouver l'API [JSON-RPC documentée dans le dépôt principal (en anglais)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC vous permet de contrôler certaines fonctionnalités telles que la modification du message de bienvenue ou le lancement d'enregistrements en mode sans-affichage à partir d'applications externes authentifiées. Il fonctionne lorsque le serveur est en cours d'exécution." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265 #, no-wrap msgid "Recording" msgstr "Enregistrement" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 #, no-wrap msgid "`-R or --recording`" msgstr "`-R ou --recording`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." msgstr "Définir le répertoire d'enregistrement du serveur. Par défaut, le serveur enregistre lorsqu'une session est active." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" msgstr "**Remarque :** vous devrez sauvegarder les enregistrements dans un chemin _hors_ du répertoire personnel de jamulus, ou supprimer `ProtectHome=true` de votre fichier d'unité systemd, mais sachez que cela représente toutefois un risque potentiel pour la sécurité.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." msgstr "Les enregistrements sont par piste au format [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` et [REAPER](https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Reaper_(logiciel)) `.rpp`. Ouvrez les fichiers respectifs pour les écouter dans ces applications." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" msgstr "**Remarque** : lorsque votre serveur enregistre, les clients affichent un message en bannière rouge indiquant que l'enregistrement est en cours.\n" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 #, no-wrap msgid "`--norecord`" msgstr "`--norecord`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." msgstr "Configurer le serveur pour qu'il n'enregistre pas par défaut lorsque l'enregistrement est configuré." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling Recording" msgstr "Contrôler l'enregistrement" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." msgstr "L'enregistrement commence dès que la première personne se connecte au serveur et s'arrête lorsque la dernière personne le quitte." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." msgstr "Si le serveur reçoit un signal SIGUSR1 pendant un enregistrement, il démarre un nouvel enregistrement dans un nouveau répertoire. SIGUSR2 permet d'activer ou de désactiver l'enregistrement. Si [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) est activé, vous pourrez également gérer le serveur d'une manière comparable à l'interface graphique. Veuillez consulter la documentation (expérimentale) [JSON-RPC sur l'enregistreur (en anglais)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." msgstr "Pour envoyer ces signaux en utilisant systemd, créez les deux fichiers `.service` suivants dans `/etc/systemd/system`, en les appelant de manière appropriée (par exemple, `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" msgstr "Pour activer ou désactiver l'enregistrement (selon l'état actuel) :" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -768,23 +819,23 @@ msgid "" "\n" " [Service]\n" " Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" msgstr "" " [Unit]\n" -" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" +" Description=Basculer l'état d'enregistrement du serveur Jamulus\n" " Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" "\n" " [Service]\n" " Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 msgid "To start a new recording:" msgstr "Pour démarrer un nouvel enregistrement :" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -793,162 +844,225 @@ msgid "" "\n" " [Service]\n" " Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" msgstr "" " [Unit]\n" -" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" +" Description=Démarrer un nouvel enregistrement sur le serveur Jamulus\n" " Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" "\n" " [Service]\n" " Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:293 -msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" -msgstr "_Remarque : le nom du service Jamulus dans la ligne `ExecStart` doit être le même que le nom du fichier `.service` que vous avez créé lors de la configuration de systemd pour contrôler votre serveur Jamulus. Donc, dans cet exemple, ce serait `Jamulus-Server.service`_" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314 +msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example." +msgstr "_Remarque : le nom du service Jamulus dans la ligne `ExecStart` doit être le même que le nom du fichier `.service` utilisé par systemd pour contrôler votre serveur Jamulus. Par défaut, si vous utilisez les fichiers `.deb` du dépôt, il s'agit de `jamulus-headless`, comme dans cet exemple." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316 msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." msgstr "Exécutez `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` pour les enregistrer pour la première utilisation." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318 msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" msgstr "Vous pouvez maintenant les exécuter avec la commande `systemctl`, par exemple :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:299 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:301 -msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." -msgstr "Vous pouvez voir le résultat de ces commandes si vous exécutez `systemctl status jamulus` ou en consultant les journaux." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322 +msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log." +msgstr "Vous pouvez voir le résultat de ces commandes si vous exécutez `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (ou le nom du service que vous avez spécifié manuellement). Vous pouvez également consulter votre journal (système)." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" msgstr "Ajouter des métadonnées au serveur" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:307 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328 msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." msgstr "Vous pouvez ajouter des métadonnées au message de bienvenue d'un serveur afin d'ajouter des informations supplémentaires et cachées telles que des informations de contact ou des demandes de politique pour les robots (c'est comparable à [robots.txt](https://fr.wikipedia.org/wiki/Protocole_d%27exclusion_des_robots)). Voir l'[entrée de la base de connaissances de la communauté sur les métadonnées](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) pour plus d'informations." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:310 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 #, no-wrap msgid "Servers on the desktop" msgstr "Serveurs sur le bureau" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334 msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" msgstr "Jamulus peut être exécuté en mode Serveur dans l'environnement graphique d'un ordinateur. Cela vous donne une interface utilisateur graphique pour contrôler la plupart des paramètres. Pour ce faire, commencez par [installer Jamulus pour votre plate-forme](Getting-Started), puis effectuez l'une des opérations suivantes :" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336 msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." msgstr "**Utilisateurs de Windows** - Utilisez l'icône \"Jamulus Server\" dans le menu Démarrer de Windows. Si vous souhaitez que le serveur démarre automatiquement lorsque vous lancez Windows, cochez la case de cette option." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338 msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." msgstr "**Utilisateurs de macOS** - Double-cliquez sur l'icône \"Serveur Jamulus\" dans Applications." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:319 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340 msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." msgstr "**Utilisateurs de Linux** - Lancez le raccourci « Jamulus Serveur ». Ou vous pouvez ouvrir une fenêtre de terminal (`CTRL + ALT + t` sur Debian et les distributions associées), tapez `jamulus -s` et appuyez sur entrée." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:321 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "Si la plupart des fonctions courantes de Jamulus peuvent être définies à l'aide de l'interface graphique, d'autres ne peuvent l'être qu'à l'aide d'options données dans une fenêtre de terminal lors du lancement du serveur. La manière exacte de procéder dépend de votre système d'exploitation." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "Par exemple, sous Windows, pour utiliser un fichier de paramètres spécifique, faites un clic-droit sur le raccourci de Jamulus et choisissez **Propriétés** > **Cible**. Ajoutez les arguments nécessaires à Jamulus.exe\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346 #, no-wrap msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:327 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "Pour macOS, démarrez une fenêtre de Terminal et exécutez Jamulus avec les options souhaitées comme ceci :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 #, no-wrap msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" msgstr "**Note** Les options de la ligne de commande définissent les valeurs par défaut du serveur au démarrage. Vous pouvez les remplacer par les contrôles correspondants de l'interface graphique lorsque le serveur est en cours d'exécution.\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:332 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 #, no-wrap msgid "The Server status icon" msgstr "L'icône d'état du serveur" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356 msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" msgstr "Lorsque le serveur fonctionne en mode graphique, le système d'exploitation affiche une icône dans la barre d'état système ou dans la zone d'état qui indique si le serveur a des connexions :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" msgstr "
\"Image
Le serveur est vide\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:360 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" msgstr "
\"Image
Le serveur est occupé\n" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up the Server" msgstr "Sauvegarder le serveur" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:368 msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." msgstr "Les serveurs sans affichage n'utilisent pas de fichiers `.ini`. Toute la configuration est donnée sous forme d'options de ligne de commande. Si vous exécutez un serveur en mode graphique, après avoir lu les options de la ligne de commande au démarrage, il stockera sa configuration dans le fichier `Jamulusserver.ini`." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Dépannage" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "Si vous avez un autre problème, [regardez ce guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ " [Unit]\n" +#~ " Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" +#~ " Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " [Service]\n" +#~ " Type=oneshot\n" +#~ " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " [Unit]\n" +#~ " Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" +#~ " Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " [Service]\n" +#~ " Type=oneshot\n" +#~ " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ " [Unit]\n" +#~ " Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" +#~ " Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " [Service]\n" +#~ " Type=oneshot\n" +#~ " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " [Unit]\n" +#~ " Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" +#~ " Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ " [Service]\n" +#~ " Type=oneshot\n" +#~ " ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" + +#~ msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" +#~ msgstr "_Remarque : le nom du service Jamulus dans la ligne `ExecStart` doit être le même que le nom du fichier `.service` que vous avez créé lors de la configuration de systemd pour contrôler votre serveur Jamulus. Donc, dans cet exemple, ce serait `Jamulus-Server.service`_" + +#~ msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." +#~ msgstr "Vous pouvez voir le résultat de ces commandes si vous exécutez `systemctl status jamulus` ou en consultant les journaux." + +#~ msgid "Download the setup script: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" +#~ msgstr "Télécharger le script d'installation : `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" + +#~ msgid "Make the script executable: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" +#~ msgstr "Rendre le script exécutable : `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" + +#~ msgid "Run the script and install the headless server: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" +#~ msgstr "Exécutez le script et installez le serveur sans interface graphique : `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" +#~ msgstr "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" +#~ msgstr "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" +#~ msgstr "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" + #~ msgid "If you want to run a Server on a **Raspberry Pi** (or a different armhf/arm64 Debian-based computer), you will need to download the [latest armhf .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) or [latest arm64 .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}) depending on your CPU - not the default `amd64` ones for use on Intel/AMD machines." #~ msgstr "Si vous souhaitez faire fonctionner un serveur sur un **Raspberry Pi** (ou un autre ordinateur basé sur Debian armhf/arm64), vous devrez télécharger le [dernier fichier .deb armhf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-armhf }}) ou le [dernier fichier .deb arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-headless-arm64 }}) en fonction de votre processeur - pas les `amd64` par défaut pour les machines Intel/AMD." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po index de3d9e1ad..69d3a0c9c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Software-Manual.po @@ -3,12 +3,12 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. -# Julien Taverna , 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023, 2024. +# Julien Taverna , 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-25 10:53+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-04 19:21+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" "X-Language: fr_FR\n" "X-Source-Language: en_150\n" @@ -240,259 +240,264 @@ msgid "Connect/disconnect button" msgstr "Bouton se connecter/déconnecter" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:80 -msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session." -msgstr "Ouvre une boîte de dialogue dans laquelle vous pouvez sélectionner un serveur auquel vous connecter. Si vous êtes connecté, appuyez sur ce bouton pour mettre fin à la session." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:81 +msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session. You can also open the dialogue using \"File>Connection Setup...\". This will leave you connected to any current session until you join another." +msgstr "Ouvre une boîte de dialogue dans laquelle vous pouvez sélectionner un serveur auquel vous connecter. Si vous êtes connecté, appuyez sur ce bouton pour mettre fin à la session. Vous pouvez également ouvrir la boîte de dialogue en utilisant \"Fichier>Configuration de la connexion...\". Vous resterez alors connecté à la session en cours jusqu'à ce que vous en rejoigniez une autre." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:82 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:83 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" msgstr "
\"Image
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:84 -msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available servers together with the number of occupants and the maximum number supported. Server operators register their servers on lists (mostly defined by genre, though some could be location-specific or for all genres). Use the List dropdown to select a genre, click on the server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name. Permanent servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." -msgstr "La fenêtre de configuration de la connexion affiche une liste des serveurs disponibles ainsi que le nombre d'occupants et le nombre maximum supporté. Les opérateurs de serveurs enregistrent leurs serveurs sur des listes (la plupart du temps définies par genre, bien que certaines puissent être spécifiques à un lieu ou pour tous les genres). Utilisez le menu déroulant Liste pour sélectionner un genre, cliquez sur le serveur que vous souhaitez rejoindre et appuyez sur le bouton Connecter pour vous y connecter. Vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur le nom du serveur. Les serveurs permanents (ceux qui sont répertoriés depuis plus de 24 heures) sont affichés en gras." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 +msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." +msgstr "La fenêtre de configuration de la connexion affiche une liste des serveurs disponibles avec leurs \"distances\" (en terme de temps de ping), le nombre d'occupants et le nombre maximum supporté, et l'emplacement donné du serveur. Les serveurs permanents (ceux qui sont répertoriés depuis plus de 24 heures) sont affichés en gras." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 -msgid "You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a \"#\" character." -msgstr "Vous pouvez filtrer la liste par nom de serveur ou par emplacement. Pour ne répertorier que les serveurs occupés, saisissez le caractère \"#\"." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:88 +msgid "Click on the Server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name." +msgstr "Cliquez sur le serveur que vous souhaitez rejoindre et appuyez sur le bouton Connecter pour vous y connecter. Vous pouvez également double-cliquer sur le nom du serveur." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92 +msgid "Server operators register their servers with Directories. These are either genre-specific or for any genre, or additional [custom entries](#custom-directories). Use the Directory dropdown to select a genre. You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied Servers, enter a \"#\" character. If you choose \"Show All Musicians\" the current occupants will be shown." +msgstr "Les opérateurs de serveurs enregistrent leurs serveurs dans des annuaires. Ceux-ci sont soit spécifiques à un genre, soit pour n'importe quel genre, soit des [entrées personnalisées](#custom-directories) supplémentaires. Utilisez le menu déroulant Annuaire pour sélectionner un genre. Vous pouvez filtrer la liste par nom de serveur ou par emplacement. Pour lister uniquement les serveurs occupés, saisissez le caractère \"#\". Si vous choisissez \"Afficher tous les musiciens\", les occupants actuels seront affichés." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:90 -msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." -msgstr "Si vous connaissez l'adresse IP ou l'URL d'un serveur privé, vous pouvez vous y connecter en remplissant le champ nom/adresse du serveur. Un numéro de port facultatif peut être ajouté après l'adresse en utilisant deux points comme séparateur, par exemple `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Notez que les adresses IPv6 doivent être entièrement placées entre crochets). Le champ affichera également une liste des adresses de serveur les plus récemment utilisées." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:98 +msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private Server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +msgstr "Si vous connaissez l'adresse IP ou l'URL d'un serveur privé, vous pouvez vous y connecter en remplissant le champ nom/adresse du serveur. Un numéro de port facultatif peut être ajouté après l'adresse en utilisant deux points comme séparateur, par exemple `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Notez que les adresses IPv6 doivent être entièrement placées entre crochets, par exemple `[::1]:22124`.) Le champ affichera également une liste des adresses de serveur les plus récemment utilisées. Le bouton qui suit le champ permet de supprimer l'entrée actuelle de la liste." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:91 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 #, no-wrap msgid "Server audio mixer" msgstr "Mélangeur audio du serveur" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:102 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Image
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:97 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 msgid "The audio mixer screen shows each user connected to the server (including yourself). The faders allow you to adjust the level of what you hear without affecting what others hear." msgstr "L'écran du mélangeur audio affiche chaque utilisateur connecté au serveur (y compris vous-même). Les chariots vous permettent de régler le niveau de ce que vous entendez sans affecter ce que les autres entendent." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 msgid "The VU meter shows the input level at the server - that is, the sound being sent." msgstr "Le VU-mètre indique le niveau d'entrée sur le serveur, c'est-à-dire le son envoyé." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109 msgid "If you have set your Audio Channel to Stereo or Stereo Out in your Settings, you will also see a pan control (shift-click to reset)." msgstr "Si vous avez réglé votre canal audio sur Stéréo ou Sortie stéréo dans vos paramètres, vous verrez également un contrôle de panoramique (MAJ-cliquer pour le réinitialiser)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:103 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear you. Either they have muted you, soloed one or more users not including you, or have set your fader in their mix to zero." msgstr "Si vous voyez une icône \"silencé\" au-dessus d'un utilisateur, cela signifie que cette personne ne peut pas vous entendre. Soit il a coupé votre son, soit il a mis en solo un ou plusieurs utilisateurs dont vous ne faites pas partie, soit il a mis votre chariot à zéro dans son mixage." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu." msgstr "Les utilisateurs apparaissent habituellement de gauche à droite dans l'ordre de leur connexion. Vous pouvez également les trier par nom, instrument, groupe ou ville en utilisant le menu Affichage." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." msgstr "Si l'opérateur du serveur a activé l'enregistrement, vous verrez un message au-dessus du mixeur indiquant que vous êtes enregistré." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:108 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116 #, no-wrap msgid "Grp button" msgstr "Bouton grp" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." msgstr "Vous pouvez regrouper des utilisateurs à l'aide du bouton \"groupe\". Si vous déplacez le chariot d'un membre du groupe, les autres chariots de ce groupe seront déplacés de la même manière. Vous pouvez isoler temporairement un canal du groupe avec MàJ-clic-glisser. Il est possible de définir jusqu'à 8 groupes." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:112 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120 #, no-wrap msgid "Mute button" msgstr "Bouton muet" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." msgstr "Empêche les utilisateurs d'être entendus dans votre mixage local. Sachez que lorsque vous mettez quelqu'un en sourdine, une icône \"sourdine\" apparaît au-dessus de votre chariot pour indiquer que vous ne pouvez pas l'entendre. Notez également que vous continuerez à voir leurs VU-mètres bouger si le son de l'utilisateur mis en sourdine atteint le serveur. La position de votre chariot pour eux n'est pas affectée non plus." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." msgstr "Notez que le fait de mettre votre **propre** canal en sourdine signifie uniquement que vous n'entendrez pas votre signal revenant du serveur (et n'est pas conseillé car cela peut vous conduire à être en décalage avec les autres musiciens). Ce n'est donc pas la même chose que d'utiliser \"[Me silencer](#bouton-me-silencer)\"." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126 #, no-wrap msgid "Solo button" msgstr "Bouton solo" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." msgstr "Vous permet d'entendre un ou plusieurs utilisateurs seuls. Ceux qui ne sont pas en solo seront mis en sourdine. Notez également que les personnes qui ne sont pas en solo verront une icône \"sourdine\" au-dessus de votre chariot." #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:122 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 #, no-wrap msgid "Settings" msgstr "Paramètres" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 #, no-wrap msgid "My Profile" msgstr "Mon profil" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "Dans le menu Paramètres, sélectionnez \"Mon profil...\" pour définir l'alias/nom qui s'affiche sous votre chariot dans le panneau de mixage audio du serveur." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Image
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "Si vous paramétrez un instrument et/ou un pays, les icônes de ces sélections s'afficheront également sous votre chariot. Le paramètre de compétence modifie la couleur de fond de l'étiquette du chariot et le nom de la ville s'affiche dans l'info-bulle de l'étiquette du chariot :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 #, no-wrap -msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"Image
\n" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Image
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 #, no-wrap msgid "Skin" msgstr "Thème graphique" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "Ceci applique un habillage à la fenêtre principale, dont certains sont conçus pour accueillir des ensembles plus importants." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:139 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 #, no-wrap msgid "Meter style" msgstr "Style de vu-mètre" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "Cela modifier le style visuel des indicateurs audio, indépendamment de l'habillage choisi." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 #, no-wrap msgid "Mixer rows" msgstr "Rangées du mixeur" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "Ce paramètre définit le nombre de rangées affichées dans le mixeur audio du serveur, pour une utilisation avec de plus grands ensembles." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Alerts" msgstr "Alertes audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "Cette option permet d'activer une alerte sonore lorsqu'une personne rejoint un serveur ou lorsqu'elle reçoit un nouveau message de tchate." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio/Network Setup" msgstr "Configuration audio/réseau" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Image
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Device" msgstr "Périphérique audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "Sous le système d'exploitation Windows, le pilote ASIO (carte son) peut être sélectionné à l'aide de Jamulus. Si le pilote ASIO sélectionné n'est pas valide, un message d'erreur s'affiche et le pilote valide précédemment est sélectionné. Sous macOS, le matériel d'entrée et de sortie peut être sélectionné." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 #, no-wrap msgid "Input/output channel mapping" msgstr "Mappage des canaux d'entrée/sortie" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Image
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "Si le périphérique de la carte son sélectionné offre plus d'un canal d'entrée ou de sortie, les paramètres _cartographie des canaux d'entrée (Input Channel Mapping) et cartographie des canaux de sortie (Output Channel Mapping)_ sont visibles. Pour chaque canal d'entrée/sortie Jamulus (canal gauche et droit) un canal réel différent de la carte son peut être sélectionné." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio channels" msgstr "Canaux audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." msgstr "Sélectionne le nombre de canaux audio à utiliser pour la communication entre le client et le serveur." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "**Note** : c'est mieux d'exécuter des instances de client séparées par voix/instrument, où chaque client a son propre fichier ini, plutôt que d'utiliser ce mélangeur intégré de paire mono à stéréo.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "Voici les trois modes disponibles :" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "Les modes **Mono** et **Stéréo** utilisent respectivement un et deux canaux audio.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:180 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -502,151 +507,151 @@ msgstr "" "les deux signaux d'entrée peuvent être mixés sur un canal mono, mais le mixage du serveur est entendu en stéréo.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "L'activation du mode stéréo augmente le débit de données de votre flux. Assurez-vous que votre taux de téléchargement ne dépasse pas la vitesse de téléchargement disponible de votre connexion Internet." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "En mode de streaming stéréo, aucune sélection de canal audio pour l'effet de réverbération n'est disponible dans la fenêtre principale puisque l'effet est appliqué aux deux canaux dans ce cas." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio quality" msgstr "Qualité audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "Plus la qualité audio est élevée, plus le débit de données de votre flux audio est élevé. Assurez-vous que votre taux de téléchargement ne dépasse pas la vitesse de téléchargement disponible de votre connexion Internet." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 #, no-wrap msgid "Buffer Delay" msgstr "Délai de mise en mémoire tampon" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "Le paramètre de délai de mise en tampon est un paramètre fondamental du logiciel Jamulus. Ce paramètre a une influence sur de nombreuses propriétés de la connexion. Trois tailles de tampon sont prises en charge :" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." msgstr "**64 échantillons** Fournit la latence la plus faible mais ne fonctionne pas avec toutes les cartes son." #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." msgstr "**128 échantillons** Le paramétrage préféré. Devrait fonctionner avec la plupart des cartes son disponibles." #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." msgstr "**256 échantillons** Ne doit être utilisé que sur des ordinateurs très lents, ou avec une connexion internet lente." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "Certains pilotes de carte son ne permettent pas de modifier le délai de mise en tampon à partir du logiciel Jamulus. Dans ce cas, le réglage du délai de mise en tampon est désactivé et doit être modifié à l'aide du pilote de la carte son. Sous Windows, appuyez sur le bouton paramètres ASIO pour ouvrir le panneau de configuration du pilote." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 -msgid "On Linux, use the JACK configuration tool to change the buffer size." -msgstr "Sous Linux, utilisez l'outil de configuration JACK pour modifier la taille du tampon." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 +msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." +msgstr "Sous Linux : - si vous utilisez JACK, utilisez `QJackCtl` pour modifier la taille du tampon et redémarrer JACK ; - si vous utilisez le serveur JACK de PipeWire, modifiez le paramètre Quantum de PipeWire à l'aide de ses propres outils de configuration." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "Le délai réel du tampon a une influence sur l'état de la connexion, le taux de chargement actuel et le délai global. Plus la taille du tampon est faible, plus la probabilité d'un voyant rouge dans l'indicateur d'état (décrochages) est élevée et plus le débit montant est élevé et plus le délai global est faible." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "Le réglage du tampon est donc un compromis entre la qualité audio et le délai global." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:211 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "Jitter Buffer" msgstr "Tampon de gigue" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "Le tampon de gigue compense les glissements de temps du réseau et de la carte son. La taille de la mémoire tampon influe sur la qualité du flux audio (nombre d'interruptions) et sur le délai global (plus la mémoire tampon est longue, plus le délai est élevé)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "Vous pouvez définir manuellement la taille du tampon de gigue pour votre client local et le serveur distant. Pour le tampon de gigue local, les interruptions du flux audio sont indiquées par le voyant situé sous les chariots de taille de tampon de gigue. Si le voyant passe au rouge, cela signifie qu'il y a eu dépassement de la mémoire tampon et que le flux audio est interrompu." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "Le réglage du tampon de gigue est donc un compromis entre la qualité audio et le délai global." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "Si le paramètre Auto est activé, les mémoires tampon de gigue de votre client local et du serveur distant sont définis automatiquement en fonction des mesures de la gigue temporelle du réseau et de la carte son. Si le contrôle Auto est activé, les chariots de taille de la mémoire tampon de gigue sont désactivés (ils ne peuvent pas être déplacés avec la souris)." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:227 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 #, no-wrap msgid "Small Network Buffers" msgstr "Petits tampons réseau" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:231 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "Permet la prise en charge de très petits paquets audio réseau. Ceux-ci ne sont utilisés que si le délai de la mémoire tampon de la carte son est inférieur à 128 échantillons. Plus les tampons réseau sont petits, plus la latence audio est faible. Mais dans le même temps, la charge du réseau augmente et la probabilité de pertes audio augmente également (en particulier si votre connexion réseau présente une gigue importante). Essayez d'activer cette option si vous souffrez d'une latence élevée ou d'une mauvaise qualité audio. Toutefois, si vous la maintenez désactivée, la qualité audio sera normalement meilleure." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Stream Rate" msgstr "Débit du flux audio" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "Dépend de la taille actuelle des paquets audio et du paramètre de compression. Assurez-vous que le débit amont n'est pas supérieur à votre vitesse de téléchargement internet disponible (vérifiez-le avec un service tel que [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Setup" msgstr "Configuration avancée" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"Image
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 #, no-wrap msgid "Custom Directories" msgstr "Annuaires personnalisés" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 -msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here." -msgstr "Si vous devez ajouter des adresses d'annuaires autres que celles qui sont embarquées, vous pouvez le faire ici." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 +msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +msgstr "Si vous avez besoin d'ajouter des adresses d'annuaires autres que celles qui sont embarquées, vous pouvez le faire ici. Si vous connaissez l'adresse IP ou le nom d'hôte d'un annuaire personnalisé, vous pouvez vous y connecter en remplissant le champ nom/adresse du serveur. Un numéro de port facultatif peut être ajouté après l'adresse en utilisant deux points comme séparateur, par exemple `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Notez que l'IPv6 n'est pas actuellement pris en charge pour les annuaires.) Le bouton qui suit le champ permet de supprimer l'entrée actuelle de la liste." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 #, no-wrap msgid "New Client Level" msgstr "Niveau des nouveaux clients" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 #, no-wrap msgid "" "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" @@ -658,144 +663,153 @@ msgstr "" "cet utilisateur n'était déjà enregistré. Vous pouvez définir tous les utilisateurs d'un serveur occupé à ce niveau en utilisant Éditer > \"Régler tous les chariots sur le niveau d'un nouveau client\".\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Boost" msgstr "Amplification de l'entrée" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "Augmente le gain de votre périphérique. Utilisez cette fonction si votre périphérique délivre un gain trop faible pour Jamulus." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback Protection" msgstr "Protection contre le larsen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "Tente de détecter les boucles de retour audio ou les bruits forts dans les trois premières secondes suivant votre connexion à un serveur. Une fois détectée, cette fonction affiche un message et active le bouton \"Me silencer\" pour vous mettre en sourdine dans votre propre mixage." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Balance" msgstr "Balance d'entrée" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "Contrôle les niveaux relatifs des canaux audio locaux gauche et droit. Pour un signal mono, il agit comme un panoramique entre les deux canaux. Par exemple, si un microphone est connecté au canal d'entrée droit et qu'un instrument est connecté au canal d'entrée gauche qui est beaucoup plus fort que le microphone, déplacez le chariot audio pour augmenter le volume relatif du microphone." #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu commands" msgstr "Menu commandes" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 #, no-wrap msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" msgstr "Fichier > Charger/sauvegarder la configuration des canaux du mixeur" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284 msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." msgstr "Vous pouvez sauvegarder et restaurer le mixage que vous avez pour les répétitions de votre groupe (chariot, sourdine, pan, solo etc.) et le charger à tout moment (même pendant que vous jouez). Le chargement peut également se faire par glisser/déposer dans la fenêtre du mixeur." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:271 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 #, no-wrap msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " msgstr "Éditer > Auto-ajustement de tous les chariots " #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." msgstr "Applique un réglage de chariot unique à chaque canal en fonction de son volume. Utile pour les grands ensembles afin d'obtenir un mixage global raisonnable, bien que des ajustements individuels puissent encore être nécessaires. À appliquer de préférence pendant un échauffement ou une partie uniforme du morceau de musique." #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:275 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up Jamulus" msgstr "Sauvegarde de Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * Vous pouvez sauvegarder et charger différents réglages du mélangeur en utilisant [charger/sauvegarder la configuration des canaux du mixeur](Software-Manual#fichier--chargersauvegarder-la-configuration-des-canaux-du-mixeur) et stocker ces fichiers où vous voulez." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" msgstr "**Note pour les utilisateurs de macOS :** à partir de Jamulus 3.8.1, nous avons un installateur signé. Celui-ci stockera les paramètres dans \n" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap -msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 #, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "Options de la ligne de commande" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "La plupart des fonctions courantes de Jamulus peuvent être paramétrées à l'aide de l'interface graphique, mais ces fonctions et d'autres peuvent également être paramétrées à l'aide d'options données dans une fenêtre de terminal. La manière exacte de procéder dépend de votre système d'exploitation." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "Par exemple, sous Windows, pour utiliser un fichier de paramètres spécifique, faites un clic droit sur le raccourci de Jamulus et choisissez \"Propriétés\" > Cible. Ajoutez les arguments nécessaires à Jamulus.exe :\n" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:291 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 #, no-wrap msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\chemin\\vers\\monfichierini.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "Pour macOS, démarrez une fenêtre de Terminal et exécutez Jamulus avec les options souhaitées comme ceci :" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:297 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311 #, no-wrap msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/chemin/vers/monfichierini.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Client via API" msgstr "Contrôle du client via l'API" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:307 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." msgstr "En plus de la ligne de commande, Jamulus peut être contrôlé à l'aide d'une API. Ceci est utile pour les cas d'utilisation avancés - par exemple, lorsqu'il n'y a pas d'interface graphique, ou lorsqu'une autre application doit interagir avec Jamulus. Veuillez noter que l'API est encore expérimentale. Des informations sur l'[API JSON-RPC peuvent être trouvées dans le dépôt principal (en anglais)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." +#~ msgid "You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a \"#\" character." +#~ msgstr "Vous pouvez filtrer la liste par nom de serveur ou par emplacement. Pour ne répertorier que les serveurs occupés, saisissez le caractère \"#\"." + +#~ msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here." +#~ msgstr "Si vous devez ajouter des adresses d'annuaires autres que celles qui sont embarquées, vous pouvez le faire ici." + +#~ msgid "On Linux, use the JACK configuration tool to change the buffer size." +#~ msgstr "Sous Linux, utilisez l'outil de configuration JACK pour modifier la taille du tampon." + #~ msgid "TOC" #~ msgstr "TOC" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po index b007cffed..908f07904 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/fr/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -3,12 +3,13 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Julien Taverna , 2022. # Olivier Humbert , 2022. -# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023. +# Olivier Humbert , 2022, 2023, 2024. # Julien Taverna , 2023. +# cosas , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-05 19:50+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-05-01 11:07+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Olivier Humbert \n" "Language-Team: French \n" "Language: fr\n" @@ -16,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5.3-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 @@ -97,13 +98,13 @@ msgstr "L'utilisateur de Jamulus [Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisr #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:24 #, no-wrap msgid "Using the Jamulus Client" -msgstr "Utiliser le client Jamulus" +msgstr "Utilisation du client Jamulus" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:26 #, no-wrap msgid "Have an undisturbed session on any Server" -msgstr "Avoir une session non perturbée sur n'importe quel serveur" +msgstr "Avoir une session sans être dérangé sur n'importe quel serveur" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:29 @@ -114,7 +115,7 @@ msgstr "Vous pouvez avoir une session sans être dérangé avec d'autres personn #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:31 #, no-wrap msgid "**NOTE:** This does not stop people from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information.\n" -msgstr "**NOTE :** cela n'empêche pas les gens de vous entendre, d'utiliser la fonction tchate ou de voir les informations de votre profil.\n" +msgstr "**NOTE :** cela n'empêche pas d'autres personnes de vous entendre, d'utiliser la fonction tchate ou de voir les informations de votre profil.\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:32 @@ -152,23 +153,23 @@ msgstr "Partage de paroles de chansons/accords" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:45 msgid "Jamulus user [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) has written a system called [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), a web application that allows a \"Jam leader\" to push song sheets (in PDF format) to \"Jammers\" in real time using standard web browsers." -msgstr "L'utilisateur de Jamulus [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) a écrit un système appelé [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), une application ouèbe qui permet a un \"responsable du bœuf\" de mettre à disposition les fiches des chansons (au format PDF) aux autres participants en temps réel en utilisant un navigateur ouèbe standard." +msgstr "L'utilisateur de Jamulus [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) a écrit un système appelé [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), une application ouèbe qui permet à un \"responsable de séance de bœuf\" de mettre à disposition des autres participants les fiches des chansons (au format PDF) en temps réel en utilisant un navigateur ouèbe standard." #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:46 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Client Linux start script" -msgstr "Script de démarrage Linux pour le client Jamulus" +msgstr "Script de démarrage du client Jamulus pour Linux" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:49 msgid "Here's a Linux start script for Jamulus using an old Audigy4 sound card, the large number of available audio faders for which makes it hard to get the correct settings." -msgstr "Voici un script de démarrage Linux pour Jamulus utilisant une vieille carte son Audigy4, dont le grand nombre de chariots audio disponibles rend difficile l'obtention des réglages corrects." +msgstr "Voici un script de démarrage pour Linux du client Jamulus utilisant une vieille carte son Audigy4, dont le grand nombre de chariots audio disponibles rend difficile l'obtention des réglages corrects." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:51 msgid "This script therefore includes the most important audio fader settings. The second part of the script deals with the JACK connections. I use Guitarix as my guitar effect processor which I plug in in the JACK audio path." -msgstr "Ce script inclut donc les réglages les plus importants des chariots audio. La deuxième partie du script concerne les connexions JACK. J'utilise Guitarix comme processeur d'effets pour guitare que je branche dans le chemin audio de JACK." +msgstr "Ce script inclut donc les réglages les plus importants des chariots audio. La deuxième partie du script concerne les connexions JACK. J'utilise Guitarix comme processeur d'effets pour guitare que j'insère dans le chemin audio de JACK." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:53 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/it/1-index.po index 36f5635ed..44a06d7f1 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/1-index.po @@ -4,38 +4,26 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. # Giuseppe , 2023. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# Emanuele Frasca , 2023. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 08:04+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Giuseppe \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-30 19:14+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) -#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "---\n" -#| "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -#| "lang: \"en\"\n" -#| "permalink: /\n" -#| "layout: mainhomepage\n" -#| "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" -#| "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -#| "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -#| "metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" -#| "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" -#| "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -#| "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" -#| "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" -#| "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" -#| "---\n" +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 +#, no-wrap msgid "" "---\n" "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" @@ -53,6 +41,7 @@ msgid "" "mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" "---\n" +"[//]: # Markdown sections should not be indented, otherwise they are treated as code blocks.\n" msgstr "" "---\n" "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Suonare Online. Tra Amici. In libertà.\"\n" @@ -67,198 +56,187 @@ msgstr "" "mTSlogan: \"Suonare Online. Tra Amici. In libertà.\"\n" "mTGetStartedNow: \"Comincia a Suonare!\"\n" "mTDownloadNow: 'Scarica ora per'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'e'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: 'altre piattaforme'\n" "---\n" +"[//]: # Markdown sections should not be indented, otherwise they are treated as code blocks.\n" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:21 #, no-wrap msgid "What is Jamulus?" msgstr "Cos'è Jamulus?" -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" +msgstr "Jamulus ti consente di suonare, provare o suonare con i tuoi amici, la tua band o chiunque trovi online. Suona insieme da remoto a tempo con audio di alta qualità e bassa latenza su una normale connessione a banda larga. [Scaricalo qui!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 #, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. " -msgstr " Jamulus ti consente di suonare, provare o suonare con i tuoi amici, la tua band o chiunque trovi online. Suona insieme da remoto a tempo con audio di alta qualità e bassa latenza su una normale connessione a banda larga. " +msgid "Jamulus is international" +msgstr "Jamulus è internazionale" -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:40 #, no-wrap -msgid "Download it here" -msgstr "Scaricalo da qui" +msgid "Jamulus worldwide" +msgstr "Jamulus nel mondo" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:42 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"!\n" -" " -msgstr "" -"!\n" -" " +msgid "All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons, in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" +msgstr "In tutto il mondo Jamulus permette ai cori di provare e alle rock band di suonare. Jamulus riunisce musicisti folk e classici. Viene utilizzato per lezioni di musica a distanza, nelle scuole e nelle università, nel privato e nel pubblico, tutto in tempo reale su Internet, come se fossi in presenza e di persona.\n" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:44 #, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus worldwide" -msgstr "Gli utenti Jamulus nel mondo" +msgid "Help needed?" +msgstr "Hai bisogno di aiuto?" -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:35 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:47 #, no-wrap msgid "" -" All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" -" in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" -" " +"Check out the [documentation](wiki/Getting-Started) and consider the [troubleshooting section](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" +"You can also ask on the [forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" msgstr "" -" In tutto il mondo Jamulus permette ai cori di provare e alle rock band di suonare. Jamulus riunisce musicisti folk e classici. Viene utilizzato per lezioni di musica a distanza, nelle scuole e nelle università, nel privato e nel pubblico, tutto in tempo reale su Internet, come se fossi in presenza e di persona.\n" -" " +"Controlla la [documentazione](wiki/Getting-Started) e la [sezione sulla risoluzione dei problemi](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" +"Puoi anche chiedere sul [forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:37 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:53 #, no-wrap -msgid "Help needed?" -msgstr "Hai bisogno di aiuto?" +msgid "Want to get involved?" +msgstr "Ti va di collaborare?" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid " Have a look at the " -msgid " Check out the " -msgstr " Consulta la " +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is [free and open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensed under the [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) you can help us!" +msgstr "Idee? Hai trovato un bug? Vuoi contribuire a qualche codice o aiutare a [tradurre](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus nella tua lingua? Poiché Jamulus è [software libero e open source](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) sotto licenza [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) puoi aiutarci!" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:58 #, no-wrap -msgid "documentation" -msgstr "documentazione" +msgid "Take a look at our [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) to find out how. Everybody is welcome!" +msgstr "Date un'occhiata alle nostre [linee di contributo](wiki/Contribution) per scoprire come. Tutti sono i benvenuti!" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60 #, no-wrap -msgid " and consider the " -msgstr " e considera la " +msgid "_For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see [this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" +msgstr "Per informazioni dettagliate su come funziona Jamulus, vedere [questo documento di Volker Fischer PDF](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)_\n" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:65 #, no-wrap -msgid "troubleshooting section" -msgstr "risoluzione dei problemi" +msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" +msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"!\n" -" You can also ask on the " -msgstr "" -"!\n" -" In alternativa puoi sempre fare una domanda scivendo sul " +#~ msgid "Download it here" +#~ msgstr "Scaricalo da qui" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 #, no-wrap -msgid "forums" -msgstr "forum" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " " + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid " Have a look at the " +#~ msgid " Check out the " +#~ msgstr " Consulta la " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -".\n" -" " -msgstr "" -".\n" -" " +#~ msgid "documentation" +#~ msgstr "documentazione" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:45 #, no-wrap -msgid "Want to get involved?" -msgstr "Vuoi collaborare?" +#~ msgid " and consider the " +#~ msgstr " e considera la " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " -msgstr " Idee? Riscontrato un bug? Voglia di contribuire al codice o aiutare a " +#~ msgid "troubleshooting section" +#~ msgstr "sezione risoluzione dei problemi" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid "translating" -msgstr "tradurre" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " You can also ask on the " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " In alternativa si può chiedere nei " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " -msgstr " Jamulus nella tua lingua? Da quando Jamulus è " +#~ msgid "forums" +#~ msgstr "forum" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid "free and open source software" -msgstr "gratuito ed \"Open Source\"" +#~ msgid "" +#~ ".\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ ".\n" +#~ " " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " -msgstr " (FOSS) sottoposto a licensa " +#~ msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " +#~ msgstr " Idee? Trovato un problema? Voglia di contribuire al codice o aiutare a " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid "GPL" -msgstr "GPL" +#~ msgid "translating" +#~ msgstr "tradurre" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid ", you can help us!" -msgstr ", puoi aiutarci!" +#~ msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " +#~ msgstr " Jamulus nella tua lingua? Da quando Jamulus è " -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap -msgid " Take a look at our " -msgstr " Dai uno sguardo alle " +#~ msgid "free and open source software" +#~ msgstr "software libero e gratuito" -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap -msgid "contribution guidelines" -msgstr "linee guida per contribuire" +#~ msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " +#~ msgstr " (FOSS) secondo i termini della licenza " -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -" to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" -" " -msgstr "" -" per scoprire come fare. Chiunque è il benvenuto!\n" -" " +#~ msgid "GPL" +#~ msgstr "GPL" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 #, no-wrap -msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " -msgstr " Per informazioni dettagliate su come funziona Jamulus, vedere " +#~ msgid ", you can help us!" +#~ msgstr ", si può dare una mano!" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap -msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" -msgstr "questo documento di Volker Fischer (PDF)" +#~ msgid " Take a look at our " +#~ msgstr " Dai uno sguardo alle " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:58 #, no-wrap -msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" -msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" +#~ msgid "contribution guidelines" +#~ msgstr "linee guida per contribuire" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ " to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " per scoprire in che modo. Tutti sono benvenuti!\n" +#~ " " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " +#~ msgstr " Per informazioni dettagliate su come funziona Jamulus, vedere " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" +#~ msgstr "questo documento di Volker Fischer (PDF)" #, no-wrap #~ msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Client-Troubleshooting.po index f7fee0c05..d1759ce2d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -6,18 +6,20 @@ # Gico2006 , 2022. # Massimo Pissarello , 2023. # Giuseppe , 2023. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 08:04+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Giuseppe \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 08:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 @@ -41,7 +43,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Client Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Risoluzione problemi del client" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:8 @@ -74,12 +76,14 @@ msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:19 #, no-wrap msgid "\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:20 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Command-Line-Options.po index d5a006351..10f230152 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -4,18 +4,19 @@ # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-24 16:50+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Gico2006 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-17 18:07+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 @@ -43,17 +44,15 @@ msgstr "Jamulus - Opzioni della riga di comando" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:8 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "# Command Line Options" +#, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" -msgstr "# Opzioni della riga di comando" +msgstr "Opzioni della riga di comando" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:10 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Shared commands" +#, no-wrap msgid "Shared commands" -msgstr "## Comandi condivisi" +msgstr "Comandi condivisi" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:13 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Contribution.po index 9732f0607..96c3c832a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Contribution.po @@ -4,18 +4,19 @@ # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-24 16:50+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Gico2006 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-17 18:07+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 @@ -43,17 +44,15 @@ msgstr "Contributo" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:8 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "# Contributing to the Jamulus Project" +#, no-wrap msgid "Contributing to the Jamulus Project" -msgstr "# Contribuire al progetto Jamulus" +msgstr "Contribuire al progetto Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:11 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug." +#, no-wrap msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug.\n" -msgstr "Se trovi un errore, un errore di battitura o qualcosa di non aggiornato (in qualsiasi lingua) su questo sito Web o nello stesso Jamulus, puoi segnalarlo come bug." +msgstr "Se si trova un problema, un errore di battitura o qualcosa di non aggiornato (in qualsiasi lingua) su questo sito Web o nello stesso Jamulus, si può segnalarlo.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:13 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Directories.po index 00ce4bb17..68be8a1e1 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Directories.po @@ -5,18 +5,19 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. # ignotus , 2023. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-07 20:02+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-17 18:07+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 @@ -38,14 +39,15 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Directories" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Directories" msgstr "Cartelle" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:9 +#, fuzzy msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Altro\" branch1=\"Amministrazione del server\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:11 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/it/FAQ.po index 664c73329..fdec5ebc0 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/FAQ.po @@ -5,18 +5,20 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. # Giuseppe , 2023. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 08:04+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Giuseppe \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 08:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 @@ -46,7 +48,7 @@ msgstr "FAQ" #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:8 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus FAQ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Domande ricorrenti su Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:10 @@ -73,12 +75,14 @@ msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:19 #, no-wrap msgid "\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:21 @@ -122,7 +126,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:35 #, no-wrap msgid "Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Perché non dovrei usare dispositivi wireless?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:38 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Getting-Started.po index d3d062b2a..fbfa87e92 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Getting-Started.po @@ -4,18 +4,20 @@ # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-23 10:21+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Gico2006 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 07:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 @@ -43,10 +45,9 @@ msgstr "Configurazione" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:8 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "# Setup - getting started with Jamulus" +#, no-wrap msgid "Setup - getting started with Jamulus" -msgstr "# Configurazione - primi passi su Jamulus" +msgstr "Configurazione - primi passi su Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:11 @@ -55,24 +56,18 @@ msgstr "Per ottenere il meglio da Jamulus, come minimo avrai bisogno di:" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" -msgstr "**Una connessione Internet cablata** (e disattiva il Wi-Fi. Consulta le [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" +msgstr "**Una connessione Internet cablata** (e disattiva il Wi-Fi. Consulta le [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#perché-non-dovrei-usare-dispositivi-wireless))" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" -msgstr "**Cuffie cablate** (non Bluetooth o altoparlanti - vedi [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should't-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" +msgstr "**Cuffie cablate** (non Bluetooth o altoparlanti - vedi [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#perché-non-dovrei-usare-dispositivi-wireless))" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)\n" msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)" -msgstr "**Un dispositivo audio ragionevole, una scheda audio e/o un microfono** ([vedi questo elenco](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) per degli esempi)\n" +msgstr "**Un dispositivo audio ragionevole, una scheda audio e/o un microfono** ([vedi questo elenco](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) per degli esempi)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:17 @@ -81,10 +76,9 @@ msgstr "Per qualsiasi domanda, consulta la sezione [Discussioni](https://github. #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:18 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Installation" +#, no-wrap msgid "Installation" -msgstr "## Installazione" +msgstr "Installazione" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:21 @@ -93,14 +87,7 @@ msgstr "Per far funzionare Jamulus con il tuo sistema operativo, segui la guida #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:28 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "\n" -#| "_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are still considered experimental._\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" " Windows\n" @@ -114,7 +101,7 @@ msgstr "" " macOS\n" " Linux\n" "
\n" -"_Possono essere utilizzati anche [Android](Installation-for-Android) e [iOS](Installation-for-iOS), ma sono ancora considerati sperimentali._\n" +"_Possono essere utilizzati anche [Android](Installation-for-Android) e [iOS](Installation-for-iOS), ma sono considerati sperimentali._\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:30 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Shared-Commands.po index 4f965197c..d4f3f87d9 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ msgstr "`-h` or `--help` Visualizza il testo della guida" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Linux.po index c4359afb8..b5d489f1b 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -4,18 +4,19 @@ # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-23 15:00+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Gico2006 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-17 18:07+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 @@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Linux" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installazione per Linux" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:9 @@ -50,7 +51,7 @@ msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Utilizzo di Jamulus\" branch1=\"Per in #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:13 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Assicurarsi di aver letto la pagina della [guida introduttiva](Getting-Started)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:15 @@ -179,75 +180,109 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set up your hardware" msgstr "" +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 +msgid "The Jamulus Client needs to connect to a running [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server in order to start. You need to find out which is the low-latency sound server for your distribution. - If your distribution uses [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), see how to [configure JACK with QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl). - If your distribution uses PipeWire, see how to [configure PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)." +msgstr "" + #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 #, no-wrap msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 -msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64 +msgid "To run a [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server, the recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 -msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '2. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 -msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +msgid "Configure your sound hardware as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list - choose the correct one as this cannot be changed without stopping Jamulus and JACK)." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and **Periods/Buffer at 2** at first." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 +msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect and continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure PipeWire" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:69 -msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 +msgid "PipeWire provides its own JACK server. When you launch the Jamulus Client, PipeWire automatically runs a JACK server. However, there are a few parameters to adjust. You need to set your audio interface to the \"pro-audio\" profile and define PipeWire's \"rate\" and \"quantum\" parameters beforehand. You can find more information about the configuration in the [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 +msgid "To set up your system: 1. Open `pavucontrol` (the audio mixer) and choose the \"pro-audio\" profile for your sound hardware in the configuration tab. 2. In a terminal use the following two commands to force PipeWire's rate and quantum:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:88 +msgid "After this, continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:70 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:89 #, no-wrap msgid "Start Jamulus" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 -msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:92 +msgid "With JACK or PipeWire configured, launch Jamulus." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:75 -msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:94 +msgid "If you have any problems, first check [the troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:76 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:95 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" msgstr "Tutto installato?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:98 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:99 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Pagina introduttiva](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index 129d35891..6cd57b458 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -4,18 +4,19 @@ # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-23 15:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Gico2006 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-17 18:07+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 @@ -40,7 +41,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for macOS" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installazione per macOS" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:9 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Windows.po index 6ec39ef1a..0503b3653 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -5,18 +5,19 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. # Massimo Pissarello , 2023. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-02-28 03:39+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Massimo Pissarello \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-17 18:07+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.16-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 @@ -41,7 +42,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Windows" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installazione per Windows" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:9 @@ -51,7 +52,7 @@ msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Utilizzo di Jamulus\" branch1=\"Per in #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:13 msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Assicurarsi di aver letto la pagina della [guida introduttiva](Getting-Started)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:15 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-iOS.po index f3b4bf0fd..4e2656655 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -4,18 +4,19 @@ # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-23 15:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Gico2006 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 08:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 @@ -68,90 +69,100 @@ msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https: msgstr "Se non possiedi un PC, ti consigliamo di acquistare un [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } che è un prodotto economico e piccolo che funziona molto bene con Jamulus. Il supporto per iOS è solo una prova di concetto." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer." msgstr "Per installare Jamulus sul tuo dispositivo iOS, hai bisogno di un account sviluppatore Apple (gratuito o a pagamento) e, preferibilmente, un computer." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it." msgstr "Se non paghi per un account sviluppatore Apple, Jamulus funzionerà solo per un massimo di 7 giorni prima che tu debba reinstallarlo." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 -msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." -msgstr "Jamulus su iOS funziona abbastanza bene sui nuovi dispositivi se tutto è impostato correttamente. Tuttavia, si consiglia vivamente di utilizzare un'interfaccia audio e un adattatore USB-Ethernet. Per collegarli al tuo dispositivo iOS, dovresti usare qualcosa come [Adattatore per fotocamera da Lightning a USB] (adattatore per fotocamera da https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning a USB) e un hub USB (alimentato)." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." +msgstr "Jamulus su iOS funziona abbastanza bene se tutto è impostato correttamente. Tuttavia, consigliamo vivamente di utilizzare un'interfaccia audio e un adattatore USB-Ethernet. Se si possiede un dispositivo più vecchio con una porta Lightning e non USB-C, è possibile utilizzare qualcosa come il [Adattatore fotocamera da Lightning a USB](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) e un hub USB (alimentato)." -#. type: Title ## +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi." +msgstr "Se è necessario utilizzare Jamulus su una rete wireless, si dovrebbe preferire una connessione cellulare (5G) sul WiFi." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release." +msgstr "Applicazioni non ufficiali compatibili con Jamulus come [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) sono disponibili sull'AppStore ma potrebbero non avere le stesse caratteristiche del rilascio ufficiale Jamulus." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28 #, no-wrap msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" msgstr "Installazione per iOS (solo per utenti esperti)" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n" msgstr "**Nota**: forniamo un file .ipa non firmato, che devi firmare e quindi installare sul tuo dispositivo. Se non hai effettuato il jailbreak (e hai installato AppSync), potresti aver bisogno di software aggiuntivo per installare Jamulus. Esistono diversi modi per farlo, ma questa guida spiega solo l'approccio più standard. Tieni presente che supponiamo che tu abbia già un account sviluppatore Apple (gratuito). Se non ne hai uno, crea un ID Apple e [Registrati per un account sviluppatore](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). Ti consigliamo di crearne uno senza autenticazione a due fattori e non correlato al tuo potenziale account personale. Dovrai inserire la password in software non Apple.\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" msgstr "[Scarica Jamulus (.ipa) su un PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" #. type: Bullet: '2. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)" msgstr "Firma il file .ipa (ad esempio tramite Xcode o qualche altra app **attendibile**. Non daremo consigli qui, ma esistono app per ogni sistema operativo)" #. type: Bullet: '3. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account." msgstr "Una volta firmato e installato, sul tuo dispositivo iOS apri Impostazioni, vai a Generale>Profili (o VPN e Gestione dispositivi). Tocca l'account sviluppatore corrispondente al tuo account e fidati dell'account." #. type: Bullet: '4. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen" msgstr "Apri Jamulus dalla schermata iniziale" #. type: Bullet: '5. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4." msgstr "Dopo 7 giorni dovrai firmare nuovamente Jamulus se stai utilizzando un account sviluppatore gratuito. Rifai tutto dal passaggio 4." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." msgstr "Se possiedi un Mac e hai installato Xcode, compilare Jamulus dai sorgenti potrebbe essere un'opzione più nativa. Si prega di dare un'occhiata alle [istruzioni di compilazione per iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:41 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback and development" msgstr "Feedback e sviluppo" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:43 -msgid "iOS support isn't mature yet and far from ready to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." -msgstr "Il supporto iOS non è ancora maturo e lontano dall'essere pronto per essere pubblicato sull'AppStore. Sentiti libero di dare una mano: vai al [repository di Jamulus su GitHub](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 +msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +msgstr "La nostra opinione è che la versione iOS non è sufficientemente matura per essere pubblicata sull'AppStore. Sentiti libero di dare una mano: vai al [repository di Jamulus su GitHub](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore." msgstr "Si prega di leggere anche [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) relativo alla pubblicazione di Jamulus tramite l'Apple AppStore." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:48 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" msgstr "Tutto installato?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:51 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:53 msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the" msgstr "Jamulus è stato installato e può essere utilizzato ora. Ora puoi dare un'occhiata al" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Pagina introduttiva](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Privacy-Statement.po index 9b15c31e5..868d3339f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -6,18 +6,19 @@ # Gico2006 , 2022. # Massimo Pissarello , 2023. # ignotus , 2023. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-07 20:02+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-17 18:07+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 @@ -41,7 +42,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus – Privacy Statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus – Dichiarazione di riservatezza" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:8 @@ -53,13 +54,13 @@ msgstr "Informativa sulla Privacy" #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "**The English version of this document represents the official privacy statement for the _current version_ of the software available on this website. Earlier versions of the software and non-English translations of this privacy policy may have different terms that are no longer applicable or supported.**\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**La versione inglese di questo documento rappresenta la dichiarazione ufficiale sulla privacy per la _versione attuale_ del software disponibile su questo sito web. Versioni precedenti del software e traduzioni non in inglese di questa informativa sulla privacy possono avere termini diversi che non sono più applicabili o supportati.**\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:13 #, no-wrap msgid "Definition of Terms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Definizioni dei termini" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 @@ -154,7 +155,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "Directories" msgstr "Cartelle" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Running-a-Server.po index c8ef7fd51..b41be3d4d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Running-a-Server.po @@ -5,18 +5,19 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. # Giuseppe , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 08:04+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Giuseppe \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 08:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 @@ -73,12 +74,14 @@ msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:19 #, no-wrap msgid "\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:20 @@ -160,7 +163,7 @@ msgstr "Jamulus offre un supporto IPv6 limitato che puoi attivare per un client #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:49 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installazione" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52 @@ -179,88 +182,124 @@ msgid "To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are fam msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Download the setup script: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:62 +msgid "Download the setup script:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Make the script executable: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 +msgid "Make the script executable:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Run the script and install the headless server: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74 +msgid "Run the script and install the headless server:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 msgid "Enable the headless Server process:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 #, no-wrap -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:69 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:71 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 #, no-wrap -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:73 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92 msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:75 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96 #, no-wrap -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:77 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98 msgid "_To edit your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Modes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104 msgid "Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 #, no-wrap msgid "Unregistered mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:87 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:108 msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:110 #, no-wrap msgid "**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:93 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 #, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" @@ -269,28 +308,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:115 #, no-wrap msgid "Registered mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:97 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:118 msgid "In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:99 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:120 msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:122 msgid "Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:126 #, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" @@ -299,67 +338,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127 #, no-wrap msgid "Directory mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:109 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:130 msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:138 msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:119 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 #, no-wrap msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:121 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:123 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:144 #, no-wrap msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:125 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:146 msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:128 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 #, no-wrap msgid "Minimum setup to run in Registered mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153 msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections. You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 #, no-wrap msgid "" "jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" @@ -368,50 +407,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:161 msgid "See the table below for `hostname:port` values." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 #, no-wrap msgid "Server mode-related options" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:145 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 #, no-wrap msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:148 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:150 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 msgid "This option takes the format:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:152 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 msgid "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 #, no-wrap msgid "" "| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" @@ -426,314 +465,314 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:187 #, no-wrap msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190 msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:196 msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:198 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:178 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 #, no-wrap msgid "`-L or --licence`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:180 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201 msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 #, no-wrap msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:186 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverpublicip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:189 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210 #, no-wrap msgid "`--directoryfile`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:212 msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 #, no-wrap msgid "`-f or --listfilter`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:218 #, no-wrap msgid "General Server options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:200 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "`-d or --discononquit`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223 msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 #, no-wrap msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:226 msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 #, no-wrap msgid "`-l or --log`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:208 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229 msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 #, no-wrap msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:214 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 #, no-wrap msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:216 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:217 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 #, no-wrap msgid "`-s` or `--server`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverbindip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 #, no-wrap msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:228 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 #, no-wrap msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 #, no-wrap msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 #, no-wrap msgid "Other options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Server via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265 #, no-wrap msgid "Recording" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 #, no-wrap msgid "`-R or --recording`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 #, no-wrap msgid "`--norecord`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling Recording" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -742,16 +781,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" " [Service]\n" " Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 msgid "To start a new recording:" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -760,152 +799,152 @@ msgid "" "\n" " [Service]\n" " Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:293 -msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314 +msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316 msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318 msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:299 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:301 -msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322 +msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:307 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328 msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:310 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 #, no-wrap msgid "Servers on the desktop" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334 msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336 msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338 msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:319 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340 msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:321 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346 #, no-wrap msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:327 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 #, no-wrap msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:332 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 #, no-wrap msgid "The Server status icon" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356 msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:360 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:368 msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Risoluzione dei problemi" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Bandwidth.po index 40a7eb8e7..510cf07ea 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -4,18 +4,19 @@ # Giuseppe , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-24 16:50+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Gico2006 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-17 18:07+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 @@ -33,29 +34,30 @@ msgstr "wiki" #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/it/Server-Bandwidth" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Bandwidth Use" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uso della banda" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:9 +#, fuzzy msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Altro\" branch1=\"Amministrazione del server\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio bandwidth" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Banda passante audio" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:16 msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of: * Channels : stereo/mono * Quality : high/medium/low * Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Le impostazioni audio hanno un impatto sulla larghezza di banda di rete richiesta. La tabella seguente riassume i requisiti di rete in relazione alla configurazione di: * Canali: stereo/mono * Qualità: alta/media/bassa * Durata buffer audio: 2,67 ms, 5,33 ms, 10,67 ms, 21,33 ms" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:21 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Troubleshooting.po index c941f84b6..c4a11fe60 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -5,18 +5,20 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. # Giuseppe , 2023. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 08:04+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Giuseppe \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 08:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 @@ -34,19 +36,20 @@ msgstr "wiki" #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/it/Server-Troubleshooting" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Risoluzione problemi del server" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:9 +#, fuzzy msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Altro\" branch1=\"Amministrazione del server\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:12 @@ -73,12 +76,14 @@ msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:21 #, no-wrap msgid "\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:22 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po index 61661c383..8f0876705 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Software-Manual.po @@ -5,18 +5,20 @@ # ignotus , 2022. # Gico2006 , 2022. # Giuseppe , 2023. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 08:04+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Giuseppe \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 08:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -40,13 +42,13 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Software Manual" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Manuale del software" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus User Manual" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Manuale utente di Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 @@ -57,7 +59,7 @@ msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:11 msgid "This manual documents the Jamulus Client application for use by musicians and singers using the software to connect to a server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Questo manuale documenta l'applicazione Jamulus Client per musicisti e cantanti che utilizzano il software per connettersi a un server." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:13 @@ -78,6 +80,8 @@ msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 @@ -232,259 +236,264 @@ msgid "Connect/disconnect button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:80 -msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:81 +msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session. You can also open the dialogue using \"File>Connection Setup...\". This will leave you connected to any current session until you join another." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:82 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:83 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:84 -msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available servers together with the number of occupants and the maximum number supported. Server operators register their servers on lists (mostly defined by genre, though some could be location-specific or for all genres). Use the List dropdown to select a genre, click on the server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name. Permanent servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 +msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 -msgid "You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a \"#\" character." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:88 +msgid "Click on the Server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:90 -msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92 +msgid "Server operators register their servers with Directories. These are either genre-specific or for any genre, or additional [custom entries](#custom-directories). Use the Directory dropdown to select a genre. You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied Servers, enter a \"#\" character. If you choose \"Show All Musicians\" the current occupants will be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:98 +msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private Server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:91 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 #, no-wrap msgid "Server audio mixer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:102 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:97 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 msgid "The audio mixer screen shows each user connected to the server (including yourself). The faders allow you to adjust the level of what you hear without affecting what others hear." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 msgid "The VU meter shows the input level at the server - that is, the sound being sent." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109 msgid "If you have set your Audio Channel to Stereo or Stereo Out in your Settings, you will also see a pan control (shift-click to reset)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:103 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear you. Either they have muted you, soloed one or more users not including you, or have set your fader in their mix to zero." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:108 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116 #, no-wrap msgid "Grp button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:112 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120 #, no-wrap msgid "Mute button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126 #, no-wrap msgid "Solo button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:122 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 #, no-wrap msgid "Settings" msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 #, no-wrap msgid "My Profile" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 #, no-wrap -msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 #, no-wrap msgid "Skin" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:139 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 #, no-wrap msgid "Meter style" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 #, no-wrap msgid "Mixer rows" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Alerts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio/Network Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Device" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 #, no-wrap msgid "Input/output channel mapping" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio channels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:180 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -492,151 +501,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio quality" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 #, no-wrap msgid "Buffer Delay" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 -msgid "On Linux, use the JACK configuration tool to change the buffer size." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 +msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:211 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "Jitter Buffer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:227 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 #, no-wrap msgid "Small Network Buffers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:231 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Stream Rate" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 #, no-wrap msgid "Custom Directories" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 -msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 +msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 #, no-wrap msgid "New Client Level" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 #, no-wrap msgid "" "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" @@ -645,140 +654,140 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Boost" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback Protection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Balance" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu commands" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 #, no-wrap msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284 msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:271 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 #, no-wrap msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:275 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up Jamulus" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap -msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 #, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "Opzioni della riga di comando" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:291 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 #, no-wrap msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:297 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311 #, no-wrap msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Client via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:307 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po index abdf543d8..e6cee14cf 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -6,18 +6,20 @@ # Gico2006 , 2022. # Massimo Pissarello , 2023. # Giuseppe , 2023. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 08:04+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Giuseppe \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 08:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 @@ -41,7 +43,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips, Tricks and More" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Suggerimenti, trucchi e altro ancora" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:8 @@ -74,12 +76,14 @@ msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:19 #, no-wrap msgid "\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:20 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/it/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/it/Unregistered-Servers.po index 3d142e7ea..e3b92b752 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/it/Unregistered-Servers.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/it/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -2,18 +2,19 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Massimo Pissarello , 2023. +# Marco Ciampa , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-02-28 03:39+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Massimo Pissarello \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-17 18:07+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Marco Ciampa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: it\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.16-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 @@ -31,23 +32,24 @@ msgstr "wiki" #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/it/Unregistered-Servers" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Running an Unregistered Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Esecuzione di un server non registrato" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:9 +#, fuzzy msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:13 msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first**. This will help you tackle general problems before you try unregistered mode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Si raccomanda vivamente di testare il proprio server registrandolo **prima** in uno dei percorsi integrati. In questo modo si aiuterà a risolvere i problemi generali prima di provare la modalità non registrata." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:14 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/1-index.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..07c48c732 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/1-index.po @@ -0,0 +1,260 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# 이정희 , 2022. +# 이정희 , 2022. +# 이정희 , 2023. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-25 23:49+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: ko_KR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" + +#. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "---\n" +#| "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "lang: \"en\"\n" +#| "permalink: /\n" +#| "layout: mainhomepage\n" +#| "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" +#| "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" +#| "metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +#| "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +#| "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" +#| "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +#| "mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" +#| "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" +#| "---\n" +msgid "" +"---\n" +"title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"lang: \"en\"\n" +"permalink: /\n" +"layout: mainhomepage\n" +"ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" +"ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +"mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" +"mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" +"mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" +"---\n" +"[//]: # Markdown sections should not be indented, otherwise they are treated as code blocks.\n" +msgstr "" +"---\n" +"title: \"Jamulus ‒ 온라인으로 음악을 재생합니다. 친구들과 함께. 무료로.\"\n" +"lang: \"ko-KR\"\n" +"permalink: /\n" +"layout: mainhomepage\n" +"ldjAppCategory: \"음악\"\n" +"ldjSlogan: \"온라인으로 음악을 재생합니다. 친구들과 함께. 무료로.\"\n" +"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer 및 기여자\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus는 뮤지션들이 인터넷을 통해 실시간으로 함께 음악을 연주하고, 리허설하거나 즉흥 연주할 수 있는 무료 오픈 소스 소프트웨어입니다.\"\n" +"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus 아이콘\"\n" +"mTSlogan: \"온라인으로 음악을 재생합니다. 친구들과 함께. 무료로.\"\n" +"mTGetStartedNow: \"지금 시작하세요!\"\n" +"mTDownloadNow: '지금 다운로드'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: '및'\n" +"mTOtherPlatforms: '다른 플랫폼'\n" +"---\n" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What is Jamulus?" +msgstr "Jamulus란 무엇일까요?" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:23 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid " Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. " +msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" +msgstr " Jamulus를 사용하면 친구, 밴드 또는 온라인에서 찾은 모든 사람과 연주, 리허설 또는 즉흥 연주를 할 수 있습니다. 일반 광대역 연결에서 지연 시간이 짧은 고음질 사운드로 원격으로 함께 플레이하세요. " + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus is international" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus worldwide" +msgstr "세계 속의 Jamulus" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:42 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| " All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" +#| " in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" +#| " " +msgid "All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons, in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" +msgstr "" +" 전 세계적으로 Jamulus는 합창단들이 리허설을 하고 록 밴드들이 연주할 수 있도록 허용합니다. Jamulus는 포크 뮤지션들과 클래식 뮤지션들을 하나로 모았습니다. 원격 음악 수업, 학교와 대학, \n" +" 사립학교와 공공장소에서 사용되고 있습니다 — 마치 당신이 직접 그곳에 있는 것처럼 인터넷에서 실시간으로.\n" +" " + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help needed?" +msgstr "도움이 필요하십니까?" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Check out the [documentation](wiki/Getting-Started) and consider the [troubleshooting section](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" +"You can also ask on the [forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Want to get involved?" +msgstr "참여하고 싶으신가요?" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is [free and open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensed under the [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) you can help us!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Take a look at our [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) to find out how. Everybody is welcome!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see [this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" +msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Download it here" +#~ msgstr "여기에서 다운로드하세요" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " Check out the " +#~ msgstr " 살펴보기: " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "documentation" +#~ msgstr "설명서" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " and consider the " +#~ msgstr " 및 고려할 사항: " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "troubleshooting section" +#~ msgstr "문제 해결 섹션" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " You can also ask on the " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " 문의할 곳: " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "forums" +#~ msgstr "포럼" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ ".\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ ".\n" +#~ " " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " +#~ msgstr " 아이디어? 버그를 찾았습니까? 코드나 도움을 주고 싶습니까? " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "translating" +#~ msgstr "번역하기" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " +#~ msgstr " Jamulus를 사용자의 언어로 번역하시겠습니까? Jamulus는 내내 " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "free and open source software" +#~ msgstr "자유 및 오픈 소스 소프트웨어입니다" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " +#~ msgstr " (FOSS) 다음에 따라 라이선스 부여됨: " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "GPL" +#~ msgstr "GPL" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid ", you can help us!" +#~ msgstr ", 당신은 저희를 도울 수 있습니다!" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " Take a look at our " +#~ msgstr " 살펴보기: " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "contribution guidelines" +#~ msgstr "기여 지침" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ " to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " 방법을 알아보십시오. 모두 환영합니다!\n" +#~ " " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " +#~ msgstr " Jamulus 작동 방식에 대한 자세한 내용은 다음을 참조하십시오 " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" +#~ msgstr "Volker Fischer의 이 백서 (PDF)" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " +#~ msgstr " Jamulus가 시공간 연속체를 해킹하여 거의 완벽한 5차원의 협업 사운드를 생성하는 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 다음을 참조하십시오. " diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Client-Troubleshooting.po similarity index 98% rename from _translator-files/po/ko_KR/Client-Troubleshooting.po rename to _translator-files/po/ko-KR/Client-Troubleshooting.po index da17a80bf..77ce98d8e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -5,24 +5,25 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 13:55+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Command-Line-Options.po similarity index 90% rename from _translator-files/po/ko_KR/Command-Line-Options.po rename to _translator-files/po/ko-KR/Command-Line-Options.po index b24fc936f..6d6ced9f5 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 13:55+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Contribution.po similarity index 93% rename from _translator-files/po/ko_KR/Contribution.po rename to _translator-files/po/ko-KR/Contribution.po index 9acbbfade..795f0b64d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Contribution.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-21 11:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Directories.po similarity index 96% rename from _translator-files/po/ko_KR/Directories.po rename to _translator-files/po/ko-KR/Directories.po index ad487dc5d..c4012743e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Directories.po @@ -4,24 +4,25 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 09:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/FAQ.po similarity index 97% rename from _translator-files/po/ko_KR/FAQ.po rename to _translator-files/po/ko-KR/FAQ.po index b2fc766af..b261f20ab 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/FAQ.po @@ -5,24 +5,25 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. # 이정희 , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-26 13:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:35+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 @@ -184,7 +185,7 @@ msgstr "Jamulus는 (일반적으로) 어떻게 작동하나요?" #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:58 #, no-wrap msgid "\"Diagram\n" -msgstr "\"Jamulus의\n" +msgstr "\"Jamulus의\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:61 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Getting-Started.po similarity index 94% rename from _translator-files/po/ko_KR/Getting-Started.po rename to _translator-files/po/ko-KR/Getting-Started.po index 70af3e055..f0a3f6e1d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Getting-Started.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 13:55+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 @@ -137,7 +138,7 @@ msgid "" "

\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -" \"스크린숏\"\n" +" \"스크린숏\"\n" "
서버에 연결하기 전의 기본 창
\n" "
\n" @@ -162,7 +163,7 @@ msgid "" "

\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -" \"스크린숏\"\n" +" \"스크린숏\"\n" "
당신이 누구인지 사람들에게 알려주세요
\n" "
\n" @@ -203,7 +204,7 @@ msgid "" "
\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -" \"연결\n" +" \"연결\n" "
서버에 연결하기
\n" "
\n" @@ -238,7 +239,7 @@ msgid "" "
\n" -#| " Windows\n" -#| " macOS\n" -#| " Linux\n" -#| "

\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -" \"스크린숏\"\n" +" \"스크린숏\"\n" "
서버에 연결했을 때의 기본 창
\n" "
\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Include-Backing-Up.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Include-Backing-Up.po similarity index 100% rename from _translator-files/po/ko_KR/Include-Backing-Up.po rename to _translator-files/po/ko-KR/Include-Backing-Up.po diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Include-Client-Commands.po similarity index 100% rename from _translator-files/po/ko_KR/Include-Client-Commands.po rename to _translator-files/po/ko-KR/Include-Client-Commands.po diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Include-Shared-Commands.po similarity index 88% rename from _translator-files/po/ko_KR/Include-Shared-Commands.po rename to _translator-files/po/ko-KR/Include-Shared-Commands.po index 4146feab0..b5e8c5afc 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ msgstr "`-h` 또는 `--help` 도움말 텍스트 표시" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" -msgstr "`-i` 또는 `--inifile` 초기화 파일의 위치 설정(기본값을 재정의합니다. macOS에서는 구성 파일을 `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus에서만 읽을 수 있으므로 파일 이름만 제공합니다. .Jamulus/Data/`. 서버의 경우 `io.jamulus.Jamulus`를 `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`로 바꿉니다. 이 폴더를 보려면 Finder의 \"보기 옵션 보기\"에서 \"라이브러리 폴더 보기\"를 켭니다.)" +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgstr "`-i` 또는 `--inifile` 초기화 파일의 위치 설정(기본값을 재정의합니다. macOS에서는 구성 파일을 `/Users//Library/Containers/web.jamulussoftware.에서만 읽을 수 있으므로 파일 이름만 제공합니다. .Jamulus/Data/`. 서버의 경우 `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus`를 `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`로 바꿉니다. 이 폴더를 보려면 Finder의 \"보기 옵션 보기\"에서 \"라이브러리 폴더 보기\"를 켭니다.)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Android.po similarity index 95% rename from _translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Android.po rename to _translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Android.po index 399ac5283..9ce6d4b6a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -5,24 +5,25 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-21 11:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Linux.po similarity index 69% rename from _translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Linux.po rename to _translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Linux.po index 9e4a13164..68e580499 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -5,24 +5,25 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-22 09:52+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 @@ -180,79 +181,134 @@ msgstr "다른 배포판의 설치 프로그램은 패키지 관리자 및 [Repo msgid "Set up your hardware" msgstr "사용자의 하드웨어 설정" +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 +msgid "The Jamulus Client needs to connect to a running [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server in order to start. You need to find out which is the low-latency sound server for your distribution. - If your distribution uses [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), see how to [configure JACK with QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl). - If your distribution uses PipeWire, see how to [configure PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)." +msgstr "" + #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 #, no-wrap msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl" msgstr "QjackCtl로 JACK 구성하기" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 -msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." +msgid "To run a [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server, the recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgstr "Jamulus 클라이언트를 실행하려면 [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/)가 필요하지만, 먼저 구성해야 합니다. 권장되는 방법은 `QjackCtl`을 사용하는 것입니다." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 -msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" +msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**." msgstr "QjackCtl을 실행합니다. **Qt JACK 컨트롤 유틸리티 기본 페이지**가 표시됩니다" #. type: Bullet: '2. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 -msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" -msgstr "오디오 하드웨어를 다음과 같이 구성합니다(JACK에 대한 정확한 설정은 오디오 하드웨어의 기능에 따라 다름):" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +msgid "Configure your sound hardware as follows:" +msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" +msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list - choose the correct one as this cannot be changed without stopping Jamulus and JACK)." msgstr "오디오 **인터페이스**를 원하는 것으로 설정합니다(목록에 여러 개 있을 수 있음)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" +msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**." msgstr "**샘플 속도를 48000**으로 설정합니다" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" +msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and **Periods/Buffer at 2** at first." msgstr "**프레임/주기 128**로 설정하고 주기/버퍼를 처음에는 2로 설정합니다" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:69 -msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" -msgstr "새 설정을 적용하려면 JACK을 다시 시작합니다" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 +msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect and continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure PipeWire" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 +msgid "PipeWire provides its own JACK server. When you launch the Jamulus Client, PipeWire automatically runs a JACK server. However, there are a few parameters to adjust. You need to set your audio interface to the \"pro-audio\" profile and define PipeWire's \"rate\" and \"quantum\" parameters beforehand. You can find more information about the configuration in the [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 +msgid "To set up your system: 1. Open `pavucontrol` (the audio mixer) and choose the \"pro-audio\" profile for your sound hardware in the configuration tab. 2. In a terminal use the following two commands to force PipeWire's rate and quantum:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:88 +msgid "After this, continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." +msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:70 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:89 #, no-wrap msgid "Start Jamulus" msgstr "Jamulus 시작하기" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 -msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." +msgid "With JACK or PipeWire configured, launch Jamulus." msgstr "JACK이 실행되고 구성된 상태에서 Jamulus를 시작합니다." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:75 -msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." -msgstr "사운드 끊김 문제(특히 JACK/QjackCtl에 의해 보고된 XRUN 오류)가 발생하면 더 큰 값(예: 256프레임 또는 3주기)을 설정해 보십시오. 낮은 프레임(예: 64 프레임)은 더 나은 성능을 제공할 수 있지만, 더 많은 사운드 문제를 가져올 수 있습니다. 그렇지 않으면 [문제 해결 페이지](Client-Troubleshooting)를 참조하십시오." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:94 +msgid "If you have any problems, first check [the troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting)." +msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:76 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:95 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" msgstr "모두 설치되었습니까?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:98 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "살펴보기" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:99 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[시작하기 페이지](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#~ msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" +#~ msgstr "오디오 하드웨어를 다음과 같이 구성합니다(JACK에 대한 정확한 설정은 오디오 하드웨어의 기능에 따라 다름):" + +#~ msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" +#~ msgstr "새 설정을 적용하려면 JACK을 다시 시작합니다" + +#~ msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." +#~ msgstr "사운드 끊김 문제(특히 JACK/QjackCtl에 의해 보고된 XRUN 오류)가 발생하면 더 큰 값(예: 256프레임 또는 3주기)을 설정해 보십시오. 낮은 프레임(예: 64 프레임)은 더 나은 성능을 제공할 수 있지만, 더 많은 사운드 문제를 가져올 수 있습니다. 그렇지 않으면 [문제 해결 페이지](Client-Troubleshooting)를 참조하십시오." + #~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" #~ msgstr "[Jamulus (.deb, amd64) 다운로드]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po similarity index 97% rename from _translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po rename to _translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index d2b9830cb..cd1acab75 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -5,24 +5,25 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-21 11:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Windows.po similarity index 98% rename from _translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Windows.po rename to _translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Windows.po index f6db49bd3..df1088bb5 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -6,24 +6,25 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-21 11:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-iOS.po similarity index 78% rename from _translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-iOS.po rename to _translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-iOS.po index 194a0f58d..c1cfca50d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -5,24 +5,25 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-21 11:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 @@ -69,91 +70,105 @@ msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https: msgstr "PC를 가지고 있지 않다면, Jamulus에서 매우 잘 작동하는 저렴하고 작은 기기인 [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" }를 구입하는 것이 좋습니다. iOS 지원은 개념 증명일 뿐입니다." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer." msgstr "iOS 기기에 Jamulus를 설치하려면, (무료 또는 유료) Apple 개발자 계정이 필요하고 가급적 컴퓨터가 필요합니다." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it." msgstr "Apple 개발자 계정에 대한 비용을 지불하지 않으면, Jamulus는 다시 설치해야 하기 전에 최대 7일 동안만 실행됩니다." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 -msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." +msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." msgstr "iOS의 Jamulus는 모든 것이 올바르게 설정되어 있으면 새 장치에서 아주 잘 작동합니다. 그러나 오디오 인터페이스와 USB 이더넷 어댑터를 사용하는 것이 좋습니다. 이것을 iOS 기기에 연결하려면, [라이트닝-USB 카메라 어댑터](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) 및 (전원이 공급되는) USB 허브와 같은 것을 사용해야 합니다." -#. type: Title ## +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28 #, no-wrap msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" msgstr "iOS용 설치 (숙련된 사용자만 해당)" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n" msgstr "**참고**: 서명되지 않은 .ipa 파일을 제공하여 서명한 다음 장치에 설치해야 합니다. 탈옥되지 않은 경우(AppSync가 설치되어 있는 경우) Jamulus를 설치하려면 추가 소프트웨어가 필요할 수 있습니다. 이를 수행하는 방법에는 여러 가지가 있지만 이 가이드에서는 가장 표준적인 방법만 설명합니다. 이미 (무료) Apple 개발자 계정이 있다고 가정합니다. 없으시다면 Apple ID를 생성하시고 [개발자 계정 등록](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter)을 하시면 됩니다. 2단계 인증 없이 잠재적인 개인 계정과 관련이 없는 계정을 만드는 것이 좋습니다. Apple 이외의 소프트웨어에서는 암호를 입력해야 합니다.\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" msgstr "[PC/Mac에서 Jamulus(.ipa) 다운로드]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" #. type: Bullet: '2. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)" msgstr ".ipa 파일에 서명합니다(예를 들어, Xcode 또는 다른 **신뢰할 수 있는** 앱을 통해. 여기서는 권장 사항을 제공하지 않겠지만 모든 운영 체제에는 앱이 있음)" #. type: Bullet: '3. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account." msgstr "일단 서명하고 설치합니다. 사용자의 iOS 기기에서 설정을 열고 일반>프로필(또는 VPN 및 기기 관리)로 이동합니다. 사용자의 계정에 해당하는 개발자 계정을 탭하고 계정을 신뢰하십시오." #. type: Bullet: '4. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen" msgstr "홈 화면에서 Jamulus 열기" #. type: Bullet: '5. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4." msgstr "무료 개발자 계정을 사용하는 경우 7일 후에 Jamulus에 다시 서명해야 합니다. 4단계부터 모든 작업을 다시 수행합니다." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." msgstr "Mac을 소유하고 있고 Xcode가 설치되어 있는 경우, 소스에서 Jamulus를 컴파일하는 것이 또 다른 기본 옵션일 수 있습니다. [iOS용 컴파일 지침](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)을 참조하십시오." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:41 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback and development" msgstr "피드백 및 개발" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:43 -msgid "iOS support isn't mature yet and far from ready to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "iOS support isn't mature yet and far from ready to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." msgstr "iOS 지원은 아직 성숙되지 않았으며 앱스토어에 게시될 준비가 되지 않았습니다. 자유롭게 도움을 주세요: [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)로 이동하십시오." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore." msgstr "Apple AppStore를 통해 게시되는 Jamulus에 관한 [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER)도 읽어보십시오." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:48 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" msgstr "모두 설치되었습니까?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:51 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:53 msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the" msgstr "Jamulus가 설치되었으며 지금 사용할 수 있습니다. 이제 다음을 살펴볼 수 있습니다" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[시작하기 페이지](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Privacy-Statement.po similarity index 98% rename from _translator-files/po/ko_KR/Privacy-Statement.po rename to _translator-files/po/ko-KR/Privacy-Statement.po index 99ab088eb..de89311f0 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -4,24 +4,25 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-25 23:49+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/QOS-Windows.po similarity index 95% rename from _translator-files/po/ko_KR/QOS-Windows.po rename to _translator-files/po/ko-KR/QOS-Windows.po index 709da8d72..eda7d465a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/QOS-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/QOS-Windows.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-21 11:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Running-a-Server.po similarity index 86% rename from _translator-files/po/ko_KR/Running-a-Server.po rename to _translator-files/po/ko-KR/Running-a-Server.po index 053800c93..e8efe6384 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Running-a-Server.po @@ -5,24 +5,25 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 13:55+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 @@ -181,88 +182,124 @@ msgid "To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are fam msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Download the setup script: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:62 +msgid "Download the setup script:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Make the script executable: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 +msgid "Make the script executable:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Run the script and install the headless server: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74 +msgid "Run the script and install the headless server:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 msgid "Enable the headless Server process:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 #, no-wrap -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:69 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:71 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 #, no-wrap -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:73 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92 msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:75 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96 #, no-wrap -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:77 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98 msgid "_To edit your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Modes" msgstr "서버 모드" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104 msgid "Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs." msgstr "서버는 필요에 따라 세 가지 모드(집에서 또는 타사 호스트에서) 중 하나로 실행될 수 있습니다." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 #, no-wrap msgid "Unregistered mode" msgstr "미등록된 모드" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:87 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:108 msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it." msgstr "이는 서버를 처음 시작할 때의 기본값입니다. 등록되지 않은 서버는 디렉터리별로 나열되지 않으므로 서버 주소를 아는 뮤지션들만 연결할 수 있습니다." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:110 #, no-wrap msgid "**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" msgstr "**등록되지 않은 서버 실행에 대한 자세한 내용은 [이 가이드 참조](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:93 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 #, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" @@ -270,32 +307,32 @@ msgid "" "
\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -"\t\"Jamulus\n" +"\t\"Jamulus\n" "
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:115 #, no-wrap msgid "Registered mode" msgstr "등록된 모드" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:97 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:118 msgid "In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it." msgstr "이 모드에서는 사용자의 서버가 디렉터리에서 제공하는 서버 목록에 나타납니다. Jamulus 클라이언트에는 디렉터리 목록이 기본 제공되어 있습니다. 이들 중 하나에 서버를 등록하면 누구나 해당 서버를 검색하고 연결할 수 있습니다." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:99 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:120 msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:122 msgid "Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory." msgstr "디렉터리는 최대 150개의 서버만 등록할 수 있습니다. 디렉터리가 가득 차서 서버를 등록할 수 없다는 메시지가 표시되면 다른 디렉터리에 등록해 볼 수 있습니다." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:126 #, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" @@ -303,71 +340,71 @@ msgid "" "
\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -"\t\"Jamulus\n" +"\t\"Jamulus\n" "
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127 #, no-wrap msgid "Directory mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:109 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:130 msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)." msgstr "자세한 내용은 [디렉토리 가이드를 참조](Directories)하세요." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:138 msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:119 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 #, no-wrap msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:121 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:123 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:144 #, no-wrap msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:125 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:146 msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:128 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 #, no-wrap msgid "Minimum setup to run in Registered mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153 msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections. You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 #, no-wrap msgid "" "jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" @@ -376,50 +413,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:161 msgid "See the table below for `hostname:port` values." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 #, no-wrap msgid "Server mode-related options" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:145 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 #, no-wrap msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:148 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories)." msgstr "[등록된 서버](Running-a-Server#registered-mode)에 필요합니다. 또한 Jamulus를 [디렉터리](Directories)로 실행해야 합니다." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:150 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 msgid "This option takes the format:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:152 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 msgid "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options:" msgstr "Jamulus 클라이언트에 기본 제공된 디렉터리 중 하나에 등록하려면, `hostname:port`를 다음 옵션 중 하나로 바꾸세요:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 #, no-wrap msgid "" "| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" @@ -434,314 +471,314 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:187 #, no-wrap msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190 msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:196 msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:198 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:178 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 #, no-wrap msgid "`-L or --licence`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:180 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201 msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 #, no-wrap msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:186 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverpublicip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "동일한 NAT 뒤에 있는 디렉터리에 연결하는 경우 서버의 공인 IP 주소입니다. 자세한 내용은 [디렉터리 가이드](Directories)를 참조하세요." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:189 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210 #, no-wrap msgid "`--directoryfile`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:212 msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "_디렉터리만:_ 디렉터리가 다시 시작되더라도 등록된 서버를 기억합니다. 자세한 내용은 [디렉토리 가이드](Directories)를 참조하세요." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 #, no-wrap msgid "`-f or --listfilter`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "_디렉터리만:_ 디렉터리 서버에 등록할 수 있는 서버를 지정합니다. 자세한 내용은 [디렉토리 가이드](Directories)를 참조하세요." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:218 #, no-wrap msgid "General Server options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)." msgstr "이러한 옵션은 서버가 실행 중인 모드에 관계없이 사용할 수 있습니다(일부는 디렉터리와 관련이 없을 수 있음)." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:200 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "`-d or --discononquit`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223 msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 #, no-wrap msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:226 msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 #, no-wrap msgid "`-l or --log`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:208 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229 msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 #, no-wrap msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:214 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 #, no-wrap msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:216 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:217 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 #, no-wrap msgid "`-s` or `--server`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverbindip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 #, no-wrap msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:228 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 #, no-wrap msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 #, no-wrap msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 #, no-wrap msgid "Other options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Server via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265 #, no-wrap msgid "Recording" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 #, no-wrap msgid "`-R or --recording`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 #, no-wrap msgid "`--norecord`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling Recording" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -750,16 +787,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" " [Service]\n" " Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 msgid "To start a new recording:" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -768,152 +805,152 @@ msgid "" "\n" " [Service]\n" " Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:293 -msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314 +msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316 msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318 msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:299 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:301 -msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322 +msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:307 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328 msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:310 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 #, no-wrap msgid "Servers on the desktop" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334 msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336 msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338 msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:319 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340 msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:321 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346 #, no-wrap msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:327 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 #, no-wrap msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:332 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 #, no-wrap msgid "The Server status icon" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356 msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:360 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" -msgstr "
\"Jamulus
서버가 사용 중입니다\n" +msgstr "
\"Jamulus
서버가 사용 중입니다\n" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:368 msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "문제 해결하기" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Server-Bandwidth.po similarity index 93% rename from _translator-files/po/ko_KR/Server-Bandwidth.po rename to _translator-files/po/ko-KR/Server-Bandwidth.po index 9a98fc4fa..1cabb6536 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -5,24 +5,25 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-24 13:00+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:35+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 @@ -103,7 +104,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "하나의 업스트림(뮤지션이 서버로 전송)과 하나의 다운스트림(서버가 믹스를 뮤지션에게 다시 전송)이 있습니다.\n" "
\n" -" \"저음에서\n" +" \"저음에서\n" "
대역폭 사용 계산하기
\n" "
\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Server-Troubleshooting.po similarity index 97% rename from _translator-files/po/ko_KR/Server-Troubleshooting.po rename to _translator-files/po/ko-KR/Server-Troubleshooting.po index 03efd1d4a..25cd3624a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -6,24 +6,25 @@ # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. # 이정희 , 2023. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 09:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Software-Manual.po similarity index 81% rename from _translator-files/po/ko_KR/Software-Manual.po rename to _translator-files/po/ko-KR/Software-Manual.po index 17db354fe..7606262d5 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Software-Manual.po @@ -5,24 +5,25 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. # 이정희 , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 13:55+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:35+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -103,7 +104,7 @@ msgid "" "

\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -"\t\"Jamulus\n" +"\t\"Jamulus\n" "\t
서버에 연결된 경우 사용자의 로컬 믹스
\n" "
\n" @@ -129,7 +130,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"녹색
\n" +msgstr "
\"녹색
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:38 @@ -141,7 +142,7 @@ msgstr "**녹색** - 잼 세션에 적합한 지연 시간입니다\n" #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:40 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"노란색
\n" +msgstr "
\"노란색
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:42 @@ -153,7 +154,7 @@ msgstr "**노란색** - 세션은 여전히 가능하지만 플레이하기가 #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:44 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"녹색
\n" +msgstr "
\"녹색
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:46 @@ -238,259 +239,273 @@ msgid "Connect/disconnect button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:80 -msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:81 +msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session. You can also open the dialogue using \"File>Connection Setup...\". This will leave you connected to any current session until you join another." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:82 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:83 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:84 -msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available servers together with the number of occupants and the maximum number supported. Server operators register their servers on lists (mostly defined by genre, though some could be location-specific or for all genres). Use the List dropdown to select a genre, click on the server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name. Permanent servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 +msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 -msgid "You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a \"#\" character." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:88 +msgid "Click on the Server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:90 -msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92 +msgid "Server operators register their servers with Directories. These are either genre-specific or for any genre, or additional [custom entries](#custom-directories). Use the Directory dropdown to select a genre. You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied Servers, enter a \"#\" character. If you choose \"Show All Musicians\" the current occupants will be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:98 +msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private Server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:91 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 #, no-wrap msgid "Server audio mixer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:102 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:97 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 msgid "The audio mixer screen shows each user connected to the server (including yourself). The faders allow you to adjust the level of what you hear without affecting what others hear." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 msgid "The VU meter shows the input level at the server - that is, the sound being sent." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109 msgid "If you have set your Audio Channel to Stereo or Stereo Out in your Settings, you will also see a pan control (shift-click to reset)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:103 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear you. Either they have muted you, soloed one or more users not including you, or have set your fader in their mix to zero." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:108 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116 #, no-wrap msgid "Grp button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:112 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120 #, no-wrap msgid "Mute button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." msgstr "사용자 **자신의** 채널을 음소거하면 서버에서 신호가 들리지 않는다는 의미일 뿐입니다(다른 플레이어와 시간을 맞추지 못할 수 있으므로 권장하지 않습니다). 따라서 이는 \"[직접 음소거](#mute-myself-button)\"를 사용하는 것과 동일하지 않습니다." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126 #, no-wrap msgid "Solo button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:122 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 #, no-wrap msgid "Settings" msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 #, no-wrap msgid "My Profile" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "설정 메뉴에서 \"내 프로필...\"을 선택하여 서버 오디오 믹서 보드의 페이더 아래에 표시되는 가명/이름을 설정합니다." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 -#, no-wrap -msgid "
\"Image
\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "
\n" +#| "\t\"Image\n" +#| "\t
Your local mix when connected to a Server
\n" +#| "
\n" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Jamulus\n" +"\t
서버에 연결된 경우 사용자의 로컬 믹스
\n" +"
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 #, no-wrap msgid "Skin" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:139 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 #, no-wrap msgid "Meter style" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 #, no-wrap msgid "Mixer rows" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Alerts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio/Network Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Device" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 #, no-wrap msgid "Input/output channel mapping" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio channels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:180 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -498,151 +513,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio quality" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 #, no-wrap msgid "Buffer Delay" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 -msgid "On Linux, use the JACK configuration tool to change the buffer size." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 +msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:211 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "Jitter Buffer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:227 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 #, no-wrap msgid "Small Network Buffers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:231 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Stream Rate" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 #, no-wrap msgid "Custom Directories" msgstr "사용자 지정 디렉터리" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 -msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 +msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 #, no-wrap msgid "New Client Level" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 #, no-wrap msgid "" "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" @@ -651,141 +666,141 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Boost" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback Protection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "서버에 연결한 후 처음 3초 동안 오디오 피드백 루프 또는 큰 소음을 감지하려고 시도합니다. 일단 감지되면 이 기능은 메시지를 표시하고, \"직접 음소거\" 버튼을 활성화하여 사용자 자신의 믹스에서 자신을 음소거할 수 있습니다." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Balance" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu commands" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 #, no-wrap msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284 msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:271 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 #, no-wrap msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:275 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up Jamulus" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap -msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 #, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "명령 줄 옵션" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:291 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 #, no-wrap msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:297 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311 #, no-wrap msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Client via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:307 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po similarity index 98% rename from _translator-files/po/ko_KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po rename to _translator-files/po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po index dd9af47eb..5faa7644c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -5,24 +5,25 @@ # 이정희 , 2022. # 이정희 , 2023. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 13:55+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Unregistered-Servers.po similarity index 98% rename from _translator-files/po/ko_KR/Unregistered-Servers.po rename to _translator-files/po/ko-KR/Unregistered-Servers.po index a76ae2b00..4eae51ea7 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/Unregistered-Servers.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2023. # ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-28 13:55+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" +"Language: ko-KR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "ko_KR" +msgstr "ko-KR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/copyright.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/copyright.po similarity index 100% rename from _translator-files/po/ko_KR/copyright.po rename to _translator-files/po/ko-KR/copyright.po diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/general.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/general.po similarity index 100% rename from _translator-files/po/ko_KR/general.po rename to _translator-files/po/ko-KR/general.po diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/ko-KR/navigation.po similarity index 100% rename from _translator-files/po/ko_KR/navigation.po rename to _translator-files/po/ko-KR/navigation.po diff --git a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/1-index.po deleted file mode 100644 index 76ace9e16..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/ko_KR/1-index.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,250 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# 이정희 , 2022. -# 이정희 , 2022. -# 이정희 , 2023. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-25 23:49+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: 이정희 \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: ko_KR\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0.1-dev\n" - -#. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) -#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"---\n" -"title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -"lang: \"en\"\n" -"permalink: /\n" -"layout: mainhomepage\n" -"ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" -"ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" -"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" -"mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -"mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" -"mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" -"mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" -"mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" -"---\n" -msgstr "" -"---\n" -"title: \"Jamulus ‒ 온라인으로 음악을 재생합니다. 친구들과 함께. 무료로.\"\n" -"lang: \"ko_KR\"\n" -"permalink: /\n" -"layout: mainhomepage\n" -"ldjAppCategory: \"음악\"\n" -"ldjSlogan: \"온라인으로 음악을 재생합니다. 친구들과 함께. 무료로.\"\n" -"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer 및 기여자\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus는 뮤지션들이 인터넷을 통해 실시간으로 함께 음악을 연주하고, 리허설하거나 즉흥 연주할 수 있는 무료 오픈 소스 소프트웨어입니다.\"\n" -"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus 아이콘\"\n" -"mTSlogan: \"온라인으로 음악을 재생합니다. 친구들과 함께. 무료로.\"\n" -"mTGetStartedNow: \"지금 시작하세요!\"\n" -"mTDownloadNow: '지금 다운로드'\n" -"mTPlatformsAnd: '및'\n" -"mTOtherPlatforms: '다른 플랫폼'\n" -"---\n" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 -#, no-wrap -msgid "What is Jamulus?" -msgstr "Jamulus란 무엇일까요?" - -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. " -msgstr " Jamulus를 사용하면 친구, 밴드 또는 온라인에서 찾은 모든 사람과 연주, 리허설 또는 즉흥 연주를 할 수 있습니다. 일반 광대역 연결에서 지연 시간이 짧은 고음질 사운드로 원격으로 함께 플레이하세요. " - -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Download it here" -msgstr "여기에서 다운로드하세요" - -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"!\n" -" " -msgstr "" -"!\n" -" " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus worldwide" -msgstr "세계 속의 Jamulus" - -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:35 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" -" in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" -" " -msgstr "" -" 전 세계적으로 Jamulus는 합창단들이 리허설을 하고 록 밴드들이 연주할 수 있도록 허용합니다. Jamulus는 포크 뮤지션들과 클래식 뮤지션들을 하나로 모았습니다. 원격 음악 수업, 학교와 대학, \n" -" 사립학교와 공공장소에서 사용되고 있습니다 — 마치 당신이 직접 그곳에 있는 것처럼 인터넷에서 실시간으로.\n" -" " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:37 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Help needed?" -msgstr "도움이 필요하십니까?" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 -#, no-wrap -msgid " Check out the " -msgstr " 살펴보기: " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 -#, no-wrap -msgid "documentation" -msgstr "설명서" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 -#, no-wrap -msgid " and consider the " -msgstr " 및 고려할 사항: " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "troubleshooting section" -msgstr "문제 해결 섹션" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"!\n" -" You can also ask on the " -msgstr "" -"!\n" -" 문의할 곳: " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 -#, no-wrap -msgid "forums" -msgstr "포럼" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -".\n" -" " -msgstr "" -".\n" -" " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:45 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Want to get involved?" -msgstr "참여하고 싶으신가요?" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " -msgstr " 아이디어? 버그를 찾았습니까? 코드나 도움을 주고 싶습니까? " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid "translating" -msgstr "번역하기" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " -msgstr " Jamulus를 사용자의 언어로 번역하시겠습니까? Jamulus는 내내 " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid "free and open source software" -msgstr "자유 및 오픈 소스 소프트웨어입니다" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " -msgstr " (FOSS) 다음에 따라 라이선스 부여됨: " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid "GPL" -msgstr "GPL" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid ", you can help us!" -msgstr ", 당신은 저희를 도울 수 있습니다!" - -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid " Take a look at our " -msgstr " 살펴보기: " - -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "contribution guidelines" -msgstr "기여 지침" - -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" -" " -msgstr "" -" 방법을 알아보십시오. 모두 환영합니다!\n" -" " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " -msgstr " Jamulus 작동 방식에 대한 자세한 내용은 다음을 참조하십시오 " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" -msgstr "Volker Fischer의 이 백서 (PDF)" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:58 -#, no-wrap -msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" -msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" - -#, no-wrap -#~ msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " -#~ msgstr " Jamulus가 시공간 연속체를 해킹하여 거의 완벽한 5차원의 협업 사운드를 생성하는 방법에 대한 자세한 내용은 다음을 참조하십시오. " diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/1-index.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0acaaa5c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/1-index.po @@ -0,0 +1,254 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2023, 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 04:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" + +#. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| "---\n" +#| "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "lang: \"en\"\n" +#| "permalink: /\n" +#| "layout: mainhomepage\n" +#| "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" +#| "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" +#| "metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +#| "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +#| "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +#| "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" +#| "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +#| "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" +#| "---\n" +msgid "" +"---\n" +"title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"lang: \"en\"\n" +"permalink: /\n" +"layout: mainhomepage\n" +"ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" +"ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +"mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" +"mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" +"mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" +"---\n" +"[//]: # Markdown sections should not be indented, otherwise they are treated as code blocks.\n" +msgstr "" +"---\n" +"title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"lang: \"nb-NO\"\n" +"permalink: /\n" +"layout: mainhomepage\n" +"ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" +"ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +"mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" +"mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +"mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" +"---\n" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What is Jamulus?" +msgstr "Hva er Jamulus?" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:23 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" +msgstr " Jamulus lar deg spille, øve, eller jamme med dine venner, bandet ditt, eller noen du finner på nett. Spill sammen hver for dere synkronisert, med høy kvalitet, lav latens — på vanlig bredbånd. " + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus is international" +msgstr "Jamulus er internasjonell" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:40 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus worldwide" +msgstr "Verdensomspennende Jamulus" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:42 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#| msgid "" +#| " All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" +#| " in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" +#| " " +msgid "All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons, in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" +msgstr "" +" I hele verden lar Jamulus kor øve og rockeband spille. Jamulus bringer folkeartister og klassiske musikere sammen. Det blir brukt til musikktimer annensteds fra på,\n" +" skoler og universiteter, privat og offentlig — alt i sanntid på Internett, som om du var tilstede selv.\n" +" " + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help needed?" +msgstr "Trenger du hjelp?" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Check out the [documentation](wiki/Getting-Started) and consider the [troubleshooting section](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" +"You can also ask on the [forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" +msgstr "" +"Sjekk ut [dokumentasjonen](wiki/Getting-Started) og vurder [problemløsningsdelen](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" +"Du kan også spørre på [forumet](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Want to get involved?" +msgstr "Vil du involvere deg?" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is [free and open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensed under the [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) you can help us!" +msgstr "Idéer? Funnet feil? Ønsker du å bidra med kode eller [oversettelser](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) til ditt språk? Alt er [gemenfrihetslig programvare](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html), lisensiert [GPLv2+](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html)." + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Take a look at our [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) to find out how. Everybody is welcome!" +msgstr "Ta en titt på [retningslinjer for bidragsytere](wiki/Contribution)." + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see [this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" +msgstr "_Detaljert info om hvordan Jamulus virker er å finne i [denne publikasjonen av Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:65 +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" +msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Download it here" +#~ msgstr "Last det ned her" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " Check out the " +#~ msgstr " Sjekk ut " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "documentation" +#~ msgstr "dokumentasjon" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " and consider the " +#~ msgstr " og finn også veien til " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "troubleshooting section" +#~ msgstr "feilsøkingsdelen" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " You can also ask on the " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " Du kan også spørre på " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "forums" +#~ msgstr "forumet" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ ".\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ ".\n" +#~ " " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " +#~ msgstr " Idéer? Funnet feil? Vil du bidra med kode eller hjelpe til " + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~ msgid "translating" +#~ msgstr "oversettelse" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " +#~ msgstr " Jamulus på ditt språk? Siden Jamulus er " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "free and open source software" +#~ msgstr "gemenfrihetslig programvare," + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " +#~ msgstr " lisensiert " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "GPL" +#~ msgstr "GPL" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid ", you can help us!" +#~ msgstr ", kan du hjelpe oss." + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " Take a look at our " +#~ msgstr " Ta en titt på " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "contribution guidelines" +#~ msgstr "bidragsyterveiledningen" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ " to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " for å finne ut hvordan du gjør dette. Alle er velkomne!\n" +#~ " " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " +#~ msgstr " Detaljert info om hvordan alt virker er å finne i " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" +#~ msgstr "denne PDF-en av Volker Ficher" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Client-Troubleshooting.po similarity index 98% rename from _translator-files/po/nb_NO/Client-Troubleshooting.po rename to _translator-files/po/nb-NO/Client-Troubleshooting.po index 529607f51..2cfa90624 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Command-Line-Options.po similarity index 88% rename from _translator-files/po/nb_NO/Command-Line-Options.po rename to _translator-files/po/nb-NO/Command-Line-Options.po index e191a564e..75ffbdb80 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Contribution.po similarity index 93% rename from _translator-files/po/nb_NO/Contribution.po rename to _translator-files/po/nb-NO/Contribution.po index c9a887b76..3c123c522 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Contribution.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 16:58+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Directories.po similarity index 94% rename from _translator-files/po/nb_NO/Directories.po rename to _translator-files/po/nb-NO/Directories.po index 371c116ec..c29a4e15c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Directories.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 @@ -38,7 +39,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Directories" #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Directories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Direktorater" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:9 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/FAQ.po similarity index 97% rename from _translator-files/po/nb_NO/FAQ.po rename to _translator-files/po/nb-NO/FAQ.po index 1f1bb04a9..5bc443176 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/FAQ.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Getting-Started.po similarity index 95% rename from _translator-files/po/nb_NO/Getting-Started.po rename to _translator-files/po/nb-NO/Getting-Started.po index ee28c4f8b..9c284c4e2 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Getting-Started.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-06 13:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 @@ -148,7 +149,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:53 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" " \"Screenshot\"\n" @@ -156,7 +157,7 @@ msgid "" "
\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -" \"Skjermavbildning\"\n" +" \"Skjermavbildning\"\n" "
La det komme til kjenne hvem du er
\n" "
\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Include-Backing-Up.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Include-Backing-Up.po similarity index 100% rename from _translator-files/po/nb_NO/Include-Backing-Up.po rename to _translator-files/po/nb-NO/Include-Backing-Up.po diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Include-Client-Commands.po similarity index 100% rename from _translator-files/po/nb_NO/Include-Client-Commands.po rename to _translator-files/po/nb-NO/Include-Client-Commands.po diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Include-Shared-Commands.po similarity index 92% rename from _translator-files/po/nb_NO/Include-Shared-Commands.po rename to _translator-files/po/nb-NO/Include-Shared-Commands.po index eb20c7189..c4181a249 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Android.po similarity index 95% rename from _translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Android.po rename to _translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Android.po index 1990f287f..3448efe72 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 16:58+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Linux.po similarity index 51% rename from _translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Linux.po rename to _translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Linux.po index dd6199564..d04677b2d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-06 13:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 @@ -49,8 +50,9 @@ msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Bruk av Jamulus\" branch1=\"Oppstartsv #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:13 +#, fuzzy msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sørg for å ha lest [Begynn](Getting-Started)-siden." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:15 @@ -60,15 +62,15 @@ msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "**Upgrading?** You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Oppgradering?** [Sikkerhetskopier oppsettet ditt](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) først.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "**Installing a server?** Read the [guide for server adminstrators](Running-a-Server) first.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Installasjon av tjener?** Les [Veiledningen for tjeneradministrasjon](Running-a-Server) først.\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:20 @@ -81,56 +83,60 @@ msgstr "### Debian og Ubuntu" #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:22 #, no-wrap msgid "Using the official Repository (recommended)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fra offentlig pakkebrønn (anbefales)" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25 +#, fuzzy msgid "We provide a repository for Debian and Ubuntu based distributions that allows automatic updates alongside your other system updates. To use the repository:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "En pakkebrønn for Debian- og Ubuntu-baserte distribusjoner tilbys. Dette tillater automatiske oppgraderinger, sammen med systemets pakker:" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "Open your Terminal (CTRL+ALT+T should work)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Åpne terminalen (Ctrl+Alt+T bør fungere)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +#, fuzzy msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788))." -msgstr "" +msgstr "*Kun Ubuntu* - Skru på Ubuntu-«universe»-pakkebrønnen. (Du kan bruke [grafisk-](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) eller [kommandolinjebasert](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788) grensesnitt)." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +#, fuzzy msgid "Download the repository setup script:\\\\" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Last ned oppsettsskriptet fra pakkebrønnen:\\\\" #. type: Fenced code block (bash) #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 #, no-wrap msgid "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 msgid "Make the script executable:\\\\" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gjør skriptet kjørbart:\\\\" #. type: Fenced code block (bash) #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 #, no-wrap msgid "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 msgid "Run the setup script and install Jamulus:\\\\" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kjør oppstartsskriptet og installer Jamulus:\\\\" #. type: Fenced code block (bash) #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 #, no-wrap msgid "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" #. type: Title #### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 @@ -140,29 +146,32 @@ msgstr "Manuell installasjon av .deb-filen" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +#, fuzzy msgid "Download Jamulus for your architecture: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) or [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Last ned Jamulus for din arkitektur: [AMD4]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) eller [ARM64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +#, fuzzy msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Oppdater med APT ved å åpne et konsollvindu (Ctrl+Alt+T burde fungere) og skriv: `sudo apt update`" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +#, fuzzy msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gå dit du lastet ned installasjonsprogrammet og enten dobbeltklikk på det, eller bruk kommandolinjen: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (eller for Raspberry Pi osv. som ovenfor)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Når du har installert Jamulus kan du slette filen og lukke alle konsollvinduer." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "**Upgrades:** If you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version and install Jamulus manually, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Oppgraderinger:** Hvis du må oppgradere Jamulus til en nyere versjon og installere Jamulus manuelt kan du laste ned den nye .deb-filen og reinstallere som beskrevet ovenfor.\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 @@ -173,8 +182,9 @@ msgstr "### Andre distribusjoner" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 +#, fuzzy msgid "For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). If an up-to-date version of Jamulus is not included in your distribution, you can [compile Jamulus from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Note also the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "For andre distribusjoner kan du sjekke om det finnes installasjonsprogrammer på [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). Hvis nyeste versjon av Jamulus ikke er tilgjengelig i din distribusjon kan du [kompilere Jamulus fra kildekoden](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Merk deg også [installasjonsskriptene](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 @@ -183,84 +193,136 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set up your hardware" msgstr "## Sett opp maskinvaren din" +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 +msgid "The Jamulus Client needs to connect to a running [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server in order to start. You need to find out which is the low-latency sound server for your distribution. - If your distribution uses [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), see how to [configure JACK with QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl). - If your distribution uses PipeWire, see how to [configure PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)." +msgstr "" + #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Configure JACK with QjackCtl" msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl" msgstr "## Sett opp JACK med QjackCtl" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 -msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." -msgstr "" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64 +#, fuzzy +msgid "To run a [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server, the recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." +msgstr "Jamulus-klienter trenger [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) for å kjøre, men du må sette dette opp først. Anbefalt metode er å bruke `QjackCtl`." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 -msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" -msgstr "" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**." +msgstr "Kjør QjackCtl. Du vil bli møtt med **Verktøykontrollhovedsiden i Qt JACK**" #. type: Bullet: '2. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 -msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +msgid "Configure your sound hardware as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" -msgstr "" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" +msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list - choose the correct one as this cannot be changed without stopping Jamulus and JACK)." +msgstr "Sett lyd-**grensesnitt** til det du ønsker (det kan være flere på listen)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" -msgstr "" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" +msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**." +msgstr "Sett **samplingsrate til 48000**" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +#, fuzzy +msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and **Periods/Buffer at 2** at first." +msgstr "Sett **rammer/periode til 128** og **perioder/buffer** til 2 til å begynne med" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 +msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect and continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure PipeWire" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:69 -msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" -msgstr "Utfør omstart av JACK for å bruke de nye innstillingene" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 +msgid "PipeWire provides its own JACK server. When you launch the Jamulus Client, PipeWire automatically runs a JACK server. However, there are a few parameters to adjust. You need to set your audio interface to the \"pro-audio\" profile and define PipeWire's \"rate\" and \"quantum\" parameters beforehand. You can find more information about the configuration in the [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 +msgid "To set up your system: 1. Open `pavucontrol` (the audio mixer) and choose the \"pro-audio\" profile for your sound hardware in the configuration tab. 2. In a terminal use the following two commands to force PipeWire's rate and quantum:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:88 +msgid "After this, continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." +msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:70 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:89 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Start Jamulus" msgid "Start Jamulus" msgstr "### Start Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:92 #, fuzzy -msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." +msgid "With JACK or PipeWire configured, launch Jamulus." msgstr "Start Jamulus med JACK satt opp og kjørende." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:75 -msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:94 +msgid "If you have any problems, first check [the troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:76 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:95 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "## All installed?" msgid "All installed?" msgstr "## Alt klart?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:98 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "Ta en titt på" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:99 #, fuzzy msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Nybegynnersiden](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" +#~ msgstr "Sett opp lydmaskinvaren slik (eksakte innstillinger for JACK avhenger av hva din lydmaskinvare er i stand til):" + +#~ msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" +#~ msgstr "Utfør omstart av JACK for å bruke de nye innstillingene" + +#, fuzzy +#~ msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." +#~ msgstr "Hvis du har problemer med hakkete lyd (i særdeleshet XRUN-feil rapportert av JACK/QjackCtl), prøv høyere verdier (f.eks. 256 rammer, eller 3 perioder.) Lavere (f.eks. 64 rammer) kan gi bedre ytelse, men også forårsake flere lydproblemer. Sjekk [problemløsningssiden](Client-Troubleshooting) i sådant fall." + #~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" #~ msgstr "[Last ned Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Macintosh.po similarity index 93% rename from _translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Macintosh.po rename to _translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index f2011be9e..8769c61ae 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-06 13:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Windows.po similarity index 97% rename from _translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Windows.po rename to _translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Windows.po index 0cfa8fc13..f1d4590f4 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-06 13:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 @@ -49,8 +50,9 @@ msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Bruk av Jamulus\" branch1=\"Oppstartsv #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:13 +#, fuzzy msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sørg for å ha lest [Begynn](Getting-Started)-siden." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:15 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-iOS.po similarity index 74% rename from _translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-iOS.po rename to _translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-iOS.po index cfd5452a7..4d742a56e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 @@ -70,93 +71,103 @@ msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https: msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 -msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." msgstr "" -#. type: Title ## +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28 #, no-wrap msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '2. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '3. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '4. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '5. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:41 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "## Feedback and development" msgid "Feedback and development" msgstr "## Tilbakemelding og utvikling" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:43 -msgid "iOS support isn't mature yet and far from ready to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 +msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:48 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "## All installed?" msgid "All installed?" msgstr "## Alt klart?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:51 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:53 msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the" msgstr "Jamulus har blitt installert og kan nå brukes. Du kan ta en titt på" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54 #, fuzzy msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Nybegynnersiden](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Privacy-Statement.po similarity index 93% rename from _translator-files/po/nb_NO/Privacy-Statement.po rename to _translator-files/po/nb-NO/Privacy-Statement.po index df27c76a0..483afa975 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-06 13:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 @@ -89,7 +90,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:23 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Software" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus-programvare" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26 @@ -100,7 +101,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27 #, no-wrap msgid "General Information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Generell info" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 @@ -109,14 +110,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 +#, fuzzy msgid "All communications between and among Clients, Servers, Directories, and third-party protocol users are sent without encryption." -msgstr "" +msgstr "All kommunikasjon mellom klienter, tjenere, direktorater, og tredjepartsprotokollbrukere sendes uten kryptering." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:33 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Servers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus-tjenere" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36 @@ -138,7 +140,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:41 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Recordings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lydopptak" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44 @@ -154,7 +156,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 #, no-wrap msgid "Directories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Direktorater" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:49 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/QOS-Windows.po similarity index 92% rename from _translator-files/po/nb_NO/QOS-Windows.po rename to _translator-files/po/nb-NO/QOS-Windows.po index fd5c95b42..9b42bcec4 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/QOS-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/QOS-Windows.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Running-a-Server.po similarity index 84% rename from _translator-files/po/nb_NO/Running-a-Server.po rename to _translator-files/po/nb-NO/Running-a-Server.po index 79542dad6..d442a42f6 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Running-a-Server.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 @@ -177,88 +178,124 @@ msgid "To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are fam msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Download the setup script: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:62 +msgid "Download the setup script:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Make the script executable: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 +msgid "Make the script executable:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Run the script and install the headless server: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74 +msgid "Run the script and install the headless server:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 msgid "Enable the headless Server process:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 #, no-wrap -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:69 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:71 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 #, no-wrap -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:73 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92 msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:75 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96 #, no-wrap -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:77 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98 msgid "_To edit your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Modes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104 msgid "Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 #, no-wrap msgid "Unregistered mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:87 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:108 msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:110 #, no-wrap msgid "**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:93 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 #, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" @@ -267,28 +304,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:115 #, no-wrap msgid "Registered mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:97 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:118 msgid "In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:99 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:120 msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:122 msgid "Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:126 #, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" @@ -297,67 +334,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127 #, no-wrap msgid "Directory mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:109 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:130 msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:138 msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:119 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 #, no-wrap msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:121 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:123 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:144 #, no-wrap msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:125 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:146 msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:128 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 #, no-wrap msgid "Minimum setup to run in Registered mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153 msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections. You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 #, no-wrap msgid "" "jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" @@ -366,50 +403,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:161 msgid "See the table below for `hostname:port` values." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 #, no-wrap msgid "Server mode-related options" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:145 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 #, no-wrap msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:148 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:150 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 msgid "This option takes the format:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:152 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 msgid "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 #, no-wrap msgid "" "| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" @@ -424,314 +461,314 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:187 #, no-wrap msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190 msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:196 msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:198 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:178 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 #, no-wrap msgid "`-L or --licence`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:180 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201 msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 #, no-wrap msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:186 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverpublicip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:189 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210 #, no-wrap msgid "`--directoryfile`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:212 msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 #, no-wrap msgid "`-f or --listfilter`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:218 #, no-wrap msgid "General Server options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:200 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "`-d or --discononquit`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223 msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 #, no-wrap msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:226 msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 #, no-wrap msgid "`-l or --log`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:208 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229 msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 #, no-wrap msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:214 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 #, no-wrap msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:216 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:217 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 #, no-wrap msgid "`-s` or `--server`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverbindip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 #, no-wrap msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:228 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 #, no-wrap msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 #, no-wrap msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 #, no-wrap msgid "Other options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Server via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265 #, no-wrap msgid "Recording" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 #, no-wrap msgid "`-R or --recording`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 #, no-wrap msgid "`--norecord`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling Recording" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -740,16 +777,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" " [Service]\n" " Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 msgid "To start a new recording:" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -758,152 +795,152 @@ msgid "" "\n" " [Service]\n" " Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:293 -msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314 +msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316 msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318 msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:299 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:301 -msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322 +msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:307 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328 msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:310 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 #, no-wrap msgid "Servers on the desktop" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334 msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336 msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338 msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:319 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340 msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:321 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346 #, no-wrap msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:327 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 #, no-wrap msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:332 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 #, no-wrap msgid "The Server status icon" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356 msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:360 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:368 msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "## Troubleshooting" msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "## Feilsporing" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Server-Bandwidth.po similarity index 93% rename from _translator-files/po/nb_NO/Server-Bandwidth.po rename to _translator-files/po/nb-NO/Server-Bandwidth.po index db8aa1c8c..93d9fc74c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-31 16:58+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Server-Troubleshooting.po similarity index 96% rename from _translator-files/po/nb_NO/Server-Troubleshooting.po rename to _translator-files/po/nb-NO/Server-Troubleshooting.po index a8988d9d6..fa37432ed 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Software-Manual.po similarity index 84% rename from _translator-files/po/nb_NO/Software-Manual.po rename to _translator-files/po/nb-NO/Software-Manual.po index 0d06c2a88..fbe3d47ee 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Software-Manual.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -230,259 +231,264 @@ msgid "Connect/disconnect button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:80 -msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:81 +msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session. You can also open the dialogue using \"File>Connection Setup...\". This will leave you connected to any current session until you join another." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:82 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:83 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:84 -msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available servers together with the number of occupants and the maximum number supported. Server operators register their servers on lists (mostly defined by genre, though some could be location-specific or for all genres). Use the List dropdown to select a genre, click on the server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name. Permanent servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 +msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 -msgid "You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a \"#\" character." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:88 +msgid "Click on the Server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:90 -msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92 +msgid "Server operators register their servers with Directories. These are either genre-specific or for any genre, or additional [custom entries](#custom-directories). Use the Directory dropdown to select a genre. You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied Servers, enter a \"#\" character. If you choose \"Show All Musicians\" the current occupants will be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:98 +msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private Server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:91 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 #, no-wrap msgid "Server audio mixer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:102 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:97 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 msgid "The audio mixer screen shows each user connected to the server (including yourself). The faders allow you to adjust the level of what you hear without affecting what others hear." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 msgid "The VU meter shows the input level at the server - that is, the sound being sent." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109 msgid "If you have set your Audio Channel to Stereo or Stereo Out in your Settings, you will also see a pan control (shift-click to reset)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:103 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear you. Either they have muted you, soloed one or more users not including you, or have set your fader in their mix to zero." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:108 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116 #, no-wrap msgid "Grp button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:112 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120 #, no-wrap msgid "Mute button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126 #, no-wrap msgid "Solo button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:122 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 #, no-wrap msgid "Settings" msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 #, no-wrap msgid "My Profile" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 #, no-wrap -msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 #, no-wrap msgid "Skin" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:139 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 #, no-wrap msgid "Meter style" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 #, no-wrap msgid "Mixer rows" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Alerts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio/Network Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Device" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 #, no-wrap msgid "Input/output channel mapping" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio channels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:180 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -490,151 +496,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio quality" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 #, no-wrap msgid "Buffer Delay" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 -msgid "On Linux, use the JACK configuration tool to change the buffer size." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 +msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:211 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "Jitter Buffer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:227 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 #, no-wrap msgid "Small Network Buffers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:231 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Stream Rate" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 #, no-wrap msgid "Custom Directories" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 -msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 +msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 #, no-wrap msgid "New Client Level" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 #, no-wrap msgid "" "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" @@ -643,140 +649,140 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Boost" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback Protection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Balance" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu commands" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 #, no-wrap msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284 msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:271 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 #, no-wrap msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:275 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up Jamulus" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap -msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 #, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:291 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 #, no-wrap msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:297 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311 #, no-wrap msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Client via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:307 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po similarity index 98% rename from _translator-files/po/nb_NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po rename to _translator-files/po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po index a90f00986..8b133ea02 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "nb_NO" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Unregistered-Servers.po similarity index 97% rename from _translator-files/po/nb_NO/Unregistered-Servers.po rename to _translator-files/po/nb-NO/Unregistered-Servers.po index 8878ad0e4..024b12e53 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/Unregistered-Servers.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" +"Language: nb-NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "nb-NO" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/copyright.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/copyright.po similarity index 69% rename from _translator-files/po/zh_CN/copyright.po rename to _translator-files/po/nb-NO/copyright.po index 43859214a..556b82350 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/copyright.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/copyright.po @@ -3,17 +3,18 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-10-22 16:02+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: nb_NO\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.1\n" #. type: Hash Value: footer asio #: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 @@ -23,6 +24,6 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Hash Value: nav docs #: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 -#, no-wrap +#, fuzzy, no-wrap msgid "This documentation is CC BY-SA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dokumentasjonen er lisensiert CC BY-SA" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/general.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/general.po similarity index 100% rename from _translator-files/po/nb_NO/general.po rename to _translator-files/po/nb-NO/general.po diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/nb-NO/navigation.po similarity index 100% rename from _translator-files/po/nb_NO/navigation.po rename to _translator-files/po/nb-NO/navigation.po diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/1-index.po deleted file mode 100644 index afc65d152..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/1-index.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,255 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Allan Nordhøy , 2022. -# Allan Nordhøy , 2023. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: nb_NO\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" - -#. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) -#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "---\n" -#| "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -#| "lang: \"en\"\n" -#| "permalink: /\n" -#| "layout: mainhomepage\n" -#| "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" -#| "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -#| "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -#| "metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" -#| "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" -#| "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -#| "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" -#| "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" -#| "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" -#| "---\n" -msgid "" -"---\n" -"title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -"lang: \"en\"\n" -"permalink: /\n" -"layout: mainhomepage\n" -"ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" -"ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" -"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" -"mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -"mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" -"mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" -"mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" -"mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" -"---\n" -msgstr "" -"---\n" -"title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -"lang: \"nb_NO\"\n" -"permalink: /\n" -"layout: mainhomepage\n" -"ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" -"ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" -"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" -"mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -"mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" -"mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" -"mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" -"---\n" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 -#, no-wrap -msgid "What is Jamulus?" -msgstr "Hva er Jamulus?" - -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. " -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Download it here" -msgstr "Last det ned her" - -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"!\n" -" " -msgstr "" -"!\n" -" " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus worldwide" -msgstr "Verdensomspennende Jamulus" - -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:35 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" -" in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" -" " -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:37 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Help needed?" -msgstr "Trenger du hjelp?" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 -#, no-wrap -msgid " Check out the " -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 -#, no-wrap -msgid "documentation" -msgstr "dokumentasjon" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 -#, no-wrap -msgid " and consider the " -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "troubleshooting section" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"!\n" -" You can also ask on the " -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 -#, no-wrap -msgid "forums" -msgstr "forumet" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -".\n" -" " -msgstr "" -".\n" -" " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:45 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Want to get involved?" -msgstr "Vil du involvere deg?" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid "translating" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid "free and open source software" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid "GPL" -msgstr "GPL" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid ", you can help us!" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid " Take a look at our " -msgstr " Ta en titt på " - -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "contribution guidelines" -msgstr "bidragsyterveiledningen" - -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" -" " -msgstr "" -" for å finne ut hvordan du gjør dette. Alle er velkomne!\n" -" " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:58 -#, no-wrap -msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" -msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/1-index.po index 541aad75f..6d85b9476 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/1-index.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/1-index.po @@ -1,11 +1,12 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2023. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024. +# Dklfajsjfi49wefklsf32 , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-06 20:48+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 19:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -13,10 +14,10 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) -#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:1 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "" "---\n" @@ -35,6 +36,7 @@ msgid "" "mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" "---\n" +"[//]: # Markdown sections should not be indented, otherwise they are treated as code blocks.\n" msgstr "" "---\n" "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Maak online muziek. Met vrienden. Gratis.\"\n" @@ -44,7 +46,7 @@ msgstr "" "ldjAppCategory: \"Muziek\"\n" "ldjSlogan: \"Maak online muziek. Met vrienden. Gratis.\"\n" "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer en bijdragers\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software waarmee muzikanten muziek kunnen uitvoeren, repeteren of samen jammen, in realtime via internet.\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is gratis en open source software waarmee muzikanten muziek kunnen uitvoeren, repeteren of samen jammen, in realtime via internet.\"\n" "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icoon\"\n" "mTSlogan: \"Maak online muziek. Met vrienden. Gratis.\"\n" "mTGetStartedNow: \"Begin nu!\"\n" @@ -54,194 +56,180 @@ msgstr "" "---\n" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:21 #, no-wrap msgid "What is Jamulus?" msgstr "Wat is Jamulus?" -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:23 #, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. " -msgstr " Met Jamulus kun je spelen, repeteren of jammen met je vrienden, je band of iedereen die je online vindt. Speel samen op afstand met hoogwaardig geluid met lage latentie via een normale breedbandverbinding. " +msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" +msgstr "Met Jamulus kun je spelen, repeteren of jammen met je vrienden, je band of iedereen die je online vindt. Speel samen op afstand met hoogwaardig geluid met lage latentie via een normale breedbandverbinding. [Download het hier!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 #, no-wrap -msgid "Download it here" -msgstr "Download het hier" +msgid "Jamulus is international" +msgstr "Jamulus is internationaal" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus worldwide" +msgstr "Jamulus wereldwijd" #. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:42 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"!\n" -" " -msgstr "" -"!\n" -" " +msgid "All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons, in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" +msgstr "Over de hele wereld laat Jamulus koren repeteren en rockbands spelen. Jamulus brengt folk- en klassieke muzikanten samen. Het wordt gebruikt voor muzieklessen op afstand, op scholen en universiteiten, privé en in het openbaar — alles in realtime via het internet, alsof je er persoonlijk bij bent.\n" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:44 #, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus worldwide" -msgstr "Jamulus wereldwijd" +msgid "Help needed?" +msgstr "Hulp nodig?" -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:35 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:47 #, no-wrap msgid "" -" All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" -" in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" -" " +"Check out the [documentation](wiki/Getting-Started) and consider the [troubleshooting section](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" +"You can also ask on the [forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" msgstr "" -" Over de hele wereld laat Jamulus koren repeteren en rockbands spelen. Jamulus brengt folk- en klassieke muzikanten samen. Het wordt gebruikt voor muzieklessen op afstand,\n" -" op scholen en universiteiten, privé en in het openbaar — alles in realtime op internet, alsof je er persoonlijk bij bent.\n" -" " +"Lees de [documentatie](wiki/Getting-Started) en overweeg ook nog een bezoek aan de [problemen oplossen](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) sectie!\n" +"Je kunt ook vragen stellen op het [forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" #. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:37 +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:53 #, no-wrap -msgid "Help needed?" -msgstr "Hulp nodig?" +msgid "Want to get involved?" +msgstr "Wil je meehelpen?" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:56 #, no-wrap -msgid " Check out the " -msgstr " Bekijk de " +msgid "Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is [free and open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensed under the [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) you can help us!" +msgstr "Heb je een idee? Een bug gevonden? Wil je bijdragen aan de ontwikkeling of helpen bij het [vertalen](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) van Jamulus in jouw taal? Aangezien Jamulus [gratis is en open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) gelicentieerd onder de [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html), kun je ons helpen!" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:58 #, no-wrap -msgid "documentation" -msgstr "documentatie" +msgid "Take a look at our [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) to find out how. Everybody is welcome!" +msgstr "Bekijk onze [richtlijnen voor bijdragen](wiki/Contribution) om erachter te komen hoe. Iedereen is welkom!" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60 #, no-wrap -msgid " and consider the " -msgstr " en kijk vooral naar het " +msgid "_For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see [this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" +msgstr "Voor gedetailleerde informatie over hoe Jamulus werkt, zie [dit artikel van Volker Fischer (PDF in het engels)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf).\n" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:65 #, no-wrap -msgid "troubleshooting section" -msgstr "problemen oplossen gedeelte" +msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" +msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -"!\n" -" You can also ask on the " -msgstr "" -"!\n" -" Je kunt ook vragen stellen in de " +#~ msgid "Download it here" +#~ msgstr "Download het hier" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 #, no-wrap -msgid "forums" -msgstr "forums" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -".\n" -" " -msgstr "" -".\n" -" " +#~ msgid " Check out the " +#~ msgstr " Bekijk de " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:45 #, no-wrap -msgid "Want to get involved?" -msgstr "Wil je meehelpen?" +#~ msgid "documentation" +#~ msgstr "documentatie" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " -msgstr " Heb je een idee? Een bug gevonden? Wil je bijdragen aan de ontwikkeling of helpen " +#~ msgid " and consider the " +#~ msgstr " en kijk vooral naar het " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid "translating" -msgstr "bij het vertalen" +#~ msgid "troubleshooting section" +#~ msgstr "problemen oplossen gedeelte" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " -msgstr " van Jamulus in jouw taal ? Aangezien Jamulus " +#~ msgid "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " You can also ask on the " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " Je kunt ook vragen stellen in de " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid "free and open source software" -msgstr "gratis is en open source software" +#~ msgid "forums" +#~ msgstr "forums" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " -msgstr " (FOSS) gelicentieerd onder de " +#~ msgid "" +#~ ".\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ ".\n" +#~ " " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid "GPL" -msgstr "GPL" +#~ msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " +#~ msgstr " Heb je een idee? Een bug gevonden? Wil je bijdragen aan de ontwikkeling of helpen " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 #, no-wrap -msgid ", you can help us!" -msgstr ", kun je ons helpen!" +#~ msgid "translating" +#~ msgstr "bij het vertalen" -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap -msgid " Take a look at our " -msgstr " Bekijk onze " +#~ msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " +#~ msgstr " van Jamulus in jouw taal ? Aangezien Jamulus " -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap -msgid "contribution guidelines" -msgstr "richtlijnen voor bijdragen" +#~ msgid "free and open source software" +#~ msgstr "gratis is en open source software" -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 #, no-wrap -msgid "" -" to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" -" " -msgstr "" -" om erachter te komen hoe. Iedereen is welkom!\n" -" " +#~ msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " +#~ msgstr " (FOSS) gelicentieerd onder de " -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 #, no-wrap -msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " -msgstr " Voor gedetailleerde informatie over hoe Jamulus werkt, zie " +#~ msgid "GPL" +#~ msgstr "GPL" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 #, no-wrap -msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" -msgstr "dit artikel van Volker Fischer (PDF in het engels)" +#~ msgid ", you can help us!" +#~ msgstr ", kun je ons helpen!" -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:58 #, no-wrap -msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" -msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" +#~ msgid " Take a look at our " +#~ msgstr " Bekijk onze " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "contribution guidelines" +#~ msgstr "richtlijnen voor bijdragen" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ " to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " om erachter te komen hoe. Iedereen is welkom!\n" +#~ " " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " +#~ msgstr " Voor gedetailleerde informatie over hoe Jamulus werkt, zie " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" +#~ msgstr "dit artikel van Volker Fischer (PDF in het engels)" #, no-wrap #~ msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Directories.po index 80803c625..8f436644f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Directories.po @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2023. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-30 20:06+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-18 20:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ msgstr "Adresboeken" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Meer\" branch1=\"Serverhandleiding\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Meer\" branch1=\"Serverbeheerdershandleiding\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:11 @@ -100,4 +100,4 @@ msgstr "Als je het adresboek om welke reden dan ook opnieuw moet opstarten (bijv #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:32 msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." -msgstr "Tot 150 Servers kunnen zich dan registreren bij een adresboek." +msgstr "Tot 150 servers kunnen zich dan registreren bij een adresboek." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Shared-Commands.po index aefc6b039..0f624ad19 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -27,8 +27,8 @@ msgstr "`-h` of `--help` Laat de help tekst zien" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" -msgstr "`-i` of `--inifile` Stel de locatie van het initialisatiebestand in (heeft voorrang op de standaardinstelling. Geef op macOS alleen een bestandsnaam op, aangezien configuratiebestanden alleen kunnen worden gelezen vanuit `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus .Jamulus/Data/`. Vervang voor de server `io.jamulus.Jamulus` door `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Schakel \"Toon bibliotheekmap\" in \"Toon weergaveopties\" in Finder in om deze map te zien.)" +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgstr "`-i` of `--inifile` Stel de locatie van het initialisatiebestand in (heeft voorrang op de standaardinstelling. Geef op macOS alleen een bestandsnaam op, aangezien configuratiebestanden alleen kunnen worden gelezen vanuit `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. Vervang voor de server `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` door `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Schakel \"Toon bibliotheekmap\" in \"Toon weergaveopties\" in Finder in om deze map te zien.)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Linux.po index 61a2bafbc..83f404d87 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -1,19 +1,20 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2023. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-31 20:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-01 20:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 @@ -177,79 +178,124 @@ msgstr "Voor installatieprogramma's voor andere distributies, zie hun pakketbehe msgid "Set up your hardware" msgstr "Hardware configuratie" +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 +msgid "The Jamulus Client needs to connect to a running [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server in order to start. You need to find out which is the low-latency sound server for your distribution. - If your distribution uses [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), see how to [configure JACK with QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl). - If your distribution uses PipeWire, see how to [configure PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)." +msgstr "De Jamulus-client moet verbinding maken met een actieve [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server om te kunnen starten. Je moet uitzoeken welke de low-latency sound server is voor jouw distributie. - Als jouw distributie [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) gebruikt, zie dan hoe je [JACK configureert met QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configureer-jack-met-qjackctl). - Als jouw distributie PipeWire gebruikt, zie dan hoe je [PipeWire configureert](Installation-for-Linux#configureer-pipewire)." + #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 #, no-wrap msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl" msgstr "Configureer JACK met QjackCtl" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 -msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." -msgstr "Jamulus-clients gebruiken [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) om te werken, maar die moet je eerst configureren. Het is aan te bevelen om hiervoor `QjackCtl` te gebruiken." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64 +msgid "To run a [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server, the recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." +msgstr "Om een [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/)-server te draaien, is de aanbevolen methode om `QjackCtl` te gebruiken." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 -msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" -msgstr "Start QjackCtl. Je ziet het **Qt JACK Control utility hoofdvenster**" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**." +msgstr "Start QjackCtl. Je ziet het **Qt JACK Control utility hoofdvenster**." #. type: Bullet: '2. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 -msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" -msgstr "Configureer je audiohardware als volgt (de exacte instellingen voor JACK zijn afhankelijk van waar jouw audiohardware toe in staat is):" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +msgid "Configure your sound hardware as follows:" +msgstr "Configureer jouw geluidsapparatuur als volgt:" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" -msgstr "Stel de audio **Interface** in op degene die je wilt (er kunnen er meerdere in de lijst staan)" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list - choose the correct one as this cannot be changed without stopping Jamulus and JACK)." +msgstr "Stel de audio **Interface** in op degene die je wilt (er kunnen er meerdere in de lijst staan - kies de juiste, want deze kan niet worden gewijzigd zonder Jamulus en JACK te stoppen)." #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" -msgstr "Stel de **Sample Rate in op 48000**" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**." +msgstr "Stel de **Sample Rate in op 48000**." #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" -msgstr "Stel de **Frames/Period in op 128** en Periods/Buffer op 2 om mee te beginnen" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and **Periods/Buffer at 2** at first." +msgstr "Stel de **Frames/Period in op 128** en **Periods/Buffer op 2** om mee te beginnen." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 +msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect and continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." +msgstr "Start JACK opnieuw op om de nieuwe instellingen van kracht te laten worden en ga verder vanaf het gedeelte [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) hieronder." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure PipeWire" +msgstr "Configureer PipeWire" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:69 -msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" -msgstr "Herstart JACK zodat de nieuwe instellingen geactiveerd worden" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 +msgid "PipeWire provides its own JACK server. When you launch the Jamulus Client, PipeWire automatically runs a JACK server. However, there are a few parameters to adjust. You need to set your audio interface to the \"pro-audio\" profile and define PipeWire's \"rate\" and \"quantum\" parameters beforehand. You can find more information about the configuration in the [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)." +msgstr "PipeWire gebruikt zijn eigen JACK-server. Wanneer je de Jamulus-client start, start PipeWire automatisch een JACK-server. Er zijn echter een paar parameters die je moet aanpassen. Je moet jouw audio-interface instellen op het \"pro-audio\"-profiel en de \"rate\"- en \"quantum\"-parameters van PipeWire van tevoren definiëren. Je kunt meer informatie over de configuratie vinden in de [PipeWire-wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 +msgid "To set up your system: 1. Open `pavucontrol` (the audio mixer) and choose the \"pro-audio\" profile for your sound hardware in the configuration tab. 2. In a terminal use the following two commands to force PipeWire's rate and quantum:" +msgstr "Om jouw systeem in te stellen: 1. Open `pavucontrol` (de audiomixer) en kies het profiel \"pro-audio\" voor jouw geluidshardware in het configuratietabblad. 2. Gebruik in een terminal-venster de volgende twee opdrachten om de rate en quantum van PipeWire te forceren:" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" +msgstr "" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:88 +msgid "After this, continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." +msgstr "Ga hierna verder vanaf het gedeelte [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) hieronder." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:70 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:89 #, no-wrap msgid "Start Jamulus" msgstr "Start Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 -msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." -msgstr "Terwijl JACK actief en geconfigureerd is, start je Jamulus." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:92 +msgid "With JACK or PipeWire configured, launch Jamulus." +msgstr "Start Jamulus nadat JACK of PipeWire is geconfigureerd." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:75 -msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." -msgstr "Als je problemen krijgt met het onderbreken van het geluid (met name XRUN-fouten gerapporteerd door JACK/QjackCtl), probeer dan grotere waarden in te stellen (bijv. 256 frames of 3 periods). Lagere (bijvoorbeeld 64 frames) kunnen betere prestaties opleveren maar zorgen misschien voor meer geluidsproblemen. Zie ook de [problemen oplossen pagina](Client-Troubleshooting)." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:94 +msgid "If you have any problems, first check [the troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting)." +msgstr "Als je problemen ondervindt, controleer dan eerst [de pagina voor probleemoplossing](Client-Troubleshooting)." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:76 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:95 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" msgstr "Alles geïnstalleerd?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:98 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "Kijk eens naar de" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:99 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Aan de slag pagina](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#~ msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" +#~ msgstr "Configureer je audiohardware als volgt (de exacte instellingen voor JACK zijn afhankelijk van waar jouw audiohardware toe in staat is):" + +#~ msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" +#~ msgstr "Herstart JACK zodat de nieuwe instellingen geactiveerd worden" + +#~ msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." +#~ msgstr "Als je problemen krijgt met het onderbreken van het geluid (met name XRUN-fouten gerapporteerd door JACK/QjackCtl), probeer dan grotere waarden in te stellen (bijv. 256 frames of 3 periods). Lagere (bijvoorbeeld 64 frames) kunnen betere prestaties opleveren maar zorgen misschien voor meer geluidsproblemen. Zie ook de [problemen oplossen pagina](Client-Troubleshooting)." + #~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" #~ msgstr "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-iOS.po index b0a7b88ba..12f5a4173 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2023. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-04-23 11:11+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 18:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 @@ -66,91 +66,101 @@ msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https: msgstr "Als je geen pc hebt, raden we je aan om een [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } te kopen, een goedkoop en klein apparaat dat zeer goed presteert met Jamulus. iOS-ondersteuning is slechts een proof of concept." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer." msgstr "Om Jamulus op je iOS-apparaat te installeren, heb je een (gratis of betaald) Apple Developer-account nodig en bij voorkeur een computer." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it." msgstr "Als je niet betaalt voor een Apple-ontwikkelaarsaccount, zal Jamulus maximaal 7 dagen actief zijn voordat je het opnieuw moet installeren." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 -msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." -msgstr "Jamulus op iOS werkt best goed op nieuwe apparaten als alles correct is ingesteld. We raden je echter ten zeerste aan om een audio-interface en een USB-ethernet-adapter te gebruiken. Om deze met jouw iOS-apparaat te verbinden, moet je iets gebruiken zoals de [Lightning naar USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) en een USB-hub met stroomvoorziening." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." +msgstr "Jamulus op iOS werkt best goed wanneer alles correct is ingesteld. We raden je echter ten zeerste aan om een audio-interface en een USB-ethernet-adapter te gebruiken. Als je een ouder apparaat bezit met een Lightning-poort en geen USB-C, moet je iets gebruiken zoals de [Lightning naar USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) en een USB-hub met stroomvoorziening." -#. type: Title ## +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi." +msgstr "Als je Jamulus via een draadloos netwerk moet gebruiken, dan kun je het beste een mobiele verbinding (5G) gebruiken in plaats van wifi." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release." +msgstr "Niet-officiële Jamulus-compatibele apps zoals [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) zijn beschikbaar in de AppStore, maar hebben mogelijk niet dezelfde functies als de officiële Jamulus-versie." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28 #, no-wrap msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" msgstr "Installatie voor iOS (alleen voor gevorderde gebruikers)" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n" msgstr "**Opmerking**: we bieden een niet-ondertekend .ipa-bestand dat je moet ondertekenen en vervolgens op je apparaat moet installeren. Als je niet gejailbreakt bent (en AppSync hebt geïnstalleerd), heb je mogelijk extra software nodig om Jamulus te installeren. Er zijn meerdere manieren om dat te doen, maar deze gids legt alleen de meest standaardaanpak uit. Houd er rekening mee dat we ervan uitgaan dat je al een (gratis) Apple-ontwikkelaarsaccount hebt. Als je er geen hebt, maak dan een Apple ID aan en [meld je aan voor een ontwikkelaarsaccount](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We raden aan om er een aan te maken zonder twee-factor-authenticatie en niet gerelateerd aan je potentiële persoonlijke account. Je moet het wachtwoord invoeren in niet-Apple-software.\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" msgstr "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) op een PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" #. type: Bullet: '2. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)" msgstr "Onderteken het .ipa-bestand (bijvoorbeeld via Xcode of een andere **vertrouwde** app. We zullen hier geen aanbevelingen doen, maar er zijn apps voor elk besturingssysteem)" #. type: Bullet: '3. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account." msgstr "Eenmaal ondertekend en geïnstalleerd; op je iOS-apparaat open Instellingen, navigeer naar Algemeen> Profielen (of VPN en Apparaatbeheer). Tik op het ontwikkelaarsaccount dat overeenkomt met je account en vertrouw het account." #. type: Bullet: '4. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen" msgstr "Open Jamulus vanaf je startscherm" #. type: Bullet: '5. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4." msgstr "Na 7 dagen moet je Jamulus opnieuw ondertekenen als je een gratis ontwikkelaarsaccount gebruikt. Doe alles opnieuw vanaf stap 4." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." msgstr "Als je een Mac bezit en Xcode hebt geïnstalleerd, kan het compileren van Jamulus vanaf de bron een andere, meer natuurlijke optie zijn. Neem eens een kijkje op de [compilatie instructies voor iOS (engelstalig)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:41 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback and development" msgstr "Feedback en ontwikkeling" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:43 -msgid "iOS support isn't mature yet and far from ready to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." -msgstr "iOS-ondersteuning staat nog in de kinderschoenen en is nog lang niet klaar om in de AppStore te worden gepubliceerd. Voel je vrij om mee te helpen: ga gewoon naar de [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 +msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +msgstr "Wij zijn van mening dat de iOS-versie nog niet volwassen genoeg is om in de AppStore te worden gepubliceerd. Voel je vrij om mee te helpen: ga gewoon naar de [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore." msgstr "Lees ook de [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) betreffende het beschikbaar maken van Jamulus via de Apple AppStore." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:48 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" msgstr "Alles geïnstalleerd?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:51 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:53 msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the" msgstr "Jamulus is geïnstalleerd en kan nu worden gebruikt. Kijk eens naar de" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Aan de slag pagina](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Running-a-Server.po index 67c181476..bc17bad09 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Running-a-Server.po @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Henk De Groot , 2022. -# Henk De Groot , 2023. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-24 18:48+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-25 10:27+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 @@ -179,91 +179,142 @@ msgid "To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are fam msgstr "Om een headless server op Linux uit te voeren, gaan de volgende stappen ervan uit dat je bekend bent met de opdrachtregel en Debian/Ubuntu of gelijkaardige distributie die systemd gebruikt." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Download the setup script: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" -msgstr "Download het setup-script: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:62 +msgid "Download the setup script:" +msgstr "Download het installatiescript:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Make the script executable: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" -msgstr "Maak het script uitvoerbaar: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 +msgid "Make the script executable:" +msgstr "Maak het script uitvoerbaar:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Run the script and install the headless server: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" -msgstr "Voer het script uit en installeer de headless-server: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74 +msgid "Run the script and install the headless server:" +msgstr "Voer het script uit en installeer de headless server:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 msgid "Enable the headless Server process:" msgstr "Schakel het headless server-proces in:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 #, no-wrap -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" -msgstr "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:69 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:" msgstr "Voeg de gewenste [opdrachtregelopties](Running-a-Server#configuratie-opties) toe aan de `ExecStart`-regel in het systemd-servicebestand:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:71 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 #, no-wrap -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" -msgstr "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:73 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92 msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:" msgstr "Herlaad de systemd-bestanden en herstart de headless server:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:75 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" -msgstr "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:77 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "_To amend your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98 msgid "_To edit your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" -msgstr "_Om jouw serverconfiguratie te wijzigen, herhaal je gewoon de laatste twee stappen hierboven._" +msgstr "_Om jouw serverconfiguratie te bewerken, herhaal je gewoon de laatste twee stappen hierboven._" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Modes" msgstr "Servermodi" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104 msgid "Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs." msgstr "Servers kunnen in een van de drie modi worden uitgevoerd (thuis of op een externe host), afhankelijk van jouw behoeften." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 #, no-wrap msgid "Unregistered mode" msgstr "Niet-geregistreerde modus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:87 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:108 msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it." msgstr "Dit is de standaard wanneer je een server voor het eerst start. Niet-geregistreerde servers worden niet weergegeven in adresboeken, dus alleen muzikanten die het adres van de server kennen, kunnen er verbinding mee maken." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:110 #, no-wrap msgid "**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" msgstr "**Voor informatie over het uitvoeren van een niet-geregistreerde server [zie deze handleiding](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:93 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 #, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" @@ -275,28 +326,28 @@ msgstr "" "
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:115 #, no-wrap msgid "Registered mode" msgstr "Geregistreerde modus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:97 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:118 msgid "In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it." msgstr "In deze modus verschijnt je server in de serverlijst die wordt geleverd door een adresboek. Jamulus clients worden geleverd met een lijst met ingebouwde adresboeken. Als je de server bij een van deze registreert, kan iedereen deze ontdekken en er verbinding mee maken." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:99 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:120 msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address." msgstr "Je kunt je server ook in een eigen adresboek plaatsen (zie hieronder). Clients zullen je server alleen vinden als ze het internetadres van het eigen adresboek invoeren." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:122 msgid "Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory." msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat adresboeken slechts tot 150 servers kunnen registreren. Als je een bericht ziet dat je de server niet kunt registreren omdat het adresboek vol is, kun je proberen je te registreren bij een ander adresboek." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:126 #, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" @@ -308,67 +359,67 @@ msgstr "" "
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127 #, no-wrap msgid "Directory mode" msgstr "Adresboek modus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:109 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:130 msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." msgstr "Als je meerdere Servers wilt uitvoeren, eventueel ook achter een firewall of op een LAN, dan kun je jouw server wellicht als adresboek uitvoeren. Denk aan online evenementen, muziekverenigingen, sectierepetities of muzieklessen voor scholen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)." msgstr "Voor informatie, [zie de adresboeken handleiding](Directories)." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration options" msgstr "Configuratie opties" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:138 msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:" msgstr "Afhankelijk van je besturingssysteem en hoe je de server gebruikt, kun je de serveropties instellen en permanent maken tussen herlaadbeurten door deze stappen te volgen:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:119 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 #, no-wrap msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n" msgstr "**Voor Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu met systemd)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:121 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))." msgstr "Voeg de gewenste opdrachtregelopties toe aan de `ExecStart`-regel in het systemd-servicebestand door `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` uit te voeren (Je moet opnieuw laden of opnieuw opstarten om de wijzigingen door te voeren. Zie [Installatie]( #installatie))." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:123 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:144 #, no-wrap msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n" msgstr "**Voor de GUI** (alle platformen)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:125 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:146 msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." -msgstr "Alle instellingen die via de grafische interface zijn gemaakt, worden opgeslagen in het bestand `Jamulusserver.ini`. (Bewerk dit bestand **niet** met de hand!) Sommige opties zijn echter niet beschikbaar in de GUI en moeten worden ingesteld via de opdrachtregel. Zie [servers op de desktop](#servers-vanaf-een-desktop) voor meer informatie." +msgstr "Alle instellingen die via de grafische interface zijn gemaakt, worden opgeslagen in het bestand `Jamulusserver.ini`. (Bewerk dit bestand **niet** met de hand!) Sommige opties zijn echter niet beschikbaar in de GUI en moeten worden ingesteld via de opdrachtregel. Zie [servers vanaf een desktop](#servers-vanaf-een-desktop) voor meer informatie." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:128 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 #, no-wrap msgid "Minimum setup to run in Registered mode" msgstr "Minimale setup om in geregistreerde modus uit te voeren" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153 msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections. You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):" msgstr "Je kunt een headless server op Linux draaien met behulp van systemd (met `systemctl`), wat in andere secties wordt behandeld. Je kunt een server ook rechtstreeks vanaf de opdrachtregel uitvoeren. Voer de volgende opdracht in om [een geregistreerde server uit te voeren](#servermodi):" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 #, no-wrap msgid "" "jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" @@ -380,50 +431,50 @@ msgstr "" " --serverinfo \"[naam];[stad];[land als tweeletterige ISO-landcode of Qt5 Locale]\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:161 msgid "See the table below for `hostname:port` values." msgstr "Zie de onderstaande tabel voor waarden voor 'hostnaam:poort'." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n" msgstr "**Opmerking**: Puntkomma's en nieuwe-regeltekens zijn niet toegestaan in `[naam]` en `[stad]` binnen het argument `--serverinfo`. Zie de [servermodus-gerelateerde opties](#servermodus-gerelateerde-opties) voor meer informatie over de landcode. \n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 #, no-wrap msgid "Server mode-related options" msgstr "Servermodus-gerelateerde opties" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:145 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 #, no-wrap msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`" msgstr "`-e of --directoryaddress`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:148 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories)." msgstr "Vereist voor een [geregistreerde server](Running-a-Server#geregistreerde-modus). Ook vereist om Jamulus uit te voeren als een [adresboek](Directories)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:150 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 msgid "This option takes the format:" msgstr "Deze optie heeft het formaat:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:152 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 msgid "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number." msgstr "`--directoryaddress hostnaam:poort` waarbij `hostnaam` de genre adresboek-hostnaam is en `poort` het poortnummer is." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options:" msgstr "Om je te registreren bij een van de adresboeken die in de Jamulus client zijn ingebouwd, vervang je `hostnaam:poort` door een van de volgende opties:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 #, no-wrap msgid "" "| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" @@ -447,314 +498,314 @@ msgstr "" "|**Genre Koor/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:187 #, no-wrap msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`" msgstr "`-o of --serverinfo`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190 msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client." msgstr "Wanneer je jouw server registreert bij een adresboek, kun je hiermee een servernaam en locatie gegevens opgeven, zodat gebruikers vervolgens naar deze waarden kunnen zoeken vanaf hun client." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`" msgstr "`[naam];[stad];[land als tweeletterige ISO-landcode]`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:196 msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" msgstr "Zie [tweeletterige ISO-landcodes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:198 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n" msgstr "**Opmerking:** Puntkomma's en nieuwe regeltekens zijn niet toegestaan in `naam` en `stad` waarden.\n" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:178 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 #, no-wrap msgid "`-L or --licence`" msgstr "`-L of --licence`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:180 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201 msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)." msgstr "Toon een overeenkomstvenster voordat gebruikers verbinding kunnen maken. De te tonen tekst van de overeenkomst dient als `--welkomstbericht` te worden aangeleverd (zie hieronder)." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 #, no-wrap msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`" msgstr "`-w of --welcomemessage`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear." msgstr "Een \"welkomstbericht\" om weer te geven in het client-chatvenster bij het verbinden. Kan worden opgegeven als een tekenreeks of bestandsnaam en kan HTML bevatten. Wanneer een pad wordt gebruikt, moet het bestand toegankelijk zijn voor het gebruikersaccount waaronder Jamulus draait. (Op de meeste Linux-installaties wordt standaard de gebruiker `jamulus` gebruikt.) Indien niet toegankelijk, zal het letterlijke pad (in plaats van de inhoud) verschijnen." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:186 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverpublicip`" msgstr "`--serverpublicip`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "Het openbare IP-adres van de server als er verbinding wordt gemaakt met een adresboek achter dezelfde NAT. Zie [de adresboek handleiding](Directories) voor meer informatie." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:189 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210 #, no-wrap msgid "`--directoryfile`" msgstr "`--directoryfile`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:212 msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "_Alleen adresboeken:_ Onthoudt geregistreerde servers, zelfs als de adresboek opnieuw wordt opgestart. Zie [de adresboeken handleiding](Directories) voor meer informatie." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 #, no-wrap msgid "`-f or --listfilter`" msgstr "`-f of --listfilter`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "_Alleen adresboeken:_ Specificeer welke servers zich kunnen registreren op de adresboek server. Zie [de adresboeken handleiding](Directories) voor meer informatie." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:218 #, no-wrap msgid "General Server options" msgstr "Algemene serveropties" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)." msgstr "Deze opties kunnen worden gebruikt ongeacht in welke modus de server wordt uitgevoerd (hoewel sommige mogelijk niet relevant zijn voor adresboeken)." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:200 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "`-d or --discononquit`" msgstr "`-d of --discononquit`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223 msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario." msgstr "Normaal gesproken, wanneer een server wordt gestopt of opnieuw wordt opgestart, zullen alle clients die niet op hun knop **Verbreken** hebben gedrukt, automatisch de verbinding herstellen wanneer de server terugkeert. Deze optie dwingt clients om in dit scenario hun verbindingen met de server handmatig te herstellen." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 #, no-wrap msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`" msgstr "`-F of --fastupdate`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:226 msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." msgstr "Vermindert latentie als clients verbinding maken met de optie **Kleine netwerkbuffers**. Vereist een snellere CPU om uitval te voorkomen en meer bandbreedte voor ingeschakelde clients." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 #, no-wrap msgid "`-l or --log`" msgstr "`-l of --log`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:208 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229 msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name" msgstr "Logboekregistratie inschakelen, pad en bestandsnaam instellen" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 #, no-wrap msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" msgstr "`-m of --htmlstatus`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" msgstr "HTML-statusbestand inschakelen, pad en bestandsnaam instellen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" msgstr "**Opmerking:** Deze functie is verouderd en verdwijnt mogelijk in een toekomstige release.\n" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:214 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 #, no-wrap msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" msgstr "`-P of --delaypan`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:216 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." msgstr "Begin met delay panning ingeschakeld. Deze optie maakt gebruik van kleine verschillen in de aankomsttijd van het geluid tussen de twee oren. Het produceert een stereo-effect dat vergelijkbaar is met het natuurlijke gehoor van de mens in vergelijking met normale \"volume\"-panning." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:217 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 #, no-wrap msgid "`-s` or `--server`" msgstr "`-s` of `--server`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" msgstr "Start Jamulus in servermodus" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverbindip`" msgstr "`--serverbindip`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." msgstr "Geef het IP-adres op waaraan het Jamulus proces zal binden." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." msgstr "Normaal gesproken luistert Jamulus naar alle IP-adressen op de hostcomputer. Als de host meerdere netwerkadressen heeft, kan met deze optie een van de adressen worden gekozen." #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 #, no-wrap msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" msgstr "`-T of --multithreading`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" msgstr "Gebruik multithreading om beter gebruik te maken van multi-core CPU's. Deze instelling kan de server helpen meer clients te ondersteunen. Zie ook `--numchannels`" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:228 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 #, no-wrap msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" msgstr "`-u of --numchannels`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "Maximaal aantal kanalen (clients)" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 #, no-wrap msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" msgstr "`-z of --startminimized`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." msgstr "Start de grafische gebruikersinterface van de Jamulus server in de geminimaliseerde vensterstatus." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 #, no-wrap msgid "Other options" msgstr "Andere opties" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Server via API" msgstr "Server aansturen via API" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." msgstr "Jamulus kan worden aangestuurd via een experimentele API die onderhevig is aan wijzigingen. Je kunt de [JSON-RPC API documentatie (engelstalig)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) in de hoofdrepository vinden. Met JSON-RPC kun je bepaalde functies beheren, zoals het wijzigen van het welkomstbericht of het starten van opnames in headless-modus vanuit geverifieerde externe applicaties. Het werkt terwijl de server draait." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265 #, no-wrap msgid "Recording" msgstr "Opname" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 #, no-wrap msgid "`-R or --recording`" msgstr "`-R of --recording`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." msgstr "Stel de serveropnamemap in. Standaard neemt de server op wanneer een sessie actief is." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" msgstr "**Opmerking:** Je moet opnames opslaan in een pad _buiten_ de jamulus home directory of `ProtectHome=true` uit je systemd unit-bestand verwijderen, maar houd er rekening mee dat dit een beveiligingsrisico kan zijn.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." msgstr "Opnames zijn per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` formaat en [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open de respectievelijke bestanden om ernaar te luisteren in die toepassingen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" msgstr "**Opmerking:** Wanneer je server aan het opnemen is, geven clients een bericht met een rode banner weer dat de sessie wordt opgenomen.\n" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 #, no-wrap msgid "`--norecord`" msgstr "`--norecord`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." msgstr "Stel de server in om standaard niet op te nemen wanneer opnemen is geconfigureerd." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling Recording" msgstr "Opname regelen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." msgstr "De opname begint zodra de eerste persoon verbinding maakt met de server en stopt wanneer de laatste persoon vertrekt." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." msgstr "Als de server tijdens een opname een SIGUSR1-signaal ontvangt, start hij een nieuwe opname in een nieuwe map. SIGUSR2 schakelt opname in/uit. Als [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is ingeschakeld, kun je de server ook beheren op een manier die vergelijkbaar is met de GUI . Zie de (experimentele) [JSON-RPC-documentatie over de opname (engelstalig)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." msgstr "Om deze signalen met systemd te verzenden, maak je de volgende twee `.service`-bestanden in `/etc/systemd/system` en geef je ze een passendse naam (bijv. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" msgstr "Opnemen in- of uitschakelen (afhankelijk van de huidige status):" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -763,7 +814,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " [Service]\n" " Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" msgstr "" " [Unit]\n" " Description=Schakel de opname status van de Jamulus server om\n" @@ -771,15 +822,15 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " [Service]\n" " Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 msgid "To start a new recording:" msgstr "Een nieuwe opname starten:" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -788,7 +839,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" " [Service]\n" " Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" msgstr "" " [Unit]\n" " Description=Start een nieuwe opname voor de Jamulus server\n" @@ -796,151 +847,151 @@ msgstr "" "\n" " [Service]\n" " Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:293 -msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" -msgstr "_Opmerking: de Jamulus-servicenaam in de regel `ExecStart` moet dezelfde zijn als het bestandsnaam `.service` die je hebt gemaakt toen je systemd instelde om jouw Jamulus-server te bedienen. Dus in dit voorbeeld zou dat `Jamulus-Server.service` . zijn_" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314 +msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example." +msgstr "_Opmerking: De Jamulus-servicenaam in de regel `ExecStart` moet hetzelfde zijn als de bestandsnaam `.service` die systemd gebruikt om jouw Jamulus server te beheren. Als je de `.deb`-bestanden uit de repository gebruikt, is dit standaard `jamulus-headless`, zoals in dit voorbeeld." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316 msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." msgstr "Voer `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` uit om ze te registreren voor het eerste gebruik." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318 msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" msgstr "Nu kun je deze uitvoeren met het commando `service start`, bijvoorbeeld:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:299 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:301 -msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." -msgstr "Je kunt het resultaat van deze commando's zien als je `systemctl status jamulus` uitvoert of door de logs te bekijken." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322 +msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log." +msgstr "Je kunt het resultaat van deze commando's zien als je `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (of de betreffende servicenaam die u handmatig hebt opgegeven) uitvoert. Je kunt ook de (sys)log bekijken." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" msgstr "Metadata toevoegen aan de server" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:307 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328 msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." msgstr "Je kunt metadata toevoegen aan het welkomstbericht van een server om aanvullende, verborgen informatie toe te voegen, zoals contactgegevens of beleidsverzoeken voor bots (dit is vergelijkbaar met [robots.txt](https://nl.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots_Exclusion_Protocol)). Zie de [Community Knowledge Base-vermelding over metadata (engelstalig)](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) voor meer informatie." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:310 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 #, no-wrap msgid "Servers on the desktop" msgstr "Servers vanaf een desktop" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334 msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" msgstr "Jamulus kan in servermodus worden uitgevoerd in de grafische omgeving van een computer. Dit geeft je een grafische gebruikersinterface om de meeste instellingen te beheren. Om dit te doen, [installeer je Jamulus voor jouw platform](Getting-Started) en voer je vervolgens een van de volgende handelingen uit:" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336 msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." msgstr "**Windows-gebruikers** - Gebruik het pictogram \"Jamulus Server\" in het Windows Start-menu. Als je wilt dat de server automatisch start wanneer je Windows start, vink je het vakje voor deze optie aan." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338 msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." msgstr "**macOS-gebruikers** - Dubbelklik op het pictogram \"Jamulus Server\" in Toepassingen." #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:319 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340 msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." msgstr "**Linux gebruikers** - Start de \"Jamulus Server\" snelkoppeling of open een terminalvenster (`CTRL+ALT+t` op Debian en gerelateerde distributies) en typ `jamulus -s` en druk op enter." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:321 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "Hoewel de meeste algemene functies in Jamulus kunnen worden ingesteld met behulp van de GUI, kunnen sommige alleen worden ingesteld met behulp van opties die in een terminalvenster worden gegeven wanneer de server wordt gestart. Hoe je dit precies doet, hangt af van jouw besturingssysteem." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "Als je bijvoorbeeld in Windows een specifiek instellingenbestand wilt gebruiken, klik je met de rechtermuisknop op de Jamulus-snelkoppeling en kies je **Eigenschappen** > **Doel**. Voeg de nodige argumenten toe aan Jamulus.exe:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346 #, no-wrap msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:327 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "Voor macOS, start een terminal venster en voer Jamulus uit met gewenste opties op deze manier:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 #, no-wrap msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" msgstr "**Opmerking** Opdrachtregelopties stellen de standaardinstellingen van de server in bij het opstarten. Je kunt ze overschrijven terwijl de server wordt uitgevoerd met behulp van de bijbehorende GUI-besturingselementen.\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:332 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 #, no-wrap msgid "The Server status icon" msgstr "Het serverstatuspictogram" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356 msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" msgstr "Wanneer een server in GUI-modus wordt uitgevoerd, toont het besturingssysteem een pictogram in het systeemvak of statusgebied dat aangeeft of de server verbindingen heeft:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" msgstr "
\"afbeelding
De server is niet ingebruik\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:360 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" msgstr "
\"afbeelding
De server is in gebruik\n" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up the Server" msgstr "Een back-up maken van de server" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:368 msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." msgstr "Headless Servers gebruiken geen `.ini` bestanden. Alle configuratie wordt gegeven als opdrachtregelopties. Als je een server in GUI-modus uitvoert, zal deze na het lezen van de opdrachtregelopties bij het opstarten de configuratie opslaan in het bestand `Jamulusserver.ini`." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Problemen oplossen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "Als je problemen hebt, [zie deze handleiding](Server-Troubleshooting)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Server-Bandwidth.po index da07e8f42..cf0e001e9 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2023. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-04-23 11:11+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-18 20:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ msgstr "Bandbreedtegebruik" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Meer\" branch1=\"Serverhandleiding\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Meer\" branch1=\"Serverbeheerdershandleiding\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:10 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Server-Troubleshooting.po index 33f6a501e..b1a519f5e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2023. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-04-23 11:11+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-18 20:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ msgstr "Server problemen oplossen" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Meer\" branch1=\"Serverhandleiding\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Meer\" branch1=\"Serverbeheerdershandleiding\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:12 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po index 1ed941af4..b7fbb403b 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Software-Manual.po @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2023. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-24 18:48+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-08 13:59+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -235,259 +235,264 @@ msgid "Connect/disconnect button" msgstr "Verbinden/afmelden knop" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:80 -msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session." -msgstr "Opent een venster waarin je een server kunt selecteren om verbinding mee te maken. Als je verbonden bent, wordt de sessie beëindigd door op deze knop te drukken." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:81 +msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session. You can also open the dialogue using \"File>Connection Setup...\". This will leave you connected to any current session until you join another." +msgstr "Opent een venster waarin je een server kunt selecteren om verbinding mee te maken. Als je verbonden bent, wordt de sessie beëindigd door op deze knop te drukken. Je kunt het dialoogvenster ook openen met \"Bestand>Verbindingsinstellingen...\". Hiermee blijf je verbonden met de huidige sessie totdat je deelneemt aan een andere." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:82 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:83 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" msgstr "
\"afbeelding
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:84 -msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available servers together with the number of occupants and the maximum number supported. Server operators register their servers on lists (mostly defined by genre, though some could be location-specific or for all genres). Use the List dropdown to select a genre, click on the server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name. Permanent servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." -msgstr "Het verbindingsvenster toont een lijst met beschikbare servers samen met het aantal gebruikers en het maximale aantal dat wordt ondersteund. Serverbeheerders registreren hun servers in het adresboek (meestal gedefinieerd per genre, hoewel sommige locatiespecifiek of voor alle genres kunnen zijn). Gebruik de keuzelijst adresboek om een genre te selecteren, klik op de server waaraan je wilt deelnemen en druk op de knop Verbinden om er verbinding mee te maken. Je kunt ook dubbelklikken op de servernaam. Permanente servers (die al langer dan 24 uur in de lijst staan) worden vet weergegeven." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 +msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." +msgstr "Het verbindingsvenster toont een lijst met beschikbare servers, samen met hun \"afstand\" (in termen van pingtijd), het aantal gebruikers en het maximaal ondersteunde aantal, en de opgegeven locatie van de server. Permanente servers (die langer dan 24 uur in de lijst staan) worden vetgedrukt weergegeven." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 -msgid "You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a \"#\" character." -msgstr "Je kunt deze lijst filteren op servernaam of locatie. Om alleen bezette servers weer te geven, voer je een \"#\"-teken in." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:88 +msgid "Click on the Server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name." +msgstr "Klik op de server waaraan je wilt deelnemen en druk op de knop Verbinden om er verbinding mee te maken. Je kunt ook dubbelklikken op de servernaam." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92 +msgid "Server operators register their servers with Directories. These are either genre-specific or for any genre, or additional [custom entries](#custom-directories). Use the Directory dropdown to select a genre. You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied Servers, enter a \"#\" character. If you choose \"Show All Musicians\" the current occupants will be shown." +msgstr "Serverbeheerders registreren hun servers in een adresboek. Deze zijn genre-specifiek of voor elk genre of extra [eigen adresboeken](#eigen-adresboeken). Gebruik de adresboekkeuzelijst om een genre te selecteren. Je kunt de lijst filteren op servernaam of locatie. Om alleen bezette servers weer te geven, voer je een \"#\"-teken in. Als je \"Toon alle muzikanten\" aanvinkt, worden de huidige deelnemers weergegeven." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:90 -msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." -msgstr "Als je het IP-adres of de URL van een prive server weet, kun je er verbinding mee maken via het veld Serveradres. Een optioneel poortnummer kan worden toegevoegd na het adres met een dubbele punt als scheidingsteken, bijvoorbeeld `jamulus.voorbeeld.com:22124` (Merk op dat IPv6-adressen volledig in vierkante haken moet zijn ingesloten). Dit veld toont ook een lijst met de meest recent gebruikte serveradressen." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:98 +msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private Server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +msgstr "Als je het IP-adres of de URL van een prive Server weet, kun je er verbinding mee maken via het Serveradres veld. Een optioneel poortnummer kan worden toegevoegd aan het adres met een dubbele punt als scheidingsteken, bijvoorbeeld `jamulus.voorbeeld.com:22124`. (Merk op dat IPv6-adressen volledig in vierkante haken moet zijn ingesloten, bijvoorbeeld `[::1]:22124`.) Dit veld toont ook een lijst met de meest recent gebruikte serveradressen. Met de knop naast het veld kun je het huidige item uit de lijst verwijderen." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:91 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 #, no-wrap msgid "Server audio mixer" msgstr "Server audio mengpaneel" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:102 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"afbeelding
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:97 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 msgid "The audio mixer screen shows each user connected to the server (including yourself). The faders allow you to adjust the level of what you hear without affecting what others hear." msgstr "Het audio mengpaneel toont elke gebruiker die is verbonden met de server (inclusief jezelf). Met de faders kun je het niveau van wat je hoort aanpassen zonder dat dit invloed heeft op wat anderen horen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 msgid "The VU meter shows the input level at the server - that is, the sound being sent." msgstr "De VU-meter toont het ingangsniveau op de server - dat wil zeggen, het geluid dat wordt verzonden." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109 msgid "If you have set your Audio Channel to Stereo or Stereo Out in your Settings, you will also see a pan control (shift-click to reset)." msgstr "Als je je audiokanaal hebt ingesteld op stereo of stereo uit in je instellingen dan zie je ook een balans-knop (shift-klik om deze te resetten)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:103 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear you. Either they have muted you, soloed one or more users not including you, or have set your fader in their mix to zero." msgstr "Als je een \"gedempt\"-pictogram boven een gebruiker ziet dan betekent dit dat die persoon jou niet kan horen. Ofwel hebben ze je gedempt, een of meer gebruikers op solo gezet, jou niet inbegrepen, of je fader in hun mix op nul gezet." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu." msgstr "Gebruikers verschijnen meestal van links naar rechts in de volgorde waarin ze verbinding maken. Je kunt in plaats daarvan sorteren op naam, instrument, groep of stad met behulp van het menu Weergave." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." msgstr "Als de serverbeheerder opname heeft ingeschakeld, dan zie je een bericht boven de mixer dat aangeeft dat er wordt opgenomen." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:108 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116 #, no-wrap msgid "Grp button" msgstr "Grp knop" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." msgstr "Je kunt gebruikers groeperen met behulp van de knop \"groeperen\". Als je de fader van een lid van de groep verplaatst, worden de andere faders in die groep met dezelfde hoeveelheid verplaatst. Je kunt een kanaal tijdelijk van de groep los maken door de shift ingedrukt te houden en dan de fader te verslepen. Er kunnen maximaal 8 groepen worden gedefinieerd." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:112 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120 #, no-wrap msgid "Mute button" msgstr "Demp knop" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." msgstr "Voorkomt dat je gebruikers hoort in je lokale mix. Houd er rekening mee dat wanneer je iemand dempt, ze een \"gedempt\"-pictogram boven je fader zullen zien om aan te geven dat je ze niet kunt horen. Merk ook op dat je hun VU-meters blijft zien bewegen als het geluid van de gedempte gebruiker de server bereikt. Jouw faderpositie voor hen wordt ook niet beïnvloed." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." msgstr "Houd er rekening mee dat het dempen van je **eigen** kanaal alleen betekent dat je je eigen signaal van de server niet zult horen (en dit wordt niet aangeraden omdat het ertoe kan leiden dat je niet meer gelijk bent met andere spelers). Dit is dus niet hetzelfde als het gebruik van \"[Demp mijzelf](#demp-mijzelf-knop)\"." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126 #, no-wrap msgid "Solo button" msgstr "Solo knop" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." msgstr "Hiermee kun je een of meer gebruikers alleen horen. Degenen die niet op solo staan, worden gedempt. Merk ook op dat die mensen die niet solo zijn een \"gedempt\"-pictogram boven je fader zullen zien." #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:122 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 #, no-wrap msgid "Settings" msgstr "Instellingen" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 #, no-wrap msgid "My Profile" msgstr "Mijn profiel" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "In het Instellingen menu kies je \"Mijn profiel...\" om je alias/naam die wordt weergegeven onder je fader in het server mengpaneel in te stellen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"afbeelding
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "Als je een instrument en/of land instelt, worden de pictogrammen voor deze selecties ook onder je fader weergegeven. De vaardigheidsinstelling verandert de achtergrondkleur van het faderlabel en het stadsitem verschijnt in de tooltip van het faderlabel:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 #, no-wrap -msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"afbeelding
\n" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"afbeelding
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 #, no-wrap msgid "Skin" msgstr "Skin" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "Dit past een skin toe op het hoofdvenster, waarvan sommige zijn ontworpen voor grotere ensembles." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:139 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 #, no-wrap msgid "Meter style" msgstr "Meterstijl" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "Dit verandert de weergavestijl van de VU-meters, onafhankelijk van de gekozen skin." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 #, no-wrap msgid "Mixer rows" msgstr "Mengpaneel rijen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "Dit stelt het aantal rijen in dat wordt weergegeven in de server audiomengpaneel, voor gebruik met grotere ensembles." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Alerts" msgstr "Audiowaarschuwingen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "Hiermee wordt een geluidswaarschuwing ingeschakeld voor wanneer iemand lid wordt van een server of wanneer een nieuw chatbericht wordt ontvangen." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio/Network Setup" msgstr "Audio-/netwerk-instellingen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"afbeelding
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Device" msgstr "Audioapparaat" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "Bij het Windows-besturingssysteem kan de ASIO-driver (geluidskaart/audio-interface) worden geselecteerd voor gebruik met Jamulus. Als het geselecteerde ASIO-stuurprogramma niet geschikt is dan wordt er een foutmelding weergegeven en wordt de vorige geschikte stuurprogramma geselecteerd. Bij macOS kan de invoer- en uitvoerhardware worden geselecteerd." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 #, no-wrap msgid "Input/output channel mapping" msgstr "In-/uitvoerkanaaltoewijzing" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"afbeelding
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "Als het geselecteerde apparaat meer dan één ingangs- of uitgangskanaal biedt, zijn de instellingen _Invoerkanaaltoewijzing en Uitvoerkanaaltoewijzing_ zichtbaar. Voor elk Jamulus ingangs-/uitgangskanaal (linker- en rechterkanaal) kan een ander daadwerkelijk geluidskaartkanaal worden geselecteerd." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio channels" msgstr "Audiokanalen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." msgstr "Selecteert het aantal audiokanalen dat moet worden gebruikt voor communicatie tussen client en server." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "**Opmerking**: Het is beter om afzonderlijke client-instanties per stem/instrument te gebruiken, waarbij elke client zijn eigen ini-bestand heeft, in plaats van dit ingebouwde monopaar naar stereomixer te gebruiken.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "Er zijn drie modi beschikbaar:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "**Mono** en **Stereo** modi gebruikt respectievelijk één en twee audiokanalen.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:180 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -495,151 +500,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "**Mono-in/stereo-uit**: Het audiosignaal dat naar de server wordt gestuurd, is mono, maar het retoursignaal is stereo. Dit is handig als de geluidskaart het instrument op het ene ingangskanaal heeft en de microfoon op het andere. In dat geval zullen de twee ingangssignalen kunnen worden gemengd tot één monokanaal, maar de servermix is in stereo te horen.\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "Als je de stereomodus inschakelt, wordt de gegevenssnelheid van je stream verhoogd. Zorg ervoor dat je uploadsnelheid de beschikbare uploadsnelheid van je internetverbinding niet overschrijdt." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "In stereostreamingmodus is er geen audiokanaalselectie voor het galm-effect beschikbaar in het hoofdvenster, aangezien het effect in dit geval op beide kanalen wordt toegepast." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio quality" msgstr "Audiokwaliteit" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "Hoe hoger de audiokwaliteit, hoe hoger de datasnelheid van je audiostream. Zorg ervoor dat je uploadsnelheid de beschikbare uploadsnelheid van je internetverbinding niet overschrijdt." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 #, no-wrap msgid "Buffer Delay" msgstr "Buffervertraging" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "De instelling voor buffervertraging is een fundamentele instelling van de Jamulus-software. Deze instelling heeft invloed op veel verbindingseigenschappen. Er worden drie buffergroottes ondersteund:" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." msgstr "**64 samples** Biedt de laagste latency, maar werkt niet met alle geluidskaarten." #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." msgstr "**128 samples** De voorkeursinstelling. Zou moeten werken voor de meeste beschikbare geluidskaarten." #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." msgstr "**256 samples** Zou alleen moeten worden gebruikt op zeer trage computers of met een trage internetverbinding." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "Bij sommige stuurprogramma's voor geluidskaarten kan de buffervertraging niet worden gewijzigd vanuit de Jamulus-software. In dit geval is de instelling van de buffervertraging uitgeschakeld en moet deze worden gewijzigd met behulp van het stuurprogramma van de geluidskaart. Druk in Windows op de ASIO Apparaatinstellingen-knop om het venster met driverinstellingen te openen." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 -msgid "On Linux, use the JACK configuration tool to change the buffer size." -msgstr "Op Linux, gebruik de JACK configuratie applicatie om de buffergrootte te wijzigen." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 +msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." +msgstr "Voor Linux: - wanneer je JACK gebruikt, gebruik je `QJackCtl` om de buffergrootte te wijzigen en JACK opnieuw te starten; - wanneer je de JACK-server van PipeWire gebruikt, wijzig je de Quantum-parameter van PipeWire met de eigen configuratietools." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "De werkelijke buffervertraging heeft invloed op de verbindingsstatus, de huidige uploadsnelheid en de algehele vertraging. Hoe kleiner de buffergrootte, hoe groter de kans op een rood lampje in de statusindicator (uitval) en hoe hoger de uploadsnelheid en hoe lager de algehele vertraging." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "De bufferinstelling is daarom een afweging tussen audiokwaliteit en algehele vertraging." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:211 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "Jitter Buffer" msgstr "Jitterbuffer" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "De jitterbuffer compenseert voor netwerk- en geluidskaarttimingjitters. De grootte van de buffer heeft invloed op de kwaliteit van de audiostream (hoeveel dropouts zijn er) en de totale vertraging (hoe langer de buffer, hoe groter de vertraging)." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "Je kunt de jitterbuffergrootte handmatig instellen voor je lokale client en de externe server. Voor de lokale jitterbuffer word uitval in de audiostream aangegeven door het lampje onder de invoer VU-meters. Als het lampje op rood springt, heeft er een buffer over-/underrun plaatsgevonden en wordt de audiostream onderbroken." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "De jitterbufferinstelling is daarom een afweging tussen audiokwaliteit en algehele vertraging." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "Als de Auto-instelling is ingeschakeld, dan worden de jitterbuffers van je lokale client en de externe server automatisch ingesteld op basis van metingen van de netwerk- en geluidskaarttimingjitter. Als de automatische controle is ingeschakeld dan zijn de faders van de jitterbuffergrootte uitgeschakeld (ze kunnen niet met de muis worden verplaatst)." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:227 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 #, no-wrap msgid "Small Network Buffers" msgstr "Kleine netwerkbuffers" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:231 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "Biedt ondersteuning voor zeer kleine netwerkaudiopakketten. Deze worden alleen gebruikt als de buffervertraging van de geluidskaart kleiner is dan 128 samples. Hoe kleiner de netwerkbuffers, hoe lager de audiolatency. Maar tegelijkertijd neemt de netwerkbelasting toe en neemt de kans op audio-uitval ook toe (vooral als je netwerkverbinding aanzienlijke jitter heeft). Probeer deze optie in te schakelen als je last hebt van hoge latency of slechte geluidskwaliteit. Als je het echter uitgeschakeld houdt, betekent dit normaal gesproken een betere geluidskwaliteit." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Stream Rate" msgstr "Audiobitsnelheid" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "De audiobitsnelheid is afhankelijk van de huidige audiopakketgrootte en compressie-instelling. Zorg ervoor dat de upstream-snelheid niet hoger is dan je beschikbare internet-uploadsnelheid (controleer dit met een service zoals [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Setup" msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "
\"afbeelding
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 #, no-wrap msgid "Custom Directories" msgstr "Eigen adresboeken" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 -msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here." -msgstr "Als je andere adresboek adressen dan de ingebouwde adressen wilt toevoegen dan kun je dat hier doen." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 +msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +msgstr "Als je andere adresboekadressen wilt toevoegen dan de ingebouwde adressen, dan kun je dat hier doen. Als je het IP-adres of de hostnaam van een eigen adresboek weet, dan kun je er verbinding mee maken via het Serveradres veld. Een optioneel poortnummer kan worden toegevoegd na het adres met een dubbele punt als scheidingsteken, bijvoorbeeld `jamulus.voorbeeld.com:22124`. (Houd er rekening mee dat IPv6 momenteel niet wordt ondersteund voor adresboeken). Met de knop naast het veld kun je het huidige item uit de lijst verwijderen." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 #, no-wrap msgid "New Client Level" msgstr "Nieuw client-niveau" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 #, no-wrap msgid "" "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" @@ -651,144 +656,153 @@ msgstr "" "van die gebruiker was opgeslagen. Je kunt alle gebruikers in een gebruikte server op dit niveau instellen met Bewerken > \"Zet alle faders op nieuw client-niveau\".\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Boost" msgstr "Ingangsversterking" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "Verhoogt de gain van je apparaat. Gebruik dit als je apparaat een gain heeft die te laag is voor Jamulus." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback Protection" msgstr "Feedback bescherming" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "Probeert om audiofeedbacklussen of hard geluid te detecteren in de eerste drie seconden nadat je verbinding hebt gemaakt met een server. Eenmaal gedetecteerd, zal deze functie een bericht tonen en de \"Demp mijzelf\"-knop activeren om je in je eigen mix te dempen." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Balance" msgstr "Ingangsbalans" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "Regelt de relatieve niveaus van de linker en rechter lokale audiokanalen. Voor een monosignaal fungeert het als een balans tussen de twee kanalen. Als er bijvoorbeeld een microfoon is aangesloten op het rechter ingangskanaal en een instrument is aangesloten op het linker ingangskanaal dat veel luider is dan de microfoon, verplaatst je de fader om het relatieve volume van de microfoon te verhogen." #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu commands" msgstr "Menu opties" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 #, no-wrap msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" msgstr "Bestand > Mixer kanaalinstellingen laden/opslaan" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284 msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." msgstr "Je kunt de mix die je hebt voor je bandrepetities opslaan en herstellen (fader, demp, balans, solo enz.) en deze op elk moment laden (zelfs terwijl je speelt). Laden kan ook door middel van het slepen van het bestand naar het mengpaneel." #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:271 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 #, no-wrap msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " msgstr "Bewerken > Stel alle faders automatisch in " #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." msgstr "Past een eenmalige fader-instelling toe op elk kanaal, afhankelijk van het volume. Handig voor grote ensembles om een redelijke algehele mix te krijgen, hoewel individuele aanpassingen nog steeds nodig kunnen zijn. Het beste kan dit worden toegepast tijdens een warming-up of een uniform deel van het muziekstuk." #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:275 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up Jamulus" msgstr "Een back-up maken van Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * Je kunt verschillende mixerinstellingen opslaan en laden met [Mixer kanaalinstellingen laden/opslaan](Software-Manual#bestand--mixer-kanaalinstellingen-ladenopslaan) en deze bestanden opslaan waar je maar wilt." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" msgstr "**Opmerking voor macOS-gebruikers:** Vanaf Jamulus 3.8.1 hebben we een ondertekend installatieprogramma. Hierbij worden de instellingen opgeslagen in \n" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap -msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 #, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "Opdrachtregelopties" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "De meest voorkomende functies in Jamulus kunnen worden ingesteld met behulp van de GUI, maar deze en andere kunnen ook worden ingesteld met behulp van opties die in een terminalvenster/opdrachtprompt worden ingegeven. Hoe je dit precies doet, hangt af van je besturingssysteem." #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "Als je bijvoorbeeld in Windows een specifiek instellingenbestand wilt gebruiken, klik je met de rechtermuisknop op de Jamulus-snelkoppeling en kies je \"Eigenschappen\" > Doel. Voeg de benodigde argumenten toe aan Jamulus.exe:\n" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:291 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 #, no-wrap msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\pad\\naar\\mijninibestand.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "Voor macOS, start een terminal venster en voer Jamulus uit met gewenste opties op deze manier:" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:297 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311 #, no-wrap msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/pad/naar/mijninibetand.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Client via API" msgstr "Client aansturen via API" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:307 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." msgstr "Naast de opdrachtregelopties kan Jamulus worden bestuurd met behulp van een API. Dit is gunstig voor geavanceerde gebruikssituaties, bijvoorbeeld wanneer er geen GUI is of een andere toepassing moet communiceren met Jamulus. Houd er rekening mee dat de API nog steeds experimenteel is. Informatie over de [JSON-RPC API (engelstalig)](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is te vinden in de hoofdrepository." +#~ msgid "You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a \"#\" character." +#~ msgstr "Je kunt deze lijst filteren op servernaam of locatie. Om alleen bezette servers weer te geven, voer je een \"#\"-teken in." + +#~ msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here." +#~ msgstr "Als je andere adresboek adressen dan de ingebouwde adressen wilt toevoegen dan kun je dat hier doen." + +#~ msgid "On Linux, use the JACK configuration tool to change the buffer size." +#~ msgstr "Op Linux, gebruik de JACK configuratie applicatie om de buffergrootte te wijzigen." + #~ msgid "TOC" #~ msgstr "TOC" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nl/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/nl/Unregistered-Servers.po index 19568333d..de6a6b81b 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/nl/Unregistered-Servers.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/nl/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Henk De Groot , 2023. +# Henk De Groot , 2023, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-06 20:48+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-18 20:28+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Henk De Groot \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" "Language: nl\n" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ msgstr "Een niet-geregistreerde server opzetten" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Meer\" branch1=\"Serverhandleiding\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Meer\" branch1=\"Serverbeheerdershandleiding\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:13 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/1-index.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..86db771a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/1-index.po @@ -0,0 +1,243 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Melcon Moraes , 2022. +# joaooliva , 2023. +# Douglas Montovaneli , 2024. +# lucasmz , 2024. +# Melcon Moraes , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 02:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" + +#. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"---\n" +"title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"lang: \"en\"\n" +"permalink: /\n" +"layout: mainhomepage\n" +"ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" +"ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +"mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" +"mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" +"mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" +"---\n" +"[//]: # Markdown sections should not be indented, otherwise they are treated as code blocks.\n" +msgstr "" +"---\n" +"title: \"Jamulus ‒ Faça música online. Com amigos. De graça.\"\n" +"lang: \"pt-BR\"\n" +"permalink: /\n" +"layout: mainhomepage\n" +"ldjAppCategory: \"Música\"\n" +"ldjSlogan: \"Faça música online. Com amigos. De graça.\"\n" +"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer e colaboradores\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus é um software gratuito de código aberto que permite que músicos toquem, ensaiem ou façam um som, em tempo real na Internet.\"\n" +"mAltProgIcon: \"Ícone do Jamulus\"\n" +"mTSlogan: \"Faça música online. Com amigos. De graça.\"\n" +"mTGetStartedNow: \"Comece agora!\"\n" +"mTDownloadNow: 'Baixe agora para'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'e'\n" +"mTOtherPlatforms: 'outras plataformas'\n" +"---\n" +"[//]: # Seções em Markdown não devem ser indentadas, caso contrário serão tratadas como blocos de código.\n" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What is Jamulus?" +msgstr "O que é Jamulus?" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" +msgstr "Jamulus permite que você toque, ensaie ou faça um som com seus amigos, sua banda ou com qualquer um que estiver online. Toque juntos remotamente em tempo real com som de alta qualidade e baixa latência através de uma conexão de banda larga. [Baixe aqui!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus is international" +msgstr "Jamulus é internacional" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus worldwide" +msgstr "Jamulus no mundo" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons, in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" +msgstr "No mundo inteiro, Jamulus permite que corais ensaiem, que bandas de rock façam um som. Jamulus une músicos clássicos e populares. Tem sido usado para aulas de música a distância, em escolas e universidades, públicas e privadas. — tudo em tempo real e na Internet, como se você estivesse lá em pessoa.\n" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help needed?" +msgstr "Precisa de ajuda?" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Check out the [documentation](wiki/Getting-Started) and consider the [troubleshooting section](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" +"You can also ask on the [forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" +msgstr "" +"Confira a [documentação](wiki/Getting-Started) e considere a seção de [solução de problemas](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" +"Você também pode perguntar nos [fóruns](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Want to get involved?" +msgstr "Quer contribuir?" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is [free and open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensed under the [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) you can help us!" +msgstr "Ideias? Encontrou um bug? Quer contribuir com algum código ou ajudar a [traduzir](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) o Jamulus para o seu idioma? Já que o Jamulus é um [software livre e de código aberto](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licenciado sob a GPL, você pode nos ajudar!" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Take a look at our [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) to find out how. Everybody is welcome!" +msgstr "Confira nossas [diretrizes de contribuição](wiki/Contribution) para saber como. Todos são bem-vindos!" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see [this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" +msgstr "_Para informações detalhadas sobre como o Jamulus funciona, consulte [este artigo de Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" +msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Download it here" +#~ msgstr "Baixe aqui" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " " + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid " Have a look at the " +#~ msgid " Check out the " +#~ msgstr " Dê uma olhada na " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "documentation" +#~ msgstr "documentação" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid ". Especially consider the " +#~ msgid " and consider the " +#~ msgstr ". Considerar especialmente a " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "troubleshooting section" +#~ msgstr "problemas e soluções" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " You can also ask on the " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " Você também pode postar a sua pergunta nos " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "forums" +#~ msgstr "fórums" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ ".\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ ".\n" +#~ " " + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help translating into your language? Since Jamulus is " +#~ msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " +#~ msgstr " Teve uma idéia? Encontrou um bug? Quer contribuir programando ou ajudar na tradução para o seu idioma? Uma vez que Jamulus é " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "translating" +#~ msgstr "traduzindo" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " +#~ msgstr " Jamulus no seu idioma? Como Jamulus é " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "free and open source software" +#~ msgstr "um software livre e de código aberto" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " +#~ msgstr " (FOSS) licenciado sob a " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "GPL" +#~ msgstr "GPL" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid ", you can help us!" +#~ msgstr ", você pode nos ajudar!" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " Take a look at our " +#~ msgstr " Dê uma olhada nas nossas " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "contribution guidelines" +#~ msgstr "diretrizes de contribuição" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ " to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " para saber como. Todos são bem-vindos!\n" +#~ " " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " +#~ msgstr " Para informações detalhadas sobre como o Jamulus funciona, ver " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" +#~ msgstr "esse paper escrito por Volker Fischer (PDF)" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " +#~ msgstr " Para informações detalhadas sobre como Jamulus hackeia o continuum do espaço-tempo para produzir uma 5ª dimensão quase perfeita do som colaborativo, veja " diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Client-Troubleshooting.po similarity index 98% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_BR/Client-Troubleshooting.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-BR/Client-Troubleshooting.po index 7b83104f1..348c20ea1 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -4,24 +4,25 @@ # Melcon Moraes , 2022. # gbonaspetti , 2023. # Felipe Nogueira , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-03-05 03:36+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Felipe Nogueira \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.16.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Command-Line-Options.po similarity index 88% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_BR/Command-Line-Options.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-BR/Command-Line-Options.po index 8eb1d1688..9f63def47 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -1,26 +1,25 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 15:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Contribution.po similarity index 78% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_BR/Contribution.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-BR/Contribution.po index cd456083f..2f2a5ade2 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Contribution.po @@ -1,26 +1,26 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Douglas Montovaneli , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 15:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 @@ -32,25 +32,25 @@ msgstr "wiki" #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Contribution" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Contribution" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Contribution" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contribuição" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:8 #, no-wrap msgid "Contributing to the Jamulus Project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Contribuindo para o projeto Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se você encontrar um erro, erro de digitação ou algo desatualizado (em qualquer idioma) neste site ou no próprio Jamulus, você pode reportá-lo como um bug.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:13 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Directories.po similarity index 94% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_BR/Directories.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-BR/Directories.po index aaa140376..3d3d604cb 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Directories.po @@ -1,26 +1,25 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 15:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/FAQ.po similarity index 97% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_BR/FAQ.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-BR/FAQ.po index 835363ef1..6c04dd2a7 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/FAQ.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Melcon Moraes , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-17 23:59+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Getting-Started.po similarity index 90% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_BR/Getting-Started.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-BR/Getting-Started.po index 63e33c92d..9ce1ecff9 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Getting-Started.po @@ -4,24 +4,26 @@ # Allan Nordhøy , 2022. # gbonaspetti , 2023. # Felipe Nogueira , 2023. +# HackerSinhos , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-03-05 03:36+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Felipe Nogueira \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.16.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 @@ -145,7 +147,7 @@ msgid "" "

\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -" \"Screenshot\"\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" "
A janela principal antes de conectar-se a um Servidor
\n" "
\n" @@ -170,7 +172,7 @@ msgid "" "

\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -" \"captura\n" +" \"captura\n" "
Mostre quem você é
\n" "
\n" @@ -194,12 +196,12 @@ msgstr "Antes de se conectar a um Servidor, você **não** deve conseguir se ouv #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:62 #, no-wrap msgid "**Before playing with others, we recommend that you connect to an empty Server to test your setup**, and make sure you are listening to the signal coming back from the Server (if possible) and not yourself.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**Antes de tocar com outras pessoas, nós recomendamos que você se conecte a um servidor vazio para testar o seu equipamento**, e garantir que você está escutando o sinal do próprio Servidor (se possível) e não de si mesmo.\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:64 msgid "Now use the “Connect” button in the Jamulus main window to join a Server. A window will now open:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Agora use o botão \"Conectar\" na janela principal do Jamulus para se juntar a um Servidor. Uma janela agora se abrirá:" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:69 @@ -210,6 +212,10 @@ msgid "" "
Connect to a Server
\n" "

\n" msgstr "" +"
\n" +" \"Captura\n" +"
Conectar a um Servidor
\n" +"
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:71 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Backing-Up.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Backing-Up.po similarity index 100% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Backing-Up.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Backing-Up.po diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Client-Commands.po similarity index 100% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Client-Commands.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Client-Commands.po diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Shared-Commands.po similarity index 92% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Include-Shared-Commands.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Shared-Commands.po index 4d8a717c7..006217a9c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Android.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c0ca12908 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -0,0 +1,122 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# NamelessGO <66227691+NameLessGO@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. +# delvani , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "pt-BR" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation for Android" +msgstr "Instalação para Android" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Usando Jamulus\" branch1=\"Primeiros passos\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:14 +msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." +msgstr "Certifique-se de já ter lido a página [Introdução](Getting-Started)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:16 +msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Things to note about Android" +msgstr "Coisas a serem observadas sobre o Android" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:20 +msgid "Although you **can** install Jamulus on Android devices (and hear sound), we strongly recommend **not** doing so. Sound quality - especially over WiFi - is usually bad and latency is high. If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. Android support is just a proof of concept." +msgstr "Embora você **possa** instalar o Jamulus em dispositivos Android (e ouvir o som), recomendamos enfaticamente para**não** fazer isso. A qualidade do som, especialmente por WiFi, geralmente é ruim e a latência é alta. Se você não tiver um PC, sugerimos que compre um [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" }, que é um dispositivo pequeno e barato que funciona muito bem com o Jamulus. O suporte ao Android é apenas uma prova de conceito." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install the Android PoC" +msgstr "Instalar o Android PoC" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:24 +msgid "If you do want to try Jamulus on Android:" +msgstr "Se você quiser experimentar o Jamulus no Android:" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 +msgid "Allow the installation of apps from unknown sources (look in Settings>Security. Note: The exact way to do this depends on your device and OS-version)" +msgstr "Permitir a instalação de aplicativos de fontes desconhecidas (procure em Configurações>Segurança. Observação: a maneira exata de fazer isso depende do seu dispositivo e da versão do sistema operacional)" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 +msgid "[Download and install Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}" +msgstr "[Baixar e instalar o Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 +msgid "You should now be able to run Jamulus on your Android device" +msgstr "Você deve conseguir executar o Jamulus no seu dispositivo Android" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback and development" +msgstr "Feedback e desenvolvimento" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:32 +msgid "We are very happy to get feedback from Android users and developers. Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +msgstr "Ficamos muito felizes em receber feedback dos usuários e desenvolvedores do Android. Basta acessar o [repositório do Jamulus no GitHub] (https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Tudo instalado?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:38 +msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the" +msgstr "Jamulus foi instalado e já pode ser usado. Você pode dar uma olhada no" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:39 +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[Página de Primeiros Passos](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Linux.po similarity index 65% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Linux.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Linux.po index dc50dad80..04cc84764 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -2,24 +2,27 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Melcon Moraes , 2022. +# NamelessGO <66227691+NameLessGO@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. +# delvani , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-17 22:56+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 @@ -43,7 +46,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Usando Jamulus\" branch1=\"Primeiros passos\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:13 @@ -53,7 +56,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:15 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17 @@ -177,75 +180,109 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set up your hardware" msgstr "" +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 +msgid "The Jamulus Client needs to connect to a running [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server in order to start. You need to find out which is the low-latency sound server for your distribution. - If your distribution uses [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), see how to [configure JACK with QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl). - If your distribution uses PipeWire, see how to [configure PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)." +msgstr "" + #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 #, no-wrap msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 -msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64 +msgid "To run a [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server, the recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 -msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '2. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 -msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +msgid "Configure your sound hardware as follows:" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list - choose the correct one as this cannot be changed without stopping Jamulus and JACK)." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and **Periods/Buffer at 2** at first." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 +msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect and continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure PipeWire" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 +msgid "PipeWire provides its own JACK server. When you launch the Jamulus Client, PipeWire automatically runs a JACK server. However, there are a few parameters to adjust. You need to set your audio interface to the \"pro-audio\" profile and define PipeWire's \"rate\" and \"quantum\" parameters beforehand. You can find more information about the configuration in the [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 +msgid "To set up your system: 1. Open `pavucontrol` (the audio mixer) and choose the \"pro-audio\" profile for your sound hardware in the configuration tab. 2. In a terminal use the following two commands to force PipeWire's rate and quantum:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:69 -msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:88 +msgid "After this, continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:70 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:89 #, no-wrap msgid "Start Jamulus" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 -msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:92 +msgid "With JACK or PipeWire configured, launch Jamulus." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:75 -msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:94 +msgid "If you have any problems, first check [the troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:76 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:95 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tudo instalado?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:98 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:99 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[Página de Primeiros Passos](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po similarity index 81% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index c87e69b9d..742dbc69e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -2,24 +2,27 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Melcon Moraes , 2022. +# NamelessGO <66227691+NameLessGO@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. +# delvani , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-17 22:56+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 @@ -43,17 +46,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Usando Jamulus\" branch1=\"Primeiros passos\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:13 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Certifique-se de já ter lido a página [Introdução](Getting-Started)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:15 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17 @@ -85,7 +88,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tudo instalado?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:30 @@ -95,4 +98,4 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[Página de Primeiros Passos](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Windows.po similarity index 94% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Windows.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Windows.po index 04d8e3d5e..a6aebfd57 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -3,24 +3,27 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Melcon Moraes , 2022. # Felipe Nogueira , 2023. +# NamelessGO <66227691+NameLessGO@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. +# delvani , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-03-05 03:36+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Felipe Nogueira \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.16.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 @@ -44,7 +47,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Usando Jamulus\" branch1=\"Primeiros passos\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:13 @@ -54,7 +57,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:15 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:17 @@ -237,7 +240,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tudo instalado?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 @@ -247,4 +250,4 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[Página de Primeiros Passos](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-iOS.po similarity index 67% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-iOS.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-iOS.po index 0f2e934b4..2f39675e1 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -1,26 +1,27 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# NamelessGO <66227691+NameLessGO@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. +# delvani , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 15:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 @@ -43,17 +44,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Usando Jamulus\" branch1=\"Primeiros passos\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:14 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Certifique-se de já ter lido a página [Introdução](Getting-Started)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:16 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:17 @@ -67,90 +68,100 @@ msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https: msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 -msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." msgstr "" -#. type: Title ## +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28 #, no-wrap msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '2. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '3. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '4. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '5. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:41 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback and development" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Feedback e desenvolvimento" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:43 -msgid "iOS support isn't mature yet and far from ready to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 +msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:48 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tudo instalado?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:51 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:53 msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus foi instalado e já pode ser usado. Você pode dar uma olhada no" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[Página de Primeiros Passos](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Privacy-Statement.po similarity index 96% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_BR/Privacy-Statement.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-BR/Privacy-Statement.po index 181d6a991..62806b817 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Melcon Moraes , 2022. # Adonias Almeida , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-10 20:00+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Adonias Almeida \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/QOS-Windows.po similarity index 92% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_BR/QOS-Windows.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-BR/QOS-Windows.po index a0d67f84b..4fcc0ad62 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/QOS-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/QOS-Windows.po @@ -1,26 +1,25 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 15:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Running-a-Server.po similarity index 84% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_BR/Running-a-Server.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-BR/Running-a-Server.po index d2d626dfc..6f643bc6d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Running-a-Server.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Melcon Moraes , 2022. # Felipe Nogueira , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-03-05 03:36+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Felipe Nogueira \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.16.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 @@ -179,88 +180,124 @@ msgid "To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are fam msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Download the setup script: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:62 +msgid "Download the setup script:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Make the script executable: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 +msgid "Make the script executable:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Run the script and install the headless server: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74 +msgid "Run the script and install the headless server:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 msgid "Enable the headless Server process:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 #, no-wrap -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:69 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:71 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 #, no-wrap -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:73 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92 msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:75 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96 #, no-wrap -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:77 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98 msgid "_To edit your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Modes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104 msgid "Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 #, no-wrap msgid "Unregistered mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:87 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:108 msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:110 #, no-wrap msgid "**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:93 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 #, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" @@ -269,28 +306,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:115 #, no-wrap msgid "Registered mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:97 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:118 msgid "In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:99 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:120 msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:122 msgid "Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:126 #, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" @@ -299,67 +336,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127 #, no-wrap msgid "Directory mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:109 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:130 msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:138 msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:119 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 #, no-wrap msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:121 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:123 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:144 #, no-wrap msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:125 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:146 msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:128 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 #, no-wrap msgid "Minimum setup to run in Registered mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153 msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections. You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 #, no-wrap msgid "" "jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" @@ -368,50 +405,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:161 msgid "See the table below for `hostname:port` values." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 #, no-wrap msgid "Server mode-related options" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:145 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 #, no-wrap msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:148 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:150 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 msgid "This option takes the format:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:152 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 msgid "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 #, no-wrap msgid "" "| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" @@ -426,314 +463,314 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:187 #, no-wrap msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190 msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:196 msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:198 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:178 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 #, no-wrap msgid "`-L or --licence`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:180 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201 msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 #, no-wrap msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:186 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverpublicip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:189 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210 #, no-wrap msgid "`--directoryfile`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:212 msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 #, no-wrap msgid "`-f or --listfilter`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:218 #, no-wrap msgid "General Server options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:200 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "`-d or --discononquit`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223 msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 #, no-wrap msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:226 msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 #, no-wrap msgid "`-l or --log`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:208 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229 msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 #, no-wrap msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:214 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 #, no-wrap msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:216 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:217 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 #, no-wrap msgid "`-s` or `--server`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverbindip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 #, no-wrap msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:228 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 #, no-wrap msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 #, no-wrap msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 #, no-wrap msgid "Other options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Server via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265 #, no-wrap msgid "Recording" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 #, no-wrap msgid "`-R or --recording`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 #, no-wrap msgid "`--norecord`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling Recording" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -742,16 +779,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" " [Service]\n" " Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 msgid "To start a new recording:" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -760,152 +797,152 @@ msgid "" "\n" " [Service]\n" " Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:293 -msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314 +msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316 msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318 msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:299 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:301 -msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322 +msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:307 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328 msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:310 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 #, no-wrap msgid "Servers on the desktop" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334 msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336 msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338 msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:319 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340 msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:321 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346 #, no-wrap msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:327 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 #, no-wrap msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:332 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 #, no-wrap msgid "The Server status icon" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356 msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:360 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:368 msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Solução de problemas" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Server-Bandwidth.po similarity index 93% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_BR/Server-Bandwidth.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-BR/Server-Bandwidth.po index efdb3c13c..c94cae28a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -1,26 +1,25 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 15:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Server-Troubleshooting.po similarity index 96% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_BR/Server-Troubleshooting.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-BR/Server-Troubleshooting.po index b6a550f49..510c498e1 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Melcon Moraes , 2022. # Felipe Nogueira , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-03-05 03:36+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Felipe Nogueira \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.16.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Software-Manual.po similarity index 84% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_BR/Software-Manual.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-BR/Software-Manual.po index a2cd8c9c9..8e1253eea 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Software-Manual.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Melcon Moraes , 2022. # gbonaspetti , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-09 09:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: gbonaspetti \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:35+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -108,7 +109,7 @@ msgid "" "
\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -"\t\"Imagem\n" +"\t\"Imagem\n" "\t
Sua mixagem local quando conectado a um Servidor
\n" "
\n" @@ -136,7 +137,7 @@ msgstr "**Atraso** mostra a latência geral calculada a partir do tempo de ping #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"Imagem
" +msgstr "
\"Imagem
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:38 @@ -149,7 +150,7 @@ msgstr "**Verde** - O delay é perfeito para uma jam session\n" #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"Imagem
" +msgstr "
\"Imagem
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:42 @@ -162,7 +163,7 @@ msgstr "**Amarelo** - Uma sessão ainda é possível, mas pode ser mais difícil #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"Imagem
" +msgstr "
\"Imagem
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:46 @@ -248,12 +249,12 @@ msgid "Connect/disconnect button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:80 -msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:81 +msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session. You can also open the dialogue using \"File>Connection Setup...\". This will leave you connected to any current session until you join another." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:82 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:83 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "" #| "
\n" @@ -263,258 +264,263 @@ msgstr "" msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -"\t\"Imagem\n" +"\t\"Imagem\n" "\t
Sua mixagem local quando conectado a um Servidor
\n" "
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:84 -msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available servers together with the number of occupants and the maximum number supported. Server operators register their servers on lists (mostly defined by genre, though some could be location-specific or for all genres). Use the List dropdown to select a genre, click on the server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name. Permanent servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 +msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 -msgid "You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a \"#\" character." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:88 +msgid "Click on the Server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:90 -msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92 +msgid "Server operators register their servers with Directories. These are either genre-specific or for any genre, or additional [custom entries](#custom-directories). Use the Directory dropdown to select a genre. You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied Servers, enter a \"#\" character. If you choose \"Show All Musicians\" the current occupants will be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:98 +msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private Server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:91 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 #, no-wrap msgid "Server audio mixer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:102 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"Imagem
" +msgstr "
\"Imagem
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:97 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 msgid "The audio mixer screen shows each user connected to the server (including yourself). The faders allow you to adjust the level of what you hear without affecting what others hear." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 msgid "The VU meter shows the input level at the server - that is, the sound being sent." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109 msgid "If you have set your Audio Channel to Stereo or Stereo Out in your Settings, you will also see a pan control (shift-click to reset)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:103 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear you. Either they have muted you, soloed one or more users not including you, or have set your fader in their mix to zero." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:108 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116 #, no-wrap msgid "Grp button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:112 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120 #, no-wrap msgid "Mute button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126 #, no-wrap msgid "Solo button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:122 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 #, no-wrap msgid "Settings" msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 #, no-wrap msgid "My Profile" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"Imagem
" +msgstr "
\"Imagem
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" -msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"Imagem
" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Imagem
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 #, no-wrap msgid "Skin" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:139 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 #, no-wrap msgid "Meter style" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 #, no-wrap msgid "Mixer rows" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Alerts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio/Network Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"Imagem
" +msgstr "
\"Imagem
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Device" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 #, no-wrap msgid "Input/output channel mapping" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"Imagem
" +msgstr "
\"Imagem
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio channels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:180 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -522,152 +528,152 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio quality" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 #, no-wrap msgid "Buffer Delay" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 -msgid "On Linux, use the JACK configuration tool to change the buffer size." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 +msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:211 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "Jitter Buffer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:227 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 #, no-wrap msgid "Small Network Buffers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:231 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Stream Rate" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "
\"Image
" msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"Imagem
" +msgstr "
\"Imagem
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 #, no-wrap msgid "Custom Directories" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 -msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 +msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 #, no-wrap msgid "New Client Level" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 #, no-wrap msgid "" "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" @@ -676,141 +682,141 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Boost" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback Protection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Balance" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu commands" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 #, no-wrap msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284 msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:271 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 #, no-wrap msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:275 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up Jamulus" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap -msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 #, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:291 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 #, no-wrap msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:297 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311 #, no-wrap msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Client via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:307 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po similarity index 98% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po index 67e2ec992..79e00abdf 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -3,24 +3,25 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Melcon Moraes , 2022. # gbonaspetti , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-09 09:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: gbonaspetti \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Unregistered-Servers.po similarity index 96% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_BR/Unregistered-Servers.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-BR/Unregistered-Servers.po index 075261a12..ce0f8ff4f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Unregistered-Servers.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -1,25 +1,25 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: pt-BR\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "pt-BR" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/nb_NO/copyright.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/copyright.po similarity index 100% rename from _translator-files/po/nb_NO/copyright.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-BR/copyright.po diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/general.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/general.po similarity index 100% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_BR/general.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-BR/general.po diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-BR/navigation.po similarity index 100% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_BR/navigation.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-BR/navigation.po diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/1-index.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e8c32ee80 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/1-index.po @@ -0,0 +1,232 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Melcon Moraes , 2022. +# ignotus , 2022. +# Andre Costa , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +# Melcon Moraes , 2024. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-01 20:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"Language-Team: \n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" + +#. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"---\n" +"title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"lang: \"en\"\n" +"permalink: /\n" +"layout: mainhomepage\n" +"ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" +"ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +"mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" +"mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" +"mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" +"---\n" +"[//]: # Markdown sections should not be indented, otherwise they are treated as code blocks.\n" +msgstr "" +"---\n" +"título: \"Jamulus - Toca música online. Com amigos. De graça.\"\n" +"lang: \"pt-PT\"\n" +"permalink: /\n" +"layout: mainhomepage\n" +"ldjAppCategory: \"Música\"\n" +"ldjSlogan: \"Tocar música online. Com amigos. De graça.\"\n" +"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer e colaboradores\"\n" +"metadescrição: \"Jamulus é um software gratuito e de código aberto que permite aos músicos tocar música, ensaiar ou improvisar em conjunto, em tempo real, através da Internet.\"\n" +"mAltProgIcon: \"Ícone do Jamulus\"\n" +"mTSlogan: \"Tocar música online. Com amigos. De graça.\"\n" +"mTGetStartedNow: \"Começar agora!\"\n" +"mTDownloadNow: \"Descarregar agora para\"\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'e'\n" +"mTOtherPlatforms: 'outras plataformas'\n" +"---\n" +"[//]: # As secções Markdown não devem ser indentadas, caso contrário são tratadas como blocos de código.\n" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What is Jamulus?" +msgstr "O que é Jamulus?" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" +msgstr "O Jamulus permite-lhe tocar, ensaiar ou improvisar com os seus amigos, a sua banda ou qualquer pessoa que encontre online. Toquem juntos remotamente em tempo real com som de alta qualidade e baixa latência numa ligação de banda larga normal. [Descarregue-o aqui!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus is international" +msgstr "Jamulus é internacional" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus worldwide" +msgstr "Jamulus no mundo" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons, in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" +msgstr "Em todo o mundo, o Jamulus permite que os coros ensaiem e as bandas de rock toquem. O Jamulus junta músicos populares e clássicos. Está a ser utilizado para aulas de música à distância, em escolas e universidades, em privado e em público - tudo em tempo real na Internet, como se estivesse lá pessoalmente.\n" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help needed?" +msgstr "Precisa de ajuda?" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Check out the [documentation](wiki/Getting-Started) and consider the [troubleshooting section](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" +"You can also ask on the [forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" +msgstr "" +"Consulte a [documentação](wiki/Getting-Started) e considere a [secção de resolução de problemas](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" +"Também pode perguntar nos [fóruns](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Want to get involved?" +msgstr "Quer contribuir?" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is [free and open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensed under the [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) you can help us!" +msgstr "Ideias? Encontrou um erro? Quer contribuir com algum código ou ajudar a [traduzir](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) o Jamulus para a sua língua? Como o Jamulus é [software livre e de código aberto](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licenciado sob a [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) você pode ajudar-nos!" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Take a look at our [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) to find out how. Everybody is welcome!" +msgstr "Dá uma vista de olhos às nossas [directrizes de contribuição](wiki/Contribution) para saberes como. Todos são bem-vindos!" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see [this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" +msgstr "_Para obter informações pormenorizadas sobre o funcionamento do Jamulus, ver [este documento de Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" +msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Download it here" +#~ msgstr "Baixe aqui" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " " + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid " Have a look at the " +#~ msgid " Check out the " +#~ msgstr " Dê uma olhada na " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "documentation" +#~ msgstr "documentação" + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid ". Especially consider the " +#~ msgid " and consider the " +#~ msgstr ". Considere também a seção de " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "troubleshooting section" +#~ msgstr "problemas e soluções" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " You can also ask on the " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " Você também pode postar a sua pergunta nos " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "forums" +#~ msgstr "fórums" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ ".\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ ".\n" +#~ " " + +#, fuzzy, no-wrap +#~| msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help translating into your language? Since Jamulus is " +#~ msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " +#~ msgstr " Teve uma idéia? Encontrou um bug? Quer contribuir programando ou ajudar na tradução para o seu idioma? Uma vez que Jamulus é " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "free and open source software" +#~ msgstr "um software livre e de código aberto" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " +#~ msgstr " (FOSS) licenciado sob a " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "GPL" +#~ msgstr "GPL" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid ", you can help us!" +#~ msgstr ", você pode nos ajudar!" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " Take a look at our " +#~ msgstr " Leia as " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "contribution guidelines" +#~ msgstr "diretrizes de contribuição" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ " to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " para saber como. Todos são bem-vindos!\n" +#~ " " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" +#~ msgstr "esse paper de Volker Fischer (PDF)" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " +#~ msgstr " Para informações detalhadas sobre como Jamulus hackeia o continuum do espaço-tempo para produzir uma quinta dimensão quase perfeita do som colaborativo, veja. " diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Client-Troubleshooting.po similarity index 97% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Client-Troubleshooting.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-PT/Client-Troubleshooting.po index a885407b8..b5ebc5af6 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -3,24 +3,27 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# Andre Costa , 2024. +# ssantos , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 @@ -44,7 +47,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:8 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Resolução de problemas" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:10 @@ -63,7 +66,7 @@ msgstr "
" #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Table of contents\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Índice\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:17 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Command-Line-Options.po similarity index 87% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Command-Line-Options.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-PT/Command-Line-Options.po index 36d208b09..8e24befb2 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Contribution.po similarity index 90% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Contribution.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-PT/Contribution.po index 18ef57d2e..e0b958535 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Contribution.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Directories.po similarity index 94% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Directories.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-PT/Directories.po index 26da4a9f7..1c7801300 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Directories.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/FAQ.po similarity index 96% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_PT/FAQ.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-PT/FAQ.po index 5961d26e4..defb18b0f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/FAQ.po @@ -3,24 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# ssantos , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 @@ -63,7 +65,7 @@ msgstr "
" #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Table of contents\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Índice\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:17 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Getting-Started.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fed065dfb --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Getting-Started.po @@ -0,0 +1,271 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Allan Nordhøy , 2022. +# ignotus , 2022. +# Andre Costa , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "pt-PT" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" +msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Setup" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setup - getting started with Jamulus" +msgstr "Configuração - começar a utilizar o Jamulus" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:11 +msgid "To get the best from Jamulus, at a minimum you will need:" +msgstr "Para obter o melhor de Jamulus, você precisa no mínimo de:" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**Uma ligação à Internet com fios** (e desligar o wi-fi. Ver [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**Auscultadores com fios** (não Bluetooth ou altifalantes - ver [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)" +msgstr "**Um dispositivo áudio razoável, placa de som e/ou microfone** ([ver esta lista](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) para exemplos)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:17 +msgid "If you have any questions, please see the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" +msgstr "Se tiver alguma dúvida, dê uma olhada na página de [Discussões](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Instalação" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:21 +msgid "To get Jamulus working with your operating system, please follow the installation guide for your platform:" +msgstr "Para fazer Jamulus funcionar com o seu hardware, siga as seguintes instruções de acordo com sua plataforma:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +" Windows\n" +" macOS\n" +" Linux\n" +"
\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are considered experimental._\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +" Windows\n" +" macOS\n" +" Linux\n" +"
\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) e [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) também podem ser utilizados, mas são considerados experimentais.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:30 +msgid "And for now, close all other applications. It’s best to start simple at first." +msgstr "E feche todos os outros programas por ora. É melhor começar de maneira simples." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Hardware Setup" +msgstr "Configuração de hardware" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:34 +msgid "If you use external audio hardware, plug that in before you start Jamulus. If you haven't configured your hardware, please see the installation guides mentioned above." +msgstr "Se utiliza um hardware áudio externo, ligue-o antes de iniciar o Jamulus. Se não tiver configurado o seu hardware, consulte os guias de instalação acima mencionados." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus main window" +msgstr "Janela principal do Jamulus" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:38 +msgid "When you open Jamulus, you will see a window which looks like this:" +msgstr "Quando você abre o Jamulus, você vê a seguinte janela parecida com essa:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
The main window before you connect to a Server
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
A janela principal antes de se conectar a um servidor
\n" +"\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up a profile" +msgstr "Configurar um perfil" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:48 +msgid "First, let others know who you are. Click on the “Settings” button on the bottom left and go to “My Profile…”. Now you will see this:" +msgstr "Em primeiro lugar, diga aos outros quem é. Clique no botão \"Definições\" no canto inferior esquerdo e aceda a \"O meu perfil...\". Agora verá isto:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
Let people know who you are
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +" \"Captura\n" +"
Deixe as pessoas saberem quem você é
\n" +"
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:56 +msgid "Fill in at least “Alias/Name” and close the window." +msgstr "Preencha pelo menos o campo “Apelido/Nome” e feche a janela." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" +msgstr "Ligar a um servidor e testar o som" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:60 +msgid "Before you connect to a Server, you should **not** be able to hear yourself. Listening to your sound from Jamulus (and not from yourself) is called “The Golden Rule” and enables you to play in time with others ([see the FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))." +msgstr "Antes de se conectar a um servidor, você não deve **ser** capaz de se ouvir. Ouvir o som do Jamulus (e não de si próprio) é chamado \"A Regra de Ouro\" e permite-lhe tocar a tempo com os outros ([ver a FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Before playing with others, we recommend that you connect to an empty Server to test your setup**, and make sure you are listening to the signal coming back from the Server (if possible) and not yourself.\n" +msgstr "**Antes de jogar com outras pessoas, recomendamos que se ligue a um servidor vazio para testar a sua configuração**, e certifique-se de que está a ouvir o sinal proveniente do servidor (se possível) e não de si próprio.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:64 +msgid "Now use the “Connect” button in the Jamulus main window to join a Server. A window will now open:" +msgstr "Agora use o botão \"Ligar\" na janela principal do Jamulus para se juntar a um servidor. Uma janela se abrirá:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\n" +"
Connect to a Server
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +" \"Captura\n" +"
Conectar a um servidor
\n" +"

\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:71 +msgid "The most important thing about Servers is their “ping time”. The bigger the number, the harder it will be to play in time with others. Usually, you would select a Server with a ping of less than 50ms if you can." +msgstr "O aspeto mais importante dos servidores é o seu \"tempo de ping\". Quanto maior for o número, mais difícil será jogar a tempo com os outros. Normalmente, deve selecionar um servidor com um ping inferior a 50 ms, se possível." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:73 +msgid "Once connected to a Server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." +msgstr "Uma vez ligado a um servidor, certifique-se de que consegue ouvir-se bem e corrija quaisquer problemas de volume de entrada ou outros. Podes dar uma vista de olhos na [página de resolução de problemas](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) para problemas comuns. E, claro, verifica se também és capaz de obedecer à [Regra de Ouro](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Playing for the first time" +msgstr "Jogar pela primeira vez" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:77 +msgid "With your sound all set up, you are ready to go. When you connect to a Server (you may want to select a genre from the list), the faders you see on the right are your own personal mix. Everything you change here will change what you hear, but won’t affect others. If you move a fader down, that channel will be quieter, if you move it up, the channel will be louder for you." +msgstr "Com o seu som configurado, está pronto para começar. Quando se liga a um servidor (pode querer selecionar um género da lista), os faders que vê à direita são a sua mistura pessoal. Tudo o que alterar aqui irá alterar o que ouve, mas não irá afetar os outros. Se mover um fader para baixo, esse canal ficará mais silencioso, se o mover para cima, o canal ficará mais alto para si." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
The main window when you are connected to a Server
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
A janela principal quando você está conectado a um servidor
\n" +"\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:84 +msgid "If you don’t want others to hear your audio, click on the “Mute Myself” button which will stop your audio from being sent to other people. They won’t be able to tell you have done this though. But if you see a “mute” icon above a fader, that means they can’t hear you because they've muted your channel in their mix." +msgstr "Se você não quer que outros ouçam o seu áudio, clique no botão “Silenciar-me”. Isso vai fazer com que seu áudio não seja mais transmitido para outras pessoas, mas eles não vão poder ver que você fez isso. No entanto, se você vir um ícone “mudo” em cima de um controle, isso significa que eles não podem ouvi-lo porque eles silenciaram o seu canal no mix deles." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:86 +msgid "Note that you can use the Chat facility at any time to message other people while you are connected. The welcome message in the chat may also state some guidelines for use." +msgstr "Preste atenção que você pode usar a função Chat a qualquer momento em que você estiver conectado para mandar mensages para outros participantes. A mensage de boas-vindas também pode informá-lo sobre as regras de uso." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88 +msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." +msgstr "Mais informações sobre como usar Jamulus você encontra no [Manual do software](/wiki/Software-Manual)." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Resolução de problemas" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:91 +msgid "Having audio trouble? Can't see Servers, or some other issue? Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting), or feel free to ask in the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." +msgstr "Está a ter problemas de áudio? Não consegue ver os Servidores, ou algum outro problema? Dê uma vista de olhos na [Página de resolução de problemas](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting), ou sinta-se à vontade para perguntar nas [Discussões](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Include-Backing-Up.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Backing-Up.po similarity index 100% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Include-Backing-Up.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Backing-Up.po diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Client-Commands.po similarity index 100% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Include-Client-Commands.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Client-Commands.po diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Shared-Commands.po similarity index 92% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Shared-Commands.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Shared-Commands.po index 4d8a717c7..006217a9c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Android.po similarity index 94% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-Android.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Android.po index ec24d507c..42d9a35e2 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Linux.po similarity index 67% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-Linux.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Linux.po index 4fb4b665d..6335d588f 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 @@ -190,86 +191,139 @@ msgstr "Para pacotes de instalação em outras distribuições, dê uma olhada e msgid "Set up your hardware" msgstr "## Configurando o hardware" +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 +msgid "The Jamulus Client needs to connect to a running [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server in order to start. You need to find out which is the low-latency sound server for your distribution. - If your distribution uses [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), see how to [configure JACK with QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl). - If your distribution uses PipeWire, see how to [configure PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)." +msgstr "" + #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Configure JACK with QjackCtl" msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl" msgstr "### Configure JACK com QjackCtl" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Jamulus clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." -msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." +msgid "To run a [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server, the recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." msgstr "Clientes Jamulus precisam de [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) para rodar, mas você tem que configurá-lo primeiro. O método recomendado é usando `QjackCtl`." #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 -msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" +msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**." msgstr "Execute o comando `qjackctl`. Você vai ver a **Página principal do utilitário Qt JACK**" #. type: Bullet: '2. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 -msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" -msgstr "Configure seu equipamento de áudio da seguinte maneira (as exatas configurações do JACK vão depender seu equipamento):" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +msgid "Configure your sound hardware as follows:" +msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" +msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list - choose the correct one as this cannot be changed without stopping Jamulus and JACK)." msgstr "Configure a **Interface** de áudio usando a que você quiser (pode haver várias na lista)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" +msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**." msgstr "Configure o **Taxa de Samples em 48000**" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" +msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and **Periods/Buffer at 2** at first." msgstr "Configure os **Frames/Período em 128** e Períodos/Buffer em 2 para começar" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:69 -msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" -msgstr "Restarte o JACK para os novos valores entrarem em efeito." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 +msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect and continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." +msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:70 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure PipeWire" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 +msgid "PipeWire provides its own JACK server. When you launch the Jamulus Client, PipeWire automatically runs a JACK server. However, there are a few parameters to adjust. You need to set your audio interface to the \"pro-audio\" profile and define PipeWire's \"rate\" and \"quantum\" parameters beforehand. You can find more information about the configuration in the [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 +msgid "To set up your system: 1. Open `pavucontrol` (the audio mixer) and choose the \"pro-audio\" profile for your sound hardware in the configuration tab. 2. In a terminal use the following two commands to force PipeWire's rate and quantum:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:88 +msgid "After this, continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:89 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "### Start Jamulus" msgid "Start Jamulus" msgstr "### Abra o Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 -msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." +msgid "With JACK or PipeWire configured, launch Jamulus." msgstr "Com o JACK configurado e rodando, abra o Jamulus no seu desktop launcher (ou usando o terminal execute o comando `jamulus`)" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:75 -msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." -msgstr "Se você tiver problemas com o som interrompendo (em particular erros XRUN que o JACK/QjackCtl reportar) tente usar valores maiores (por exemplo 256 quadros ou 3 períodos). Valores menores (p.e. 64 frames) podem melhorar a performance, mas talvez causar mais problemas de som. Veja a seção [Problemas e solucões](Client-Troubleshooting)." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:94 +msgid "If you have any problems, first check [the troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting)." +msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:76 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:95 #, fuzzy, no-wrap #| msgid "## All installed?" msgid "All installed?" msgstr "## Tudo instalado?" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:98 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "Dê uma olhada na página" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:99 #, fuzzy #| msgid "[Jamulus setup page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[Configurando o Jamulus](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#~ msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" +#~ msgstr "Configure seu equipamento de áudio da seguinte maneira (as exatas configurações do JACK vão depender seu equipamento):" + +#~ msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" +#~ msgstr "Restarte o JACK para os novos valores entrarem em efeito." + +#~ msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." +#~ msgstr "Se você tiver problemas com o som interrompendo (em particular erros XRUN que o JACK/QjackCtl reportar) tente usar valores maiores (por exemplo 256 quadros ou 3 períodos). Valores menores (p.e. 64 frames) podem melhorar a performance, mas talvez causar mais problemas de som. Veja a seção [Problemas e solucões](Client-Troubleshooting)." + #, fuzzy #~| msgid "Download the [latest .deb file]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }})" #~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Macintosh.po similarity index 97% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-Macintosh.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index 1e4d44349..7dfe90d99 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Windows.po similarity index 98% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-Windows.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Windows.po index 061ac2fb5..78084635e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -2,24 +2,26 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# Andre Costa , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 @@ -224,10 +226,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Troubleshooting" +#, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "### Solução de Problemas" +msgstr "Resolução de problemas" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-iOS.po similarity index 72% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-iOS.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-iOS.po index 822edca28..02a179140 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 @@ -66,90 +67,100 @@ msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https: msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 -msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." msgstr "" -#. type: Title ## +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28 #, no-wrap msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '2. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '3. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '4. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '5. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:41 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback and development" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:43 -msgid "iOS support isn't mature yet and far from ready to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 +msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:48 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:51 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:53 msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Privacy-Statement.po similarity index 96% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Privacy-Statement.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-PT/Privacy-Statement.po index 9973a1784..403db6a43 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/QOS-Windows.po similarity index 92% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_PT/QOS-Windows.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-PT/QOS-Windows.po index f6bc29c29..f2c434a6d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/QOS-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/QOS-Windows.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Running-a-Server.po similarity index 83% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Running-a-Server.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-PT/Running-a-Server.po index 3de6d57bf..6bdec720e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Running-a-Server.po @@ -3,24 +3,27 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# Andre Costa , 2024. +# ssantos , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 @@ -63,7 +66,7 @@ msgstr "
" #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Table of contents\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Índice\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17 @@ -159,7 +162,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:49 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instalação" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52 @@ -178,88 +181,124 @@ msgid "To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are fam msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Download the setup script: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:62 +msgid "Download the setup script:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Make the script executable: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 +msgid "Make the script executable:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Run the script and install the headless server: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74 +msgid "Run the script and install the headless server:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 msgid "Enable the headless Server process:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:67 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 #, no-wrap -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:69 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:71 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 #, no-wrap -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:73 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92 msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:75 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96 #, no-wrap -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:77 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98 msgid "_To edit your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 #, no-wrap msgid "Server Modes" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104 msgid "Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 #, no-wrap msgid "Unregistered mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:87 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:108 msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:110 #, no-wrap msgid "**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:93 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 #, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" @@ -268,28 +307,28 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:115 #, no-wrap msgid "Registered mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:97 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:118 msgid "In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:99 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:120 msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:122 msgid "Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:126 #, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" @@ -298,67 +337,67 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127 #, no-wrap msgid "Directory mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:109 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:130 msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 #, no-wrap msgid "Configuration options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:138 msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:119 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 #, no-wrap msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:121 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:123 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:144 #, no-wrap msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:125 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:146 msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:128 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 #, no-wrap msgid "Minimum setup to run in Registered mode" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153 msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections. You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 #, no-wrap msgid "" "jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" @@ -367,50 +406,50 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:161 msgid "See the table below for `hostname:port` values." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 #, no-wrap msgid "Server mode-related options" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:145 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 #, no-wrap msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:148 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:150 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 msgid "This option takes the format:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:152 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 msgid "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 #, no-wrap msgid "" "| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" @@ -425,314 +464,314 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:187 #, no-wrap msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190 msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:196 msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:198 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:178 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 #, no-wrap msgid "`-L or --licence`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:180 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201 msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 #, no-wrap msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:186 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverpublicip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:189 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210 #, no-wrap msgid "`--directoryfile`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:212 msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 #, no-wrap msgid "`-f or --listfilter`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:218 #, no-wrap msgid "General Server options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:200 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "`-d or --discononquit`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223 msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 #, no-wrap msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:226 msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 #, no-wrap msgid "`-l or --log`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:208 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229 msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 #, no-wrap msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:214 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 #, no-wrap msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:216 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:217 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 #, no-wrap msgid "`-s` or `--server`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverbindip`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 #, no-wrap msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:228 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 #, no-wrap msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 #, no-wrap msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 #, no-wrap msgid "Other options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Server via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265 #, no-wrap msgid "Recording" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 #, no-wrap msgid "`-R or --recording`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 #, no-wrap msgid "`--norecord`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling Recording" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -741,16 +780,16 @@ msgid "" "\n" " [Service]\n" " Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 msgid "To start a new recording:" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303 #, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" @@ -759,151 +798,151 @@ msgid "" "\n" " [Service]\n" " Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:293 -msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314 +msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316 msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318 msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:299 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:301 -msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322 +msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 #, no-wrap msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:307 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328 msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:310 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 #, no-wrap msgid "Servers on the desktop" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334 msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336 msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338 msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:319 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340 msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:321 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346 #, no-wrap msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:327 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 #, no-wrap msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:332 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 #, no-wrap msgid "The Server status icon" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356 msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:360 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up the Server" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:368 msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Resolução de problemas" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Server-Bandwidth.po similarity index 93% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Server-Bandwidth.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-PT/Server-Bandwidth.po index 6c01c13f6..7f17ad64d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -2,24 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Server-Troubleshooting.po similarity index 95% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Server-Troubleshooting.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-PT/Server-Troubleshooting.po index 5ade7d644..6c3bd0794 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -3,24 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# ssantos , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 @@ -63,7 +65,7 @@ msgstr "
" #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:16 #, no-wrap msgid "Table of contents\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Índice\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:19 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Software-Manual.po similarity index 84% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Software-Manual.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-PT/Software-Manual.po index e85038acf..7621593f2 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Software-Manual.po @@ -3,24 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# ssantos , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -68,7 +70,7 @@ msgstr "
" #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:15 #, no-wrap msgid "Table of contents\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Índice\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:18 @@ -231,259 +233,264 @@ msgid "Connect/disconnect button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:80 -msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:81 +msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session. You can also open the dialogue using \"File>Connection Setup...\". This will leave you connected to any current session until you join another." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:82 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:83 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:84 -msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available servers together with the number of occupants and the maximum number supported. Server operators register their servers on lists (mostly defined by genre, though some could be location-specific or for all genres). Use the List dropdown to select a genre, click on the server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name. Permanent servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 +msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 -msgid "You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a \"#\" character." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:88 +msgid "Click on the Server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:90 -msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92 +msgid "Server operators register their servers with Directories. These are either genre-specific or for any genre, or additional [custom entries](#custom-directories). Use the Directory dropdown to select a genre. You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied Servers, enter a \"#\" character. If you choose \"Show All Musicians\" the current occupants will be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:98 +msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private Server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:91 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 #, no-wrap msgid "Server audio mixer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:94 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:102 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:97 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 msgid "The audio mixer screen shows each user connected to the server (including yourself). The faders allow you to adjust the level of what you hear without affecting what others hear." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 msgid "The VU meter shows the input level at the server - that is, the sound being sent." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109 msgid "If you have set your Audio Channel to Stereo or Stereo Out in your Settings, you will also see a pan control (shift-click to reset)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:103 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear you. Either they have muted you, soloed one or more users not including you, or have set your fader in their mix to zero." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:108 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116 #, no-wrap msgid "Grp button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:112 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120 #, no-wrap msgid "Mute button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126 #, no-wrap msgid "Solo button" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:122 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 #, no-wrap msgid "Settings" msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 #, no-wrap msgid "My Profile" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 #, no-wrap -msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 #, no-wrap msgid "Skin" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:139 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 #, no-wrap msgid "Meter style" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 #, no-wrap msgid "Mixer rows" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Alerts" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio/Network Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Device" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 #, no-wrap msgid "Input/output channel mapping" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio channels" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:180 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -491,151 +498,151 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio quality" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 #, no-wrap msgid "Buffer Delay" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." msgstr "" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 -msgid "On Linux, use the JACK configuration tool to change the buffer size." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 +msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:211 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "Jitter Buffer" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:227 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 #, no-wrap msgid "Small Network Buffers" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:231 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 #, no-wrap msgid "Audio Stream Rate" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 #, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 #, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 #, no-wrap msgid "Custom Directories" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 -msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 +msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 #, no-wrap msgid "New Client Level" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 #, no-wrap msgid "" "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" @@ -644,140 +651,140 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Boost" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback Protection" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273 #, no-wrap msgid "Input Balance" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 #, no-wrap msgid "Menu commands" msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 #, no-wrap msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284 msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." msgstr "" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:271 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 #, no-wrap msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:275 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289 #, no-wrap msgid "Backing up Jamulus" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap -msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 #, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 #, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:291 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 #, no-wrap msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:297 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311 #, no-wrap msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Client via API" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:307 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." msgstr "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po similarity index 97% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po index da1cb11bc..eeb333e5c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -3,24 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # 이정희 , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# ssantos , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 @@ -63,7 +65,7 @@ msgstr "
" #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Table of contents\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Índice\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:17 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Unregistered-Servers.po similarity index 96% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_PT/Unregistered-Servers.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-PT/Unregistered-Servers.po index b55d25377..a9bd8cf90 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Unregistered-Servers.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -1,31 +1,31 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: pt-PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "pt-PT" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/copyright.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/copyright.po similarity index 100% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_BR/copyright.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-PT/copyright.po diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/general.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/general.po similarity index 94% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_PT/general.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-PT/general.po index 376d637cb..e2351e250 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/general.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/general.po @@ -2,18 +2,19 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # Melcon Moraes , 2022. +# Andre Costa , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-17 22:56+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-03-04 18:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Andre Costa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt\n" +"Language: pt_PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: footer alt facebook #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 @@ -65,10 +66,9 @@ msgstr "Base de informação comunitária
Fique livre par #. type: Hash Value: kb mainpage #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "KB overview" +#, no-wrap msgid "Knowledge Base overview" -msgstr "Visão geral KB" +msgstr "Visão geral da base de dados de conhecimento" #. type: Hash Value: kb navpages #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 @@ -114,10 +114,9 @@ msgstr "Seu browser desabilitou JavaScript, o que é perfeitamente ok. Este site #. type: Hash Value: wiki titleAdd #: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "– Jamulus Wiki" +#, no-wrap msgid "– Jamulus Website" -msgstr "– Jamulus Wiki" +msgstr "- Site do Jamulus" #, no-wrap #~ msgid "Jamulus 3.9.1 addresses a MIDI controller-related bug that could result in the loss of old fader levels: If you used `--ctrlmidich`, you can start the app once with `--cleanuplegacyfadersettings` to try to convert the old format to the new one. This option will be removed in a future release. Read the Change Log for more information." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/navigation.po similarity index 92% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_PT/navigation.po rename to _translator-files/po/pt-PT/navigation.po index ce76e92c1..44d2bedf0 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/navigation.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/pt-PT/navigation.po @@ -1,18 +1,19 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Andre Costa , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-15 17:01+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Andre Costa \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: pt_PT\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.5-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 @@ -90,7 +91,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Solução de Problemas" +msgstr "Resolução de problemas" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 @@ -106,10 +107,9 @@ msgstr "Usando Jamulus" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "User Manual" +#, no-wrap msgid "Server Manual" -msgstr "Manual do Software" +msgstr "Manual do servidor" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/1-index.po deleted file mode 100644 index 8b45cf036..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/1-index.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,271 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Melcon Moraes , 2022. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-17 21:13+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Melcon Moraes \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" - -#. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) -#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "---\n" -#| "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -#| "lang: \"en\"\n" -#| "permalink: /\n" -#| "layout: mainhomepage\n" -#| "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" -#| "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -#| "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -#| "metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" -#| "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" -#| "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -#| "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" -#| "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" -#| "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" -#| "---\n" -msgid "" -"---\n" -"title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -"lang: \"en\"\n" -"permalink: /\n" -"layout: mainhomepage\n" -"ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" -"ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" -"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" -"mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -"mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" -"mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" -"mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" -"mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" -"---\n" -msgstr "" -"---\n" -"title: \"Jamulus ‒ Faça música online. Com amigos. De graça.\"\n" -"lang: \"pt_BR\"\n" -"permalink: /\n" -"layout: mainhomepage\n" -"ldjAppCategory: \"Música\"\n" -"ldjSlogan: \"Faça música online. Com amigos. De graça.\"\n" -"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer e colaboradores\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus é um software de código aberto que permite que músicos toquem, ensaiem ou simplesmente façam um som, em tempo real na Internet.\"\n" -"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" -"mTSlogan: \"Faça música online. Com amigos. De graça.\"\n" -"mTGetStartedNow: \"Comece agora!\"\n" -"mTDownloadNow: 'Baixe agora para'\n" -"mTOtherPlatforms: 'outras plataformas'\n" -"---\n" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 -#, no-wrap -msgid "What is Jamulus?" -msgstr "O que é Jamulus?" - -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid " Jamulus is for playing, rehearsing, or just jamming with your friends, your band or just anyone you find online. With high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection, it's easy to play together remotely and in time. " -msgid " Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. " -msgstr " Jamulus é um programa para tocar, ensaiar ou simplesmente fazer um som com seus amigos, sua banda ou com qualquer um que estiver online. Com som de alta qualidade e baixa latência através de uma conexão de banda larga, nunca foi tão fácil tocar a distância e no ritmo. " - -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Download it here" -msgstr "Baixe aqui" - -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"!\n" -" " -msgstr "" -"!\n" -" " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus worldwide" -msgstr "Jamulus no mundo" - -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:35 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| " All over the world Jamulus allows huge choirs to rehearse, loud rock bands to play, and brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" -#| " in schools and universities, in private and in public. Even just for the spoken word – all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" -#| " " -msgid "" -" All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" -" in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" -" " -msgstr "" -" No mundo inteiro Jamulus permite que grandes corais ensaiem, que bandas de rock façam um som e une músicos clássicos e populares. Tem sido usado para aulas de música a distância, \n" -" em escolas e universidades, públicas e privadas. Até mesmo para apenas falar - tudo em tempo real e na Internet, como se você estivesse lá em pessoa.\n" -" " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:37 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Help needed?" -msgstr "Precisa de ajuda?" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid " Have a look at the " -msgid " Check out the " -msgstr " Dê uma olhada na " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 -#, no-wrap -msgid "documentation" -msgstr "documentação" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid ". Especially consider the " -msgid " and consider the " -msgstr ". Considerar especialmente a " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "troubleshooting section" -msgstr "problemas e soluções" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"!\n" -" You can also ask on the " -msgstr "" -"!\n" -" Você também pode postar a sua pergunta nos " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 -#, no-wrap -msgid "forums" -msgstr "fórums" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -".\n" -" " -msgstr "" -".\n" -" " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:45 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Want to get involved?" -msgstr "Quer contribuir?" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help translating into your language? Since Jamulus is " -msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " -msgstr " Teve uma idéia? Encontrou um bug? Quer contribuir programando ou ajudar na tradução para o seu idioma? Uma vez que Jamulus é " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid "translating" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid "free and open source software" -msgstr "um software livre e de código aberto" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " -msgstr " (FOSS) licenciado sob a " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid "GPL" -msgstr "GPL" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid ", you can help us!" -msgstr ", você pode nos ajudar!" - -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid " Take a look at our " -msgstr " Dê uma olhada nas nossas " - -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "contribution guidelines" -msgstr "diretrizes de contribuição" - -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" -" " -msgstr "" -" para saber como. Todos são bem-vindos!\n" -" " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" -msgstr "esse paper escrito por Volker Fischer (PDF)" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:58 -#, no-wrap -msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" -msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" - -#, no-wrap -#~ msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " -#~ msgstr " Para informações detalhadas sobre como Jamulus hackeia o continuum do espaço-tempo para produzir uma 5ª dimensão quase perfeita do som colaborativo, veja " diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/1-index.po deleted file mode 100644 index d31926cb1..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/1-index.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,271 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Melcon Moraes , 2022. -# ignotus , 2022. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: \n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" -"Language-Team: \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" - -#. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) -#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "---\n" -#| "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -#| "lang: \"en\"\n" -#| "permalink: /\n" -#| "layout: mainhomepage\n" -#| "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" -#| "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -#| "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -#| "metadescription: \"Jamulus is open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or just jam together, all in real time over the Internet.\"\n" -#| "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" -#| "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -#| "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" -#| "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" -#| "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" -#| "---\n" -msgid "" -"---\n" -"title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -"lang: \"en\"\n" -"permalink: /\n" -"layout: mainhomepage\n" -"ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" -"ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" -"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" -"mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -"mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" -"mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" -"mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" -"mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" -"---\n" -msgstr "" -"---\n" -"title: \"Jamulus ‒ Faça música online. Com amigos. De graça.\"\n" -"lang: \"pt_PT\"\n" -"permalink: /\n" -"layout: mainhomepage\n" -"ldjAppCategory: \"Música\"\n" -"ldjSlogan: \"Faça música online. Com amigos. De graça.\"\n" -"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus é um software de código aberto que permite que músicos toquem, ensaiem ou simplesmente façam um som, em tempo real na Internet.\"\n" -"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" -"mTSlogan: \"Faça música online. Com amigos. De graça.\"\n" -"mTGetStartedNow: \"Comece agora!\"\n" -"mTDownloadNow: 'Baixe agora para'\n" -"mTOtherPlatforms: 'outras plataformas'\n" -"---\n" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 -#, no-wrap -msgid "What is Jamulus?" -msgstr "O que é Jamulus?" - -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid " Jamulus is for playing, rehearsing, or just jamming with your friends, your band or just anyone you find online. With high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection, it's easy to play together remotely and in time. " -msgid " Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. " -msgstr " Jamulus é um programa para tocar, ensaiar ou simplesmente fazer um som com seus amigos, sua banda ou com qualquer um que estiver online. Com som de alta qualidade e baixa latência através de uma conexão de banda larga, nunca foi tão fácil tocar a distância e em tempo.! " - -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Download it here" -msgstr "Baixe aqui" - -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"!\n" -" " -msgstr "" -"!\n" -" " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus worldwide" -msgstr "Jamulus no mundo" - -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:35 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| " All over the world Jamulus allows huge choirs to rehearse, loud rock bands to play, and brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" -#| " in schools and universities, in private and in public. Even just for the spoken word – all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" -#| " " -msgid "" -" All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" -" in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" -" " -msgstr "" -" No mundo inteiro Jamulus permite que grandes coros ensaiem, que bandas de rock façam um som. Jamulus une músicos clássicos e populares e tem sido usado para aulas de música a distância em escolas e universidades, públicas e privadas. Mesmo apenas para a língua falada - tudo em tempo real e na Internet, como se você estivesse lá em pessoa.\n" -" " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:37 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Help needed?" -msgstr "Precisa de ajuda?" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid " Have a look at the " -msgid " Check out the " -msgstr " Dê uma olhada na " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 -#, no-wrap -msgid "documentation" -msgstr "documentação" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid ". Especially consider the " -msgid " and consider the " -msgstr ". Considere também a seção de " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "troubleshooting section" -msgstr "problemas e soluções" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"!\n" -" You can also ask on the " -msgstr "" -"!\n" -" Você também pode postar a sua pergunta nos " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 -#, no-wrap -msgid "forums" -msgstr "fórums" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -".\n" -" " -msgstr "" -".\n" -" " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:45 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Want to get involved?" -msgstr "Quer contribuir?" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help translating into your language? Since Jamulus is " -msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " -msgstr " Teve uma idéia? Encontrou um bug? Quer contribuir programando ou ajudar na tradução para o seu idioma? Uma vez que Jamulus é " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid "translating" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid "free and open source software" -msgstr "um software livre e de código aberto" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " -msgstr " (FOSS) licenciado sob a " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid "GPL" -msgstr "GPL" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid ", you can help us!" -msgstr ", você pode nos ajudar!" - -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid " Take a look at our " -msgstr " Leia as " - -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "contribution guidelines" -msgstr "diretrizes de contribuição" - -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" -" " -msgstr "" -" para saber como. Todos são bem-vindos!\n" -" " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " -msgstr "" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" -msgstr "esse paper de Volker Fischer (PDF)" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:58 -#, no-wrap -msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" -msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" - -#, no-wrap -#~ msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " -#~ msgstr " Para informações detalhadas sobre como Jamulus hackeia o continuum do espaço-tempo para produzir uma quinta dimensão quase perfeita do som colaborativo, veja. " diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Getting-Started.po deleted file mode 100644 index 60a9efcc6..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/Getting-Started.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,317 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# Allan Nordhøy , 2022. -# ignotus , 2022. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-03 07:05+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: pt_PT\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" - -#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_PT" - -#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "wiki" -msgstr "wiki" - -#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" -msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" - -#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Setup" - -#. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:8 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "# Setup - getting started with Jamulus" -msgid "Setup - getting started with Jamulus" -msgstr "# Setup - começando com Jamulus" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:11 -msgid "To get the best from Jamulus, at a minimum you will need:" -msgstr "Para obter o melhor de Jamulus, você precisa no mínimo de:" - -#. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "**A wired internet connection** (not wi-fi - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" -msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" -msgstr "**Uma conexão de internet a cabo** (não wi-fi - veja o [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" - -#. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" -msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" -msgstr "**Fones de ouvido com cabo** (nem Bluetooth e nem Auto-falantes - veja o [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))\n" - -#. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)\n" -msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)" -msgstr "**Uma interface de áudio ou placa de som razoavelmente boa e/ou microfone** ([veja essa lista](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) para exemplos)\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:17 -msgid "If you have any questions, please see the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" -msgstr "Se tiver alguma dúvida, dê uma olhada na página de [Discussões](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" - -#. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:18 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Installation" -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "## Instalação" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:21 -msgid "To get Jamulus working with your operating system, please follow the installation guide for your platform:" -msgstr "Para fazer Jamulus funcionar com o seu hardware, siga as seguintes instruções de acordo com sua plataforma:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:28 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "
\n" -#| " Windows\n" -#| " macOS\n" -#| " Linux\n" -#| "
\n" -msgid "" -"
\n" -" Windows\n" -" macOS\n" -" Linux\n" -"
\n" -"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are considered experimental._\n" -msgstr "" -"
\n" -" Windows\n" -" macOS\n" -" Linux\n" -"
\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:30 -msgid "And for now, close all other applications. It’s best to start simple at first." -msgstr "E feche todos os outros programas por ora. É melhor começar de maneira simples." - -#. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:31 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Hardware Setup" -msgstr "" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:34 -msgid "If you use external audio hardware, plug that in before you start Jamulus. If you haven't configured your hardware, please see the installation guides mentioned above." -msgstr "" - -#. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:35 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Jamulus main window" -msgid "Jamulus main window" -msgstr "## Jamulus - Janela principal" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:38 -msgid "When you open Jamulus, you will see a window which looks like this:" -msgstr "Quando você abre o Jamulus, você vê a seguinte janela parecida com essa:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:43 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "
\n" -#| " \"Screenshot\"\n" -#| "
The main window before you connect to a server
\n" -#| "
\n" -msgid "" -"
\n" -" \"Screenshot\"\n" -"
The main window before you connect to a Server
\n" -"
\n" -msgstr "" -"
\n" -" \"Screenshot\"\n" -"
Janela principal antes de se conectar com um servidor
\n" -"
\n" - -#. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:45 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Setting up a profile" -msgid "Setting up a profile" -msgstr "## Configurando um perfil" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:48 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "First, let others know who you are. Click on “View” (bar on the top) > “My Profile…” Now you will see this:" -msgid "First, let others know who you are. Click on the “Settings” button on the bottom left and go to “My Profile…”. Now you will see this:" -msgstr "Primeiro, deixe os outros saberem quem você é. Clique em “Ver” (barra superior) > “Meu perfil…” Então você vai ver isso:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"
\n" -" \"Screenshot\"\n" -"
Let people know who you are
\n" -"
\n" -msgstr "" -"
\n" -" \"Captura\n" -"
Deixe as pessoas saberem quem você é
\n" -"
\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:56 -msgid "Fill in at least “Alias/Name” and close the window." -msgstr "Preencha pelo menos o campo “Apelido/Nome” e feche a janela." - -#. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:57 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Connecting to a server and testing your sound" -msgid "Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" -msgstr "## Conectando a um servidor e testando o som" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:60 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Before you connect to a server, you should **not** be able to hear yourself. Listening to your sound from Jamulus (and not from yourself) is called “The Golden Rule” and enables you to play in time with others ([see the FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))." -msgid "Before you connect to a Server, you should **not** be able to hear yourself. Listening to your sound from Jamulus (and not from yourself) is called “The Golden Rule” and enables you to play in time with others ([see the FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))." -msgstr "Antes de se conectar a um servidor, você **não** deve conseguir ouvir a si mesmo. A “Regra de ouro” do Jamulus é ouvir seu próprio som através do programa (e não direto de você mesmo). Isso possibilita tocar em tempo com os outros ([veja o FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:62 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**Before playing with others, we recommend that you connect to an empty server to test your setup**, and make sure you are listening to the signal coming back from the server (if possible) and not yourself.\n" -msgid "**Before playing with others, we recommend that you connect to an empty Server to test your setup**, and make sure you are listening to the signal coming back from the Server (if possible) and not yourself.\n" -msgstr "**Antes de começar a tocar com outros, é recomendável se conectar a um servidor vazio para testar o seu setup**, para ter certeza que você está ouvindo o sinal vindo direto do servidor (se possível) e não o seu próprio som.\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:64 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Now use the “Connect” button in the Jamulus main window to join a server. A window will now open:" -msgid "Now use the “Connect” button in the Jamulus main window to join a Server. A window will now open:" -msgstr "Agora use o botão “Conectar” na janela principal do Jamulus para se juntar a um servidor. A seguinte janela vai se abrir:" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:69 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "
\n" -#| " \"Screenshot\"\n" -#| "
Connect to a server
\n" -#| "
\n" -msgid "" -"
\n" -" \"Screenshot\n" -"
Connect to a Server
\n" -"
\n" -msgstr "" -"
\n" -" \"Screenshot\"\n" -"
Conectar a um servidor
\n" -"
\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:71 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "The most important thing about servers is their “ping time”. The bigger the number, the harder it will be to play in time with others. Usually, you would select a server with a ping of less than 50ms if you can." -msgid "The most important thing about Servers is their “ping time”. The bigger the number, the harder it will be to play in time with others. Usually, you would select a Server with a ping of less than 50ms if you can." -msgstr "A coisa mais importante sobre servidores é o “ping”. Quanto maior o número, mais difícil será tocar em tempo com outros. Em regra você deverá escolher um servidor cujo ping seja menor que 15 ms se possível." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:73 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Once connected to a server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." -msgid "Once connected to a Server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." -msgstr "Uma vez conectado a um servidor, tenha certeza de que você se ouve bem e corrija o volume de entrada ou qualquer outro problema. E claro, não esqueça de obedecer [a regra de ouro](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." - -#. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:74 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Playing for the first time" -msgid "Playing for the first time" -msgstr "## Tocando pela primeira vez" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:77 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "With your sound all set up, you are ready to go. When you connect to a server (you may want to select a genre from the list), the faders you see on the right are your own personal mix. Everything you change here will change what you hear, but won’t affect others. If you move a fader down, that channel will be quieter, if you move it up, the channel will be louder for you." -msgid "With your sound all set up, you are ready to go. When you connect to a Server (you may want to select a genre from the list), the faders you see on the right are your own personal mix. Everything you change here will change what you hear, but won’t affect others. If you move a fader down, that channel will be quieter, if you move it up, the channel will be louder for you." -msgstr "Com o sistema configurado, você está pronto para começar. Quando você se conectar a um servidor (escolha um gênero da lista se quiser), os controles que você vê à direita é a sua mesa de som pessoal. Tudo o que você alterar ali vai mudar o que você ouve, mas isso não afeta os outros. Se você mover um botão para baixo, esse canal vai ficar mais fraco, se você movê-lo para cima, o canal ficará mais forte para você." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:82 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "
\n" -#| " \"Screenshot\"\n" -#| "
The main window when you are connected to a sever
\n" -#| "
\n" -msgid "" -"
\n" -" \"Screenshot\"\n" -"
The main window when you are connected to a Server
\n" -"
\n" -msgstr "" -"
\n" -" \"Screenshot\"\n" -"
Janela principal quando você está conectado
\n" -"
\n" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:84 -msgid "If you don’t want others to hear your audio, click on the “Mute Myself” button which will stop your audio from being sent to other people. They won’t be able to tell you have done this though. But if you see a “mute” icon above a fader, that means they can’t hear you because they've muted your channel in their mix." -msgstr "Se você não quer que outros ouçam o seu áudio, clique no botão “Silenciar-me”. Isso vai fazer com que seu áudio não seja mais transmitido para outras pessoas, mas eles não vão poder ver que você fez isso. No entanto, se você vir um ícone “mudo” em cima de um controle, isso significa que eles não podem ouvi-lo porque eles silenciaram o seu canal no mix deles." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:86 -msgid "Note that you can use the Chat facility at any time to message other people while you are connected. The welcome message in the chat may also state some guidelines for use." -msgstr "Preste atenção que você pode usar a função Chat a qualquer momento em que você estiver conectado para mandar mensages para outros participantes. A mensage de boas-vindas também pode informá-lo sobre as regras de uso." - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88 -msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." -msgstr "Mais informações sobre como usar Jamulus você encontra no [Manual do software](/wiki/Software-Manual)." - -#. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Troubleshooting" -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "## Solução de Problemas" - -#. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:91 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Having audio trouble? Can't see servers, or some other issue? Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting), or feel free to ask in the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." -msgid "Having audio trouble? Can't see Servers, or some other issue? Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting), or feel free to ask in the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." -msgstr "Você está tendo problemas com o áudio? Não consegue ver os servidores, ou algum outro problema? Dá uma olhada em [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting), ou fique livre para postar sua pergunta nas [Discussões](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/1-index.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4ab32fdaa --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/1-index.po @@ -0,0 +1,132 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Daniel , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 10:42+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" + +#. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"---\n" +"title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"lang: \"en\"\n" +"permalink: /\n" +"layout: mainhomepage\n" +"ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" +"ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +"mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" +"mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" +"mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" +"---\n" +"[//]: # Markdown sections should not be indented, otherwise they are treated as code blocks.\n" +msgstr "" +"---\n" +"title: \"Jamulus ‒ Spela musik online. Med vänner. Gratis.\"\n" +"lang: \"sv-SE\"\n" +"permalink: /\n" +"layout: mainhomepage\n" +"ldjAppCategory: \"Musik\"\n" +"ldjSlogan: \"Spela musik online. Med vänner. Gratis.\"\n" +"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer och andra medverkande\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus är fri och öppen källkodsprogramvara som gör det möjligt för musiker att spela musik, öva eller jamma tillsammans i realtid över internet.\"\n" +"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +"mTSlogan: \"Spela musik online. Med vänner. Gratis.\"\n" +"mTGetStartedNow: \"Kom igång nu!\"\n" +"mTDownloadNow: 'Ladda ner nu för'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'och'\n" +"mTOtherPlatforms: 'andra platformar'\n" +"---\n" +"[//]: # Markdown-avsnitt ska inte vara indragna, annars behandlas de som kodblock.\n" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What is Jamulus?" +msgstr "Vad är Jamulus?" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" +msgstr "Jamulus låter dig spela, öva eller jamma med dina vänner, ditt band eller vem som helst du hittar online. Spela tillsammans på distans i takt med högkvalitativt ljud och låg latens via en vanlig bredbandsuppkoppling. [Ladda ner här!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus is international" +msgstr "Jamulus är internationellt" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus worldwide" +msgstr "Jamulus världen över" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons, in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" +msgstr "Över hela världen möjliggör Jamulus att körer kan repetera och rockband kan spela. Jamulus för samman folkmusiker och klassiska musiker. Det används bland annat för distansundervisning i musik, i skolor och på universitet, privat och offentligt – allt i realtid över internet, som om du vore där personligen.\n" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help needed?" +msgstr "Behöver du hjälp?" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Check out the [documentation](wiki/Getting-Started) and consider the [troubleshooting section](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" +"You can also ask on the [forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" +msgstr "" +"Kolla in [dokumentationen](wiki/Getting-Started) och överväg att läsa avsnittet om [troubleshooting section](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)! \n" +"Du kan också ställa frågor på [forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Want to get involved?" +msgstr "Vill du engagera dig?" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is [free and open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensed under the [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) you can help us!" +msgstr "Har du idéer? Hittat en bugg? Vill du bidra med kod eller hjälpa till att [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus till ditt språk? Eftersom Jamulus är [fri och öppen källkodsprogramvara](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensierad under [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) kan du hjälpa oss!" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Take a look at our [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) to find out how. Everybody is welcome!" +msgstr "Ta en titt på våra [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) för att ta reda på hur du kan bidra. Alla är välkomna!" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see [this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" +msgstr "_För detaljerad information om hur Jamulus fungerar, se [denna artikel av Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" +msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8743066c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -0,0 +1,335 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-24 13:59+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "sv-SE" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" +msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Client Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Klientfelsökning" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Felsökning" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Innehållsförteckning\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" +msgstr "Hör inget ljud/andra hör dig inte?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:23 +msgid "Start with the simple stuff: make sure your instrument/microphone and headphones are connected to the correct sockets. Make sure no other applications like your browser, video conferencing tool etc. is also using your sound card. You should shut those down when using Jamulus. If that all looks OK and the problem persists, it's likely there's an issue with your sound device settings. This will depend on your particular setup (platform, hardware, software and drivers), so it's best to ask on [the forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) for guidance." +msgstr "Börja med de enkla sakerna: se till att ditt instrument/mikrofon och hörlurar är anslutna till rätt uttag. Se till att inga andra applikationer som din webbläsare, videokonferensverktyg etc. också använder ditt ljudkort. Du bör stänga av dem när du använder Jamulus. Om allt ser OK ut och problemet kvarstår, är det troligtvis ett problem med inställningarna för din ljudenhet. Detta beror på din specifika konfiguration (plattform, hårdvara, mjukvara och drivrutiner), så det är bäst att fråga på [forumen](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) för vägledning." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Windows users (ASIO4ALL)**: If you’re using the ASIO4ALL driver have a look at the [ASIO4ALL setup section](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n" +msgstr "**Windows-användare (ASIO4ALL)**: Om du använder ASIO4ALL-drivrutinen ta en titt på [ASIO4ALL-installationsavsnittet](Installation-for-Windows#setting-up-asio4all)\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" +msgstr "Ser du inte hörlurarna eller mikrofonen du just anslutit till din dator?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:29 +msgid "Just restart Jamulus with your device plugged in. Jamulus currently doesn't show devices which were plugged in after the sound system was loaded." +msgstr "Starta bara om Jamulus med din enhet inkopplad. Jamulus visar för närvarande inte enheter som anslutits efter att ljudsystemet laddades." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Your sound is stuttering" +msgstr "Ditt ljud hackar" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:33 +msgid "Your audio device may not work with the buffer size you selected. Select a bigger buffer size in Jamulus's settings. If possible though, use another device, since large buffer sizes mean higher latency." +msgstr "Din ljudenhet kanske inte fungerar med den buffertstorlek du valde. Välj en större buffertstorlek i Jamulus inställningar. Om möjligt, använd dock en annan enhet, eftersom stora buffertstorlekar innebär högre latens." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" +msgstr "Ni låter alla okej, men det är svårt att hålla ihop" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**If at all possible, DO NOT listen to your direct signal.** Make sure you are listening as much as you can to the sound of your own instrument/voice _coming back from the Server_. This signal has you and your playing partners mixed together in sync, and will be the signal that your bandmates are hearing too. So listening to that means you will be in sync with each other (assuming you all have reasonably low latency). Note that if one or more musicians are not following this rule, they will slow down as they play or sing.\n" +msgstr "**Om det alls är möjligt, lyssna INTE på din direkta signal.** Se till att du lyssnar så mycket du kan på ljudet av ditt eget instrument/röst _som kommer tillbaka från servern_. Den här signalen blandar dig och dina spelpartners synkroniserat och kommer att vara signalen som dina bandkamrater också hör. Så att lyssna på det betyder att ni kommer att vara synkroniserade med varandra (förutsatt att ni alla har ganska låg latens). Observera att om en eller flera musiker inte följer denna regel, kommer de att sakta ner medan de spelar eller sjunger.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:39 +msgid "You can test whether you are hearing your signal correctly by doing the following:" +msgstr "Du kan testa om du hör din signal korrekt genom att göra följande:" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 +msgid "Run Jamulus and connect to a Server with a long ping time (greater than 200ms)" +msgstr "Kör Jamulus och anslut till en server med lång pingtid (mer än 200ms)" + +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 +msgid "Clap your hands once (or play one short note on an instrument). You should hear the sound from the Jamulus Server come back, but significantly delayed." +msgstr "Klappa händerna en gång (eller spela en kort ton på ett instrument). Du bör höra ljudet från Jamulus-servern komma tillbaka, men avsevärt försenat." + +#. type: Bullet: '3. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 +msgid "Click the \"Mute\" button under your Jamulus name/slider in the main Jamulus mixer window (**NOT** the \"Mute Myself\" button on the left)." +msgstr "Klicka på \"Mute\"-knappen under ditt Jamulus-namn/skjutreglage i Jamulus-mixerns huvudfönster (**INTE** \"Tysta mig själv\"-knappen till vänster)." + +#. type: Bullet: '4. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:44 +msgid "Clap your hands again." +msgstr "Klappa händerna igen." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:46 +msgid "If you hear two claps after step 2, or any claps after step 4, then you are **not** obeying Rule Number One - you have your local audio enabled and should disable it." +msgstr "Om du hör två klappar efter steg 2, eller några klappar efter steg 4, så följer du **inte** regel nummer ett - du har ditt lokala ljud aktiverat och bör inaktivera det." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:48 +msgid "Exactly how you avoid listening to your direct signal will depend on your individual setup - your sound interface, mixing desk, headphone connection point, etc. For example, some audio interfaces have \"monitor\" buttons (turn these off), or similar options. **If you are still having problems**, try asking on the [forum](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." +msgstr "Exakt hur du undviker att lyssna på din direkta signal kommer att bero på din individuella inställning – ditt ljudgränssnitt, mixerbord, hörlursanslutningspunkt etc. Vissa ljudgränssnitt har till exempel \"monitor\"-knappar (stäng av dessa), eller liknande alternativ. **Om du fortfarande har problem**, försök att fråga på [forumet](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:50 +msgid "Be aware that while listening to the Server's signal will ensure you will be in sync with other musicians, you may also experience problems if your overall latency (indicated by the \"Delay\" light in Jamulus) is not green or at least yellow most of the time. Consult the [software manual](/wiki/Software-Manual) to understand how to adjust your setup to help with this." +msgstr "Var medveten om att medan du lyssnar på serverns signal säkerställer att du kommer att vara synkroniserad med andra musiker, kan du också uppleva problem om din totala latens (indikeras av \"Delay\"-lampan i Jamulus) inte är grön eller åtminstone gul större delen av tid. Se [mjukvarumanualen](/wiki/Software-Manual) för att förstå hur du justerar din inställning för att hjälpa till med detta." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Can't work out your mic settings?" +msgstr "Kan du inte räkna ut dina mikrofoninställningar?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:54 +msgid "When using a microphone while playing your other instrument, you can use a stereo audio input signal in your settings where one channel is connected to the instrument and the other channel is connected to a microphone signal. On the microphone channel an optional reverberation effect can be applied." +msgstr "När du använder en mikrofon medan du spelar ditt andra instrument kan du använda en stereoljudingångssignal i dina inställningar där en kanal är ansluten till instrumentet och den andra kanalen är ansluten till en mikrofonsignal. På mikrofonkanalen kan en valfri efterklangseffekt läggas till." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" +msgstr "Buffertlysdioder blir plötsligt röda, avbrott, [skakande](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), konstiga ljud?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:58 +msgid "Your computer may be under too much load. Try not to have anything competing with Jamulus (like Zoom Meetings or Facebook live streams) on your machine. Or at least quit them while you're playing. Prevent things like virus scanners doing scans, or software updates happening, etc. Be aware that the reverb setting in Jamulus also uses more CPU the more reverb you have." +msgstr "Din dator kan vara för mycket belastad. Försök att inte ha något som konkurrerar med Jamulus (som Zoom Meetings eller Facebook livestreams) på din maskin. Eller åtminstone avsluta dem medan du spelar. Förhindra saker som virusskannrar som skannar, eller programuppdateringar som händer, etc. Var medveten om att reverb-inställningen i Jamulus också använder mer CPU ju mer reverb du har." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" +msgstr "Pingtider och latens börjar bra och blir sedan värre och orsakar problem" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:62 +msgid "This can indicate something else is competing with Jamulus on your network, so make sure nobody is watching HD Netflix movies or taking part in Zoom video conferences while you are playing. A more permanent solution for technically-minded users may be found by investigating [the issue of buffer bloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) on their router and whether you can implement Smart Queue Management (SQM). [More details here](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)." +msgstr "Detta kan indikera att något annat konkurrerar med Jamulus i ditt nätverk, så se till att ingen tittar på HD Netflix-filmer eller deltar i Zoom-videokonferenser medan du spelar. En mer permanent lösning för tekniskt sinnade användare kan hittas genom att undersöka [frågan om buffertbloat](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/) på deras router och om du kan implementera Smart Queue Management (SQM). [Mer information här](https://www.bufferbloat.net/projects/bloat/wiki/What_can_I_do_about_Bufferbloat/)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" +msgstr "Blir du frustrerad över mjukvarukanaler, ljuddirigering, samplingsfrekvens och mer?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:66 +msgid "It's usually far easier and more reliable to have a [mixing desk](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) to connect your kit (instruments, mic, recorder etc.) and then send a simple stereo signal to your sound interface (be sure to listen to the resulting sound from the Jamulus Server via your computer though!). The huge variety of possible hardware, software and instrument combinations means that setting up your sound card to work with your particular configuration can otherwise get complicated very fast." +msgstr "Det är vanligtvis mycket enklare och mer tillförlitligt att ha ett [mixerbord](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_800.jpg) för att ansluta ditt kit (instrument, mikrofon, inspelare etc.) och sedan skicka en enkel stereosignal till ditt ljudgränssnitt (se dock till att lyssna på det resulterande ljudet från Jamulus-servern via din dator!). Det enorma utbudet av möjliga kombinationer av hårdvara, mjukvara och instrument gör att det annars kan bli komplicerat väldigt snabbt att ställa in ditt ljudkort för att fungera med just din konfiguration." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" +msgstr "Någon som är med i din jam och är för högljudd?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:70 +msgid "You can set your \"New Client Level\" to a low value (e.g. 10), or set the musicians you are playing with to \"Solo\" state (in the mixer panel on the right side). That way, either new entrants will be very quiet, or you won't hear them at all." +msgstr "Du kan ställa in din \"New Client Level\" till ett lågt värde (t.ex. 10), eller ställa in musikerna du spelar med till \"Solo\"-läge (i mixerpanelen på höger sida). På så sätt blir antingen nya deltagare väldigt tysta, eller så hör du dem inte alls." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Can't see the Server you want to join?" +msgstr "Kan du inte se servern du vill gå med i?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:74 +msgid "First check that you have the right genre Server selected in your Connect window. Sometimes network issues mean your Client won't list all the available Servers. If you know the name of the Server you want to join, you can [look up its IP address here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). Enter that address in the \"Server Address\" field in the Connect Setup window to connect to it." +msgstr "Kontrollera först att du har valt rätt genre Server i ditt Connect-fönster. Ibland innebär nätverksproblem att din klient inte kommer att lista alla tillgängliga servrar. Om du vet namnet på servern du vill gå med i kan du [söka upp dess IP-adress här](https://explorer.jamulus.io/). Ange den adressen i fältet \"Serveradress\" i fönstret Connect Setup för att ansluta till den." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" +msgstr "Ser du inte en lista över servrar alls?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:78 +msgid "In the UK (and possibly other regions/routers) the Virgin Media Cable Internet Modem setting can cause an issue. \"Block Fragmented IP Packets\" should not be checked. For other routers/ISP, also try turning off SPI (Stateful Packet Inspection) and if that fixes it, you can make a judgment about whether to leave that off or not." +msgstr "I Storbritannien (och möjligen andra regioner/routrar) kan inställningen av Virgin Media Cable Internet Modem orsaka problem. \"Blockera fragmenterade IP-paket\" ska inte markeras. För andra routrar/ISP, prova också att stänga av SPI (Stateful Packet Inspection) och om det fixar det kan du göra en bedömning om du ska lämna det av eller inte." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:80 +msgid "In some cases, it may be your ISP that is blocking your use of Jamulus. See the note on the [server troubleshooting page](Server-Troubleshooting#nobody-can-connect-to-my-server---but-i-can-connect-locally) about \"Nobody can connect to my Server\"" +msgstr "I vissa fall kan det vara din internetleverantör som blockerar din användning av Jamulus. Se anteckningen på [serverfelsökningssidan](Server-Troubleshooting#ingen-kan-ansluta-till-min-server---men-jag-kan-ansluta-lokalt) om \"Ingen kan ansluta till min server\"" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting an error message saying \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" +msgstr "Får ett felmeddelande som säger \"Jamulus\" kan inte öppnas eftersom utvecklaren inte kan verifieras" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:84 +msgid "If you are using a \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS) or an intermediate build, the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." +msgstr "Om du använder en \"äldre\" version av Jamulus (eftersom du kör en äldre version av macOS) eller en mellanversion, första gången du kör Jamulus, kommer du att se ett meddelande som säger att det inte kan öppnas." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:86 +msgid "To open Jamulus" +msgstr "För att starta Jamulus" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" +msgstr "Gå till mappen Applications via Finder" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" +msgstr "Dubbelklicka på Jamulus och vänta på ovan nämnda meddelande" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" +msgstr "Stäng detta meddelande genom att klicka på \"Avbryt\"" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 +msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." +msgstr "Ctrl-klicka (eller högerklicka) nu på Jamulus och välj \"Öppna\" från toppen av menyn." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:93 +msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From then on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." +msgstr "Du kommer då att få en lite annan version av samma meddelande, som låter dig klicka på \"Öppna\". Från och med då kan du köra Jamulus på vanligt sätt och meddelandet kommer inte att visas. Mer information om denna varning finns på [denna Apple-supportsida](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" +msgstr "Har du problem med att använda Garageband (eller annan DAW) med Jamulus?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:97 +msgid "See [this forum discussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" +msgstr "Se [denna forumdiskussion](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/533517/thread/d3dd58eedc/#b994)" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:98 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" +msgstr "Använder du en Mac och din input inte hörs?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:101 +msgid "(With thanks to [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" +msgstr "(Med tack till [Mark Anthony De Souza](https://www.facebook.com/groups/619274602254947/permalink/765122847670121/?comment_id=765525034296569))" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Maybe you did not answer \"Yes\" to the `\"Jamulus wants to access your microphone\"` challenge. To fix this:\n" +"* Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab\n" +"* Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list\n" +msgstr "" +"Du kanske inte svarade \"Ja\" på utmaningen `\"Jamulus vill komma åt din mikrofon\"`. Så här fixar du detta:\n" +"* Gå till `Inställningar` > `Säkerhet och integritet` > fliken `Sekretess`.\n" +"* Hitta `Mikrofon` till vänster och se sedan till att \"Jamulus\" är aktiverat i listan till höger\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108 +msgid "For anything else, please search or post on the [Discussion Forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" +msgstr "För något annat, sök eller lägg upp på [diskussionsforumen](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Command-Line-Options.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d94b4745a --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -0,0 +1,80 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "sv-SE" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" +msgstr "/wiki/Command-Line-Options" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus – Command Line Options" +msgstr "Jamulus – Kommandoradsalternativ" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Command Line Options" +msgstr "Kommandoradsalternativ" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Shared commands" +msgstr "Delade kommandon" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:13 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Client only commands" +msgstr "Kommandon endast för klienten" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:17 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server only commands" +msgstr "Kommandon endast för server" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:20 +msgid "See [Running a Server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)" +msgstr "Se [Köra en server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Contribution.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3bccd9cbe --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Contribution.po @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "sv-SE" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Contribution" +msgstr "/wiki/Contribution" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Contribution" +msgstr "Bidra" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Contributing to the Jamulus Project" +msgstr "Bidra till Jamulusprojektet" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug.\n" +msgstr "Om du hittar ett misstag, stavfel eller något som är föråldrat (på vilket språk som helst) på denna webbplats eller i Jamulus själv, kan du rapportera det som en bugg.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first.\n" +msgstr "Om du tycker att någon dokumentation eller information saknas eller kan förbättras, posta om det på detta forum så att det kan diskuteras först.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:15 +msgid "We use [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) to translate our documentation. Read about our [documentation and translation process](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), and [introduce yourself](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) if you’d like to get involved." +msgstr "Vi använder [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#languages) för att översätta vår dokumentation. Läs om vår [dokumentations- och översättningsprocess](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/README.md), och [presentera dig själv](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions) om du vill engagera dig." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Want to contribute code?" +msgstr "Vill du bidra med kod?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:19 +msgid "See our [guidelines for getting involved in development](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)." +msgstr "Se våra [riktlinjer för att engagera sig i utvecklingen](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/CONTRIBUTING.md)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Directories.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..92272708f --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Directories.po @@ -0,0 +1,105 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-24 13:59+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "sv-SE" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Directories" +msgstr "/wiki/Directories" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directories" +msgstr "Kataloger" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Mer\" branch1=\"Serveradministration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running a Directory" +msgstr "Köra en katalog" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14 +msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Modes](Running-a-Server#server-modes)." +msgstr "Detta är en specialiserad Jamulus Server-konfiguration, som beskrivs i [Serverlägen](Running-a-Server#server-modes)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them.\n" +msgstr "För att visa servrar listade av en anpassad katalog måste användare ange adressen till den katalogen i inställningarna för deras klient under Inställningar > Avancerad inställning > Anpassade kataloger. Flera adresser kan läggas till på detta sätt om det behövs. Anpassade kataloger kommer sedan att visas i rullgardinslistan för kataloger i deras anslutningsfönster. Anpassade kataloger fungerar i övrigt för klienter på samma sätt som offentliga kataloger, genom att visa en lista över servrar registrerade hos dem.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:18 +msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryaddress` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." +msgstr "För att köra en server som en katalog bör den startas med alternativet `--directoryaddress` för att göra sig själv (det vill säga `localhost` eller `127.0.0.1`) till katalogen som ska frågas efter servrar." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:20 +msgid "When running a Server with the GUI, set the Custom Directory server address in the Options tab to \"localhost\", then select \"Custom\" from the Directory drop-down list." +msgstr "När du kör en server med GUI, ställ in adressen för den anpassade katalogservern i fliken Alternativ till \"localhost\" och välj sedan \"Anpassad\" från rullgardinslistan för kataloger." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Points to note about Directories" +msgstr "Punkter att notera om kataloger" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:25 +msgid "If you want to control which Servers can register with your Directory, you can enable a whitelist with the `--listfilter` command line option in the format `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." +msgstr "Om du vill kontrollera vilka servrar som kan registrera sig hos din katalog kan du aktivera en vitlista med kommandoradsalternativet `--listfilter` i formatet `ip address 1[;ip address 2]`." + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:27 +msgid "When running a Server behind a NAT firewall on a private network and registering with a Directory on the same network, run the Server using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address. This is necessary to allow Clients on the public Internet to connect to the correct address. Note that for the Server(s) using this option, you will still need proper port forwarding in your router/firewall." +msgstr "När du kör en server bakom en NAT-brandvägg på ett privat nätverk och registrerar dig hos en katalog på samma nätverk, använd alternativet `--serverpublicip` för att specificera den offentliga IP-adressen. Detta är nödvändigt för att tillåta klienter på det offentliga Internet att ansluta till rätt adress. Observera att för server(n) som använder detta alternativ behöver du fortfarande korrekt portvidarebefordran i din router/brandvägg." + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:29 +msgid "When running a Client behind a NAT firewall on a private network with a Directory on the same network, the Directory itself needs to be run using the `--serverpublicip` option to specify the public IP address, so that any Servers on the public Internet registering with the Directory that require the \"hole punch\" can be accessed by the Client(s). (This is because otherwise the Directory would provide the local network address of the Client to the Server and the \"hole punch\" would fail.)" +msgstr "När du kör en klient bakom en NAT-brandvägg på ett privat nätverk med en katalog på samma nätverk, måste katalogen köras med alternativet `--serverpublicip` för att specificera den offentliga IP-adressen. Detta gör att servrar på det offentliga Internet som registrerar sig hos katalogen och som behöver \"hål-borrning\" kan nås av klienterna. (Annars skulle katalogen ge servern den lokala nätverksadressen för klienten, vilket skulle göra att \"hål-borrningen\" misslyckas.)" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:31 +msgid "If you need to restart your Directory for any reason (for example when rebooting the host), Servers connected to it will be disconnected until they re-register. This does not mean that Clients connected to those Servers will be disconnected, but does mean that new Clients will be not able to see Servers listed by your Directory until those Servers reconnect. To enable the list of registered Servers to persist between restarts, use the `--directoryfile` option to specify the location and name of a file that the Directory can read and write to." +msgstr "Om du behöver starta om din katalog av någon anledning (till exempel vid omstart av värddatorn) kommer servrar som är anslutna till den att kopplas bort tills de registrerar sig igen. Detta innebär inte att klienter som är anslutna till dessa servrar kommer att kopplas bort, men nya klienter kommer inte att kunna se servrar listade av din katalog tills dessa servrar återansluter. För att möjliggöra att listan över registrerade servrar bevaras mellan omstarter, använd alternativet `--directoryfile` för att specificera platsen och namnet på en fil som katalogen kan läsa och skriva till." + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:32 +msgid "Up to 150 Servers can then register with a Directory." +msgstr "Upp till 150 servrar kan sedan registrera sig hos en katalog." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/FAQ.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1b7406756 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/FAQ.po @@ -0,0 +1,223 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 20:36+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "sv-SE" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/FAQ" +msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "FAQ" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus FAQ" +msgstr "Jamulus FAQ" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Innehållsförteckning\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For common problems and their solutions when using Jamulus, see the [Troubleshooting](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) page.**\n" +msgstr "**För vanliga problem och deras lösningar när du använder Jamulus, se sidan [Felsökning](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting).**\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" +msgstr "Finns det en metronom, synkronisering eller något annat sätt att hålla takten?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:26 +msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want a time signal, there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." +msgstr "Nej. Musiker på en Jamulus-server spelar i realtid tillsammans som de skulle göra personligen. Om du vill ha en tidsignal kan du prova delade metronomlösningar på internet. Men det är nog bäst att minimera latensen så att ingen har en total fördröjning på mer än cirka 30-50 ms." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:28 +msgid "Bear in mind also that all participants should follow [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together) which will also determine whether you can play in time properly." +msgstr "Tänk också på att alla deltagare bör följa [Den gyllene regeln](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together), vilket också kommer att påverka om ni kan spela i takt på rätt sätt." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" +msgstr "Hur vet jag om jag kan ansluta till en server? Finns det några regler?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:32 +msgid "If somebody lists a Server on one of the Directories built into Jamulus, they accept that anyone can play on it. Jamulus has no password protection or other authentication mechanisms. Whilst some Servers may state their policies in the welcome message you will see in the chat window, Jamulus itself does nothing to enforce these." +msgstr "Om någon listar en server på en av de kataloger som ingår i Jamulus, accepterar de att vem som helst kan spela på den. Jamulus har ingen lösenordsskydd eller andra autentiseringsmekanismer. Även om vissa servrar kan ange sina policyer i välkomstmeddelandet du ser i chattfönstret, gör Jamulus i sig inget för att verkställa dessa." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:34 +msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)." +msgstr "Observera också att servrar inte behöver vara registrerade i en katalog för att Jamulus-klienter ska kunna ansluta till dem. Serveroperatörer kan helt enkelt ge ut adressen till sina servrar till de vill spela med, och de kan då ansluta direkt. Ta en titt på [denna översikt för mer information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" +msgstr "Varför bör jag inte använda trådlös utrustning?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:38 +msgid "Whether or not you will be able to play in time with other musicians depends mainly on how much latency (delay) you have in your sound signal and whether you are all following [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together). An overall delay much bigger than 50 ms usually makes it too hard to play in time unless you train yourself to do so. Some musicians report they can play in time with delays of up to 70 ms by playing ahead of the beat. But much beyond that and it becomes too difficult unless timing isn’t an important factor in the music or you just want to listen." +msgstr "Om du kan spela i takt med andra musiker beror främst på hur mycket latens (fördröjning) du har i ditt ljudsignal och om ni alla följer [Den gyllene regeln](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together). En total fördröjning som är mycket större än 50 ms gör det vanligtvis för svårt att spela i takt, om du inte tränar dig själv att göra det. Vissa musiker rapporterar att de kan spela i takt med fördröjningar på upp till 70 ms genom att spela före takten. Men mycket mer än så blir det för svårt om timing inte är en viktig faktor i musiken eller om du bara vill lyssna." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:40 +msgid "So it makes sense to minimise any sources of delay or other problems with the signal. Even fast wi-fi is usually too variable to use for long periods with Jamulus, and Bluetooth headphones and mics usually introduce latencies of about 50 ms or more." +msgstr "Så det är rimligt att minimera alla källor till fördröjning eller andra problem med signalen. Även snabb Wi-Fi är vanligtvis för variabel för att användas under längre perioder med Jamulus, och Bluetooth-hörlurar och mikrofoner introducerar vanligtvis latenser på cirka 50 ms eller mer." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why should I not listen to my own signal?" +msgstr "Varför bör jag inte lyssna på mitt eget ljud?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:44 +msgid "For the same reason as you need to minimise delay in your signal in order to play in time, you need to make sure you are playing to your own sound that other musicians are hearing. More information on this, and a way of testing your setup to make sure you are obeying this “Golden Rule” [can be found here](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." +msgstr "Av samma anledning som du behöver minimera fördröjning i din signal för att spela i takt, måste du se till att du spelar till ditt eget ljud som de andra musikerna hör. Mer information om detta och ett sätt att testa din setup för att säkerställa att du följer denna \"gyllene regel\" [kan du hitta här](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:46 +msgid "Of course, if you are playing an acoustic instrument, or are a singer, it will be hard to exclude your “local” sound. But you should at least try to do so by for example using closed-back headphones turned up as loud as you are able to mask your own sound. This will let you concentrate on the mix coming back to you from the Server." +msgstr "Naturligtvis, om du spelar ett akustiskt instrument eller är sångare, kommer det att vara svårt att utesluta ditt \"lokala\" ljud. Men du bör åtminstone försöka göra det genom att till exempel använda slutna hörlurar och ställa in dem så högt att du kan dämpa ditt eget ljud. Detta gör att du kan koncentrera dig på mixen som kommer tillbaka till dig från servern." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need a fast Internet connection?" +msgstr "Behöver jag en snabb internetanslutning?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:50 +msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. Most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." +msgstr "Nej, särskilt om du inte kör en server för att vara värd för andra musiker. Att ha låg ping är viktigare. De flesta som har en standard bredbandsanslutning (t.ex. 10 Mbit/s ner och 1 Mbit/s upp) kommer inte att ha några problem. För de som kör servrar hemma, beroende på hur många som ansluter, kan du stöta på problem om din _upstream_ bandbredd är lägre än cirka 5 Mbit/s." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" +msgstr "Behöver jag köra en server?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:54 +msgid "No. If you just intend to connect to other people’s Servers, then all you need is a Client. [Read this if you think you need to run your own Server](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." +msgstr "Nej. Om du bara tänker ansluta till andras servrar, behöver du bara en klient. [Läs detta om du tror att du behöver köra din egen server](/wiki/Running-a-Server)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How does Jamulus work (in general)?" +msgstr "Hur fungerar Jamulus (i allmänhet)?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\"Diagram\n" +msgstr "\"Diagram\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:61 +msgid "Jamulus works on the Client-server principle. Everybody’s audio is sent to a Server, mixed and processed there. Afterwards, the audio is sent back to each Client. If a Server is registered in a Jamulus Directory, the Server's information will be provided to all Clients using that Directory." +msgstr "Jamulus fungerar enligt klient-server-principen. Allas ljud skickas till en server, blandas och bearbetas där. Därefter skickas ljudet tillbaka till varje klient. Om en server är registrerad i en Jamulus-katalog kommer serverns information att tillhandahållas alla klienter som använder den katalogen." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?" +msgstr "Varför stödjer inte Jamulus video?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:65 +msgid "Adding video support adds a lot of complexity. You can use other software like Jitsi or Zoom if you want to see others when playing (or have an \"audience\"), but the video will be significantly behind the Jamulus audio." +msgstr "Att lägga till videostöd innebär mycket komplexitet. Du kan använda annan programvara som Jitsi eller Zoom om du vill se andra när du spelar (eller ha en \"publik\"), men videon kommer att vara avsevärt fördröjd i förhållande till Jamulus-ljudet." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server FAQ" +msgstr "Server FAQ" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?" +msgstr "Varför behöver inte registrerade servrar portvidarebefordran?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:72 +msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) blocks incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, your Jamulus Server initiates an outbound connection when it connects to a Directory. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant port(s) open on your router." +msgstr "Vanligtvis blockerar nätverksadressöversättning (NAT) inkommande förfrågningar som initieras från utanför det lokala nätverket. Inkommande trafik är endast möjlig för paket som relaterar till en utgående förfrågan (strikt taget, “relaterade” och “etablerade” paket till en initial utgående anslutning). I läget Registrerad Server initierar din Jamulus Server en utgående anslutning när den ansluter till en katalog. Från och med då skickar katalogen (etablerade/relaterade) anslutnings-\"pings\" (inte ICMP-pings) till din Server med jämna mellanrum för att hålla de relevanta portarna öppna på din router." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:73 +msgid "However, to reach an Unregistered Server, each Client has to initiate a connection into the Server’s network. A NAT prevents this, so you need to configure your router to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." +msgstr "För att nå en Oregistrerad Server måste varje Klient initiera en anslutning till Serverns nätverk. Ett NAT hindrar detta, så du behöver konfigurera din router för att tillåta inkommande anslutningsförfrågningar på Jamulus-porten genom att använda portvidarebefordran." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..763bbbcce --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Getting-Started.po @@ -0,0 +1,269 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "sv-SE" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" +msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Installation" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setup - getting started with Jamulus" +msgstr "Installation - komma igång med Jamulus" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:11 +msgid "To get the best from Jamulus, at a minimum you will need:" +msgstr "För att få ut det bästa av Jamulus behöver du minst:" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**A wired internet connection** (and turn wi-fi off. See the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**En trådbunden internetanslutning** (och stäng av Wi-Fi. Se [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**Wired headphones** (not Bluetooth or speakers - see the [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" +msgstr "**Trådbundna hörlurar** (inte Bluetooth eller högtalare – se [FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-shouldnt-i-use-wireless-equipment))" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:15 +msgid "**A reasonable audio device, sound card and/or mic** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) for examples)" +msgstr "**En rimlig ljudenhet, ljudkort och/eller mikrofon** ([see this list](/kb/2021/01/05/Jamulus-Sound-Devices.html) för exempel)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:17 +msgid "If you have any questions, please see the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" +msgstr "Om du har några frågor, vänligen se [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Installation" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:21 +msgid "To get Jamulus working with your operating system, please follow the installation guide for your platform:" +msgstr "För att få Jamulus att fungera med ditt operativsystem, följ installationsguiden för din plattform:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +" Windows\n" +" macOS\n" +" Linux\n" +"
\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are considered experimental._\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +" Windows\n" +" macOS\n" +" Linux\n" +"
\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) och [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) kan också användas, men anses vara experimentella._\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:30 +msgid "And for now, close all other applications. It’s best to start simple at first." +msgstr "Och stäng för tillfället alla andra applikationer. Det är bäst att börja enkelt i början." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Hardware Setup" +msgstr "Hårdvaruinstallation" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:34 +msgid "If you use external audio hardware, plug that in before you start Jamulus. If you haven't configured your hardware, please see the installation guides mentioned above." +msgstr "Om du använder extern ljudhårdvara, anslut den innan du startar Jamulus. Om du inte har konfigurerat din hårdvara, se installationsguiderna som nämns ovan." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus main window" +msgstr "Jamulus huvudfönster" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:38 +msgid "When you open Jamulus, you will see a window which looks like this:" +msgstr "När du öppnar Jamulus kommer du att se ett fönster som ser ut så här:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
The main window before you connect to a Server
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
Huvudfönstret innan du ansluter till en server
\n" +"
\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up a profile" +msgstr "Skapa en profil" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:48 +msgid "First, let others know who you are. Click on the “Settings” button on the bottom left and go to “My Profile…”. Now you will see this:" +msgstr "Först, låt andra veta vem du är. Klicka på knappen \"Inställningar\" längst ner till vänster och gå till \"Min profil...\". Nu kommer du att se detta:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
Let people know who you are
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
Låt folk veta vem du är
\n" +"
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:56 +msgid "Fill in at least “Alias/Name” and close the window." +msgstr "Fyll i minst \"Alias/Namn\" och stäng fönstret." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Connecting to a Server and testing your sound" +msgstr "Ansluta till en server och testa ditt ljud" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:60 +msgid "Before you connect to a Server, you should **not** be able to hear yourself. Listening to your sound from Jamulus (and not from yourself) is called “The Golden Rule” and enables you to play in time with others ([see the FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))." +msgstr "Innan du ansluter till en server bör du **inte** kunna höra dig själv. Att lyssna på ditt ljud från Jamulus (och inte direkt från dig själv) kallas för \"Den gyllene regeln\" och gör det möjligt för dig att spela i takt med andra ([se FAQ](/wiki/FAQ#why-should-i-not-listen-to-my-own-signal))." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Before playing with others, we recommend that you connect to an empty Server to test your setup**, and make sure you are listening to the signal coming back from the Server (if possible) and not yourself.\n" +msgstr "**Innan du spelar med andra rekommenderar vi att du ansluter till en tom server för att testa din installation**, och att du ser till att lyssna på signalen som kommer tillbaka från servern (om möjligt) och inte direkt på dig själv.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:64 +msgid "Now use the “Connect” button in the Jamulus main window to join a Server. A window will now open:" +msgstr "Använd nu knappen \"Anslut\" i huvudfönstret i Jamulus för att ansluta till en server. Ett fönster kommer nu att öppnas:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:69 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\n" +"
Connect to a Server
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\n" +"
Anslut till en server
\n" +"
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:71 +msgid "The most important thing about Servers is their “ping time”. The bigger the number, the harder it will be to play in time with others. Usually, you would select a Server with a ping of less than 50ms if you can." +msgstr "Det viktigaste med servrar är deras \"pingtid\". Ju större siffran är, desto svårare blir det att spela i takt med andra. Vanligtvis bör du välja en server med en ping under 50 ms om du kan." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:73 +msgid "Once connected to a Server, make sure you can hear yourself OK and fix any input volume or other problems. You can have a look at the [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) for common problems. And of course, check that you are also able to obey [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." +msgstr "När du är ansluten till en server, se till att du kan höra dig själv ordentligt och åtgärda eventuella problem med ingångsvolymen eller andra problem. Du kan titta på [troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) för vanliga problem. Och självklart, kontrollera att du också kan följa [The Golden Rule](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting#you-all-sound-ok-but-its-difficult-to-keep-together)." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Playing for the first time" +msgstr "Spela för första gången" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:77 +msgid "With your sound all set up, you are ready to go. When you connect to a Server (you may want to select a genre from the list), the faders you see on the right are your own personal mix. Everything you change here will change what you hear, but won’t affect others. If you move a fader down, that channel will be quieter, if you move it up, the channel will be louder for you." +msgstr "Med ditt ljud korrekt inställt är du redo att börja. När du ansluter till en server (du kanske vill välja en genre från listan), är faders du ser till höger din egen personliga blandning. Allt du ändrar här kommer att påverka vad du hör, men påverkar inte andra. Om du flyttar en fader nedåt blir den kanalen tystare, om du flyttar den uppåt blir kanalen högre för dig." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
The main window when you are connected to a Server
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" +"
Huvudfönstret när du är ansluten till en server
\n" +"
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:84 +msgid "If you don’t want others to hear your audio, click on the “Mute Myself” button which will stop your audio from being sent to other people. They won’t be able to tell you have done this though. But if you see a “mute” icon above a fader, that means they can’t hear you because they've muted your channel in their mix." +msgstr "Om du inte vill att andra ska höra ditt ljud, klicka på knappen “Tysta mig själv” för att stoppa ditt ljud från att skickas till andra. De kommer dock inte att kunna se att du har gjort detta. Men om du ser en “tystad”-ikon ovanför en fader, betyder det att de inte kan höra dig eftersom de har stängt av din kanal i sin blandning." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:86 +msgid "Note that you can use the Chat facility at any time to message other people while you are connected. The welcome message in the chat may also state some guidelines for use." +msgstr "Observera att du kan använda chat-funktionen när som helst för att skicka meddelanden till andra medan du är ansluten. Välkomstmeddelandet i chatten kan också innehålla vissa riktlinjer för användning." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:88 +msgid "More information about using Jamulus can be found in the [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." +msgstr "Mer information om hur du använder Jamulus hittar du i [Software Manual](/wiki/Software-Manual)." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Felsökning" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:91 +msgid "Having audio trouble? Can't see Servers, or some other issue? Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting), or feel free to ask in the [Discussions](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." +msgstr "Har du ljudproblem? Kan du inte se servrar, eller har du något annat problem? Ta en titt på [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting), eller känn dig fri att fråga i [Diskussionerna](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Backing-Up.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Backing-Up.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..de1cd929f --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Backing-Up.po @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Daniel , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:2 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\n" +msgstr "\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:4 +msgid "Once installed and running, you may want to keep a copy of your settings. Having a backup is always a good idea, and settings files are not backwardly compatible between versions of Jamulus. So if you want to go back to the previous version, you will need to restore the settings you had." +msgstr "När du har installerat och kört programmet kan du vilja behålla en kopia av dina inställningar. Att ha en säkerhetskopia är alltid en bra idé, och inställningsfiler är inte bakåtkompatibla mellan versioner av Jamulus. Så om du vill återgå till den tidigare versionen, kommer du att behöva återställa de inställningar du hade." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:6 +msgid "To find your settings file on Windows, type `%APPDATA%` into the search bar and look for a folder named `Jamulus`. There will be one or more `.ini` files in this folder. Now back up Jamulus' settings." +msgstr "För att hitta din inställningsfil på Windows, skriv `%APPDATA%` i sökfältet och leta efter en mapp som heter `Jamulus`. Det kommer att finnas en eller flera `.ini`-filer i denna mapp. Säkerhetskopiera nu Jamulus' inställningar." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:8 +msgid "For all other platforms, run the following from the command line to find where they live and copy the files to another location:" +msgstr "För alla andra plattformar, kör följande från kommandoraden för att hitta var filerna finns och kopiera dem till en annan plats:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:10 +msgid "`find ~ -name Jamulus.ini -ls`" +msgstr "`find ~ -name Jamulus.ini -ls`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:13 +msgid "If you used the `--inifile` parameter to save an inifile to a different location, don't forget to also backup these files. **Points to note**" +msgstr "Om du använde parametern `--inifile` för att spara en ini-fil på en annan plats, glöm inte att också säkerhetskopiera dessa filer. **Viktiga punkter att notera**" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 +msgid "Do not back up or restore settings files when Jamulus is running." +msgstr "Säkerhetskopiera eller återställ inte inställningsfiler när Jamulus är igång." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 +msgid "It is not recommended to manually edit settings files (they're not designed for that)." +msgstr "Det rekommenderas inte att manuellt redigera inställningsfiler (de är inte avsedda för det)." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:16 +msgid "You can revert all settings to their defaults by just deleting the settings file (after closing Jamulus)." +msgstr "Du kan återställa alla inställningar till standardvärdena genom att bara ta bort inställningsfilen (efter att ha stängt Jamulus)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8f582b00e --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Daniel , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`-M` or `--mutestream` Prevent others on a server from hearing what I play" +msgstr "`-M` eller `--mutestream` Förhindra att andra på servern hör vad jag spelar" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only)" +msgstr "`--mutemyown` Förhindra att jag hör vad jag spelar i serverblandningen (headless endast)" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 +msgid "`-c` or `--connect` Connect to given server address on startup, format `address[:port]`" +msgstr "`-c` eller `--connect` Anslut till angiven serveradress vid uppstart, format `address[:port]`" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:4 +msgid "`-j` or `--nojackconnect` Disable auto JACK connections" +msgstr "`-j` eller `--nojackconnect` Inaktivera automatisk JACK-anslutning" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 +msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI-kontrollerkanal att lyssna på, kontrollnummer-offset och efterföljande CC-nummer (kanaler) och Mute Myself CC-nummer. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` Se [Råd & dåd](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 +msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name" +msgstr "`--clientname` Fönstertitel och JACK-klientnamn" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Shared-Commands.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..850de8cc7 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Daniel , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:3 +msgid "[comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents)" +msgstr "[comment]: # (Detta är en inkluderingsfil för användning i flera dokument)" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-h` or `--help` Display help text" +msgstr "`-h` eller `--help` Visa hjälptext" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgstr "`-i` eller `--inifile` Ange platsen för initieringsfilen (ersätter standard). På macOS anger du bara ett filnamn, eftersom konfigurationsfiler endast kan läsas från `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. För servern ersätter du `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` med `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Aktivera \"Visa Library-mappen\" i \"Visa alternativ\" i Finder för att se denna mapp.)" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode)" +msgstr "`-n` eller `--nogui` Inaktivera GUI (för användning i headless-läge)" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124" +msgstr "`-p` eller `--port` Sätter det lokala UDP-portnumret. Standard är 22124" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." +msgstr "`--jsonrpcport` Aktiverar JSON-RPC API-server för att styra appen, ställ in TCP-portnummer (EXPERIMENTELLT, API:er kan ändras; endast tillgängligt från localhost). Se [JSON-RPC API-dokumentationsfilen](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API." +msgstr "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Krävs när `--jsonrpcport` används. Anger en sökväg till en textfil som innehåller en autentiseringstextsträng för att få åtkomst till JSON-RPC API:et." + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`--jsonrpcbindip` The IP address the JSON-RPC server should bind to. (optional, defaults to 127.0.0.1)" +msgstr "`--jsonrpcbindip` Den IP-adress som JSON-RPC-servern ska binda till. (valfritt, standard är 127.0.0.1)" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)" +msgstr "`-Q` eller `--qos` Ställer in kvaliteten på tjänstens DS-fältbyte. Standard är 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS ignoreras av Windows. För att aktivera det, se [denna sida](QOS-Windows)" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations" +msgstr "`-t` eller `--notranslation` Inaktivera översättningar av användargränssnittets språk" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)" +msgstr "`-6` eller `--enableipv6` Aktivera IPv6-adressering (IPv4 är alltid aktiverat)" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 +msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit" +msgstr "`-v` eller `--version` Skriv ut versionsinformation och avsluta" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Android.po similarity index 62% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Android.po rename to _translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Android.po index 04acdb33d..38aa8da03 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_BR/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -1,26 +1,26 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-13 15:15+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" -"Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) \n" -"Language: pt_BR\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 18:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15-dev\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "pt_BR" +msgstr "sv-SE" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 @@ -32,90 +32,90 @@ msgstr "wiki" #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Android" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "Installation for Android" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installation för Android" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Använda Jamulus\" branch1=\"Komma igång\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:14 msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Se till att du redan har läst sidan [Getting Started](Getting-Started)." #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:16 msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:17 #, no-wrap msgid "Things to note about Android" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Saker att notera om Android" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:20 msgid "Although you **can** install Jamulus on Android devices (and hear sound), we strongly recommend **not** doing so. Sound quality - especially over WiFi - is usually bad and latency is high. If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. Android support is just a proof of concept." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Även om du **kan** installera Jamulus på Android-enheter (och höra ljud), rekommenderar vi starkt att du **inte** gör det. Ljudkvaliteten, särskilt över WiFi, är vanligtvis dålig och latensen är hög. Om du inte har en PC rekommenderar vi att du köper en [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" }, som är en billig och liten enhet som fungerar mycket bra med Jamulus. Android-stödet är bara ett koncept för att visa möjligheten." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:21 #, no-wrap msgid "Install the Android PoC" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Installera Android PoC" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:24 msgid "If you do want to try Jamulus on Android:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Om du vill prova Jamulus på Android:" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "Allow the installation of apps from unknown sources (look in Settings>Security. Note: The exact way to do this depends on your device and OS-version)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tillåt installation av appar från okända källor (se i Inställningar > Säkerhet. Observera: Det exakta sättet att göra detta beror på din enhet och OS-version)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "[Download and install Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[Ladda ner och installera Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.android }}){: .button}" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:28 msgid "You should now be able to run Jamulus on your Android device" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Du bör nu kunna köra Jamulus på din Android-enhet" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:29 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback and development" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Återkoppling och utveckling" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:32 msgid "We are very happy to get feedback from Android users and developers. Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vi är mycket glada att få återkoppling från Android-användare och utvecklare. Gå bara till [Jamulus GitHub-repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:35 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Allt installerat?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:38 msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus är nu installerat och kan användas. Du kan nu ta en titt på den" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:39 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "[Komma igång](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Linux.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a45f5845e --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -0,0 +1,288 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 18:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "sv-SE" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation for Linux" +msgstr "Installation för Linux" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Använda Jamulus\" branch1=\"Komma igång\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:13 +msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." +msgstr "Se till att läsa sidan [Kom igång](Getting-Started)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:15 +msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Upgrading?** You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first.\n" +msgstr "**Uppgraderar du?** Du kanske vill [säkerhetskopiera din konfiguration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) först.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Installing a server?** Read the [guide for server adminstrators](Running-a-Server) first.\n" +msgstr "**Installerar du en server?** Läs först [guiden för serveradministratörer](Running-a-Server).\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Debian and Ubuntu" +msgstr "Debian och Ubuntu" + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using the official Repository (recommended)" +msgstr "Använda det officiella arkivet (rekommenderas)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25 +msgid "We provide a repository for Debian and Ubuntu based distributions that allows automatic updates alongside your other system updates. To use the repository:" +msgstr "Vi tillhandahåller ett arkiv för Debian- och Ubuntu-baserade distributioner som möjliggör automatiska uppdateringar tillsammans med dina övriga systemuppdateringar. För att använda arkivet:" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +msgid "Open your Terminal (CTRL+ALT+T should work)" +msgstr "Öppna din terminal (CTRL+ALT+T bör fungera)" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "*Ubuntu only* - Enable the Ubuntu \"universe\" repository (you can use the [GUI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) or [CLI-based approach](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788))." +msgstr "*Endast Ubuntu* - Aktivera Ubuntu \"universe\"-arkivet (du kan använda den [grafiska metoden](https://askubuntu.com/a/148645) eller [kommandoradsmetoden](https://askubuntu.com/a/227788))." + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +msgid "Download the repository setup script:\\\\" +msgstr "Ladda ner installationsskriptet för arkivet:\\\\" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +msgstr "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 +msgid "Make the script executable:\\\\" +msgstr "Gör skriptet körbart:\\\\" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +msgstr "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 +msgid "Run the setup script and install Jamulus:\\\\" +msgstr "Kör installationsskriptet och installera Jamulus:\\\\" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" +msgstr "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installing the .deb files manually" +msgstr "Installera .deb-filerna manuellt" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Download Jamulus for your architecture: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) or [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" +msgstr "Ladda ner Jamulus för din arkitektur: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armhf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) eller [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Update apt by opening a console window (CTRL+ALT+T should work) and type: `sudo apt-get update`" +msgstr "Uppdatera apt genom att öppna ett terminalfönster (CTRL+ALT+T bör fungera) och skriv: `sudo apt-get update`" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)" +msgstr "Gå till den plats där du har laddat ner installationsprogrammet och dubbelklicka på det, eller använd kommandoraden: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (eller för Raspberry Pi osv. enligt ovan)" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 +msgid "Once installed, you can delete the file and close any console windows." +msgstr "När installationen är klar kan du radera filen och stänga eventuella terminalfönster." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Upgrades:** If you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version and install Jamulus manually, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above.\n" +msgstr "**Uppgraderingar:** Om du behöver uppgradera Jamulus till en nyare version och installera Jamulus manuellt, ladda ner den nya .deb-filen och installera om enligt ovan.\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other distributions" +msgstr "Andra distributioner" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:54 +msgid "For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). If an up-to-date version of Jamulus is not included in your distribution, you can [compile Jamulus from source](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Note also the contributed [installation scripts](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." +msgstr "För installationer på andra distributioner, se deras pakethanterare och [Repology](https://repology.org/project/jamulus/versions). Om en uppdaterad version av Jamulus inte ingår i din distribution kan du [kompilera Jamulus från källkoden](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md). Notera också de bidragna [installationsskripten](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/installscripts)." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Set up your hardware" +msgstr "Ställ in din hårdvara" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 +msgid "The Jamulus Client needs to connect to a running [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server in order to start. You need to find out which is the low-latency sound server for your distribution. - If your distribution uses [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), see how to [configure JACK with QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl). - If your distribution uses PipeWire, see how to [configure PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)." +msgstr "Jamulus-klienten behöver ansluta till en körande [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server för att starta. Du behöver ta reda på vilken ljudserver med låg latens som används i din distribution.. - Om din distribution använder [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), se hur du [konfigurerar JACK med QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl).. - Om din distribution använder PipeWire, se hur du [konfigurerar PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl" +msgstr "Konfigurera JACK med QjackCtl" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64 +msgid "To run a [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server, the recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." +msgstr "För att köra en [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server är den rekommenderade metoden att använda `QjackCtl`." + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**." +msgstr "Starta QjackCtl. Du kommer att se **Qt JACK Control-verktygets huvudsida**." + +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +msgid "Configure your sound hardware as follows:" +msgstr "Konfigurera din ljudhårdvara enligt följande:" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list - choose the correct one as this cannot be changed without stopping Jamulus and JACK)." +msgstr "Ställ in ljud**gränssnittet** till det du vill använda (det kan finnas flera i listan - välj rätt, eftersom detta inte kan ändras utan att stoppa Jamulus och JACK)." + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**." +msgstr "Ställ in **samplingsfrekvensen till 48000**." + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and **Periods/Buffer at 2** at first." +msgstr "Ställ in **Frames/Period till 128** och **Periods/Buffer till 2** till att börja med." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 +msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect and continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." +msgstr "Starta om JACK för att de nya inställningarna ska träda i kraft och fortsätt från avsnittet [Starta Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) nedan." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure PipeWire" +msgstr "Konfigurera PipeWire" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 +msgid "PipeWire provides its own JACK server. When you launch the Jamulus Client, PipeWire automatically runs a JACK server. However, there are a few parameters to adjust. You need to set your audio interface to the \"pro-audio\" profile and define PipeWire's \"rate\" and \"quantum\" parameters beforehand. You can find more information about the configuration in the [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)." +msgstr "PipeWire tillhandahåller sin egen JACK-server. När du startar Jamulus-klienten kör PipeWire automatiskt en JACK-server. Det finns dock några parametrar som behöver justeras. Du behöver ställa in ditt ljudgränssnitt till \"pro-audio\"-profilen och definiera PipeWires \"rate\" och \"quantum\"-parametrar i förväg. Du kan hitta mer information om konfigurationen i [PipeWire-wikin](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 +msgid "To set up your system: 1. Open `pavucontrol` (the audio mixer) and choose the \"pro-audio\" profile for your sound hardware in the configuration tab. 2. In a terminal use the following two commands to force PipeWire's rate and quantum:" +msgstr "För att ställa in ditt system: 1. Öppna `pavucontrol` (ljudmixern) och välj \"pro-audio\"-profilen för din ljudhårdvara i konfigurationsfliken. 2. Använd följande två kommandon i en terminal för att tvinga PipeWires hastighet och kvantum:" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" +msgstr "" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:88 +msgid "After this, continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." +msgstr "Efter detta, fortsätt från avsnittet [Starta Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) nedan." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:89 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Start Jamulus" +msgstr "Starta Jamulus" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:92 +msgid "With JACK or PipeWire configured, launch Jamulus." +msgstr "Med JACK eller PipeWire konfigurerat, starta Jamulus." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:94 +msgid "If you have any problems, first check [the troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting)." +msgstr "Om du har några problem, kolla först [felsökningssidan](Client-Troubleshooting)." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Allt installerat?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:98 +msgid "Take a look at the" +msgstr "Titta på" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:99 +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[Komma igång](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Macintosh.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..740e79871 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -0,0 +1,103 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 18:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "sv-SE" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation for macOS" +msgstr "Installation för macOS" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Använda Jamulus\" branch1=\"Komma igång\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:13 +msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." +msgstr "Se till att du redan har läst sidan [Getting Started](Getting-Started)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:15 +msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:17 +msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." +msgstr "Uppgradera? Du kanske vill [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) först." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" +"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +msgstr "" +"1. [Download Jamulus (Universal build)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Spegel 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"2. **Installera Jamulus**: Öppna den nedladdade `.dmg`-filen, godkänn licensen, *dra och släpp* varje ikon du ser i fönstret (Jamulus Client och Server) till din *Programmapp*. Efter det kan du stänga detta fönster.\n" +"3. **Kör Jamulus**. Nu bör du kunna använda Jamulus precis som vilken annan applikation som helst.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:24 +msgid "_You can remove the folder in the Downloads directory containing the `.dmg` and eject the \"Jamulus\" drive on your desktop. They are no longer needed._" +msgstr "_Du kan ta bort mappen i nedladdningskatalogen som innehåller `.dmg`-filen och mata ut \"Jamulus\"-enheten på ditt skrivbord. De behövs inte längre._" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" +msgstr "**Observera:** Du kan hitta gamla (legacy) versioner som stödjer föråldrade operativsystem på [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Allt installerat?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:30 +msgid "Take a look at the" +msgstr "Titta på" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:31 +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[Komma igång](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Windows.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..292c828bc --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -0,0 +1,259 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 18:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "sv-SE" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation for Windows" +msgstr "Installation för Windows" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Använda Jamulus\" branch1=\"Komma igång\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:13 +msgid "Make sure you read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." +msgstr "Se till att läsa sidan [Kom igång](Getting-Started)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:15 +msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:17 +msgid "Upgrading? You may want to [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) first." +msgstr "Uppgradera? Du kanske vill [back up your configuration](Software-Manual#backing-up-jamulus) först." + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 +msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section." +msgstr "**Ladda ner och installera en ASIO-drivrutin**. Försök att använda den drivrutin som din hårdvarutillverkare tillhandahåller. Om du inte hittar det, eller om du inte har ett externt ljudkort, behöver du förmodligen installera ASIO4ALL. För mer information, scrolla ner till [ASIO](#asio)-avsnittet." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" +"1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" +"1. **Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" +msgstr "" +"1. [Ladda ner Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +"**Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **Installera Jamulus**: Dubbelklicka på installationsprogrammet för att starta det. Om du får ett varningsmeddelande från SmartScreen, klicka på \"Mer info\" och \"Kör ändå\" för att installera Jamulus. (Om du har tagit en ny version av Jamulus och är en av de första som laddade ner den, kommer Jamulus inte att vitlistas av SmartScreen än. Vi betalar inte för kodsignering.)\n" +"1. **Kör Jamulus**. Nu ska du kunna använda Jamulus precis som alla andra applikationer.\n" +"1. **Konfigurera ditt ljudkort**. När du är klar måste du ställa in din ljudhårdvara. Och om du använder ASIO4ALL, ta en titt på hur du ställer in det nedan.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:26 +msgid "_Please note that you are not permitted to redistribute this binary without acquiring a [licence agreement from Steinberg](https://www.steinberg.net/developers/)._" +msgstr "_Vänligen notera att du inte har tillåtelse att distribuera denna binärfil utan att skaffa ett [licensavtal från Steinberg](https://www.steinberg.net/developers/)._" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" +msgstr "**Observera:** Om du inte vill använda ASIO eller föredrar [JACK på Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), kan du också använda [JACK-versionen av Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). Du kan hitta gamla (legacy) versioner som stödjer föråldrade operativsystem på [GitHub-sidan för utgåvor](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ASIO" +msgstr "ASIO" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:34 +msgid "Jamulus can use [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)." +msgstr "Jamulus kan använda [ASIO](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Audio_Stream_Input/Output)." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 +msgid "If you have an external sound card/audio interface, use its official ASIO driver if you can (they usually provide the best quality)." +msgstr "Om du har ett externt ljudkort/ljudgränssnitt, använd dess officiella ASIO-drivrutin om möjligt (de ger vanligtvis den bästa kvaliteten)." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:37 +msgid "If you don't have an external sound card, you will probably not have an ASIO driver so will need to install a generic one like ASIO4ALL:" +msgstr "Om du inte har ett externt ljudkort kommer du förmodligen inte ha en ASIO-drivrutin, så du behöver installera en generisk sådan, som ASIO4ALL:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:39 +msgid "You can try two versions of ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 includes a workaround for a bug which might break other functionality." +msgstr "Du kan prova två versioner av ASIO4ALL. ASIO4ALL v2.14 inkluderar en lösning för en bugg som kan påverka annan funktionalitet." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:41 +msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.15 Nedladdning](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.15/ASIO4ALL_2_15_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:43 +msgid "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Download](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +msgstr "[ASIO4ALL v2.14 Nedladdning](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/assets/raw/main/ASIO4ALL/v2.14/ASIO4ALL_2_14_English.exe){: .button target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:45 +msgid "[ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" +msgstr "[ASIO4ALL websida](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL" +msgstr "Konfigurera ASIO4ALL" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50 +msgid "You may or may not need to experiment a bit depending on your sound hardware. If everything works out of the box, you don't need to do anything." +msgstr "Du kan behöva experimentera lite beroende på din ljudhårdvara. Om allt fungerar direkt behöver du inte göra något." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Tip:** Set up your sound card while you're [connected to a Server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) to hear your instrument or voice and check if everything is correctly set up; but first read on.\n" +msgstr "**Tips:** Ställ in ditt ljudkort medan du är [ansluten till en server](Getting-Started#connecting-to-a-server-and-testing-your-sound) för att höra ditt instrument eller din röst och kontrollera om allt är korrekt inställt; men läs vidare först.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:55 +msgid "Before you start with Jamulus:" +msgstr "Innan du börjar med Jamulus:" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running." +msgstr "**Stäng alla applikationer** (särskilt de som kan ha åtkomst till ditt ljudkort, som din webbläsare/mediaspelare). ASIO4ALL behöver exklusiv åtkomst till ditt ljudkort, vilket innebär att andra program inte kommer att kunna använda ljud om ASIO4ALL och Jamulus körs." + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 +msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:" +msgstr "Om Jamulus-ljudet inte fungerar direkt, se till att endast de **korrekta ingångarna/utgångarna** i ASIO4ALL **är aktiverade**. Allt annat bör stängas av. Sök i [community-listan över fungerande ASIO4ALL-konfigurationer](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) efter din konfiguration eller gör det manuellt om du inte hittar din:" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" +msgstr "Hur man ställer in ASIO4ALL-ingångar (Guide)" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +msgid "Open Jamulus's settings" +msgstr "Öppna Jamulus inställningar" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +msgid "Go to _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (column on the left; directly under the selection of the driver)" +msgstr "Gå till _\"ASIO Device Settings\"_ (kolumn till vänster; direkt under valet av drivrutinen)" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +msgid "Enable _advanced view_ in ASIO4ALL (click the tool icon on the bottom right)" +msgstr "Aktivera _avancerad vy_ i ASIO4ALL (klicka på verktygsikonen längst ner till höger)" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +msgid "Enable only the sound card you want to use by clicking on the button next to its name" +msgstr "Aktivera endast det ljudkort du vill använda genom att klicka på knappen bredvid dess namn" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +msgid "Open your sound card inputs/outputs by clicking the _plus icon_ next to this sound card" +msgstr "Öppna ditt ljudkorts ingångar/utgångar genom att klicka på _plusikonen_ bredvid detta ljudkort" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 +msgid "Now enable the correct inputs/outputs in the list under your sound card and disable everything else. You can hover over the inputs/outputs to see which of both they are and if they support the required sample rate for Jamulus of 48kHz (DVD quality)." +msgstr "Aktivera nu de korrekta ingångarna/utgångarna i listan under ditt ljudkort och inaktivera allt annat. Du kan hovra över ingångarna/utgångarna för att se vilken av dem det är och om de stöder den nödvändiga samplingsfrekvensen för Jamulus på 48kHz (DVD-kvalitet)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"**Hints:**\n" +"1. It may not be obvious what the correct sound device is called. Many internal sound cards are named \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" or similar.\n" +"1. Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" +"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" +msgstr "" +"**Tips:**\n" +"1. Det kan vara oklart vad den korrekta ljudenheten heter. Många interna ljudkort heter \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" eller liknande.\n" +"1. Hörlurar och högtalare är ofta märkta som \"output\" och mikrofoner som \"input\" eller \"capture\".\n" +"1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input är vanligtvis inte den ingång/utgång du letar efter. Stäng därför av den om du ser den.\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Felsökning" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:76 +msgid "If nothing works, first restart Jamulus and/or your PC to close background processes that may be accessing your sound card." +msgstr "Om inget fungerar, starta först om Jamulus och/eller din dator för att stänga bakgrundsprocesser som kan ha åtkomst till ditt ljudkort." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:78 +msgid "Afterwards, *set up the inputs/outputs again*. Enabled and accessible input/outputs show as lit up power buttons and play buttons in the ASIO4ALL settings. If instead you see a red cross or yellow symbol, close other applications that may be accessing your sound card (e.g. web browser, Zoom, etc)." +msgstr "Därefter, *ställ in ingångarna/utgångarna igen*. Aktiverade och tillgängliga ingångar/utgångar visas som upplysta strömknappar och uppspelningsknappar i ASIO4ALL-inställningarna. Om du istället ser ett rött kryss eller en gul symbol, stäng andra applikationer som kan ha åtkomst till ditt ljudkort (t.ex. webbläsare, Jitsi, Zoom, etc.)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:80 +msgid "Have a look at [this video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) by [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) which gives more detailed setup information on ASIO4ALL." +msgstr "Ta en titt på [denna video](https://youtu.be/_GzOsitVgLI) av [trombonepizza](https://github.com/trombonepizza) som ger mer detaljerad information om hur du ställer in ASIO4ALL." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:82 +msgid "Official and further information about how to configure ASIO4ALL is documented in the official [ASIO4ALL FAQs on the ASIO4ALL website](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." +msgstr "Officiell och ytterligare information om hur du konfigurerar ASIO4ALL finns dokumenterad i den officiella [ASIO4ALL FAQ på ASIO4ALL:s webbplats](https://www.asio4all.org/index.php/help/faq/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"}." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Allt installerat?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:86 +msgid "Take a look at" +msgstr "Titta på" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:87 +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[Komma igång](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-iOS.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ec2116303 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 18:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "sv-SE" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-iOS" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation for iOS" +msgstr "Installation för iOS" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Using Jamulus\" branch1=\"Getting Started\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Använda Jamulus\" branch1=\"Komma igång\" branch1-url=\"Getting-Started\" %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:14 +msgid "Make sure you've already read the [Getting Started](Getting-Started) page." +msgstr "Se till att du redan har läst sidan [Getting Started](Getting-Started)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:16 +msgid "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" +msgstr "{% include infobox_each_os.html %}" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Things to note about iOS" +msgstr "Saker att notera om iOS" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:20 +msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" } which is an inexpensive and small device that performs very well with Jamulus. iOS support is just a proof of concept." +msgstr "Om du inte har en PC rekommenderar vi att du köper en [Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" }, som är en billig och liten enhet som fungerar mycket bra med Jamulus. iOS-stödet är bara ett koncept för att visa möjligheten." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer." +msgstr "För att installera Jamulus på din iOS-enhet behöver du ett (gratis eller betalt) Apple Developer-konto och helst en dator." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it." +msgstr "Om du inte betalar för ett Apple Developer-konto kommer Jamulus endast att fungera i högst 7 dagar innan du behöver installera det på nytt." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." +msgstr "Jamulus på iOS fungerar ganska bra om allt är korrekt inställt. Vi rekommenderar dock starkt att du använder ett ljudgränssnitt och en USB-Ethernet-adapter. Om du har en äldre enhet med en Lightning-port och inte USB-C kan du använda något som [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) och en (strömad) USB-hubb." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi." +msgstr "Om du måste använda Jamulus på ett trådlöst nätverk bör du föredra en mobil (5G) anslutning framför WiFi." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release." +msgstr "Icke-officiella Jamulus-kompatibla appar som [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) finns på AppStore men kan ha andra funktioner än den officiella Jamulus-versionen." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" +msgstr "Installera för iOS (endast för erfarna användare)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n" +msgstr "**Observera**: Vi tillhandahåller en osignerad .ipa-fil som du behöver signera och sedan installera på din enhet. Om du inte är Jailbroken (och har AppSync installerat) kan du behöva ytterligare mjukvara för att installera Jamulus. Det finns flera sätt att göra detta, men denna guide förklarar endast det mest standardmässiga tillvägagångssättet. Observera att vi förutsätter att du redan har ett (gratis) Apple Developer-konto. Om du inte har ett, skapa ett Apple ID och [Registrera dig för ett utvecklarkonto](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). Vi rekommenderar att skapa ett utan tvåstegsverifiering och som inte är kopplat till ditt eventuella personliga konto. Du kommer att behöva ange lösenordet i icke-Apple-programvara.\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 +msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" +msgstr "[Ladda ner Jamulus (.ipa) på en PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" + +#. type: Bullet: '2. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 +msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)" +msgstr "Signera .ipa-filen (t.ex. via Xcode eller någon annan **betrodd** app. Vi ger inga rekommendationer här, men det finns appar för alla operativsystem)" + +#. type: Bullet: '3. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 +msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account." +msgstr "När filen är signerad och installerad, öppna Inställningar på din iOS-enhet, navigera till Allmänt > Profiler (eller VPN och enhetshantering). Tryck på utvecklarkontot som motsvarar ditt konto och lita på kontot." + +#. type: Bullet: '4. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 +msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen" +msgstr "Öppna Jamulus från din startskärm" + +#. type: Bullet: '5. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 +msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4." +msgstr "Efter 7 dagar måste du signera om Jamulus om du använder ett gratis utvecklarkonto. Gör om allt från steg 4." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 +msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." +msgstr "Om du äger en Mac och har Xcode installerat kan kompilering av Jamulus från källkod vara ett annat, mer inbyggt alternativ. Se gärna [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback and development" +msgstr "Återkoppling och utveckling" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 +msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +msgstr "Vår uppfattning är att iOS-versionen inte är tillräckligt mogen för att publiceras på AppStore. Känn dig fri att hjälpa till: Gå bara till [Jamulus GitHub-repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 +msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore." +msgstr "Läs även [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) angående publiceringen av Jamulus via Apple AppStore." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All installed?" +msgstr "Allt installerat?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:53 +msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the" +msgstr "Jamulus är nu installerat och kan användas. Du kan nu ta en titt på den" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54 +msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" +msgstr "[Komma igång](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Privacy-Statement.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c544bc63e --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -0,0 +1,161 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 13:45+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "sv-SE" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" +msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus – Privacy Statement" +msgstr "Jamulus – Sekretesspolicy" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Privacy Statement" +msgstr "Integritetspolicy" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**The English version of this document represents the official privacy statement for the _current version_ of the software available on this website. Earlier versions of the software and non-English translations of this privacy policy may have different terms that are no longer applicable or supported.**\n" +msgstr "**Den engelska versionen av detta dokument utgör den officiella sekretesspolicyn för den _current version_ av programvaran som är tillgänglig på denna webbplats. Tidigare versioner av programvaran och översättningar av denna sekretesspolicy på andra språk kan ha andra villkor som inte längre gäller eller stöds.**\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Definition of Terms" +msgstr "Definition av termer" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 +msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus software running as a Server and accepting connections from Clients" +msgstr "\"**Server**\": Den Jamulus-programvara som körs som en server och accepterar anslutningar från klienter" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 +msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server" +msgstr "**\"Client\"**: Den Jamulus-programvara som används för att ansluta till en server" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 +msgid "\"**Directory**\" A Jamulus Server configured to supply a list of Servers to Clients" +msgstr "\"**Directory**\" En Jamulus-server som är konfigurerad för att tillhandahålla en lista över servrar till klienter" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus.io Website" +msgstr "Jamulus.io websida" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22 +msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. The Jamulus team has not constructed the website to set tracking cookies, but see Github's [privacy policy](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) for information relating to data collection and privacy overall. The community knowledge base uses [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) for discussions and comments. You can find the [Privacy Policy of giscus on their GitHub repository](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)." +msgstr "Webbplatsen på [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) drivs med GitHub Pages. Jamulus-teamet har inte konstruerat webbplatsen för att sätta spårningscookies, men se GitHubs [sekretesspolicy](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) för information om datainsamling och sekretess i allmänhet. Kunskapsbasen för communityn använder [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) för diskussioner och kommentarer. Du kan hitta [giscus sekretesspolicy på deras GitHub-repository](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Software" +msgstr "Jamulus mjukvara" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26 +msgid "Jamulus is open source software that can be modified by anyone. As such, the Jamulus project can make no representations related to privacy, data collection, or security with respect to your use of the software." +msgstr "Jamulus är öppen källkod och kan modifieras av vem som helst. Därför kan Jamulus-projektet inte göra några uttalanden relaterade till sekretess, datainsamling eller säkerhet i förhållande till din användning av programvaran." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General Information" +msgstr "Generell information" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 +msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." +msgstr "Vid normal användning av programvaran som laddats ner från denna webbplats och som inte har modifierats, utbyts din användarprofilinformation med servrar du ansluter till, medkamrater anslutna till dessa servrar, samt med tredje parter (inklusive kataloger) som använder Jamulus-protokollet. Denna information är begränsad till ditt Jamulus-namn, stad, land, instrument och färdighetsnivå som du har angivit i din profil. Servrarna du ansluter till kommer också att ha tillgång till din internetadress (IP-adress) eftersom det krävs för att programvaran ska fungera; men denna information delas inte med medkamrater på samma server eller är tillgänglig för tredje parter." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 +msgid "All communications between and among Clients, Servers, Directories, and third-party protocol users are sent without encryption." +msgstr "All kommunikation mellan och bland klienter, servrar, kataloger och tredje parts protokollanvändare skickas utan kryptering." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Servers" +msgstr "Jamulus servrar" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36 +msgid "When you connect to a Server, either directly or through a Directory, the operator of that Server is responsible for its operation policy, privacy policy, and data use policy. While unmodified Servers do not log or store your connection or profile information by default, some Servers may be configured to do so. Therefore, you should have no expectation of privacy with respect to your profile information or internet address." +msgstr "När du ansluter till en server, antingen direkt eller via en katalog, är operatören av den servern ansvarig för dess driftspolicy, sekretesspolicy och datanvändningspolicy. Även om icke-modifierade servrar som standard inte loggar eller lagrar din anslutnings- eller profilinformation, kan vissa servrar vara konfigurerade för att göra det. Därför bör du inte ha några förväntningar på sekretess när det gäller din profilinformation eller internetadress." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Chat Exchanges" +msgstr "Chattutbyten" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40 +msgid "Chats are textual messages that can be exchanged between Clients connected to the same Server. Everyone connected to a Server can see all chats and there should be no expectation of privacy with respect to information sent through the chat feature of Jamulus. While unmodified Servers do not log or store chats, some modified Servers may do this." +msgstr "Chattar är textmeddelanden som kan utbytas mellan klienter anslutna till samma server. Alla som är anslutna till en server kan se alla chattar, och det bör inte finnas någon förväntan på sekretess för information som skickas genom Jamulus chattfunktion. Även om icke-modifierade servrar inte loggar eller lagrar chattar, kan vissa modifierade servrar göra det." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Recordings" +msgstr "Ljudinspelningar" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44 +msgid "Unmodified Servers will display a notice if recording is turned on. Recordings of each channel are stored by the Server and are controlled by the Server operator." +msgstr "Icke-modifierade servrar kommer att visa en avisering om inspelning är aktiverad. Inspelningar av varje kanal lagras av servern och styrs av serveroperatören." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 +msgid "It is possible for connected Clients to make recordings of sessions outside of Jamulus itself, for which there may be no notice or indication. Jamulus has no way to detect or control these situations and makes no representations as to the collection or use of such recording data." +msgstr "Det är möjligt för anslutna klienter att göra inspelningar av sessioner utanför Jamulus, för vilka det kanske inte finns någon avisering eller indikation. Jamulus har ingen möjlighet att upptäcka eller kontrollera dessa situationer och gör inga uttalanden om insamlingen eller användningen av sådan inspelningsdata." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directories" +msgstr "Kataloger" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:49 +msgid "Directories are central connection points for locating Servers. The Jamulus Client comes with a pre-defined list of Directories for the convenience of users. These Directories are independently operated but are represented as running unmodified versions of the Jamulus software. If you do not wish to send your information to the Directories, you will need to connect to Servers directly." +msgstr "Det är möjligt för anslutna klienter att göra inspelningar av sessioner utanför Jamulus, och det kan vara så att det inte finns någon avisering eller indikation om detta. Jamulus har ingen möjlighet att upptäcka eller kontrollera sådana situationer och gör inga uttalanden om insamlingen eller användningen av sådan inspelningsdata." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/QOS-Windows.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..427a5b516 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/QOS-Windows.po @@ -0,0 +1,116 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 13:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "sv-SE" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/QOS-Windows" +msgstr "/wiki/QOS-Windows" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Quality of Service (QoS)" +msgstr "Kvalitet/prioritet på tjänst (QoS)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" %}" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Use of QoS on Windows" +msgstr "Användning av QoS på Windows" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:13 +msgid "Jamulus uses Quality of Service (QoS) to mitigate network jitter delays." +msgstr "Jamulus använder Quality of Service (QoS) för att minska nätverksfördröjningar orsakade av jitter." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:15 +msgid "If you want to explore the effect of non-default settings, see [RFC4594](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4594) pages 16-18. Jamulus sets the DS Field byte to 128 (or 0x80) to select DSCP/CS4 in an IPv4 or IPv6 packet header. Other byte values can be set using the -Q option, e.g. -Q [0..255]. However, most people will have no need to do this." +msgstr "Om du vill utforska effekten av icke-standardinställningar, se [RFC4594](https://datatracker.ietf.org/doc/html/rfc4594) sidorna 16-18. Jamulus sätter DS Field-byte till 128 (eller 0x80) för att välja DSCP/CS4 i en IPv4- eller IPv6-paketheader. Andra byte-värden kan ställas in med hjälp av -Q alternativet, t.ex. -Q [0..255]. De flesta kommer dock inte att behöva göra detta." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:17 +msgid "Jamulus' QoS settings (including the default) are set to 0 on recent Windows and macOS because of the operating system. To use QoS on Windows, follow these instructions. Note that you may need to repeat this procedure every time Jamulus is updated." +msgstr "Jamulus' QoS-inställningar (inklusive standardinställningen) är inställda på 0 på moderna Windows- och macOS-system på grund av operativsystemet. För att använda QoS på Windows, följ dessa instruktioner. Observera att du kan behöva upprepa denna procedur varje gång Jamulus uppdateras." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:37 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
\n" +"In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
\n" +"Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Local Computer Policy
\n" +"  Computer Configuration
\n" +"   Windows Settings
\n" +"    Policy-based QoS (click)
\n" +"Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Policy-based QoS
\n" +"  More Actions
\n" +"   Create new Policy (click)
\n" +"    Policy Name: Jamulus
\n" +"    Specify DSCP value: 32
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    UDP
\n" +"    Finish
\n" +msgstr "" +"I sökrutan bredvid Start-menyn, skriv: Local Group Policy Editor (tryck Enter)
\n" +"I det nya fönstret, klicka på menykonen för att visa den tredje panelen för Åtgärder
\n" +"Titta på den första panelen i Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Local Computer Policy
\n" +"  Computer Configuration
\n" +"   Windows Settings
\n" +"    Policy-based QoS (klicka)
\n" +"Titta på den tredje panelen (Åtgärder) i Local Group Policy Editor
\n" +" Policy-based QoS
\n" +"  More Actions
\n" +"   Create new Policy (klicka)
\n" +"    Policy Name: Jamulus
\n" +"    Specify DSCP value:32
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    Denna QoS-policy gäller endast för applikationer med namnet Jamulus.exe
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    Next
\n" +"    UDP
\n" +"    Finish
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:39 +msgid "(Notice Jamulus policy in center panel may be edited)" +msgstr "(Observera att Jamulus policy i centerpanelen kan redigeras)" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Running-a-Server.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..6616a515f --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Running-a-Server.po @@ -0,0 +1,997 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-01 20:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.8-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "sv-SE" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" +msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running a Server" +msgstr "Köra en server" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Administration Manual" +msgstr "Serveradministrationsmanual" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Innehållsförteckning\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" +msgstr "Behöver jag köra en server?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" +msgstr "**Nej**. Du behöver inte köra en egen server. Du kan använda servrar som listas av de inbyggda katalogerna och använda Jamulus utan att köra en server själv. Du kan också använda en icke listad server om du känner till dess internetadress. Eller så kan du använda en tredjeparts hostingtjänst som [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) eller [KOORD](https://koord.live/). Det finns förmodligen en server i närheten som du och dina vänner kan använda med tillräckligt låg fördröjning för de flesta behov.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:25 +msgid "Using a public Server might introduce you to strangers. If you want an undisturbed session, you can use the soloing technique described on the [Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). You won't hear strangers who connect to the Server, but they can hear you if they wish." +msgstr "Att använda en offentlig server kan leda till att du kommer i kontakt med främlingar. Om du vill ha en ostörd session kan du använda solo-tekniken som beskrivs på [Tips och tricks-sidan](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). Du kommer inte att höra främlingar som ansluter till servern, men de kan höra dig om de så önskar." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Krav" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Speed and latency" +msgstr "Hastighet och latens" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**_The capability of the Server itself (and the network it's on) is NOT the main determinant of the quality of a Jamulus session!_**\n" +msgstr "**_Serverns kapabilitet (och nätverket den är ansluten till) är INTE den främsta faktorn för kvaliteten på en Jamulus-session!_**\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:35 +msgid "Usually, problems are on the _Client_ side and should be fixed there. Have a look at the [Troubleshooting page](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) if needed." +msgstr "Vanligtvis är problemen på _klient_ sidan och bör åtgärdas där. Kolla på [Felsökningssida](/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting) om det behövs." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:37 +msgid "However, various problems can also arise when setting up Servers - especially when run on a low-bandwidth home connection. It's usually fine to have less than 5 players on a slower-speed home connection (eg 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up). You can read more about network requirements at [different quality settings here](Server-Bandwidth)." +msgstr "Dock kan olika problem också uppstå vid uppsättning av servrar, särskilt när de körs på en hemanslutning med låg bandbredd. Det är vanligtvis okej att ha färre än 5 spelare på en långsammare hemanslutning (t.ex. 10 Mbit/s nedströms och 1 Mbit/s uppströms). Du kan läsa mer om nätverkskrav vid [olika kvalitetsinställningar här](Server-Bandwidth)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:39 +msgid "Consider using a cloud host, not your home internet connection, to get better ping times if you're having problems." +msgstr "Överväg att använda en molnhost istället för din hemanslutning för att få bättre svarstider om du har problem." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General notes" +msgstr "Allmänna anteckningar" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "Any Server should have at least 1.6GHz CPU frequency and 1GB RAM" +msgstr "Varje server bör ha minst 1,6 GHz CPU-frekvens och 1 GB RAM" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "Running a Server may require you to adjust any firewalls running on or outside of your machine or cloud host." +msgstr "Att köra en server kan kräva att du justerar brandväggar som är aktiva på eller utanför din maskin eller molnhost." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "You must set up port forwarding on your router to run an [Unregistered Server](Unregistered-Servers) at home. This should not be necessary when running a Registered Server in most cases. However, some home networks can require port forwarding for a Registered Server." +msgstr "Du måste ställa in portvidarebefordran på din router för att köra en [oregistrerad server](Unregistered-Servers) hemma. Detta bör i de flesta fall inte vara nödvändigt när du kör en registrerad server. Vissa hemnätverk kan dock kräva portvidarebefordran för en registrerad server." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 +msgid "Jamulus offers limited IPv6 support that you can turn on for a Client or Server from the command line." +msgstr "Jamulus erbjuder begränsat IPv6-stöd som du kan aktivera för en klient eller server från kommandoraden." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:49 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Installation" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52 +msgid "Most people run Jamulus on a 3rd party/cloud host as a \"headless\" Server (no video display or keyboard) on **hardware without audio** running Linux. You can also run a Server in a [**desktop environment**](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +msgstr "De flesta människor kör Jamulus på en tredjeparts/molnvärd som en \"huvudlös\" server (ingen videoskärm eller tangentbord) på **hårdvara utan ljud** som kör Linux. Du kan också köra en server i en [**skrivbordsmiljö**](#servers-on-the-desktop)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note** The following steps will result in you running an \"Unregistered\" Server. For more information, see [the Server Modes section](#server-modes) below.\n" +msgstr "**Obs** Följande steg kommer att resultera i att du kör en \"Oregistrerad\" server. För mer information, se [avsnittet Serverlägen](#server-modes) nedan.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:60 +msgid "To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution that uses systemd." +msgstr "För att köra en huvudlös server på Linux, förutsätter följande steg att du är bekant med kommandoraden och Debian/Ubuntu eller liknande distribution som använder systemd." + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:62 +msgid "Download the setup script:" +msgstr "Ladda ner installationsskriptet:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 +msgid "Make the script executable:" +msgstr "Gör skriptet exekverbart:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74 +msgid "Run the script and install the headless server:" +msgstr "Kör skriptet och installera den huvudlösa servern:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 +msgid "Enable the headless Server process:" +msgstr "Aktivera den huvudlösa serverprocessen:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 +msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:" +msgstr "Lägg till önskade [kommandoradsalternativ](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) till `ExecStart`-raden i systemd-tjänstfilen:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '1. ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92 +msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:" +msgstr "Ladda om systemd-filerna och starta om den huvudlösa servern:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98 +msgid "_To edit your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" +msgstr "_För att redigera din serverkonfiguration upprepar du bara de två sista stegen ovan._" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Modes" +msgstr "Serverlägen" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104 +msgid "Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs." +msgstr "Servrar kan köras i ett av tre lägen (antingen hemma eller på en 3:e parts värd), beroende på dina behov." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Unregistered mode" +msgstr "Oregistrerat läge" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:108 +msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it." +msgstr "Detta är standard när du startar en server för första gången. Oregistrerade servrar listas inte av kataloger, så endast musiker som känner till din servers adress kan ansluta till den." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:110 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" +msgstr "**För information om att köra en oregistrerad server [se den här guiden](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"
\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:115 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Registered mode" +msgstr "Registrerat läge" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:118 +msgid "In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it." +msgstr "I detta läge kommer din server att visas i serverlistan som tillhandahålls av en katalog. Jamulus-klienter kommer med en lista med inbyggda kataloger. Om du registrerar din server med en av dessa kan vem som helst upptäcka och ansluta till den." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:120 +msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address." +msgstr "Alternativt kan du lista din server i en anpassad katalog (se nedan). Klienter hittar bara din server om de anger den anpassade katalogens internetadress." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:122 +msgid "Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory." +msgstr "Observera att kataloger endast kan registrera upp till 150 servrar. Om du ser ett meddelande som säger att du inte kan registrera din server eftersom katalogen är full, kan du försöka registrera dig med en annan katalog." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Diagram\n" +"
\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Directory mode" +msgstr "Katalogläge" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:130 +msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." +msgstr "Om du vill köra ett antal servrar, eventuellt även bakom en brandvägg eller på ett LAN, kanske du vill köra din server som en katalog. Exempel är onlineevenemang, musikföreningar, sektionsrepetitioner eller musiklektioner för skolor." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 +msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)." +msgstr "För information, [se katalogguiden](Directories)." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "Konfigurationsalternativ" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:138 +msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:" +msgstr "Beroende på ditt operativsystem och hur du kör servern kan du ställa in serveralternativ och göra dem beständiga mellan omladdningar genom att följa dessa steg:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n" +msgstr "**För Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu med systemd)\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 +msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))." +msgstr "Lägg till önskade kommandoradsalternativ till `ExecStart`-raden i systemd-tjänstfilen genom att köra `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (Du måste ladda om eller starta om för att ändringarna ska träda i kraft. Se [Installation]( #installation))." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n" +msgstr "**För GUI** (alla plattformar)\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:146 +msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." +msgstr "Alla inställningar som görs med det grafiska gränssnittet kommer att lagras i filen `Jamulusserver.ini`. (Redigera **inte** den här filen för hand!) Vissa alternativ är dock inte tillgängliga i GUI och måste ställas in med hjälp av kommandoraden. För mer information, se [Server på skrivbordet](#servers-on-the-desktop)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Minimum setup to run in Registered mode" +msgstr "Minsta inställning för att köras i registrerat läge" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153 +msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections. You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):" +msgstr "Du kan köra en huvudlös server på Linux med systemd (med `systemctl`), som behandlas i andra avsnitt. Du kan också köra en server direkt från kommandoraden. Ange följande kommando för att [köra en registrerad server](#server-modes):" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" +" --directoryaddress hostname:port \\\n" +" --serverinfo \"[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]\"\n" +msgstr "" +"jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" +" --directoryaddress hostname:port \\\n" +" --serverinfo \"[namn];[stad];[land som två bokstäver ISO-landskod eller Qt5 Locale]\"\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:161 +msgid "See the table below for `hostname:port` values." +msgstr "Se tabellen nedan för värden för `hostname:port`." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n" +msgstr "**Obs**: Semikolon och nyradstecken är inte tillåtna i `[namn]` och `[stad]` i argumentet `--serverinfo`. Se [Serverrelaterade alternativ](#server-mode-related-options) för mer information om landskoden. \n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server mode-related options" +msgstr "Serverrelaterade alternativ" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`" +msgstr "`-e eller --directoryaddress`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 +msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories)." +msgstr "Krävs för en [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Krävs också för att köra Jamulus som en [katalog](Directories)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 +msgid "This option takes the format:" +msgstr "Det här alternativet har formatet:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 +msgid "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number." +msgstr "`--katalogadress värdnamn:port` där `värdnamn` är genrekatalogens värdnamn och `port` är dess portnummer." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 +msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options:" +msgstr "För att registrera dig med en av de inbyggda katalogerna i Jamulus-klienten, ersätt `värdnamn:port` med något av följande alternativ:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" +"|-----------|------------------|\n" +"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" +"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" +"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" +"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" +"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" +msgstr "" +"| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" +"|-----------|------------------|\n" +"|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" +"|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" +"|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" +"|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" +"|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" +"|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`" +msgstr "`-o eller --serverinfo`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190 +msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client." +msgstr "När du registrerar din server med en katalog kan du ange ett servernamn och platsinformation så att användare sedan kan söka efter dessa värden från sin klient." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 +msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`" +msgstr "`[namn];[stad];[land som tvåbokstavs ISO-landskod]`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:196 +msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" +msgstr "Se [ISO-landskoder med två bokstäver](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:198 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n" +msgstr "**Obs!** Semikolon och nyradstecken är inte tillåtna i `namn` och `stad` värden.\n" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-L or --licence`" +msgstr "`-L eller --licence`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201 +msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)." +msgstr "Visa ett avtalsfönster innan användare kan ansluta. Texten i avtalet som ska visas ska tillhandahållas som `--welcomemessage` (se nedan)." + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`" +msgstr "`-w eller --welcomemessage`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 +msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear." +msgstr "Ett \"välkomstmeddelande\" att visa i klientchattfönstret vid anslutning. Kan ges som en sträng eller filnamn och kan innehålla HTML. När en sökväg används måste filen vara tillgänglig för användarkontot som kör Jamulus. (På de flesta Linux-installationer används användaren `jamulus` som standard.) Om den inte är tillgänglig kommer den bokstavliga sökvägen (i stället för dess innehåll) att visas." + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--serverpublicip`" +msgstr "`--serverpublicip`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 +msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "Serverns offentliga IP-adress om du ansluter till en katalog bakom samma NAT. Se [katalogguiden](Directories) för ytterligare information." + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--directoryfile`" +msgstr "`--directoryfile`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:212 +msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "_Endast kataloger:_ Kom ihåg registrerade servrar även om katalogen startas om. Se [katalogguiden](Directories) för ytterligare information." + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-f or --listfilter`" +msgstr "`-f eller --listfilter`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 +msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." +msgstr "_Endast kataloger:_ Ange vilka servrar som kan registreras på katalogservern. Se [katalogguiden](Directories) för ytterligare information." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:218 +#, no-wrap +msgid "General Server options" +msgstr "Allmänna serveralternativ" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 +msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)." +msgstr "Dessa alternativ kan användas oavsett vilket läge din server körs i (även om vissa kanske inte är relevanta för kataloger)." + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-d or --discononquit`" +msgstr "`-d eller --discononquit`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223 +msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario." +msgstr "Normalt, när en server stoppas eller startas om, kommer alla klienter som inte har tryckt på sina **Koppla från**-knappar automatiskt att återupprätta anslutningen när servern återvänder. Detta alternativ tvingar klienter att manuellt återupprätta sina anslutningar till servern i detta scenario." + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`" +msgstr "`-F eller --fastupdate`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:226 +msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." +msgstr "Minskar latensen om klienter ansluter med alternativet **Små nätverksbuffertar**. Kräver snabbare CPU för att undvika avhopp och mer bandbredd till aktiverade klienter." + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-l or --log`" +msgstr "`-l eller --log`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229 +msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name" +msgstr "Aktivera loggning, ange sökväg och filnamn" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" +msgstr "`-m eller --htmlstatus`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 +msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" +msgstr "Aktivera HTML-statusfil, ange sökväg och filnamn" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" +msgstr "**Obs!** Den här funktionen är utfasad och kan försvinna i en framtida version.\n" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" +msgstr "`-P eller --delaypan`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 +msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." +msgstr "Börja med fördröjd panorering aktiverad. Detta alternativ använder små skillnader i ljudets ankomsttid mellan de två öronen. Den ger en stereoeffekt som liknar naturlig mänsklig hörsel jämfört med normal \"volym\" panorering." + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-s` or `--server`" +msgstr "`-s` eller `--server`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 +msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" +msgstr "Starta Jamulus i serverläge" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--serverbindip`" +msgstr "`--serverbindip`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 +msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." +msgstr "Ange IP-adressen som Jamulus-processen ska binda till." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 +msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." +msgstr "Normalt lyssnar Jamulus på alla IP-adresser på värddatorn. Om värden har flera nätverksadresser tillåter detta alternativ att en av adresserna kan väljas." + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" +msgstr "`-T eller --multithreading`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" +msgstr "Använd multithreading för att bättre utnyttja flerkärniga processorer. Den här inställningen kan hjälpa servern att stödja fler klienter. Se även `--numchannels`" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" +msgstr "`-u eller --numchannels`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 +msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" +msgstr "Maximalt antal kanaler (klienter)" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" +msgstr "`-z eller --startminimized`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 +msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." +msgstr "Starta det grafiska användargränssnittet för Jamulus Server i det minimerade fönstertillståndet." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Other options" +msgstr "Andra alternativ" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling the Server via API" +msgstr "Styr servern via API" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." +msgstr "Jamulus kan styras via ett experimentellt API som kan ändras. Du kan hitta [JSON-RPC API dokumenterat i huvudarkivet](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC låter dig styra vissa funktioner som att ändra välkomstmeddelandet eller starta inspelningar i huvudlöst läge från autentiserade externa applikationer. Det fungerar medan servern är igång." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Recording" +msgstr "Inspelning" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`-R or --recording`" +msgstr "`-R eller --recording`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 +msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." +msgstr "Ställ in serverinspelningskatalog. Som standard kommer servern att spela in när en session är aktiv." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" +msgstr "**Obs:** Du måste spara inspelningar till en sökväg _utanför_ av jamulus-hemkatalogen, eller ta bort `ProtectHome=true` från din systemd-enhetsfil, men var medveten om att det kan vara en säkerhetsrisk.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 +msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." +msgstr "Inspelningar är per spår i [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof`-format och [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Öppna respektive filer för att lyssna på dem i dessa applikationer." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" +msgstr "**Obs!** När din server spelar in visar klienter ett rött bannermeddelande om att sessionen spelas in.\n" + +#. type: Title ##### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 +#, no-wrap +msgid "`--norecord`" +msgstr "`--norecord`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 +msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." +msgstr "Ställ in servern att inte spela in som standard när inspelning är konfigurerad." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling Recording" +msgstr "Styra inspelning" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 +msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." +msgstr "Inspelningen startar när den första personen ansluter till servern och slutar när den sista personen lämnar." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 +msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." +msgstr "Om servern tar emot en SIGUSR1-signal under en inspelning kommer den att starta en ny inspelning i en ny katalog. SIGUSR2 växlar inspelning på/av. Om [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) är aktiverat kommer du också att kunna hantera servern på ett sätt som är jämförbart med det grafiska användargränssnittet . Se den (experimentella) [JSON-RPC-dokumentationen på inspelaren](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 +msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." +msgstr "För att skicka dessa signaler med systemd, skapa följande två `.service`-filer i `/etc/systemd/system`, kalla dem något lämpligt (t.ex. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 +msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" +msgstr "Så här slår du på eller av inspelning (beroende på aktuellt läge):" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" +msgstr "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 +msgid "To start a new recording:" +msgstr "För att starta en ny inspelning:" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" +msgstr "" +" [Unit]\n" +" Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" +" Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314 +msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example." +msgstr "_Obs: Jamulus-tjänstens namn i `ExecStart`-raden måste vara detsamma som `.service`-filnamnet som används av systemd för att styra din Jamulus-server. Som standard, om du använder `.deb`-filerna från förvaret, är det `jamulus-headless`, som i det här exemplet." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316 +msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." +msgstr "Kör `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` för att registrera dem för första användning." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318 +msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" +msgstr "Nu kan du köra dessa med kommandot `systemctl`, till exempel:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 +msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" +msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322 +msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log." +msgstr "Du kan se resultatet av dessa kommandon om du kör `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (eller respektive tjänstnamn du angav manuellt). Du kan också se din (sys)logg." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" +msgstr "Lägga till metadata till servern" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328 +msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." +msgstr "Du kan lägga till metadata i välkomstmeddelandet från en server för att lägga till ytterligare, dold information som kontaktinformation eller policyförfrågningar för botar (detta är jämförbart med [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots. Text)). Se [Community Knowledge Base-posten om metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) för mer information." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers on the desktop" +msgstr "Servrar på skrivbordet" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334 +msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" +msgstr "Jamulus kan köras i serverläge i en dators grafiska miljö. Detta ger dig ett grafiskt användargränssnitt för att kontrollera de flesta inställningarna. För att göra detta, först [installera Jamulus för din plattform](Getting-Started), gör sedan något av följande:" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336 +msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." +msgstr "**Windows-användare** - Använd ikonen \"Jamulus Server\" i Windows Start-meny. Om du vill att servern ska starta automatiskt när du startar Windows, markera rutan för det här alternativet." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338 +msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." +msgstr "**macOS-användare** - Dubbelklicka på ikonen \"Jamulus Server\" i Applikationer." + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340 +msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." +msgstr "**Linux-användare** - Starta genvägen \"Jamulus Server\". Eller så kan du öppna ett terminalfönster (`CTRL+ALT+t` på Debian och relaterade distros), skriv `jamulus -s` och tryck på retur." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 +msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." +msgstr "Medan de vanligaste funktionerna i Jamulus kan ställas in med GUI, kan andra endast ställas in med alternativ som ges i ett terminalfönster när servern startas. Exakt hur du gör detta beror på ditt operativsystem." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344 +#, no-wrap +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" +msgstr "Till exempel i Windows, för att använda en specifik inställningsfil, högerklicka på Jamulus-genvägen och välj **Egenskaper** > **Mål**. Lägg till de nödvändiga argumenten till Jamulus.exe:\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346 +#, no-wrap +msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" +msgstr " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" +msgstr "För macOS, starta ett terminalfönster och kör Jamulus med önskade alternativ så här:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 +#, no-wrap +msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" +msgstr " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" +msgstr "**Obs** Kommandoradsalternativ kommer att ställa in serverns standardinställningar vid start. Du kan åsidosätta dem medan servern körs med deras motsvarande GUI-kontroller.\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The Server status icon" +msgstr "Serverstatusikonen" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356 +msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" +msgstr "När en server körs i GUI-läge kommer operativsystemet att visa en ikon i systemfältet eller statusområdet som indikerar om servern har anslutningar:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" +msgstr "
\"Bild
Servern är tom\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:360 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" +msgstr "
\"Bild
Servern är upptagen\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Backing up the Server" +msgstr "Säkerhetskopiera servern" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:368 +msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." +msgstr "Huvudlösa servrar använder inte `.ini`-filer. All konfiguration ges som kommandoradsalternativ. Om du kör en server i GUI-läge, efter att ha läst alla kommandoradsalternativ vid start, kommer den att lagra sin konfiguration i filen `Jamulusserver.ini`." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Felsökning" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371 +msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." +msgstr "Om du har andra problem, [se den här guiden](Server-Troubleshooting)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Bandwidth.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e99df2806 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -0,0 +1,112 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-24 13:59+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "sv-SE" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth" +msgstr "/wiki/Server-Bandwidth" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Bandwidth Use" +msgstr "Användning av bandbredd" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Mer\" branch1=\"Serveradministration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio bandwidth" +msgstr "Ljudbandbredd" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:16 +msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of: * Channels : stereo/mono * Quality : high/medium/low * Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" +msgstr "Ljudinställningarna påverkar den nödvändiga nätverksbandbredden. Tabellen nedan sammanfattar nätverkskrav med avseende på konfigurationen av: * Kanaler: stereo/mono * Kvalitet: hög/medium/låg * Ljudbuffertlängd: 2,67 ms, 5,33 ms, 10,67 ms, 21,33 ms" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:21 +msgid "With the following units * ms : milliseconds * Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s) * Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" +msgstr "Med följande enheter * ms : milliseconds * Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per sekund (Kom ihåg : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s) * Mbit/s : Mega-bits per sekund" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"| Channels | Quality | Bandwidth (for buffer : 2.67 ms) | Bandwidth (for buffer : 5.33 ms) | Bandwidth (for buffer : 10.67 ms) | Bandwidth (for buffer : 21.33 ms) |\n" +"| --------- | ------ | -------- | -------- | -------- | -------- |\n" +"| Stereo | High | 894 Kbit/s | 657 Kbit/s | 541 Kbit/s | 483 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Stereo | Medium | 672 Kbit/s | 444 Kbit/s | 328 Kbit/s | 270 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Stereo | Low | 606 Kbit/s | 372 Kbit/s | 256 Kbit/s | 198 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Mono | High | 672 Kbit/s | 444 Kbit/s | 328 Kbit/s | 270 Kbit/s 8|\n" +"| Mono | Medium | 594 Kbit/s | 366 Kbit/s | 250 Kbit/s | 192 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Mono | Low | 534 Kbit/s | 306 Kbit/s | 190 Kbit/s | 132 Kbit/s |\n" +msgstr "" +"| Kanaler | Kvalitet | Bandbredd (för buffert: 2,67 ms) | Bandbredd (för buffert: 5,33 ms) | Bandbredd (för buffert: 10,67 ms) | Bandbredd (för buffert: 21,33 ms) |\n" +"| -------- | -------- | ------------------------------- | ------------------------------- | ------------------------------- | ------------------------------- |\n" +"| Stereo | Hög | 894 Kbit/s | 657 Kbit/s | 541 Kbit/s | 483 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Stereo | Medium | 672 Kbit/s | 444 Kbit/s | 328 Kbit/s | 270 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Stereo | Låg | 606 Kbit/s | 372 Kbit/s | 256 Kbit/s | 198 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Mono | Hög | 672 Kbit/s | 444 Kbit/s | 328 Kbit/s | 270 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Mono | Medium | 594 Kbit/s | 366 Kbit/s | 250 Kbit/s | 192 Kbit/s |\n" +"| Mono | Låg | 534 Kbit/s | 306 Kbit/s | 190 Kbit/s | 132 Kbit/s |\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Network bandwidth" +msgstr "Nätverksbandbredd" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"There is one upstream (musician sending to the Server) and one downstream (server sending back the mix to the musician)\n" +"
\n" +" \"A\n" +"
Calculate bandwidth use
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"Det finns en uppströms (musiker som skickar till servern) och en nedströms (server som skickar tillbaka mixen till musikern)\n" +"
\n" +" \"Ett\n" +"
Beräkna bandbreddsanvändning
\n" +"
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:40 +msgid "Note also that mean ADSL2 transfer rate is 10 Mbit/s for downstream and 1 Mbit/s for upstream. The actual performance depends on distance to the provider, which may [theoretically range from 24 Mbit/s at 0.3 km to 1.5 Mbit/s at 5.2 km](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asymmetric_digital_subscriber_line) for download rate." +msgstr "Observera också att den genomsnittliga ADSL2-överföringshastigheten är 10 Mbit/s för nedströms och 1 Mbit/s för uppströms. Den faktiska prestandan beror på avståndet till leverantören, vilket [teoretiskt kan variera från 24 Mbit/s vid 0,3 km till 1,5 Mbit/s vid 5,2 km för nedladdningshastighet](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Asymmetric_digital_subscriber_line) for download rate." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Troubleshooting.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b98ed2c31 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -0,0 +1,174 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-24 13:59+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "sv-SE" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting" +msgstr "/wiki/Server-Troubleshooting" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Felsökning server" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Mer\" branch1=\"Serveradministration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:16 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Innehållsförteckning\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers - Registered" +msgstr "Servrar - Registrerade" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" +msgstr "Varför visas inte min server i listan? Varför registreras den inte?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:27 +msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to configure your router to [forward the port number](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding) used by Jamulus Server." +msgstr "Om du är korrekt registrerad (du kan [se det här](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) och du eller dina vänner inte kan se din server, kan du behöva vänta eller starta din klient med alternativet `--showallservers` och försöka ansluta därifrån ([se kommandoradsalternativ](Software-Manual#command-line-options) för hur du startar din klient med en konfigurationsoption). I vissa nätverkskonfigurationer kan du också behöva konfigurera din router för att [vidarebefordra portnumret](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding) som används av Jamulus Server." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:29 +msgid "If you are seeing a message that says the Server is full, you will need to wait until a slot becomes free." +msgstr "Om du ser ett meddelande som säger att servern är full, måste du vänta tills en plats blir ledig." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:31 +msgid "You can verify that your Server is listed in the relevant genre by [checking it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)." +msgstr "Du kan verifiera att din server är listad i den relevanta genren genom att [kolla här](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Servers - Unregistered" +msgstr "Servrar - Oregistrerade" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" +msgstr "Jag kör min klient på samma maskin/nätverk som min server men kan inte ansluta till den" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:37 +msgid "Connect your Client to `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`. If you're running the Client on a different machine to the Server but on the same network, then connect to the _local network_ address of the Server. Do not connect via the Server's public (WAN) address." +msgstr "Anslut din klient till `localhost` eller `127.0.0.1`. Om du kör klienten på en annan maskin än servern men på samma nätverk, anslut då till serverns _lokala nätverksadress_. Anslut inte via serverns offentliga (WAN) adress." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" +msgstr "Vilken adress ska jag ge till andra så att de kan ansluta till min server?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:41 +msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." +msgstr "Detta bör vara din **offentliga** IP-adress (hitta den med [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Anslut din **egen** Jamulus-klient till den **lokala** IP-adressen för din server (`localhost` eller `127.0.0.1` om den är på samma maskin som din klient). Observera att din offentliga IP-adress kan ändras - se noteringen om \"dynamisk DNS\" i [denna guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What port numbers can I use?" +msgstr "Vilka portnummer kan jag använda?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:46 +msgid "You can set your Server to listen on a custom port with the `--port` option. If you do this, you will need to tell people which port to connect on. They will need to append the port number to the address of your Server in the format `[serverAddress]:[portNumber]`." +msgstr "Du kan ställa in din server att lyssna på ett anpassat portnummer med alternativet `--port`. Om du gör detta, behöver du informera folk om vilket portnummer de ska ansluta till. De måste lägga till portnumret till adressen till din server i formatet `[serverAddress]:[portNumber]`." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" +msgstr "Ingen kan ansluta till min server - men jag kan ansluta lokalt" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:50 +msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." +msgstr "Först och främst, se till att du har aktiverat [portvidarebefordran](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding). Om du fortfarande inte kan se din server utanför ditt lokala nätverk kan det finnas problem med din internetleverantör (ISP)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:52 +msgid "Some ISPs use techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." +msgstr "Vissa ISP:er använder tekniker som [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) eller [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) för att spara adressutrymme (vanligtvis för IPv4). Det gör det omöjligt att vara värd för tjänster som Jamulus hemma eftersom de inte är synliga utanför ditt lokala nätverk." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:54 +msgid "To detect if CGN is the issue, go to your router's configuration screen (typically, 192.168.X.X) and look at the WAN Status page. If your listed IPv4 address doesn't match with your public IPv4 address (check it [here](https://ifconfig.me)), it suggests that CGN may be enabled. You can try using an IPv6 connection by starting clients and server with the `-6` flag if IPv6 is available for the server and all clients." +msgstr "För att upptäcka om CGN är problemet, gå till din routers konfigurationsskärm (vanligtvis 192.168.X.X) och titta på WAN-statussidan. Om din listade IPv4-adress inte matchar med din offentliga IPv4-adress (kolla den [här](https://ifconfig.me)), tyder det på att CGN kan vara aktiverat. Du kan försöka använda en IPv6-anslutning genom att starta klienter och server med flaggan `-6` om IPv6 är tillgängligt för servern och alla klienter." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:55 +msgid "To fix the issue with IPv4, contact your ISP technical support team, and tell them that you want to host a public server at home, so you need a real WAN IP address. Furthermore, you can help them with info that CGN might be the issue. Also, you can ask for a static IP address to avoid using DDNS." +msgstr "För att åtgärda problemet med IPv4, kontakta din ISP:s tekniska supportteam och informera dem om att du vill vara värd för en offentlig server hemma och därför behöver en riktig WAN-IP-adress. Du kan också nämna att CGN kan vara problemet. Dessutom kan du be om en statisk IP-adress för att undvika att använda DDNS." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3714e3f4f --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Software-Manual.po @@ -0,0 +1,798 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-17 21:47+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "sv-SE" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" +msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Software Manual" +msgstr "Mjukvaruhandbok" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus User Manual" +msgstr "Jamulus användarmanual" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 +#, no-wrap +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:11 +msgid "This manual documents the Jamulus Client application for use by musicians and singers using the software to connect to a server." +msgstr "Den här handboken dokumenterar Jamulus Client-applikationen för användning av musiker och sångare som använder programvaran för att ansluta till en server." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:13 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:15 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Innehållsförteckning\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Main Window" +msgstr "Huvudfönster" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Image\n" +"\t
Your local mix when connected to a Server
\n" +"
\n" +msgstr "" +"
\n" +"\t\"Bild\n" +"\t
Din lokala mix när du är ansluten till en server
\n" +"
\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ping, Delay and Jitter" +msgstr "Ping, fördröjning och jitter" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Ping** shows your network latency in milliseconds, the lower the better. Ping time contributes to overall delay (see below). The most probable cause of a high ping is that your distance to the server is too large. \n" +msgstr "**Ping** visar din nätverkslatens i millisekunder, ju lägre desto bättre. Pingtid bidrar till den totala fördröjningen (se nedan). Den mest troliga orsaken till en hög ping är att ditt avstånd till servern är för stort. \n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Delay** shows overall latency calculated from the current ping time and the delay introduced by the current audio buffer settings. The LEDs show the status of this as:\n" +msgstr "**Fördröjning** visar total latens beräknad från den aktuella pingtiden och fördröjningen som introduceras av de aktuella ljudbuffertinställningarna. Lysdioderna visar statusen för detta som:\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Bild
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Green** - The delay is perfect for a jam session\n" +msgstr "**Grön** - Fördröjningen är perfekt för en jamsession\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Bild
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Yellow** - A session is still possible but it may be harder to play\n" +msgstr "**Gul** - En session är fortfarande möjlig men det kan vara svårare att spela\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Bild
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Red** - The delay is too large for jamming\n" +msgstr "**Röd** - Fördröjningen är för stor för störning\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:48 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Jitter** shows the current audio/streaming status. If the light is **red**, the audio stream is interrupted. This is caused by one of the following problems:\n" +msgstr "**Jitter** visar aktuell ljud-/strömningsstatus. Om lampan lyser **rött** avbryts ljudströmmen. Detta orsakas av ett av följande problem:\n" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 +msgid "The network jitter buffer is not large enough for the current network/audio interface jitter." +msgstr "Nätverksjitterbufferten är inte tillräckligt stor för det aktuella jitter i nätverket/ljudgränssnittet." + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 +msgid "The sound card's buffer delay (buffer size) is too small (see Settings window)." +msgstr "Ljudkortets buffertfördröjning (buffertstorlek) är för liten (se fönstret Inställningar)." + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 +msgid "The upload or download stream rate is too high for your internet bandwidth." +msgstr "Uppladdnings- eller nedladdningshastigheten är för hög för din internetbandbredd." + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:53 +msgid "The CPU of the Client or server is at 100%." +msgstr "CPU:n för klienten eller servern är på 100%." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input" +msgstr "Inmatning" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:58 +msgid "Shows the level of the two stereo channels for your audio input. Make sure not to clip the input signal to avoid distortions of your sound (the LEDs will indicate clipping when it occurs)." +msgstr "Visar nivån på de två stereokanalerna för din ljudingång. Se till att inte klippa insignalen för att undvika förvrängningar av ditt ljud (lysdioderna indikerar klippning när det inträffar)." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mute Myself button" +msgstr "Knappen Tysta mig" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:62 +msgid "Cuts your audio stream to the server so that you will be able to hear yourself and see your own input levels, but other musicians will not. Be aware that other musicians will not know if you have muted yourself." +msgstr "Klipper din ljudström till servern så att du kan höra dig själv och se dina egna ingångsnivåer, men andra musiker gör det inte. Var medveten om att andra musiker inte kommer att veta om du har tystat dig själv." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:63 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Reverb effect" +msgstr "Reverb effekt" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:69 +msgid "Adds reverb to your local mono audio channel, or to both channels in stereo mode. The mono channel selection and the reverberation level can be modified. For example, if a microphone signal is fed in to the right audio channel of the sound card and a reverb effect needs to be applied, set the channel selector to the right and move the fader upwards until the desired reverb level is reached." +msgstr "Lägger till reverb till din lokala monoljudkanal, eller till båda kanalerna i stereoläge. Valet av monokanal och efterklangsnivån kan ändras. Till exempel, om en mikrofonsignal matas in till höger ljudkanal på ljudkortet och en efterklangseffekt behöver appliceras, ställ kanalväljaren åt höger och flytta fadern uppåt tills önskad efterklangsnivå uppnås." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Chat" +msgstr "Chatt" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75 +msgid "Opens the chat window. Text entered is sent to all connected Clients. If a new chat message arrives and the Chat dialogue is not already open, it will open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound alert when a new chat message is received." +msgstr "Öppnar chattfönstret. Inmatad text skickas till alla anslutna klienter. Om ett nytt chattmeddelande kommer och chattdialogen inte redan är öppen, öppnas den automatiskt för alla klienter. Se Inställningar om du vill aktivera en ljudvarning när ett nytt chattmeddelande tas emot." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Connect/disconnect button" +msgstr "Anslut/koppla från-knapp" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:81 +msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session. You can also open the dialogue using \"File>Connection Setup...\". This will leave you connected to any current session until you join another." +msgstr "Öppnar en dialogruta där du kan välja en server att ansluta till. Om du är ansluten avslutas sessionen genom att trycka på den här knappen. Du kan också öppna dialogen med \"File>Connection Setup...\". Detta kommer att lämna dig ansluten till en aktuell session tills du går med i en annan." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" +msgstr "
\"Skärmdump
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 +msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." +msgstr "Fönstret Anslutningsinställningar visar en lista över tillgängliga servrar tillsammans med deras \"avstånd\" (i termer av pingtid), antalet passagerare och det maximala antalet som stöds, och serverns givna plats. Permanenta servrar (de som har varit listade i mer än 24 timmar) visas i fet stil." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:88 +msgid "Click on the Server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name." +msgstr "Klicka på den server du vill ansluta till och tryck på knappen Anslut för att ansluta till den. Alternativt kan du dubbelklicka på servernamnet." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92 +msgid "Server operators register their servers with Directories. These are either genre-specific or for any genre, or additional [custom entries](#custom-directories). Use the Directory dropdown to select a genre. You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied Servers, enter a \"#\" character. If you choose \"Show All Musicians\" the current occupants will be shown." +msgstr "Serveroperatörer registrerar sina servrar med kataloger. Dessa är antingen genrespecifika eller för vilken genre som helst, eller ytterligare [anpassade poster](#custom-directories). Använd rullgardinsmenyn Katalog för att välja en genre. Du kan filtrera listan efter servernamn eller plats. För att lista endast upptagna servrar, ange ett \"#\"-tecken. Om du väljer \"Visa alla musiker\" kommer de aktuella passagerarna att visas." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:98 +msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private Server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +msgstr "Om du känner till IP-adressen eller URL:en för en privat server kan du ansluta till den med hjälp av fältet Servernamn/adress. Ett valfritt portnummer kan läggas till efter adressen med ett kolon som avgränsare, t.ex. `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Observera att IPv6-adresser måste vara helt omgivna av hakparenteser, till exempel `[::1]:22124`.) Fältet kommer också att visa en lista över de senast använda serveradresserna. Knappen som följer efter fältet gör att den aktuella posten kan tas bort från listan." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server audio mixer" +msgstr "Server ljudmixer" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:102 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Bild
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 +msgid "The audio mixer screen shows each user connected to the server (including yourself). The faders allow you to adjust the level of what you hear without affecting what others hear." +msgstr "Ljudmixerskärmen visar varje användare som är ansluten till servern (inklusive dig själv). Faders låter dig justera nivån på det du hör utan att påverka vad andra hör." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 +msgid "The VU meter shows the input level at the server - that is, the sound being sent." +msgstr "VU-mätaren visar ingångsnivån på servern - det vill säga ljudet som skickas." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109 +msgid "If you have set your Audio Channel to Stereo or Stereo Out in your Settings, you will also see a pan control (shift-click to reset)." +msgstr "Om du har ställt in din ljudkanal på Stereo eller Stereo Out i dina inställningar, kommer du också att se en panoreringskontroll (skift-klicka för att återställa)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 +msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear you. Either they have muted you, soloed one or more users not including you, or have set your fader in their mix to zero." +msgstr "Om du ser en \"tyst\"-ikon ovanför en användare betyder det att personen inte kan höra dig. Antingen har de stängt av dig, solo en eller flera användare som inte inkluderar dig, eller har satt din fader i deras mix till noll." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 +msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu." +msgstr "Användare visas vanligtvis från vänster till höger i den ordning som de ansluter. Du kan istället sortera efter namn, instrument, grupp eller stad med hjälp av menyn Visa." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 +msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." +msgstr "Om serveroperatören har aktiverat inspelning kommer du att se ett meddelande ovanför mixern som visar att du håller på att spelas in." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Grp button" +msgstr "Grp-knapp" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 +msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." +msgstr "Du kan gruppera användare med \"grupp\"-växeln. Om du flyttar fadern för någon medlem i gruppen kommer de andra fadersna i den gruppen att flyttas lika mycket. Du kan isolera en kanal från gruppen tillfälligt med skift-klick-dra. Upp till 8 grupper kan definieras." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mute button" +msgstr "Mute-knapp" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 +msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." +msgstr "Förhindrar att användare hörs i din lokala mix. Var medveten om att när du tystar någon, kommer de att se en \"avstängd\" ikon ovanför din fader för att indikera att du inte kan höra dem. Observera också att du kommer att fortsätta att se deras VU-mätare röra sig om ljudet från den avstängda användaren når servern. Din faderposition för dem påverkas inte heller." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 +msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." +msgstr "Observera att om du tystar din **egen** kanal bara betyder det att du inte kommer att höra din signal från servern (och det rekommenderas inte eftersom det kan leda till att du blir otidsenlig med andra spelare). Detta är därför inte samma sak som att använda \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Solo button" +msgstr "Soloknapp" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129 +msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." +msgstr "Låter dig höra en eller flera användare på egen hand. De som inte är solo kommer att stängas av. Observera också att de personer som inte är ensamma kommer att se en \"dämpad\" ikon ovanför din fader." + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Inställningar" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "My Profile" +msgstr "Min profil" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 +msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." +msgstr "Från menyn Inställningar, välj \"Min profil...\" för att ställa in ditt Alias/namn som visas under din fader i serverns ljudmixerkort." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Bild
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 +msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" +msgstr "Om du ställer in ett instrument och/eller land, kommer även ikoner för dessa val att visas under din fader. Färdighetsinställningen ändrar bakgrundsfärgen för fader-taggen och stadsposten visas i verktygstipset för fader-taggen:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Bild
\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Skin" +msgstr "Skal" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 +msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." +msgstr "Detta applicerar ett skal på huvudfönstret, varav några är designade för att rymma större ensembler." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Meter style" +msgstr "Ljudmätarstil" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 +msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." +msgstr "Detta ändrar ljudmätarnas visuella stil, oberoende av vald skal." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mixer rows" +msgstr "Mixerrader" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 +msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." +msgstr "Detta ställer in antalet rader som visas i serverljudmixern, för användning med större ensembler." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Alerts" +msgstr "Ljudvarningar" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 +msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." +msgstr "Detta aktiverar en ljudvarning när någon ansluter sig till en server eller när du tar emot ett nytt chattmeddelande." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio/Network Setup" +msgstr "Ljud/nätverksinställningar" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Bild
\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Device" +msgstr "Ljudenhet" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 +msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." +msgstr "Under Windows operativsystem kan ASIO-drivrutinen (ljudkortet) väljas med Jamulus. Om den valda ASIO-drivrutinen inte är giltig visas ett felmeddelande och den föregående giltiga drivrutinen väljs. Under macOS kan ingångs- och utgångshårdvaran väljas." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input/output channel mapping" +msgstr "Ingångs-/utgångskanalmappning" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Bild
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." +msgstr "Om den valda ljudkortsenheten erbjuder mer än en ingångs- eller utgångskanal, är inställningarna _Input Channel Mapping och Output Channel Mapping_ synliga. För varje Jamulus ingångs-/utgångskanal (vänster och höger kanal) kan en annan verklig ljudkortskanal väljas." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio channels" +msgstr "Ljudkanaler" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 +msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." +msgstr "Väljer antalet ljudkanaler som ska användas för kommunikation mellan klient och server." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" +msgstr "**Obs**: Det är bättre att köra separata klientinstanser per röst/instrument, där varje klient har sin egen ini-fil, istället för att använda detta inbyggda monopar till stereomixer.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +msgid "There are three modes available:" +msgstr "Det finns tre tillgängliga lägen:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" +msgstr "**Mono** och **Stereo**-lägen använder en respektive två ljudkanaler.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" +"the two input signals can be mixed to one mono channel but the server mix is heard in stereo.\n" +msgstr "" +"**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: Ljudsignalen som skickas till servern är mono men retursignalen är stereo. Detta är användbart om ljudkortet har instrumentet på en ingångskanal och mikrofonen på den andra. Isåfall\n" +"de två ingångssignalerna kan mixas till en monokanal men servermixen hörs i stereo.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 +msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." +msgstr "Aktivering av stereoläge ökar din streams datahastighet. Se till att din uppladdningshastighet inte överstiger den tillgängliga uppladdningshastigheten för din internetanslutning." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 +msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." +msgstr "I stereostreamingläge kommer inget val av ljudkanal för efterklangseffekten att vara tillgängligt i huvudfönstret eftersom effekten appliceras på båda kanalerna i detta fall." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio quality" +msgstr "Ljudkvalité" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 +msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." +msgstr "Ju högre ljudkvalitet, desto högre datahastighet för din ljudström. Se till att din uppladdningshastighet inte överstiger den tillgängliga uppladdningshastigheten för din internetanslutning." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Buffer Delay" +msgstr "Buffertfördröjning" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203 +msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" +msgstr "Buffertfördröjningsinställningen är en grundläggande inställning av Jamulus-programvaran. Denna inställning påverkar många anslutningsegenskaper. Tre buffertstorlekar stöds:" + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." +msgstr "**64 samples** Ger den lägsta latensen men fungerar inte med alla ljudkort." + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." +msgstr "**128 samples** Den föredragna inställningen. Bör fungera för de flesta tillgängliga ljudkort." + +#. type: Bullet: '- ' +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 +msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." +msgstr "**256 samples** Bör endast användas på mycket långsamma datorer eller med en långsam internetanslutning." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." +msgstr "Vissa ljudkortsdrivrutiner tillåter inte att buffertfördröjningen ändras från Jamulus-programvaran. I det här fallet är buffertfördröjningsinställningen inaktiverad och måste ändras med ljudkortsdrivrutinen. I Windows, tryck på ASIO Setup-knappen för att öppna panelen för drivrutinsinställningar." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 +msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." +msgstr "På Linux: - när du använder JACK, använd `QJackCtl` för att ändra buffertstorleken och starta om JACK; - när du använder PipeWires JACK-server, ändra PipeWires Quantum-parameter med sina egna konfigurationsverktyg." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 +msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." +msgstr "Den faktiska buffertfördröjningen påverkar anslutningsstatusen, den aktuella uppladdningshastigheten och den totala fördröjningen. Ju lägre buffertstorlek, desto högre är sannolikheten för ett rött ljus i statusindikatorn (bortfall) och desto högre uppladdningshastighet och desto lägre är den totala fördröjningen." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 +msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." +msgstr "Buffertinställningen är därför en kompromiss mellan ljudkvalitet och total fördröjning." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jitter Buffer" +msgstr "Jitterbuffert" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 +msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." +msgstr "Jitterbufferten kompenserar för nätverks- och ljudkorts timingjitter. Storleken på bufferten påverkar kvaliteten på ljudströmmen (hur många bortfall som inträffar) och den totala fördröjningen (ju längre buffert, desto högre fördröjning)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 +msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." +msgstr "Du kan ställa in jitterbuffertens storlek manuellt för din lokala klient och fjärrservern. För den lokala jitterbufferten indikeras bortfall i ljudströmmen av ljuset under jitterbuffertstorleksfadarna. Om lampan övergår till rött har ett buffertöverskridande/underskridande skett och ljudströmmen avbryts." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 +msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." +msgstr "Inställningen av jitterbuffert är därför en kompromiss mellan ljudkvalitet och total fördröjning." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 +msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." +msgstr "Om Auto-inställningen är aktiverad, ställs jitterbuffertarna för din lokala klient och fjärrservern in automatiskt baserat på mätningar av nätverket och ljudkortets timingjitter. Om den automatiska kontrollen är aktiverad, är jitterbuffertstorleksfadarna inaktiverade (de kan inte flyttas med musen)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Small Network Buffers" +msgstr "Små nätverksbuffertar" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 +msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." +msgstr "Tillåter stöd för mycket små nätverksljudpaket. Dessa används endast om ljudkortets buffertfördröjning är mindre än 128 sampel. Ju mindre nätverksbuffertar, desto lägre ljudfördröjning. Men samtidigt ökar nätverksbelastningen och sannolikheten för ljudavbrott ökar också (särskilt om din nätverksanslutning har något betydande jitter). Försök att aktivera det här alternativet om du lider av hög latens eller dålig ljudkvalitet. Men att hålla den inaktiverad innebär normalt bättre ljudkvalitet." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Audio Stream Rate" +msgstr "Ljudströmningshastighet" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 +msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." +msgstr "Beror på aktuell ljudpaketstorlek och komprimeringsinställning. Se till att uppströmshastigheten inte är högre än din tillgängliga internetuppladdningshastighet (kontrollera detta med en tjänst som [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Advanced Setup" +msgstr "Avancerade inställningar" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"Bild
\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Custom Directories" +msgstr "Anpassade kataloger" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 +msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +msgstr "Om du behöver lägga till andra katalogadresser än de inbyggda kan du göra det här. Om du känner till IP-adressen eller värdnamnet för en anpassad katalog kan du ansluta till den med hjälp av fältet Servernamn/adress. Ett valfritt portnummer kan läggas till efter adressen med ett kolon som avgränsare, t.ex. `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Observera att IPv6 för närvarande inte stöds för kataloger.) Knappen som följer efter fältet gör att den aktuella posten kan tas bort från listan." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#, no-wrap +msgid "New Client Level" +msgstr "Ny klientnivå" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" +"to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of\n" +"that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\".\n" +msgstr "" +"Den här inställningen definierar fadernivån för en nyligen ansluten klient i procent. Om en ny användare ansluter\n" +"till den aktuella servern kommer de att få den angivna initiala fadernivån om ingen annan fadernivå från en tidigare anslutning av\n" +"den användaren var redan lagrad. Du kan ställa in alla användare på en upptagen server till denna nivå genom att använda Redigera > \"Ställ in alla faders till ny klientnivå\".\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input Boost" +msgstr "Inmatnings boost" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 +msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." +msgstr "Ökar din gain från din enhet. Använd detta om din enhet ger en förstärkning som är för tyst för Jamulus." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Feedback Protection" +msgstr "Återkopplingsskydd" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 +msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." +msgstr "Försöker att upptäcka ljudåterkopplingsslingor eller högt brus under de första tre sekunderna efter att du anslutit till en server. När den har upptäckts kommer den här funktionen att visa ett meddelande och aktivera knappen \"Stäng av mig själv\" för att stänga av dig i din egen mix.Feedback-skydd." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Input Balance" +msgstr "Ingångsbalans" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 +msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." +msgstr "Styr de relativa nivåerna för vänster och höger lokala ljudkanaler. För en monosignal fungerar den som en panorering mellan de två kanalerna. Till exempel, om en mikrofon är ansluten till den högra ingångskanalen och ett instrument är anslutet till den vänstra ingångskanalen som är mycket starkare än mikrofonen, flytta ljudfadern för att öka den relativa volymen för mikrofonen." + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Menu commands" +msgstr "Menykommandon" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 +#, no-wrap +msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +msgstr "Arkiv > Ladda/spara inställning av mixerkanaler" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284 +msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." +msgstr "Du kan spara och återställa mixen du har för dina bandrepetitioner (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) och ladda dessa när som helst (även när du spelar). Laddar kan också göras genom att dra/släppa till mixerfönstret." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " +msgstr "Ändra > Autojustera alla faders " + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 +msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." +msgstr "Tillämpar en engångsfaderinställning för varje kanal beroende på dess volym. Användbar för stora ensembler för att få en rimlig övergripande mix, även om individuella justeringar fortfarande kan vara nödvändiga. Appliceras bäst under en uppvärmning eller en enhetlig del av musikstycket." + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Backing up Jamulus" +msgstr "Säkerhetskopiera Jamulus" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * Du kan spara och ladda olika mixerinställningar med [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) och lagra dessa filer var du vill." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" +msgstr "**Obs för macOS-användare:** Från och med Jamulus 3.8.1 har vi ett signerat installationsprogram. Detta kommer att lagra inställningarna i \n" + +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 +#, no-wrap +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Command Line Options" +msgstr "Kommandoradsalternativ" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." +msgstr "De vanligaste funktionerna i Jamulus kan ställas in med hjälp av GUI, men dessa och andra kan också ställas in med alternativ som ges i ett terminalfönster. Exakt hur du gör detta beror på ditt operativsystem." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#, no-wrap +msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" +msgstr "Till exempel i Windows, för att använda en specifik inställningsfil, högerklicka på Jamulus-genvägen och välj \"Egenskaper\" > Mål. Lägg till de nödvändiga argumenten till Jamulus.exe:\n" + +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#, no-wrap +msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" +msgstr " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310 +msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" +msgstr "För macOS, starta ett terminalfönster och kör Jamulus med önskade alternativ så här:" + +#. type: Fenced code block (shell) +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311 +#, no-wrap +msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" +msgstr " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318 +msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling the Client via API" +msgstr "Styra klienten via API" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 +msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." +msgstr "Förutom CLI kan Jamulus styras med hjälp av ett API. Detta är fördelaktigt för avancerade användningsfall - till exempel där det inte finns något GUI eller en annan applikation behöver interagera med Jamulus. Observera att API:et fortfarande är experimentellt. Information om [JSON-RPC API finns i huvudarkivet](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4a10e6f80 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -0,0 +1,356 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-06 18:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "sv-SE" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" +msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: title +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Tips, Tricks and More" +msgstr "Råd, dåd och mer" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:8 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Tips & Tricks" +msgstr "Råd & dåd" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:12 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Table of contents\n" +msgstr "Innehållsförteckning\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:19 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\n" +msgstr "
\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Learning about remote band rehearsing" +msgstr "Lära sig om fjärrbandrepetitioner" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:23 +msgid "Jamulus user [Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/) has compiled a massive amount of information relating to [Remote Band Rehearsals](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1smcvsxdaaViPQvGMQHmah_6BQeqowhmGSFMHfnlY2FI/) (Google doc), which covers topics such as hardware and software configuration including examples and advice for newcomers to the field. He also includes a section on Jamulus in comparison to other solutions." +msgstr "Jamulus-användaren [Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profile/) har sammanställt en stor mängd information relaterad till [fjärrbandrepetitioner](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1smcvsxdaaViPQvGMQHmah_6BQeqowhmGSFMHfnlY2FI/) (Google-dokument), som täcker ämnen som hårdvaru- och mjukvarukonfiguration, inklusive exempel och råd för nybörjare inom området. Han inkluderar också en sektion om Jamulus i jämförelse med andra lösningar." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using the Jamulus Client" +msgstr "Använda Jamulusklienten" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Have an undisturbed session on any Server" +msgstr "Ha en ostörd session på vilken server som helst" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:29 +msgid "You can have an undisturbed session with other people on any Server by simply soloing each other. You will then not be able to hear anyone else if they enter your Server." +msgstr "Du kan ha en ostörd session med andra personer på vilken server som helst genom att helt enkelt soloa varandra. Du kommer då inte att kunna höra någon annan som ansluter till din server." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:31 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**NOTE:** This does not stop people from hearing you, using the chat function, or seeing your profile information.\n" +msgstr "**OBS:** Detta hindrar inte andra från att höra dig, använda chattfunktionen eller se din profilinformation.\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" +msgstr "Använda Jamulus-ljud i Zoom (eller andra) mötesappar" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:35 +msgid "Several users have reported success allowing a \"virtual audience\" for a Jamulus session by using [JACK audio](https://jackaudio.org) to route the Jamulus signal through JackRouter to the target application (in this case, Zoom meetings)." +msgstr "Flera användare har rapporterat framgång genom att tillåta en \"virtuell publik\" för en Jamulus-session genom att använda [JACK audio](https://jackaudio.org) för att dirigera Jamulus-signalen genom JackRouter till målapplikationen (i det här fallet Zoom-möten)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:37 +msgid "You can also use [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) for Windows or [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) for macOS to route the Jamulus output to multiple destinations, for example to your headphones and the meeting application at the same time." +msgstr "Du kan också använda [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/banana.htm) (Banana) för Windows eller [BlackHole](https://github.com/ExistentialAudio/BlackHole) för macOS för att dirigera Jamulus-utgången till flera destinationer, till exempel till dina hörlurar och mötesapplikationen samtidigt." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" +msgstr "Spela in Jamulus på Windows med Reaper" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:41 +msgid "Jamulus user [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) has written a [guide to recording the output of Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) using the ReaRoute add-on for [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." +msgstr "Jamulus-användaren [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) har skrivit en [guide för att spela in ljudet från Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) med hjälp av ReaRoute-tillägget för [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Sharing song/chord sheets" +msgstr "Dela sång-/ackordblad" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:45 +msgid "Jamulus user [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) has written a system called [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), a web application that allows a \"Jam leader\" to push song sheets (in PDF format) to \"Jammers\" in real time using standard web browsers." +msgstr "Jamulus-användaren [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) har utvecklat ett system kallat [305keepers](https://github.com/keepers305/Song-Sheet-Sharing-Web-Pages), en webapplikation som låter en \"Jam-ledare\" skicka låtblad (i PDF-format) till \"Jammers\" i realtid via vanliga webbläsare." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Client Linux start script" +msgstr "Startskript för Jamulusklienten för Linux" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:49 +msgid "Here's a Linux start script for Jamulus using an old Audigy4 sound card, the large number of available audio faders for which makes it hard to get the correct settings." +msgstr "Här är ett Linux-startskript för Jamulus med ett gammalt Audigy4-ljudkort, det stora antalet tillgängliga ljudfaders gör det svårt att få rätt inställningar." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:51 +msgid "This script therefore includes the most important audio fader settings. The second part of the script deals with the JACK connections. I use Guitarix as my guitar effect processor which I plug in in the JACK audio path." +msgstr "Detta skript innehåller därför de viktigaste ljudfaderinställningarna. Den andra delen av skriptet handlar om JACK-anslutningarna. Jag använder Guitarix som min gitarreffektprocessor som jag kopplar in i JACK-ljudvägen." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:53 +msgid "Finally I start Jamulus automatically connecting to the Directory." +msgstr "Äntligen startar jag Jamulus och ansluter automatiskt till katalogen." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:55 +msgid "Here is the script:" +msgstr "Här är skriptet:" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:57 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" +" amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" +" amixer sset 'Line' playback 60% unmute\n" +" amixer sset 'Audigy Analog/Digital Output Jack' unmute\n" +" amixer sset 'Analog Mix' capture 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'Analog Mix' playback 0%\n" +" amixer sset 'Wave' 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'Master' capture 100% cap\n" +" amixer sset 'Master' playback 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'Master' playback 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'PCM' playback 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'PCM' capture 0%\n" +" guitarix &\n" +" /home/corrados/llcon/Jamulus -c myJamulusServer.domain.com &\n" +" sleep 3\n" +" jack_disconnect system:capture_1 Jamulus:'input left'\n" +" jack_disconnect system:capture_2 Jamulus:'input right'\n" +" jack_connect system:capture_1 gx_head_amp:in_0\n" +" jack_connect gx_head_amp:out_0 gx_head_fx:in_0\n" +" jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_0 Jamulus:'input left'\n" +" jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_1 Jamulus:'input right'\n" +" jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" +" jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" +msgstr "" +" amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" +" amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" +" amixer sset 'Line' playback 60% unmute\n" +" amixer sset 'Audigy Analog/Digital Output Jack' unmute\n" +" amixer sset 'Analog Mix' capture 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'Analog Mix' playback 0%\n" +" amixer sset 'Wave' 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'Master' capture 100% cap\n" +" amixer sset 'Master' playback 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'Master' playback 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'PCM' playback 100%\n" +" amixer sset 'PCM' capture 0%\n" +" guitarix &\n" +" /home/corrados/llcon/Jamulus -c myJamulusServer.domain.com &\n" +" sleep 3\n" +" jack_disconnect system:capture_1 Jamulus:'input left'\n" +" jack_disconnect system:capture_2 Jamulus:'input right'\n" +" jack_connect system:capture_1 gx_head_amp:in_0\n" +" jack_connect gx_head_amp:out_0 gx_head_fx:in_0\n" +" jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_0 Jamulus:'input left'\n" +" jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_1 Jamulus:'input right'\n" +" jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" +" jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" +msgstr "Använder ctrlmidich för MIDI-kontroller" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 +msgid "The volume fader, pan control and mute and solo buttons in the Client's mixer window strips can be controlled using a MIDI controller by using the `--ctrlmidich` parameter (note: only available for use with macOS and Linux using Jamulus version 3.7.0 or higher, and on Windows using the Jamulus version with JACK support). To enable this feature, Jamulus must be launched with `--ctrlmidich`. There is one global MIDI channel parameter (1-16) and two parameters you can set for each item controlled: `offset` and `consecutive CC numbers`. Set the first parameter to the channel you want Jamulus to listen on (0 for all channels) and then specify the items you want to control (f = volume fader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself) with the offset (CC number to start from) and number of consecutive CC numbers. There is one exception that does not require establishing consecutive CC numbers which is the \"Mute Myself\" command - it only requires a single CC number as it is only applied to one's own audio stream. Take the following example:" +msgstr "Volymfader-, pan-kontroll- och mute- och soloknapparna i klientens mixerfönsterremsor kan styras med en MIDI-kontroller genom att använda parametern `--ctrlmidich` (obs: endast tillgänglig för användning med macOS och Linux med Jamulus version 3.7.0 eller högre, och på Windows som använder Jamulus-versionen med JACK-stöd). För att aktivera den här funktionen måste Jamulus startas med `--ctrlmidich`. Det finns en global MIDI-kanalparameter (1-16) och två parametrar du kan ställa in för varje kontrollerad post: `offset` och `konsekutiv CC-nummer`. Ställ in den första parametern på den kanal du vill att Jamulus ska lyssna på (0 för alla kanaler) och ange sedan de objekt du vill styra (f = volymfader; p = pan; m = mute; s = solo; o = mute myself ) med offset (CC-nummer att börja från) och antal på varandra följande CC-nummer. Det finns ett undantag som inte kräver att man upprättar på varandra följande CC-nummer vilket är kommandot \"Mute Myself\" - det kräver bara ett enda CC-nummer eftersom det bara tillämpas på ens egen ljudström. Ta följande exempel:" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:88 +msgid "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich \"1;f0*8;p16*8;s32*8;m48*8;o64\"`" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:90 +msgid "Here, Jamulus listens on MIDI channel 1. Volume fader CC numbers start at 0 and there are 8 of them (so end at CC number 7). Pan controls start at CC number 16 and end at 23; Solo 32 to 39 and Mute 48 to 55. Mute Myself is enabled/disabled by CC number 64." +msgstr "Här lyssnar Jamulus på MIDI-kanal 1. Volymfader-CC-nummer börjar på 0 och det finns 8 av dem (slutar alltså på CC-nummer 7). Panoreringskontrollerna börjar vid CC-nummer 16 och slutar vid 23; Solo 32 till 39 och Mute 48 till 55. Mute Myself är aktiverat/inaktiverat av CC-nummer 64." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" +msgstr "Observera att för att funktionerna som styrs av knappar ska fungera korrekt, behöver din MIDI-kontroller knapparna vara inställda på \"växlingsläge\". Detta betyder att när den trycks för att 'slå på' en kontroll måste den skicka ett MIDI CC-nummer med ett värde >=64, och för att 'stänga av' kontrollen måste den skicka samma CC-nummer med ett värde <64. Du kan läsa din kontrollers manual för att ta reda på hur du ställer in detta.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Note*: Jamulus does not provide feedback on the on/off state of buttons, meaning that your controller must keep track and toggle LEDs (if any) to 'on' or 'off' itself.\n" +msgstr "*Obs*: Jamulus ger ingen feedback om knapparnas på/av-läge, vilket innebär att din handkontroll måste hålla koll och växla lysdioder (om några) till \"på\" eller \"av\" själv.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:96 +msgid "Fader strips in the mixer window are controlled in ascending order from left to right. Continuing with the above example, in strip number 1 (farthest left), the volume fader would be controlled by CC number 0; pan by 16; solo by 32 and mute by 48. As we have specified 8 consecutive controllers for each parameter, this would give us MIDI control over 8 strips (volume, pan, solo and mute in each one) in the mixer window. The next strip would be controlled by 1, 17, 33 and 49, and so forth." +msgstr "Faderremsor i mixerfönstret styrs i stigande ordning från vänster till höger. Om vi fortsätter med exemplet ovan, i remsa nummer 1 (längst till vänster), skulle volymfadern styras av CC nummer 0; panorera med 16; solo med 32 och mute med 48. Eftersom vi har specificerat 8 på varandra följande kontroller för varje parameter, skulle detta ge oss MIDI-kontroll över 8 remsor (volym, panorering, solo och mute i var och en) i mixerfönstret. Nästa remsa skulle styras av 1, 17, 33 och 49, och så vidare." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:98 +msgid "Make sure you connect your MIDI device's output port to the Jamulus MIDI in port (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) or whatever you use for managing connections). In Linux you will need to install and launch a2jmidid so your device shows up in the MIDI tab in Qjackctl." +msgstr "Se till att du ansluter din MIDI-enhets utgångsport till Jamulus MIDI in-porten (QjackCtl (Linux/Windows), MIDI Studio (macOS) eller vad du nu använder för att hantera anslutningar). I Linux måste du installera och starta a2jmidid så att din enhet dyker upp på MIDI-fliken i Qjackctl." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:100 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*Tip*: When you enable MIDI control in Jamulus, each user's name is prepended with a number, with the leftmost user starting at 0, then 1, etc. With default settings, when some users leave and others join, their left-right arrangement in the GUI may cease to follow a numerical order, making it more difficult to know who each physical fader/knob on your MIDI controller corresponds to. In order to keep the fader strips following a numerical order, go to \"View\" on the top menu bar and switch between \"No User Sorting\" and another option and then back again (e.g. type `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O`).\n" +msgstr "*Tips*: När du aktiverar MIDI-kontroll i Jamulus, läggs varje användares namn före med en siffra, där användaren längst till vänster börjar på 0, sedan 1, etc. Med standardinställningar, när vissa användare lämnar och andra går med, deras vänster-höger arrangemanget i GUI kan sluta följa en numerisk ordning, vilket gör det svårare att veta vem varje fysisk fader/ratt på din MIDI-kontroller motsvarar. För att hålla faderremsorna i en numerisk ordning, gå till \"Visa\" på den övre menyraden och växla mellan \"Ingen användarsortering\" och ett annat alternativ och sedan tillbaka igen (t.ex. skriv `Ctrl+N`, `Ctrl+O `).\n" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "For Server admins" +msgstr "För serveradministratörer" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" +msgstr "Konvertera en registrerad server till en oregistrerad server i farten" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 +msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" +msgstr "Du kan köra som en registrerad server tillräckligt länge för att människor ska kunna ansluta och sedan gå till \"privat\" (oregistrerad) genom att ställa in katalogen på \"ingen\" i serverns GUI. Musiker kommer fortfarande att vara anslutna till servern tills de kopplar från. (Tack till [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) för detta tips!)" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Remote management of recordings" +msgstr "Fjärrhantering av inspelningar" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 +msgid "Jamulus user [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) has written a [web-based remote tool](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) for starting and stopping recordings on Linux Servers, allowing you to then download them from your browser. See also [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) by [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), which also includes a Server recording recovery script." +msgstr "Jamulus-användare [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) har skrivit ett [webbaserat fjärrverktyg](https://github.com/vdellamea/jamulus-server-remote) för att starta och stoppa inspelningar på Linux Servrar, så att du sedan kan ladda ner dem från din webbläsare. Se även [Jamulus Jam Exporter](https://github.com/pljones/jamulus-jamexporter) av [pljones](https://github.com/pljones), som också inkluderar ett serverinspelningsåterställningsskript." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Making a Server status page" +msgstr "Skapa en serverstatussida" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 +msgid "With the `-m` command line argument, Server statistics can be generated to be put on a web page." +msgstr "Med kommandoradsargumentet `-m` kan serverstatistik genereras för att läggas på en webbsida." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:116 +msgid "Here is an example php script using the Server status file to display the current Server status on a html page (assuming the following command line argument to be used: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" +msgstr "Här är ett exempel på ett php-skript som använder serverstatusfilen för att visa den aktuella serverstatusen på en html-sida (förutsatt att följande kommandoradsargument ska användas: `-m /var/www/stat1.dat`):" + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" +"\n" +"\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Unregistered-Servers.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3dd33a579 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -0,0 +1,210 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Daniel , 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-24 13:59+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "en" +msgstr "sv-SE" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "wiki" +msgstr "wiki" + +#. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" +msgstr "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" + +#. type: Title # +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:10 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Running an Unregistered Server" +msgstr "Kör en oregistrerad server" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:9 +msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"Mer\" branch1=\"Serveradministration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:13 +msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first**. This will help you tackle general problems before you try unregistered mode." +msgstr "Det rekommenderas starkt att testa din server genom att registrera den på en av de inbyggda katalogerna **först**. Detta hjälper dig att lösa allmänna problem innan du försöker använda oregistrerat läge." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:14 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting up a Server behind a home router" +msgstr "Installera en server bakom en hemmarouter" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:17 +msgid "If you set up your Server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" +msgstr "Om du ställer in din server hemma, behöver du förmodligen ändra några inställningar i din router/brandvägg:" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:18 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Port forwarding" +msgstr "Portvidarebefodran" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:21 +msgid "Normally, people from outside your home network cannot see things inside it. To let external Jamulus Clients connect to your Server, you need to set up port forwarding in your router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help, see your router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." +msgstr "Normalt sett kan personer utanför ditt hemnätverk inte se saker som finns inuti det. För att låta externa Jamulus-klienter ansluta till din server måste du ställa in portvidarebefordran i din routers inställningar. Den exakta inställningen skiljer sig åt för varje router. För hjälp, se din routers dokumentation eller [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** The default port for Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the computer running the Server.\n" +msgstr "**Observera:** Standardporten för Jamulus är **UDP** (inte TCP) port **22124**. Du kommer vanligtvis att vidarebefordra port **22124** från utsidan av ditt nätverk till port **22124** på datorn som kör servern.\n" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Getting the public IP" +msgstr "Hämta den offentliga IP-adressen" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:28 +msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, give them your public IP address. You can [learn your current public IP address using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip). You should connect yourself using the local network address of the computer the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same computer as your Server, the address is `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." +msgstr "För att låta andra ansluta till din server från internet, ge dem din offentliga IP-adress. Du kan [ta reda på din nuvarande offentliga IP-adress med hjälp av Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip). Du bör själv ansluta med den lokala nätverksadressen till den dator som servern körs på. Om du kör en klient på samma dator som din server, är adressen `localhost` eller `127.0.0.1`." + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:30 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" +msgstr "Dynamisk DNS och varför du förmodligen kommer att behöva det" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:33 +msgid "Unless your ISP provides you with a fixed IP address, you may find that your address changes over time. You might want to associate your IP address with a domain name you can share with others that uses \"dynamic DNS\" (DDNS). A \"dynamic DNS\" provider can supply you with the domain name and you keep refreshing your IP address with the provider. Your router might support certain DDNS providers to do this. If this is not the case, the provider will have instructions on how to set up a dynamic DNS client." +msgstr "Om din internetleverantör (ISP) inte ger dig en fast IP-adress, kan du upptäcka att din adress ändras över tid. Du kanske vill koppla din IP-adress till ett domännamn som du kan dela med andra genom att använda \"dynamisk DNS\" (DDNS). En \"dynamisk DNS\"-leverantör kan förse dig med domännamnet, och du håller din IP-adress uppdaterad hos leverantören. Din router kan ha stöd för vissa DDNS-leverantörer för att göra detta. Om så inte är fallet, kommer leverantören att ha instruktioner om hur du ställer in en dynamisk DNS-klient." + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DNS SRV record support" +msgstr "Stöd för DNS SRV-poster" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:37 +msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record." +msgstr "Jamulus-klienter stödjer [DNS SRV-poster (\"service\"-poster)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). Om en klient hittar en SRV-post kopplad till det domännamn som anges i anslutningsfönstret, kommer den att försöka ansluta till värden och porten som anges i SRV-posten. Denna process är liknande HTTP-omdirigering i en webbläsare, men sker mellan Jamulus-klienter och DNS-servern. Jamulus-servern är inte involverad i denna interaktion. Jamulus-servrar lyssnar bara efter anslutningar på den port som anges i SRV-posten." + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Why is this helpful?" +msgstr "Varför är detta användbart?" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:41 +msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record." +msgstr "En Jamulus-klient kan ansluta till en server på en icke-standardport genom att specificera porten som en del av serveradressen. En serveradministratör kanske vill ge användare en enkel adress utan portdetaljer, samtidigt som de kör Jamulus på en icke-standardport. I detta fall kan portinformationen hämtas från en SRV-post." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:43 +msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```." +msgstr "En adress som anges i anslutningsfönstret kan se ut som ```jamulus.example.com```. Om en SRV-post hittas för denna DNS-domän, kommer Jamulus-klienten att försöka ansluta till servern på den värd:port som anges i SRV-posten, till exempel ```jamulus.example.com:12345```." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:45 +msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window." +msgstr "Om inga SRV-poster hittas på DNS-servern kommer en klient att försöka ansluta till servern som specificerat i anslutningsfönstret." + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Creating SRV records" +msgstr "Skapa SRV-poster" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:49 +msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this." +msgstr "SRV-poster skapas av administratören för den domän som används för att vara värd för Jamulus-servern. SRV-posterna läggs till via administrationsportalen (eller API om det finns tillgängligt) för domänens DNS-hostingtjänst. Formatet för SRV-postinmatningen kan variera beroende på DNS-hostingtjänsten, men ser generellt ut ungefär så här." + +#. type: Fenced code block +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:50 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n" +" \n" +" # or, more specifically\n" +" \n" +" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" +msgstr "" +" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV priority weight port target\n" +" \n" +" # eller mer specifikt\n" +" \n" +" _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:59 +#, no-wrap +msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n" +msgstr "**Observera:** Du kan vara värd för många Jamulus-servrar på olika portar på en värd genom att ge varje server sin egen SRV-post.\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:61 +msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record." +msgstr "Se dokumentationen från din DNS-leverantör för instruktioner om hur du skapar en SRV-post." + +#. type: Title #### +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Example use case with SRV records" +msgstr "Exempel på användningsfall med SRV-poster" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:65 +msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below." +msgstr "Detta exempel förutsätter att DNS innehåller en A- eller CNAME-post som löser till ```server1.example.com```, där tre Jamulus-serverinstanser körs, var och en lyssnar på en av de tre portarna som listas nedan." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:67 +msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)." +msgstr "Alternativt kan `server1.example.com` vara en router, NAT-gateway eller lastbalanserare som vidarebefordrar var och en av portarna till en backend Jamulus-server (eller servrar)." + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"| JAMULUS CLIENT | DNS SRV RECORD | JAMULUS SERVER |\n" +"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n" +"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n" +"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n" +"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n" +msgstr "" +"| JAMULUS KLIENT | DNS SRV POSTER | JAMULUS SERVER |\n" +"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n" +"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n" +"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n" +"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:76 +#, no-wrap +msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n" +msgstr "*Det är viktigt att komma ihåg att DNS inte vidarebefordrar anslutningar. Det talar helt enkelt om för Jamulus-klienten vilken offentlig värd:port den ska ansluta till.*\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/copyright.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/copyright.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b6ba1ffb2 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/copyright.po @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer asio +#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ASIO ® compatible - ASIO is a trademark and software of Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" +msgstr "ASIO®-kompatibel - ASIO är ett varumärke och programvara från Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav docs +#: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "This documentation is CC BY-SA" +msgstr "Denna dokumentation är licensierad under CC BY-SA" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/general.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/general.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e2f01429f --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/general.po @@ -0,0 +1,118 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Daniel , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer alt facebook +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Facebook group" +msgstr "Jamulus Facebook grupp" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer alt github +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus GitHub repo" +msgstr "Jamulus GitHub repo" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer alt help +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help and support" +msgstr "Hjälp och support" + +#. type: Hash Value: footer copyright software +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Software by Volker Fischer and contributors - want to get involved?" +msgstr "Mjukvara av Volker Fischer och contributors - vill du engagera dig?" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb by +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "by" +msgstr "av" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb discuss linktitle +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Discuss this content" +msgstr "Diskutera innehållet" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb discuss title +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Comments" +msgstr "Kommentarer" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb kbintro +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Community knowledge base
Feel free to add your own article!" +msgstr "Kunskapsbas för communityn
Tveka inte att lägga till din egen artikel!" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb mainpage +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Knowledge Base overview" +msgstr "Översikt över kunskapsdatabasen" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb navpages +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "More pages" +msgstr "Fler sidor" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb newpage +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Add a new page via GitHub" +msgstr "Skapa ny sida via GutHub" + +#. type: Hash Value: kb readmore +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Read more..." +msgstr "Läsa mer..." + +#. type: Hash Value: kb titleAdd +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "– Jamulus Knowledge Base" +msgstr "– Jamulus kunskapsdatabas" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav altJamulusIcon +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus Icon. Links to homepage" +msgstr "Jamulus ikon. Länk till hemsidan" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav btnOpenNavigation +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Open navigation" +msgstr "Öppna navigering" + +#. type: Hash Value: tNoJSEnabled +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Your browser has JavaScript disabled. That's totally fine. This site has been designed to provide basic functionality without JS. Enabling JavaScript may give you additional functionality on this site." +msgstr "Din webbläsare har JavaScript inaktiverat. Det är helt okej. Denna webbplats är utformad för att ge grundläggande funktionalitet utan JavaScript. Genom att aktivera JavaScript kan du få tillgång till ytterligare funktioner på webbplatsen." + +#. type: Hash Value: wiki titleAdd +#: ../wiki/en/misc/general.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "– Jamulus Website" +msgstr "– Jamulus websida" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/navigation.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5f3510fc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/sv-SE/navigation.po @@ -0,0 +1,166 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# Daniel , 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 11:10+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Daniel \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: sv-SE\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Setting Up" +msgstr "Komma igång" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "Windows" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Windows" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "macOS" +msgstr "macOS" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Macintosh" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "Linux" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems subsubfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" +msgstr "/wiki/Installation-for-Linux" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Getting-Started" +msgstr "/wiki/Getting-Started" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "User Manual" +msgstr "Användarmanual" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Software-Manual" +msgstr "/wiki/Software-Manual" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "FAQ" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/FAQ" +msgstr "/wiki/FAQ" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Felsökning" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" +msgstr "/wiki/Client-Troubleshooting" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav title +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Using Jamulus" +msgstr "Använda Jamulus" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Server Manual" +msgstr "Servermanual" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Running-a-Server" +msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Tips & Tricks" +msgstr "Råd & dåd" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" +msgstr "/wiki/Tips-Tricks-More" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Community Knowledge Base" +msgstr "Kunskapsbas för communityn" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems selectOnLayout +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "post" +msgstr "post" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/kb/index.html" +msgstr "/kb/index.html" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Privacy Statement" +msgstr "Integritetspolicy" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" +msgstr "/wiki/Privacy-Statement" + +#. type: Hash Value: nav title +#: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "More" +msgstr "Mer" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/1-index.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fafeaef89 --- /dev/null +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/1-index.po @@ -0,0 +1,242 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# yangyangdaji , 2022. +# Jason Li , 2023. +# "White Night(SZTU)" <127086499+WhiteNight-SZTU@users.noreply.github.com>, 2023. +# Temparo , 2024. +# Colgrave , 2024. +# Gary Wang , 2024. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2024. +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 00:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" + +#. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) +#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:1 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"---\n" +"title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"lang: \"en\"\n" +"permalink: /\n" +"layout: mainhomepage\n" +"ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" +"ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" +"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" +"mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" +"mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" +"mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" +"mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" +"---\n" +"[//]: # Markdown sections should not be indented, otherwise they are treated as code blocks.\n" +msgstr "" +"---\n" +"title: \"Jamulus - 与朋友一起免费的在线演奏音乐。\"\n" +"lang: \"zh-CN\"\n" +"permalink: /\n" +"layout: mainhomepage\n" +"ldjAppCategory: \"音乐\"\n" +"ldjSlogan: \"与朋友一起免费的在线演奏音乐。\"\n" +"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer 和贡献者\"\n" +"metadescription: \"Jamulus是一款免费开源软件，可让音乐家通过互联网实时一起演奏音乐、排练或即兴演奏\"\n" +"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus 图标\"\n" +"mTSlogan: \" 与朋友一起免费的在线演奏音乐。\"\n" +"mTGetStartedNow: \"现在就开始吧！\"\n" +"mTDownloadNow: '现在下载'\n" +"mTPlatformsAnd: '和'\n" +"mTOtherPlatforms: '其他平台'\n" +"---\n" +"[//]: # Markdown 部分不应缩进，否则会被视为代码块。\n" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:21 +#, no-wrap +msgid "What is Jamulus?" +msgstr "什么是 Jamulus？" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" +msgstr "Jamulus 让您的朋友、乐队或您在网上找到的任何人一起演奏、排练或即兴演奏。用普通宽带连接上提供高品质、低延迟的声音，可以轻松地远程及时地一起播放。 [从这里下载](wiki/Getting-Started)\n" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus is international" +msgstr "Jamulus 是国际化的" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Jamulus worldwide" +msgstr "世界各地的 Jamulus" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons, in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" +msgstr "在世界各地，Jamulus 允许合唱团排练、摇滚乐队演奏，并将民间音乐家和古典音乐家聚集在一起。它被用于远程音乐课程，在学校和大学，在私人和公共场合——所有这些都是在互联网上实时进行的，就像您亲临现场一样。\n" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Help needed?" +msgstr "需要帮助？" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Check out the [documentation](wiki/Getting-Started) and consider the [troubleshooting section](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" +"You can also ask on the [forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions).\n" +msgstr "" +"查看[文档](wiki/Getting-Started)并考虑[故障排除](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)!\n" +"你也可以在[论坛](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions)上提问.\n" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:53 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Want to get involved?" +msgstr "想参与其中吗？" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is [free and open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensed under the [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) you can help us!" +msgstr "新想法？发现 bug ？想贡献一些代码或帮助[翻译](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus 成您的语言？由于 Jamulus 是根据 [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) 许可的 [自由和开放源码软件](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) ，您可以帮助我们！" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:58 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Take a look at our [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) to find out how. Everybody is welcome!" +msgstr "请查看我们的[贡献指南](wiki/Contribution)，了解如何贡献。我们欢迎所有人！" + +#. type: Content of:

+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:60 +#, no-wrap +msgid "_For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see [this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" +msgstr "_有关 Jamulus 工作原理的详细信息，请参阅 [Volker Fischer 撰写的本文 (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._\n" + +#. type: Content of:
+#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.md:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" +msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "Download it here" +#~ msgstr "在这里下载" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " Check out the " +#~ msgstr " 查看 " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "documentation" +#~ msgstr "文档" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " and consider the " +#~ msgstr " ，考虑 " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "troubleshooting section" +#~ msgstr "故障排除部分" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " You can also ask on the " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "!\n" +#~ " 您也可以在 " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "forums" +#~ msgstr "论坛" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ ".\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ ".\n" +#~ " " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " +#~ msgstr " 想法？发现错误？想贡献一些代码或帮助？ " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "translating" +#~ msgstr "翻译" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " +#~ msgstr " Jamulus 到你的语言？由于 Jamulus 是 " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "free and open source software" +#~ msgstr "免费和开源软件" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " +#~ msgstr " (FOSS) 许可下 " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "GPL" +#~ msgstr "GPL" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid ", you can help us!" +#~ msgstr "，你可以帮助我们！" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " Take a look at our " +#~ msgstr " 看看我们的 " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "contribution guidelines" +#~ msgstr "贡献指南" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "" +#~ " to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" +#~ " " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " 找出原因。每个人都欢迎!\n" +#~ " " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " +#~ msgstr " 如果想要了解关于 Jamulus 如何工作的细节信息，请看 " + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" +#~ msgstr "Volker Fischer 的这篇论文 (PDF)" + +#, no-wrap +#~ msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " +#~ msgstr " 有关 Jamulus 如何破解时空连续体以产生近乎完美的第五维协作声音的详细信息，请参阅 " diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Client-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Client-Troubleshooting.po similarity index 88% rename from _translator-files/po/zh_CN/Client-Troubleshooting.po rename to _translator-files/po/zh-CN/Client-Troubleshooting.po index 6c25a8438..f1748e33a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Client-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Client-Troubleshooting.po @@ -3,26 +3,27 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 09:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:1 @@ -50,47 +51,43 @@ msgstr "故障排除" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:10 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:12 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "
" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:14 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "Table of contents" +#, no-wrap msgid "Table of contents\n" -msgstr "目录" +msgstr "目录\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:17 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" -msgstr "{:toc}" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:19 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "
" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:20 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Don’t hear any sound/Others don’t hear you?" -msgstr "### 没有听到任何声音/其他人没有听到你的声音？" +msgstr "没有听到任何声音/其他人没有听到你的声音？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:23 @@ -105,10 +102,9 @@ msgstr "**Windows 用户 (ASIO4ALL)**:如果您使用的是 ASIO4ALL 驱动程 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:26 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Not seeing the headphone or microphone you just connected to your PC?" -msgstr "### 没有看到您刚刚连接到 PC 的耳机或麦克风？" +msgstr "没有看到您刚刚连接到 PC 的耳机或麦克风？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:29 @@ -117,10 +113,9 @@ msgstr "只需在设备接通电源的情况下重新启动 Jamulus。Jamulus #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:30 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Your sound is stuttering" +#, no-wrap msgid "Your sound is stuttering" -msgstr "### 你的声音断断续续" +msgstr "你的声音断断续续" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:33 @@ -129,10 +124,9 @@ msgstr "您的音频设备可能无法使用您选择的缓冲区大小。在 Ja #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:34 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" +#, no-wrap msgid "You all sound OK, but it's difficult to keep together" -msgstr "### 你们听起来都不错，但很难保持在一起" +msgstr "你们听起来都不错，但很难保持在一起" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:37 @@ -182,10 +176,9 @@ msgstr "请注意，虽然收听服务器的信号将确保您与其他音乐家 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:51 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Can't work out your mic settings?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Can't work out your mic settings?" -msgstr "### 无法确定您的麦克风设置？" +msgstr "无法确定您的麦克风设置？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:54 @@ -194,10 +187,9 @@ msgstr "在演奏其他乐器时使用麦克风时，您可以在设置中使用 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:55 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Buffer LEDs suddenly going red, outages, [jittering](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter), weird sounds?" -msgstr "### 缓冲区 LED 突然变红、断电、[抖动](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter)、奇怪的声音？" +msgstr "缓冲区 LED 突然变红、断电、[抖动](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jitter)、奇怪的声音？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:58 @@ -206,10 +198,9 @@ msgstr "您的计算机可能负载过大。尽量不要在您的机器上与 Ja #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:59 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" +#, no-wrap msgid "Ping times and latency start well, then get worse, causing issues" -msgstr "### Ping 时间和延迟开始良好，然后变得更糟，导致问题" +msgstr "Ping 时间和延迟开始良好，然后变得更糟，导致问题" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:62 @@ -218,10 +209,9 @@ msgstr "这可能表明有其他东西在你的网络上与 Jamulus 竞争，所 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:63 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Getting frustrated with software channels, audio routing, sample rates and more?" -msgstr "### 对软件通道、音频路由、采样率等感到沮丧？" +msgstr "对软件通道、音频路由、采样率等感到沮丧？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:66 @@ -230,10 +220,9 @@ msgstr "拥有一个 [混音台](https://www.thomann.de/pics/bdb/191244/7355025_ #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:67 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Somebody joining your jam and being too loud?" -msgstr "### 有人加入你的乐队，声音太大了吗?" +msgstr "有人加入你的乐队，声音太大了吗?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:70 @@ -242,10 +231,9 @@ msgstr "您可以将“新客户端级别”设置为较低的值(例如 10)， #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:71 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Can't see the Server you want to join?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Can't see the Server you want to join?" -msgstr "### 看不到你想加入的服务器？" +msgstr "看不到你想加入的服务器？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:74 @@ -254,10 +242,9 @@ msgstr "首先检查您是否在“连接”窗口中选择了正确的流派服 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:75 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Not seeing a list of Servers at all?" -msgstr "### 根本看不到服务器列表？" +msgstr "根本看不到服务器列表？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:78 @@ -273,49 +260,48 @@ msgstr "在某些情况下，可能是您的 ISP 阻止了您使用 Jamulus。 #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:81 #, no-wrap msgid "Getting an error message saying \"Jamulus\" can't be opened because the developer cannot be verified" -msgstr "" +msgstr "收到错误消息，提示“无法打开 \"Jamulus\"，因为无法验证开发者" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:84 msgid "If you are using a \"legacy\" version of Jamulus (because you are running an older version of macOS) or an intermediate build, the first time you run Jamulus, you will see a message saying it cannot be opened." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您使用的是 Jamulus 的 \"旧版\" （因为您运行的是旧版 macOS）或中间版本，则第一次运行 Jamulus 时，您将看到一条消息，提示无法打开。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:86 msgid "To open Jamulus" -msgstr "" +msgstr "要打开 Jamulus" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 msgid "Go to the Applications folder via Finder" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过访达前往应用程序文件夹" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 msgid "Double-click on Jamulus and wait for the above-mentioned message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "双击 Jamulus 并等待上述消息" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 msgid "Close this message by clicking on \"Cancel\"" -msgstr "" +msgstr "点击 \"取消\" 关闭此消息" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:91 msgid "Now control-click (or right-click) on Jamulus, and select \"Open\" from the top of the menu." -msgstr "" +msgstr "现在按住 Control 键并点击（或右键单击）Jamulus，然后从菜单顶部选择 \"打开\"。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:93 msgid "You will then get a slightly different version of the same message, which allows you to click \"Open\". From then on, you can run Jamulus in the normal way and the message won't appear. For further information about this warning see [this Apple Support Page](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "然后您将获得同一消息的略有不同的版本，您可以点击“打开”。从那时起，您可以以正常方式运行 Jamulus，并且该消息不会再出现。有关此警告的更多信息，请参阅 此[苹果支持页面](https://support.apple.com/en-gb/guide/mac-help/mh40616/mac) 。" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:94 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Trouble using Garageband (or other DAW) with Jamulus?" -msgstr "### 在 Jamulus 中使用 Garageband(或其他 DAW)时遇到问题？" +msgstr "在 Jamulus 中使用 Garageband (或其他 DAW)时遇到问题？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:97 @@ -324,10 +310,9 @@ msgstr "参见 [本论坛讨论](https://sourceforge.net/p/llcon/discussion/5335 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:98 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Using a Mac and your input is not heard?" -msgstr "### 使用 Mac 并且您的输入没有被听到？" +msgstr "使用 Mac 并且您的输入没有被听到？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:101 @@ -342,6 +327,9 @@ msgid "" "* Go to `Preferences` > `Security & Privacy` > `Privacy` tab\n" "* Find `Microphone` on the left and then make sure `Jamulus` is enabled on the right-hand list\n" msgstr "" +"也许您没有对“Jamulus 想要访问您的麦克风”提示选择“是”。要解决此问题：\n" +"* 转到“首选项”>“安全和隐私”>“隐私”选项卡\n" +"* 在左侧找到“麦克风”，然后确保在右侧列表中启用了“Jamulus”\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Client-Troubleshooting.md:108 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Command-Line-Options.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Command-Line-Options.po similarity index 80% rename from _translator-files/po/zh_CN/Command-Line-Options.po rename to _translator-files/po/zh-CN/Command-Line-Options.po index cfff57cda..f00737e93 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Command-Line-Options.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Command-Line-Options.po @@ -3,24 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-30 06:50+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 13:08+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:1 @@ -42,17 +44,15 @@ msgstr "Jamulus – 命令行选项" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:8 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "# Command Line Options" +#, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" -msgstr "# 命令行选项" +msgstr "命令行选项" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:10 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Shared commands" +#, no-wrap msgid "Shared commands" -msgstr "##共享的命令" +msgstr "共享的命令" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:13 @@ -61,10 +61,9 @@ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:14 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Client only commands" +#, no-wrap msgid "Client only commands" -msgstr "## 仅客户端命令" +msgstr "仅客户端命令" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:17 @@ -73,15 +72,14 @@ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:18 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Server only commands" +#, no-wrap msgid "Server only commands" -msgstr "## 仅服务器命令" +msgstr "仅服务器命令" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Command-Line-Options.md:20 msgid "See [Running a Server](Running-a-Server#server-mode-related-options)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "查看 [运行服务器](Running-a-Server#服务器模式相关选项)" #~ msgid "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" #~ msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Server-Commands.md %}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Contribution.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Contribution.po similarity index 78% rename from _translator-files/po/zh_CN/Contribution.po rename to _translator-files/po/zh-CN/Contribution.po index a4311ec6c..308c2c484 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Contribution.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Contribution.po @@ -3,25 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 23:34+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 02:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:1 @@ -43,24 +44,21 @@ msgstr "贡献" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:8 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "# Contributing to the Jamulus Project" +#, no-wrap msgid "Contributing to the Jamulus Project" -msgstr "# 为 Jamulus 项目做贡献" +msgstr "为 Jamulus 项目做贡献" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:11 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug." +#, no-wrap msgid "If you find a mistake, typo or something out of date (in any language) on this website or in Jamulus itself, you can raise it as a bug.\n" -msgstr "如果您在本网站或 Jamulus 本身中发现错误、拼写错误或过时的内容(任何语言)，您可以 将其提升为错误 。" +msgstr "如果您在本网站或 Jamulus 本身中发现错误、拼写错误或过时的内容(任何语言)，您可以 将其提升为错误 。\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:13 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first." +#, no-wrap msgid "If you think some documentation or information is missing or can be improved, post about it on this forum so it can be discussed first.\n" -msgstr "如果您认为某些文档或信息丢失或可以改进， 在此论坛 上发布相关信息，以便首先讨论。" +msgstr "如果您认为某些文档或信息丢失或可以改进， 在此论坛 上发布相关信息，以便首先讨论。\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:15 @@ -69,10 +67,9 @@ msgstr "我们使用 [Weblate](https://hosted.weblate.org/projects/jamulus/#lang #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:17 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Want to contribute code?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Want to contribute code?" -msgstr "## 想贡献代码？" +msgstr "想贡献代码？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Contribution.md:19 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Directories.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Directories.po similarity index 82% rename from _translator-files/po/zh_CN/Directories.po rename to _translator-files/po/zh-CN/Directories.po index 93ef11e8b..1e1675721 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Directories.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Directories.po @@ -3,25 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 23:34+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 13:08+0000\n" "Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:1 @@ -44,35 +45,29 @@ msgstr "目录" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"更多\" branch1=\"服务器管理\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"更多\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:11 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "# Running a Directory" +#, no-wrap msgid "Running a Directory" -msgstr "# 运行目录" +msgstr "运行目录" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:14 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Types](Running-a-Server#server-types)." msgid "This is a specialised Jamulus Server configuration, as described in [Server Modes](Running-a-Server#server-modes)." -msgstr "这是一个专门的 Jamulus 服务器配置，如 [服务器类型](Running-a-Server#服务器类型) 中所述。" +msgstr "这是一个专门的 Jamulus 服务器配置，如 [服务器模式](Running-a-Server#服务器模式) 中所述。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:16 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them." +#, no-wrap msgid "To view Servers listed by a Custom Directory, users must enter the address of that Directory in their Client's Settings > Advanced Setup > Custom Directories field. Multiple addresses can be added in this way if needed. Custom Directories will then appear in the Directory drop-down list on their Connect window. Custom Directories otherwise work for Clients in the same way as Public Directories, displaying a list of Servers registered with them.\n" -msgstr "要查看自定义目录列出的服务器，用户必须在其客户端的设置 > 高级设置 > 自定义目录字段中输入该目录的地址。如果需要，可以通过这种方式添加多个地址。自定义目录随后将出现在其“连接”窗口的“目录”下拉列表中。自定义目录以与公共目录相同的方式为客户端工作，显示向它们注册的服务器列表。" +msgstr "要查看自定义目录列出的服务器，用户必须在其客户端的设置 > 高级设置 > 自定义目录字段中输入该目录的地址。如果需要，可以通过这种方式添加多个地址。自定义目录随后将出现在其“连接”窗口的“目录”下拉列表中。自定义目录以与公共目录相同的方式为客户端工作，显示向它们注册的服务器列表。\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:18 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryserver` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." msgid "To run a Server as a Directory, it should be started with the `--directoryaddress` option to make itself (that is, `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`) the Directory to query for Servers." -msgstr "要将服务器作为目录运行，它应该使用 `--directoryserver` 选项启动，以使其自身(即 `localhost` 或 `127.0.0.1`)成为查询服务器的目录。" +msgstr "要将服务器作为目录运行，它应该使用 `--directoryaddress` 选项启动，以使其自身(即 `localhost` 或 `127.0.0.1`)成为查询服务器的目录。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:20 @@ -81,10 +76,9 @@ msgstr "使用 GUI 运行服务器时，将“选项”选项卡中的“自定 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:22 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Points to note about Directories" +#, no-wrap msgid "Points to note about Directories" -msgstr "### 关于目录的注意事项" +msgstr "关于目录的注意事项" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Directories.md:25 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/FAQ.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/FAQ.po similarity index 65% rename from _translator-files/po/zh_CN/FAQ.po rename to _translator-files/po/zh-CN/FAQ.po index 24d983ee4..bcb4ceabd 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/FAQ.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/FAQ.po @@ -3,26 +3,27 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 13:08+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:1 @@ -46,44 +47,41 @@ msgstr "常见问题" #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:8 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus FAQ" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus 常见问题解答" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:10 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:12 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "
" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:14 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "Table of contents" +#, no-wrap msgid "Table of contents\n" -msgstr "目录" +msgstr "目录\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:17 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" -msgstr "{:toc}" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:19 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "
" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:21 @@ -93,17 +91,14 @@ msgstr "**有关使用 Jamulus 时的常见问题及其解决方案，请参阅 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:23 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Is there a metronome, synchronization, or some other way of keeping in time?" -msgstr "### 是否有节拍器、同步或其他保持时间的方式？" +msgstr "是否有节拍器、同步或其他保持时间的方式？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:26 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want to have a time signal, then there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." msgid "No. Musicians on a Jamulus Server play in real time together as they would in person. If you want a time signal, there are shared metronome solutions on the Internet you can try. But it’s probably best to just minimise latency so nobody has an overall delay more than about 30-50 ms." -msgstr "不会。Jamulus 服务器上的音乐家可以实时一起演奏，就像他们亲自演奏一样。如果你想有时间信号，那么网上有共享节拍器的解决方案你可以试试。但最好只是尽量减少延迟，这样就没有人有超过 30-50 毫秒的整体延迟。" +msgstr "不是的。在 Jamulus 服务器上的音乐家们实时一起演奏，就像他们当面演奏一样。如果您想要一个时间信号，互联网上有共享节拍器的解决方案您可以尝试。但可能最好的方法是尽量减少延迟，这样没有人的整体延迟超过约 30 - 50 毫秒。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:28 @@ -112,10 +107,9 @@ msgstr "还请记住，所有参与者都应遵循 [黄金法则](/wiki/Client-T #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:29 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" +#, no-wrap msgid "How do I know if I can join a Server? Are there rules?" -msgstr "### 我如何知道我是否可以加入服务器？有规则吗？" +msgstr "我如何知道我是否可以加入服务器？有规则吗？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:32 @@ -124,17 +118,14 @@ msgstr "如果有人在 Jamulus 内置的目录之一上列出了服务器，他 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:34 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-types)." msgid "Note also that Servers do not have to be registered on a Directory in order for Jamulus Clients to connect to them. Server operators can just give out the address of their Servers to those they want to play with, and they can then connect directly. Have a look at [this overview for more information](/wiki/Running-a-Server#server-modes)." -msgstr "另请注意，服务器不必在目录上注册以便 Jamulus 客户端连接到它们。服务器运营商只需将他们的服务器地址提供给他们想使用的人，然后他们就可以直接连接。查看 [此概述了解更多信息](/wiki/Running-a-Server#服务器类型)。" +msgstr "还请注意，服务器不必在目录中注册，Jamulus 客户端也能连接到它们。服务器操作员可以将其服务器的地址提供给他们想要一起演奏的人，然后他们可以直接连接。查看 [此概述以获取更多信息](/wiki/Running-a-Server#服务器模式) 。" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:35 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Why shouldn’t I use wireless equipment?" -msgstr "### 为什么我不应该使用无线设备？" +msgstr "为什么我不应该使用无线设备？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:38 @@ -148,10 +139,9 @@ msgstr "因此，尽量减少任何延迟源或信号的其他问题是有意义 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:41 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Why should I not listen to my own signal?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Why should I not listen to my own signal?" -msgstr "### 为什么我不应该听自己的信号？" +msgstr "为什么我不应该听自己的信号？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:44 @@ -165,24 +155,20 @@ msgstr "当然，如果您正在演奏原声乐器，或者是歌手，则很难 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:47 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Do I need a fast Internet connection?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Do I need a fast Internet connection?" -msgstr "### 我需要一个快速的网络吗？" +msgstr "我需要一个快速的网络吗？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:50 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. For most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) you will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." msgid "No, especially if you don't run a Server to host other musicians. Having a low ping is more important. Most people on standard broadband (e.g. 10 Mbit/s down and 1 Mbit/s up) will have no problems. For those running Servers at home, depending on how many people join, you may encounter issues if your _upstream_ bandwidth is lower than about 5 Mbit/s." -msgstr "不，特别是如果您不运行服务器来托管其他音乐家。低 ping 更重要。对于大多数使用标准宽带(例如 10 Mbit/s 下行和 1 Mbit/s 上行)的人来说，您不会有任何问题。对于那些在家里运行服务器的人，根据加入的人数，如果您的 _upstream_ 带宽低于约 5 Mbit/s，您可能会遇到问题。" +msgstr "不，尤其是如果您不运行服务器来招待其他音乐家的话。低延迟更重要。大多数使用标准宽带（例如 10 Mbit/s 下载和 1 Mbit/s 上传）的人都不会有问题。对于那些在家运行服务器的人，根据加入的人数，如果您的 _上行_ 带宽低于约 5 Mbit/s，您可能会遇到问题。" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:51 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Do I need to run a Server?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" -msgstr "### 我需要运行服务器吗？" +msgstr "我需要运行服务器吗？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:54 @@ -191,17 +177,15 @@ msgstr "不，如果您只是想连接到其他人的服务器，那么您只需 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:55 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### How does Jamulus work (in general)?" +#, no-wrap msgid "How does Jamulus work (in general)?" -msgstr "### Jamulus 是如何工作的(一般来说)？" +msgstr "Jamulus 是如何工作的 (一般来说)？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:58 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "\"Diagram" +#, no-wrap msgid "\"Diagram\n" -msgstr "\"Jamulus" +msgstr "\"Jamulus\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:61 @@ -210,10 +194,9 @@ msgstr "Jamulus 遵循客户端-服务器原则。每个人的音频都被发送 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:62 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Why doesn't Jamulus provide video support?" -msgstr "### 为什么 Jamulus 不提供视频支持？" +msgstr "为什么 Jamulus 不提供视频支持？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:65 @@ -222,31 +205,25 @@ msgstr "添加视频支持会增加很多复杂性。如果您想在播放时看 #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:67 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Server FAQ" +#, no-wrap msgid "Server FAQ" -msgstr "## 服务器常见问题" +msgstr "服务器常见问题解答" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:69 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Why do Registered Servers not need port forwarding?" -msgstr "### 为什么已注册服务器不需要端口转发?" +msgstr "为什么已注册服务器不需要端口转发?" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:72 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) firewalls prevent incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, when your Jamulus Server connects to a Directory it of course initiates an outbound connection. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant NAT port(s) open on your router/firewall." msgid "Normally, network address translation (NAT) blocks incoming requests initiated from outside the local network. Inbound traffic is only possible for packets relating to an outbound request (strictly speaking, “related” and “established” packets to an initial outbound connection). In Registered Server mode, your Jamulus Server initiates an outbound connection when it connects to a Directory. From then on, the Directory sends (established/related) connection “pings” (not ICMP pings) to your Server at regular intervals to keep the relevant port(s) open on your router." -msgstr "通常，网络地址转换 (NAT) 防火墙会阻止从本地网络外部发起的传入请求。入站流量仅适用于与出站请求相关的数据包(严格来说，“相关”和“已建立”数据包与初始出站连接)。在注册服务器模式下，当您的 Jamulus 服务器连接到目录时，它当然会启动出站连接。从那时起，目录会定期向您的服务器发送(已建立/相关的)连接“ping”(不是 ICMP ping)，以保持路由器/防火墙上的相关 NAT 端口打开。" +msgstr "通常，网络地址转换（NAT）会阻止来自本地网络外部发起的传入请求。只有与出站请求相关的数据包（严格来说，是与初始出站连接“相关”和“已建立”的数据包）才能进行入站流量。在注册服务器模式下，您的 Jamulus 服务器在连接到目录时会发起出站连接。从那时起，目录会定期向您的服务器发送（已建立/相关）连接 “ping”（不是 ICMP ping），以保持您路由器上的相关端口打开。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/FAQ.md:73 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "However, in Unregistered mode, Clients have to **initiate** connections into the Server’s network. NAT firewalls prevent this, so you need to tell them to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." msgid "However, to reach an Unregistered Server, each Client has to initiate a connection into the Server’s network. A NAT prevents this, so you need to configure your router to allow incoming connection requests on the Jamulus port using port forwarding." -msgstr "但是，在未注册模式下，客户端必须 **发起** 连接到服务器的网络。 NAT 防火墙阻止了这种情况，因此您需要告诉他们使用端口转发允许 Jamulus 端口上的传入连接请求。" +msgstr "然而，要连接到未注册的服务器，每个客户端都必须发起对服务器网络的连接。NAT 会阻止这种情况，因此您需要配置路由器，使用端口转发在 Jamulus 端口上允许传入连接请求。" #, no-wrap #~ msgid "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Getting-Started.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Getting-Started.po similarity index 93% rename from _translator-files/po/zh_CN/Getting-Started.po rename to _translator-files/po/zh-CN/Getting-Started.po index b1aaea663..027eeb209 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Getting-Started.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Getting-Started.po @@ -3,25 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-30 02:51+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 00:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:1 @@ -85,14 +86,7 @@ msgstr "要让 Jamulus 与您的操作系统一起工作，请遵循您平台的 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:28 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "
\n" -#| " Windows\n" -#| " macOS\n" -#| " Linux\n" -#| "
\n" -#| "_[Android](Installation-for-Android) and [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) can be used too, but are still considered experimental._\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" " Windows\n" @@ -106,7 +100,7 @@ msgstr "" " macOS\n" " Linux\n" "
\n" -"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) 和 [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) 也可以使用，但仍被认为是实验性的._\n" +"_[Android](Installation-for-Android) 和 [iOS](Installation-for-iOS) 也可以使用，但仍处于实验阶段。_\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Getting-Started.md:30 @@ -145,7 +139,7 @@ msgid "" "

\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -" \"Screenshot\"\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" "
连接服务器前的主窗口
\n" "
\n" @@ -170,7 +164,7 @@ msgid "" "

\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -" \"Screenshot\"\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" "
让人们知道你是谁 are
\n" "
\n" @@ -211,7 +205,7 @@ msgid "" "

\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -" \"连接窗口的屏幕截图\"\n" +" \"连接窗口的屏幕截图\"\n" "
Connect to a Server
\n" "
\n" @@ -246,7 +240,7 @@ msgid "" "
\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -" \"Screenshot\"\n" +" \"Screenshot\"\n" "
连接到服务器时的主窗口
\n" "
\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Include-Backing-Up.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Backing-Up.po similarity index 92% rename from _translator-files/po/zh_CN/Include-Backing-Up.po rename to _translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Backing-Up.po index 3102108bb..340055eee 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Include-Backing-Up.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Backing-Up.po @@ -2,26 +2,25 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 23:34+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 13:08+0000\n" "Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:2 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" +#, no-wrap msgid "\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Backing-Up.md:4 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Include-Client-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Client-Commands.po similarity index 71% rename from _translator-files/po/zh_CN/Include-Client-Commands.po rename to _translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Client-Commands.po index 49b600449..4ff22e9d6 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Include-Client-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Client-Commands.po @@ -2,20 +2,20 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 02:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 @@ -24,8 +24,6 @@ msgstr "`-M` 或 `--mutestream` 防止服务器上的其他人听到我播放的 #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:3 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only) \n" msgid "`--mutemyown` Prevent me from hearing what I play in the server mix (headless only)" msgstr "`--mutemyown` 阻止我听到我在服务器混音中播放的内容(仅限 headless)" @@ -41,14 +39,10 @@ msgstr "`-j` 或 `--nojackconnect` 禁用自动 JACK 连接" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)\n" msgid "`--ctrlmidich` MIDI controller channel to listen on, control number offset and consecutive CC numbers (channels) and Mute Myself CC number. Format: `channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` See [Tips & Tricks](Tips-Tricks-More#using-ctrlmidich-for-midi-controllers)" -msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` 要监听的 MIDI 控制器通道，控制编号偏移和连续 CC 编号(通道)以及 Mute Myself CC 编号。格式:`channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` 见[提示和技巧](Tips-Tricks-More#将-ctrlmidich-用于-midi-控制器)\n" +msgstr "`--ctrlmidich` 要监听的 MIDI 控制器通道，控制编号偏移和连续 CC 编号(通道)以及 Mute Myself CC 编号。格式:`channel[;f*][;p*][;s*][;m*][;o]` 见[提示和技巧](Tips-Tricks-More#将-ctrlmidich-用于-midi-控制器)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Client-Commands.md:6 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name\n" msgid "`--clientname` Window title and JACK client name" -msgstr "`--clientname` 窗口标题和 JACK 客户端名称\n" +msgstr "`--clientname`窗口标题和 JACK 客户端名称" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Include-Shared-Commands.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Shared-Commands.po similarity index 68% rename from _translator-files/po/zh_CN/Include-Shared-Commands.po rename to _translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Shared-Commands.po index a72e9320c..af0359a0c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Include-Shared-Commands.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Include-Shared-Commands.po @@ -2,20 +2,20 @@ # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 13:08+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:3 @@ -29,8 +29,8 @@ msgstr "`-h` 者 `--help` 显示帮助文本" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" -msgstr "" +msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on \"Show Library folder\" in \"Show view options\" in Finder to see this folder.)" +msgstr "`-i` 或 `--inifile` 设置初始化文件的位置（覆盖默认值。在 macOS 上只需提供文件名，因为配置文件只能从 `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/` 读取。对于服务器，将 `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` 替换为 `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`。在 Finder 的“显示视图选项”中打开“显示库文件夹”以查看此文件夹。）" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 @@ -39,57 +39,43 @@ msgstr "`-n` 或 `--nogui` 禁用 GUI(用于 headless 模式)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124\n" msgid "`-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124" -msgstr "`-p` 或 `--port` 设置本地 UDP 端口号。默认为 22124\n" +msgstr "`-p` 或 `--port` 设置本地 UDP 端口号。默认为 22124" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md).\n" msgid "`--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." -msgstr "`--jsonrpcport` 启用 JSON-RPC API 服务器来控制应用程序，设置 TCP 端口号(实验性，API 可能会更改;只能从 localhost 访问)。请参阅 [JSON-RPC API 文档文件](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)。\n" +msgstr "`--jsonrpcport` 启用 JSON-RPC API 服务器来控制应用程序，设置 TCP 端口号(实验性，API 可能会更改;只能从 localhost 访问)。请参阅 [JSON-RPC API 文档文件](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)。" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API.\n" msgid "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` Required when using `--jsonrpcport`. Sets a path to a text file containing an authentication string for getting access to the JSON-RPC API." -msgstr "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` 使用 `--jsonrpcport` 时需要。设置包含用于访问 JSON-RPC API 的身份验证字符串的文本文件的路径。\n" +msgstr "`--jsonrpcsecretfile` 使用 `--jsonrpcport` 时需要。设置包含用于访问 JSON-RPC API 的身份验证字符串的文本文件的路径。" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 msgid "`--jsonrpcbindip` The IP address the JSON-RPC server should bind to. (optional, defaults to 127.0.0.1)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`--jsonrpcbindip` JSON-RPC 服务器应绑定到的 IP 地址。（可选，默认为 127.0.0.1）" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)\n" msgid "`-Q` or `--qos` Sets the quality of service DS Field byte. Default is 128 (DSCP/CS4). QoS is ignored by Windows. To enable it, [see this page](QOS-Windows)" -msgstr "`-Q` 或 `--qos` 设置服务质量 DS 字段字节。默认值为 128 (DSCP/CS4)。 QoS 被 Windows 忽略。要启用它，[查看此页面](QOS-Windows)\n" +msgstr "`-Q` 或 `--qos` 设置服务质量 DS 字段字节。默认值为 128 (DSCP/CS4)。 QoS 被 Windows 忽略。要启用它，[查看此页面](QOS-Windows)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations\n" msgid "`-t` or `--notranslation` Disable UI language translations" -msgstr "`-t` 或 `--notranslation` 禁用 UI 语言翻译\n" +msgstr "`-t` 或 `--notranslation`禁用 UI 语言翻译" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)\n" msgid "`-6` or `--enableipv6` Enable IPv6 addressing (IPv4 is always enabled)" -msgstr "`-6` 或 `--enableipv6` 启用 IPv6 寻址(始终启用 IPv4)\n" +msgstr "`-6` 或 `--enableipv6` 启用 IPv6 寻址(始终启用 IPv4)" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md:14 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit\n" msgid "`-v` or `--version` Output version information and exit" -msgstr "`-v` 或 `--version` 输出版本信息并退出\n" +msgstr "`-v` 或 `--version` 输出版本信息并退出" #, fuzzy #~| msgid "`-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default)\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Android.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Android.po similarity index 95% rename from _translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Android.po rename to _translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Android.po index f619c1002..00103e69e 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Android.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Android.po @@ -4,24 +4,25 @@ # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. # yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-30 02:51+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-05 21:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ignotus \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Android.md:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Linux.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Linux.po similarity index 53% rename from _translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Linux.po rename to _translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Linux.po index ee2531d87..5538135b1 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Linux.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Linux.po @@ -3,25 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-30 02:51+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 13:08+0000\n" "Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:1 @@ -67,30 +68,29 @@ msgstr "**升级?**您可能需要先 [备份您的配置](Software-Manual#备 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:19 #, no-wrap msgid "**Installing a server?** Read the [guide for server adminstrators](Running-a-Server) first.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**安装服务器？** 请先阅读[服务器管理员指南](Running-a-Server)。\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:20 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Debian and Ubuntu" +#, no-wrap msgid "Debian and Ubuntu" -msgstr "### Debian 和 Ubuntu" +msgstr "Debian 和 Ubuntu" #. type: Title #### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:22 #, no-wrap msgid "Using the official Repository (recommended)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用官方存储库（推荐）" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:25 msgid "We provide a repository for Debian and Ubuntu based distributions that allows automatic updates alongside your other system updates. To use the repository:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "我们为基于 Debian 和 Ubuntu 的发行版提供了一个存储库，允许与其他系统更新一起自动更新。要使用存储库：" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 msgid "Open your Terminal (CTRL+ALT+T should work)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "打开你的终端（CTRL+ALT+T 应该有效）" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 @@ -101,48 +101,46 @@ msgstr "*仅限 Ubuntu* - 启用 Ubuntu“universe”存储库(您可以使用 [ #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 msgid "Download the repository setup script:\\\\" -msgstr "" +msgstr "下载存储库安装脚本:\\\\" #. type: Fenced code block (bash) #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:29 #, no-wrap msgid "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 msgid "Make the script executable:\\\\" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使脚本可执行:\\\\" #. type: Fenced code block (bash) #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:33 #, no-wrap msgid "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 msgid "Run the setup script and install Jamulus:\\\\" -msgstr "" +msgstr "运行安装脚本并安装 Jamulus:\\\\" #. type: Fenced code block (bash) #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:37 #, no-wrap msgid "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus\n" #. type: Title #### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:41 #, no-wrap msgid "Installing the .deb files manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "手动安装 .deb 文件" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "[Download Jamulus 32 bit (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} [Download Jamulus 64 bit (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" msgid "Download Jamulus for your architecture: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) or [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" -msgstr "[下载 Jamulus 32 位 (.deb, armhf)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}){:.button} [下载 Jamulus 64 位 (.deb, arm64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}){:.button}" +msgstr "下载适合您的架构的 Jamulus: [amd64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}), [armf]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}) or [arm64]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }})" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 @@ -151,10 +149,8 @@ msgstr "通过打开命令行窗口更新 apt(CTRL+ALT+T 应该可以)并输入: #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` for armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` for arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" msgid "Go to where you downloaded the installer and either double-click on it, or use the command line: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (or for Raspberry Pi etc. as above)" -msgstr "转到下载安装程序的位置并双击它，或使用命令行: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` armhf: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-armhf }}` arm64: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui-arm64 }}`\n" +msgstr "转到下载安装程序的位置并双击它，或使用命令行: `sudo apt install ./{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}` (或用于 Raspberry Pi 等，如上所示)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:48 @@ -163,10 +159,9 @@ msgstr "安装后，您可以删除该文件并关闭命令行窗口。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:50 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**Upgrades:** If you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above.\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "**Upgrades:** If you need to upgrade Jamulus to a newer version and install Jamulus manually, just download the new .deb file and re-install as above.\n" -msgstr "**升级:**如果您需要将 Jamulus 升级到较新的版本，只需下载新的 .deb 文件并按上述方式重新安装即可。\n" +msgstr "**升级:** 如果您需要将 Jamulus 升级到较新的版本并手动安装 Jamulus，只需下载新的 .deb 文件并按照上述步骤重新安装。\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:51 @@ -185,79 +180,124 @@ msgstr "对于其他发行版上的安装程序，请参阅其包管理器和 [R msgid "Set up your hardware" msgstr "设置你的硬件" +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 +msgid "The Jamulus Client needs to connect to a running [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server in order to start. You need to find out which is the low-latency sound server for your distribution. - If your distribution uses [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), see how to [configure JACK with QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl). - If your distribution uses PipeWire, see how to [configure PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire)." +msgstr "Jamulus 客户端需要连接到正在运行的 [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) 服务器才能启动。您需要找出哪个是适合您的发行版的低延迟声音服务器。- 如果您的发行版使用 [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/)，请参阅如何 [使用 QjackCtl 配置 JACK](Installation-for-Linux#使用-qjackctl-配置-jack)。- 如果您的发行版使用 PipeWire，请参阅如何 [配置 PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#配置-pipewire)。" + #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:57 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:61 #, no-wrap msgid "Configure JACK with QjackCtl" msgstr "使用 QjackCtl 配置 JACK" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:60 -msgid "Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." -msgstr "Jamulus 客户端需要 [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) 才能运行，但您需要先配置它。推荐的方法是使用`QjackCtl`。" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:64 +msgid "To run a [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server, the recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`." +msgstr "要运行 [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) 服务器，推荐的方法是使用 `QjackCtl` 。" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 -msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**" -msgstr "启动 QjackCtl。您将看到 **Qt JACK Control 实用程序主页**" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +msgid "Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**." +msgstr "启动 QjackCtl。您将看到 **Qt JACK Control 实用程序主页**。" #. type: Bullet: '2. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:63 -msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" -msgstr "如下配置您的音频硬件(JACK 的确切设置将取决于您的音频硬件的能力):" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 +msgid "Configure your sound hardware as follows:" +msgstr "按以下步骤配置声音硬件:" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list)" -msgstr "将音频 **接口** 设置为您想要的(列表中可能有几个)" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +msgid "Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list - choose the correct one as this cannot be changed without stopping Jamulus and JACK)." +msgstr "将音频 **接口** 设置为您想要的 (列表中可能有多个 - 选择正确的一个，因为如果不停止 Jamulus 和 JACK 就无法更改它)。" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**" -msgstr "将**采样率设置为 48000**" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +msgid "Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**." +msgstr "将**采样率设置为 48000**。" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:67 -msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first" -msgstr "首先将“帧/周期”设置为 128**，将“周期/缓冲区”设置为 2" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:71 +msgid "Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and **Periods/Buffer at 2** at first." +msgstr "首先将 **帧/周期”设置为 128** ，将 **周期/缓冲区** 设置为 2" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:69 -msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" -msgstr "重新启动 JACK 以使新设置生效" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 +msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect and continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." +msgstr "重新启动 JACK 以使新设置生效，然后从下面的 [启动 Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#启动-jamulus) 部分继续。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:70 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:74 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configure PipeWire" +msgstr "配置 PipeWire" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 +msgid "PipeWire provides its own JACK server. When you launch the Jamulus Client, PipeWire automatically runs a JACK server. However, there are a few parameters to adjust. You need to set your audio interface to the \"pro-audio\" profile and define PipeWire's \"rate\" and \"quantum\" parameters beforehand. You can find more information about the configuration in the [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server)." +msgstr "PipeWire 提供了自己的 JACK 服务器。启动 Jamulus 客户端时，PipeWire 会自动运行 JACK 服务器。但是，需要调整一些参数。您需要将音频接口设置为“专业音频”配置文件，并预先定义 PipeWire 的“速率”和“量子”参数。您可以在 [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server) 中找到有关配置的更多信息。" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 +msgid "To set up your system: 1. Open `pavucontrol` (the audio mixer) and choose the \"pro-audio\" profile for your sound hardware in the configuration tab. 2. In a terminal use the following two commands to force PipeWire's rate and quantum:" +msgstr "设置系统： 1. 打开 `pavucontrol`（音频混合器），在配置选项卡中为声音硬件选择 \"pro-audio \"配置文件。 2. 在终端中使用以下两条命令强制 PipeWire 的速率和量子：" + +#. type: Fenced code block (bash) +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" +msgstr "" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000\n" +"pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128\n" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:88 +msgid "After this, continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below." +msgstr "此后，从下面的 [启动 Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#启动-jamulus) 部分继续。" + +#. type: Title ### +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:89 #, no-wrap msgid "Start Jamulus" msgstr "启动 Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:73 -msgid "With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus." -msgstr "随着 JACK 的运行和配置，启动 Jamulus。" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:92 +msgid "With JACK or PipeWire configured, launch Jamulus." +msgstr "配置 JACK 或 PipeWire 后，启动 Jamulus。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:75 -msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." -msgstr "如果您遇到声音中断问题(特别是 JACK/QjackCtl 报告的 XRUN 错误)，请尝试设置更大的值(例如 256 帧或 3 个周期)。较低的(例如 64 帧)可以带来更好的性能，但可能会带来更多的声音问题。否则请参阅[故障排除页面](客户端故障排除)。" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:94 +msgid "If you have any problems, first check [the troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting)." +msgstr "如果您遇到任何问题，请首先检查[故障排除页面](Client-Troubleshooting)。" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:76 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:95 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" msgstr "全部安装完毕？" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:79 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:98 msgid "Take a look at the" msgstr "看看" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:80 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md:99 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[入门页面](Getting-Started){: .button}" +#~ msgid "Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of):" +#~ msgstr "如下配置您的音频硬件(JACK 的确切设置将取决于您的音频硬件的能力):" + +#~ msgid "Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect" +#~ msgstr "重新启动 JACK 以使新设置生效" + +#~ msgid "If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise." +#~ msgstr "如果您遇到声音中断问题(特别是 JACK/QjackCtl 报告的 XRUN 错误)，请尝试设置更大的值(例如 256 帧或 3 个周期)。较低的(例如 64 帧)可以带来更好的性能，但可能会带来更多的声音问题。否则请参阅[故障排除页面](客户端故障排除)。" + #~ msgid "[Download Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" #~ msgstr "[下载 Jamulus (.deb, amd64)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.deb-gui }}){:.button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Macintosh.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Macintosh.po similarity index 88% rename from _translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Macintosh.po rename to _translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Macintosh.po index c33223fff..fd834facc 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Macintosh.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Macintosh.po @@ -3,25 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-30 02:51+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 09:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:1 @@ -71,6 +72,10 @@ msgid "" "1. **Install Jamulus**: Open the downloaded `.dmg` file, agree to the licence, *drag and drop* each icon you see in the window (Jamulus Client and Server) into your *Applications folder*. After that, you can close this window.\n" "1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" msgstr "" +"1. [下载 Jamulus (通用版本)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.mac }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **镜像 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **安装 Jamulus**: 打开下载的 `.dmg` 文件，同意许可，将窗口中看到的每个图标（Jamulus 客户端和服务器）*拖放* 到您的应用程序文件夹*。之后，您可以关闭此窗口。\n" +"1. **运行 Jamulus**. 现在您应该能够像使用任何其他应用程序一样使用 Jamulus。\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:24 @@ -81,7 +86,7 @@ msgstr "_您可以删除下载目录中包含 `.dmg` 的文件夹，然后在桌 #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:26 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**注意:** 您可以在 [GitHub 发布页面](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases) 上找到支持过时操作系统的旧版本 (遗留版本)。\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Macintosh.md:27 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Windows.po similarity index 84% rename from _translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Windows.po rename to _translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Windows.po index a7db004c5..eb2afaf70 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-Windows.po @@ -3,25 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-30 02:51+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 09:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:1 @@ -64,22 +65,24 @@ msgstr "升级？您可能需要先 [备份您的配置](Software-Manual#备份- #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section.\n" msgid "**Download and install an ASIO Driver**. Try to use the driver that your hardware manufacturer provides. If you can't find that, or you don't have an external sound card, you probably need to install ASIO4ALL. For more information scroll down to the [ASIO](#asio) section." -msgstr "**下载并安装 ASIO 驱动程序**。尝试使用硬件制造商提供的驱动程序。如果你找不到，或者你没有外置声卡，你可能需要安装 ASIO4ALL。有关更多信息，请向下滚动到 [ASIO](#asio) 部分。\n" +msgstr "**下载并安装 ASIO 驱动程序**。尝试使用硬件制造商提供的驱动程序。如果你找不到，或者你没有外置声卡，你可能需要安装 ASIO4ALL。有关更多信息，请向下滚动到 [ASIO](#asio) 部分。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:24 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "1. [Download Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" " **Mirror 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" "1. **Install Jamulus**: Double click the installer to launch it. If you get a warning notice from SmartScreen, click on \"More info\" and \"Run anyway\" to install Jamulus. (If you grabbed a new version of Jamulus and are one of the first people who downloaded it, Jamulus won't be whitelisted by SmartScreen yet. We don't pay for code signing.)\n" "1. **Run Jamulus**. Now you should be able to use Jamulus just like any other application.\n" "1. **Set up your sound card**. When you're done, you need to set up your audio hardware. And if you are using ASIO4ALL, have a look at how to set that up below.\n" -msgstr "**安装 Jamulus**:双击安装程序以启动它。如果您从 SmartScreen 收到警告通知，请单击“更多信息”和“仍然运行”以安装 Jamulus。 (如果您获得了 Jamulus 的新版本并且是第一批下载它的人之一，那么 Jamulus 不会被 SmartScreen 列入白名单。我们不为代码签名付费。)\n" +msgstr "" +"1. [下载 Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows }}){: .button}\\\\\n" +" **镜像 2:** [SourceForge](https://sourceforge.net/projects/llcon/files/latest/download)\n" +"1. **安装 Jamulus**: 双击安装程序以启动它。如果您收到 SmartScreen 的警告通知，请点击“更多信息”和“仍然运行”来安装 Jamulus。（如果您获取了 Jamulus 的新版本并且是首批下载的用户之一，Jamulus 可能尚未被 SmartScreen 列入白名单。我们没有为代码签名付费。）\n" +"1. **运行 Jamulus**. 现在您应该能够像使用其他任何应用程序一样使用 Jamulus 了。\n" +"1. **设置您的声卡**。完成后，您需要设置您的音频硬件。如果您正在使用 ASIO4ALL，请查看下面如何进行设置。\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:26 @@ -88,17 +91,15 @@ msgstr "_请注意，在未获得 [Steinberg 的许可协议](https://www.steinb #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:28 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }})." +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** If you don't want to use ASIO or prefer [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }}). You can find old (legacy) versions supporting outdated operating systems on the [GitHub release page](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases).\n" -msgstr "如果您不想使用 ASIO 或者更喜欢 [JACK on Windows](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), 也可以使用 [JACK 版本的 Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }})." +msgstr "**注意:** 如果您不想使用 ASIO 或者更喜欢 [Windows 上的 JACK](https://jackaudio.org/faq/jack_on_windows.html), you can also use the [JACK version of Jamulus]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.windows-jack }})。您可以在 [GitHub 发布页面](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/releases) 上找到支持过时操作系统的旧的（遗留）版本。.\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:31 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## ASIO" +#, no-wrap msgid "ASIO" -msgstr "## ASIO" +msgstr "ASIO" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:34 @@ -137,10 +138,9 @@ msgstr "[ASIO4ALL 网站](https://www.asio4all.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"n #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:47 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Setting up ASIO4ALL" +#, no-wrap msgid "Setting up ASIO4ALL" -msgstr "### 设置 ASIO4ALL" +msgstr "设置 ASIO4ALL" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:50 @@ -160,24 +160,19 @@ msgstr "在开始使用 Jamulus 之前:" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running.\n" msgid "**Close all applications** (especially those which could access your sound card like your browser/media player). ASIO4ALL needs exclusive access to your sound card which means that other programs will not be able to use audio if ASIO4ALL and Jamulus are running." -msgstr "**关闭所有应用程序**(尤其是那些可以访问您的声卡的应用程序，例如您的浏览器/媒体播放器)。 ASIO4ALL 需要独占访问您的声卡，这意味着如果 ASIO4ALL 和 Jamulus 正在运行，其他程序将无法使用音频。\n" +msgstr "**关闭所有应用程序** (尤其是那些可以访问您的声卡的应用程序，例如您的浏览器/媒体播放器)。 ASIO4ALL 需要独占访问您的声卡，这意味着如果 ASIO4ALL 和 Jamulus 正在运行，其他程序将无法使用音频。" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:58 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:\n" msgid "If the Jamulus audio doesn’t work out of the box, make sure that only the **correct inputs/outputs** in ASIO4ALL **are switched on**. Everything else should be switched off. Search the [community list of working ASIO4ALL configurations](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) for your configuration or do it manually if you can't find yours:" -msgstr "如果 Jamulus 音频无法开箱即用，请确保只有 ASIO4ALL 中的**正确的输入/输出**被打开**。其他一切都应该关闭。在 [ASIO4ALL 配置的社区列表](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) 中搜索您的配置，如果找不到您的配置，请手动进行:\n" +msgstr "如果 Jamulus 音频无法开箱即用，请确保只有 ASIO4ALL 中的**正确的输入/输出**被打开**。其他一切都应该关闭。在 [ASIO4ALL 配置的社区列表](/kb/2021/03/20/ASIO4ALL-Examples.html) 中搜索您的配置，如果找不到您的配置，请手动进行:" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:59 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" +#, no-wrap msgid "How to set up ASIO4ALL inputs (Guide)" -msgstr "### 如何设置 ASIO4ALL 输入 (指南)" +msgstr "如何设置 ASIO4ALL 输入 (指南)" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:67 @@ -218,6 +213,10 @@ msgid "" "1. Headphones and speakers are often labelled as \"output\" and microphones as \"input\" or \"capture\".\n" "1. Stereo Mix/Stereo Input is usually not the input/output you're looking for. Therefore, switch it off if you see it.\n" msgstr "" +"**提示:**\n" +"1. 正确的声音设备叫什么可能并不明显。许多内置声卡被命名为 \"Realtek High Definition Audio\", \"Conexant\" 或类似的名称。\n" +"1. 耳机和扬声器通常被标记为 \"输出\" 麦克风被标记为 \"输入\" 或 \"捕获\".\n" +"1. 立体声混音/立体声输入通常不是您要找的输入/输出。因此，如果您看到它，请将其关闭。\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-Windows.md:73 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-iOS.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-iOS.po similarity index 70% rename from _translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-iOS.po rename to _translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-iOS.po index 04b738367..d687b30a5 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Installation-for-iOS.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Installation-for-iOS.po @@ -3,25 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-12-30 02:51+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-08 13:59+0000\n" "Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.15.1-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:1 @@ -68,91 +69,101 @@ msgid "If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https: msgstr "如果你没有电脑，我们建议你买一个[Raspberry Pi](https://www.raspberrypi.org/){: target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\" }，这是一个便宜的小型设备，在 Jamulus 上表现非常好。iOS支持只是一个概念验证。" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer." msgstr "要在您的 iOS 设备上安装 Jamulus，您需要一个(免费或付费)Apple Developer 帐户，最好是一台计算机。" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 msgid "If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it." msgstr "如果您不为 Apple 开发者帐户付费，Jamulus 最多只能运行 7 天，然后您需要重新安装它。" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:24 -msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." -msgstr "如果一切设置正确，iOS 上的 Jamulus 在新设备上运行良好。但是，我们强烈建议您使用音频接口和 USB 以太网适配器。要将它们连接到您的iOS设备，您应该使用[闪电转USB相机适配器](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning 到 USB 相机适配器)和(供电)USB 集线器之类的东西。" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub." +msgstr "如果一切设置正确，iOS 上的 Jamulus 运行良好。但是，我们强烈建议您使用音频接口和 USB 以太网适配器。如果您拥有一台具有 Lightning 端口而非 USB-C 的旧设备，则可以使用 [Lightning 转 USB 相机适配器](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) 之类的设备以及（有源）USB 集线器。" -#. type: Title ## +#. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi." +msgstr "如果您必须在无线网络上使用 Jamulus，您应该选择蜂窝（5G）连接而不是 WiFi。" + +#. type: Bullet: '* ' +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:26 +msgid "Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release." +msgstr "非官方 Jamulus 兼容应用程序（例如 [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) 可在 AppStore 上获取，但可能不具备与官方 Jamulus 版本相同的功能。" + +#. type: Title ## +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:28 #, no-wrap msgid "Install for iOS (for experienced users only)" msgstr "为 iOS 安装(仅限有经验的用户)" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:29 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:31 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: We provide an unsigned .ipa file which you need to sign and then install on your device. If you are not Jailbroken (and have AppSync installed), you might need additional software to install Jamulus. There are multiple ways to do that, but this guide only explains the most standard approach. Please note that we assume you already have a (free) Apple developer account. If you don't have one, create an Apple ID and [Sign up for a developer account](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter). We recommend to create one without two factor authentification and unrelated to your potential personal account. You will need to enter the password in non-Apple software.\n" msgstr "**注意**:我们提供了一个未签名的 .ipa 文件，您需要对其进行签名然后安装在您的设备上。如果您没有越狱(并且安装了 AppSync)，您可能需要其他软件来安装 Jamulus。有多种方法可以做到这一点，但本指南仅解释最标准的方法。请注意，我们假设您已经拥有(免费)Apple 开发者帐户。如果您没有，请创建一个 Apple ID 并[注册开发者帐户](https://developer.apple.com/membercenter)。我们建议创建一个没有两个因素身份验证且与您的潜在个人帐户无关的帐户。您需要在非 Apple 软件中输入密码。\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "[Download Jamulus (.ipa) on a PC/Mac]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" -msgstr "[在PC/Mac上下载Jamulus (.ipa)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" +msgstr "[在PC/Mac 上下载 Jamulus (.ipa)]({{ site.download_root_link }}{{ site.download_file_names.ios }}){:.button}" #. type: Bullet: '2. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Sign the .ipa file (e.g. via Xcode or some other **trusted** app. We won't give recommendations here, but there exist apps for every operating system)" -msgstr "签署 .ipa 文件(例如，通过 Xcode 或其他一些**受信任的**应用程序。我们不会在这里给出建议，但每个操作系统都有应用程序)" +msgstr "签署 .ipa 文件(例如，通过 Xcode 或其他一些 **受信任的** 应用程序。我们不会在这里给出建议，但每个操作系统都有应用程序)" #. type: Bullet: '3. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Once signed and installed; on your iOS device open Settings, navigate to General>Profiles (or VPN and Device Management). Tap on the developer account corresponding to your account and trust the account." msgstr "一旦签署并安装;在您的 iOS 设备上打开设置，导航到常规>配置文件(或 VPN 和设备管理)。点击与您的帐户对应的开发者帐户并信任该帐户。" #. type: Bullet: '4. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "Open Jamulus from your home-screen" msgstr "从您的主屏幕打开 Jamulus" #. type: Bullet: '5. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:35 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 msgid "After 7 days you will need to re-sign Jamulus if you are using a free developer account. Re-do everything from Step 4." msgstr "如果您使用免费的开发者帐户，7 天后您将需要重新签署 Jamulus。从第 4 步重新执行所有操作。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:37 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 msgid "If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might be another, more native option. Please have a look at the [compilation instructions for iOS](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)." -msgstr "如果你拥有一台 Mac 并且安装了 Xcode，从源代码编译 Jamulus 可能是另一个更本源的选择。请看一下[iOS 的编译说明](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)。" +msgstr "如果你拥有一台 Mac 并且安装了 Xcode，从源代码编译 Jamulus 可能是另一个更本源的选择。请看一下 [iOS 的编译说明](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/COMPILING.md#ios)。" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:39 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:41 #, no-wrap msgid "Feedback and development" msgstr "反馈和开发" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:43 -msgid "iOS support isn't mature yet and far from ready to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." -msgstr "iOS 支持还不成熟，还远未准备好在 AppStore 上发布。随时提供帮助:只需前往 [Jamulus GitHub 存储库](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)。" +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 +msgid "Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)." +msgstr "我们认为 iOS 版本还不够成熟，无法在 AppStore 上发布。欢迎提供帮助：只需前往 [Jamulus GitHub 存储库](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/)。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:45 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:47 msgid "Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore." msgstr "另请阅读有关通过 Apple AppStore 发布的 Jamulus 的 [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER)。" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:48 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:50 #, no-wrap msgid "All installed?" msgstr "全部安装完毕？" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:51 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:53 msgid "Jamulus has been installed and can be used now. You can now take a look at the" msgstr "Jamulus 已经安装，现在可以使用了。您现在可以查看" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:52 +#: ../wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md:54 msgid "[Getting Started page](Getting-Started){: .button}" msgstr "[入门页面](Getting-Started){: .button}" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Privacy-Statement.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Privacy-Statement.po similarity index 77% rename from _translator-files/po/zh_CN/Privacy-Statement.po rename to _translator-files/po/zh-CN/Privacy-Statement.po index d22e80f81..436839083 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Privacy-Statement.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Privacy-Statement.po @@ -3,25 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 23:34+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 13:08+0000\n" "Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:1 @@ -43,30 +44,26 @@ msgstr "Jamulus – 隐私声明" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:8 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "# Privacy Statement" +#, no-wrap msgid "Privacy Statement" -msgstr "# 隐私声明" +msgstr "隐私声明" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:11 #, no-wrap msgid "**The English version of this document represents the official privacy statement for the _current version_ of the software available on this website. Earlier versions of the software and non-English translations of this privacy policy may have different terms that are no longer applicable or supported.**\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**本文档的英文版本代表本网站上提供的软件_当前版本_的官方隐私声明。该软件的早期版本和本隐私政策的非英文翻译可能包含不再适用或支持的不同条款。**\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:13 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Definition of Terms" +#, no-wrap msgid "Definition of Terms" -msgstr "## 术语的定义" +msgstr "术语的定义" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "\"**Client**\" The Jamulus software used to connect to a Server" msgid "\"**Server**\" The Jamulus software running as a Server and accepting connections from Clients" -msgstr "\"**客户端**\" 用于连接到服务器的 Jamulus 软件" +msgstr "\"**服务器**\" Jamulus 软件作为服务器运行并接受来自客户端的连接" #. type: Bullet: '- ' #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:18 @@ -82,92 +79,88 @@ msgstr "\"**目录**\" 一个Jamulus 服务器被配置为向客户提供一个 #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:19 #, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus.io Website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus.io 网站" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:22 msgid "The website at [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) is served using GitHub Pages. The Jamulus team has not constructed the website to set tracking cookies, but see Github's [privacy policy](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) for information relating to data collection and privacy overall. The community knowledge base uses [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) for discussions and comments. You can find the [Privacy Policy of giscus on their GitHub repository](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "[jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io) 网站使用 GitHub Pages 提供服务。Jamulus 团队并未构建网站来设置跟踪 cookie，但请参阅 Github 的 [隐私政策](https://docs.github.com/en/site-policy/privacy-policies/github-privacy-statement) 以获取有关数据收集和隐私总体的信息。社区知识库使用 [giscus](https://github.com/giscus/giscus) 进行讨论和评论。您可以在 [giscus 的 GitHub 存储库](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md) 上找到 [giscus 的隐私政策](https://github.com/giscus/giscus/blob/main/PRIVACY-POLICY.md)。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:23 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Jamulus Software" +#, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Software" -msgstr "## Jamulus 软件" +msgstr "Jamulus 软件" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:26 msgid "Jamulus is open source software that can be modified by anyone. As such, the Jamulus project can make no representations related to privacy, data collection, or security with respect to your use of the software." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus 是开源软件，任何人都可以修改。因此，Jamulus 项目无法就您使用该软件的隐私、数据收集或安全做出任何承诺。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:27 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Use of Profile Information" +#, no-wrap msgid "General Information" -msgstr "### 个人资料信息的使用" +msgstr "常规信息" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:30 msgid "Under normal use with software downloaded from this website that has not been modified, your user profile information is exchanged with Servers you connect to, peers connected to those same Servers, and to third parties (including Directories) that use the Jamulus protocol. This information is limited to your Jamulus name, city, country, instrument, and skill level as you have set them in your profile. The Servers you connect to will also have access to your internet address (IP Address) as it is required for the software to work; but this information is not shared with peers on the same Server or available to third parties." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在正常使用从本网站下载且未经修改的软件的情况下，您的用户个人资料信息将与您连接的服务器、连接到这些服务器的对等方以及使用 Jamulus 协议的第三方（包括目录）进行交换。此信息仅限于您在个人资料中设置的 Jamulus 名称、城市、国家、工具和技能水平。您连接的服务器也将能够访问您的互联网地址（IP 地址），因为这是软件运行所必需的；但此信息不会与同一服务器上的对等方共享或提供给第三方。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:32 msgid "All communications between and among Clients, Servers, Directories, and third-party protocol users are sent without encryption." -msgstr "" +msgstr "客户端、服务器、目录和第三方协议用户之间的所有通信均未加密发送。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:33 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Jamulus Software" +#, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Servers" -msgstr "## Jamulus 软件" +msgstr "Jamulus 服务" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:36 msgid "When you connect to a Server, either directly or through a Directory, the operator of that Server is responsible for its operation policy, privacy policy, and data use policy. While unmodified Servers do not log or store your connection or profile information by default, some Servers may be configured to do so. Therefore, you should have no expectation of privacy with respect to your profile information or internet address." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当您直接或通过目录连接到服务器时，该服务器的运营商将负责其运营政策、隐私政策和数据使用政策。虽然未经修改的服务器默认不会记录或存储您的连接或个人资料信息，但某些服务器可能配置为这样做。因此，您不应该期望您的个人资料信息或互联网地址具有隐私性。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:37 #, no-wrap msgid "Chat Exchanges" -msgstr "" +msgstr "聊天交流" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:40 msgid "Chats are textual messages that can be exchanged between Clients connected to the same Server. Everyone connected to a Server can see all chats and there should be no expectation of privacy with respect to information sent through the chat feature of Jamulus. While unmodified Servers do not log or store chats, some modified Servers may do this." -msgstr "" +msgstr "聊天是文本消息，可在连接到同一服务器的客户端之间交换。连接到服务器的每个人都可以看到所有聊天，因此对于通过 Jamulus 聊天功能发送的信息，不应期望隐私。虽然未经修改的服务器不会记录或存储聊天，但某些经过修改的服务器可能会这样做。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:41 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Audio Recordings" +#, no-wrap msgid "Audio Recordings" -msgstr "### 录音" +msgstr "音频录制" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:44 msgid "Unmodified Servers will display a notice if recording is turned on. Recordings of each channel are stored by the Server and are controlled by the Server operator." -msgstr "" +msgstr "未经修改的服务器会在开启录制时显示通知。每个频道的录制内容均由服务器存储，并由服务器操作员控制。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:46 msgid "It is possible for connected Clients to make recordings of sessions outside of Jamulus itself, for which there may be no notice or indication. Jamulus has no way to detect or control these situations and makes no representations as to the collection or use of such recording data." -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接的客户端可能会在 Jamulus 之外录制会话，对此可能没有任何通知或提示。Jamulus 无法检测或控制这些情况，并且不对此类录制数据的收集或使用做出任何陈述。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:47 #, no-wrap msgid "Directories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "目录" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Privacy-Statement.md:49 msgid "Directories are central connection points for locating Servers. The Jamulus Client comes with a pre-defined list of Directories for the convenience of users. These Directories are independently operated but are represented as running unmodified versions of the Jamulus software. If you do not wish to send your information to the Directories, you will need to connect to Servers directly." -msgstr "" +msgstr "目录是用于定位服务器的中央连接点。Jamulus 客户端附带预定义的目录列表，以方便用户使用。这些目录是独立运行的，但表示为运行未修改的 Jamulus 软件版本。如果您不希望将您的信息发送到目录，则需要直接连接到服务器。" #~ msgid "Please note that the English version of this privacy statement is the original and, as such, the binding version. To access the English version, go to the top/top right of this page and click on the \"en\" link. The following only applies to the version you can download from this website, [jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)." #~ msgstr "请注意，本隐私声明的英文版本是原始版本，因此具有约束力。要访问英文版本，请转到此页面的顶部/右上角，然后单击 “en” 链接。以下仅适用于您可以从本网站下载的版本，[jamulus.io](https://jamulus.io)。" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/QOS-Windows.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/QOS-Windows.po similarity index 66% rename from _translator-files/po/zh_CN/QOS-Windows.po rename to _translator-files/po/zh-CN/QOS-Windows.po index ef1c753d8..5e0f38276 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/QOS-Windows.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/QOS-Windows.po @@ -3,25 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 23:34+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 02:09+0000\n" "Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:1 @@ -48,10 +49,9 @@ msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"更多\" %}" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:10 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Use of QoS on Windows" +#, no-wrap msgid "Use of QoS on Windows" -msgstr "## 在 Windows 上使用 QoS" +msgstr "在 Windows 上使用 QoS" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:13 @@ -70,8 +70,7 @@ msgstr "由于操作系统的原因，Jamulus 的 QoS 设置(包括默认设置) #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:37 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
Looking at the first panel of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Local Computer Policy
  Computer Configuration
   Windows Settings
    Policy-based QoS (click)
Looking at the third panel (Actions) of the Local Group Policy Editor
 Policy-based QoS
  More Actions
   Create new Policy (click)
    Policy Name: Jamulus
    Specify DSCP value: 32
    Next
    This QoS policy applies Only to applications with name Jamulus.exe
    Next
    Next
    UDP
    Finish
" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "In Search box beside Start menu, Type: Local Group Policy Editor (enter)
\n" "In new window, (click) on the menu icon to display the Actions third panel
\n" @@ -92,7 +91,26 @@ msgid "" "    Next
\n" "    UDP
\n" "    Finish
\n" -msgstr "在 \"开始 \"菜单旁边的搜索框中，输入。本地组策略编辑器(回车)
在新窗口中，(点击)菜单图标，显示行动第三面板
看本地组策略编辑器的第一面板
 本地计算机策略
  计算机配置
  Windows设置
。    基于策略的QoS(点击)
查看本地组策略编辑器的第三个面板(行动)
 基于策略的QoS
  更多操作
   创建新政策(点击)
   政策名称。Jamulus
    指定DSCP值。32
    下一步
    此QoS策略只适用于名称为 Jamulus 的应用程序.exe
    下一步
    下一步
    UDP
    完成
" +msgstr "" +"在“开始”菜单旁边的搜索框中，输入：本地组策略编辑器（回车）
\n" +"在新窗口中，（点击）菜单图标以显示操作第三个面板
\n" +"查看本地组策略编辑器的第一个面板
\n" +" 本地计算机策略
\n" +"  计算机配置
\n" +"   Windows 设置
\n" +"    基于策略的 QoS（点击）
\n" +"查看本地组策略编辑器的第三个面板（操作）
\n" +" Policy-基于策略的 QoS
\n" +"  更多操作
\n" +"   创建新策略（点击）
\n" +"    策略名称：Jamulus
\n" +"    指定 DSCP 值：32
\n" +"    下一步
\n" +"    此 QoS 策略仅适用于名称为 Jamulus.exe 的应用程序
\n" +"    下一步
\n" +"    下一步
\n" +"    UDP
\n" +"    完成
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/QOS-Windows.md:39 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Running-a-Server.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Running-a-Server.po similarity index 71% rename from _translator-files/po/zh_CN/Running-a-Server.po rename to _translator-files/po/zh-CN/Running-a-Server.po index d21cebf89..350148c5a 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Running-a-Server.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Running-a-Server.po @@ -3,26 +3,28 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. +# ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-30 19:11+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: ann0see <20726856+ann0see@users.noreply.github.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7.1-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:1 @@ -44,83 +46,72 @@ msgstr "运行服务器" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:8 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "# Server Administration Manual\n" -#| " {:.no_toc}\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "Server Administration Manual" -msgstr "" -"# 服务器管理手册\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr "服务器管理手册" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:10 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:12 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "
" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:14 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "Table of contents" +#, no-wrap msgid "Table of contents\n" -msgstr "目录" +msgstr "目录\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:17 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" -msgstr "{:toc}" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:19 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "
" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:20 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Do I need to run a Server?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Do I need to run a Server?" -msgstr "## 我需要运行服务器吗？" +msgstr "我需要运行服务器吗？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:23 #, no-wrap msgid "**No**. You don't need to run a Server. You can use the Servers listed by the built-in Directories and use Jamulus without running a Server yourself. You can also use an unlisted Server if you know its internet address. Or you can use a third party hosting service such as [melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) or [KOORD](https://koord.live/). There's probably a Server nearby that you and your friends can use at low enough latency for most needs.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**不**。您不需要运行服务器。您可以使用内置目录中列出的服务器，并且无需自己运行服务器即可使用 Jamulus 。如果您知道其互联网地址，您还可以使用未列出的服务器。或者您可以使用第三方托管服务，例如[melomax](https://melomax.live/jamulus-hosting/) 或 [KOORD](https://koord.live/)。可能在您附近有一个服务器，您和您的朋友可以在足够低的延迟下使用，以满足大多数需求。\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:25 msgid "Using a public Server might introduce you to strangers. If you want an undisturbed session, you can use the soloing technique described on the [Tips and Tricks page](Tips-Tricks-More#have-an-undisturbed-session-on-any-server). You won't hear strangers who connect to the Server, but they can hear you if they wish." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用公共服务器可能会让您接触到陌生人。如果您想要一个不受干扰的会话，您可以使用 [技巧和窍门页面](Tips-Tricks-More#在任何服务器上拥有不受干扰的会话) 中描述的独奏技术。您不会听到连接到服务器的陌生人的声音，但如果他们愿意，他们可以听到您的声音。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:28 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Basic requirements" +#, no-wrap msgid "Requirements" -msgstr "## 基本要求" +msgstr "要求" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:30 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Speed and latency" +#, no-wrap msgid "Speed and latency" -msgstr "### 速度和延迟" +msgstr "速度和延迟" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:33 @@ -145,10 +136,9 @@ msgstr "如果您遇到问题，请考虑使用云主机而不是您的家庭互 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:40 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### General notes" +#, no-wrap msgid "General notes" -msgstr "### 一般说明" +msgstr "一般说明" #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 @@ -163,12 +153,12 @@ msgstr "运行服务器可能需要您调整在您的机器或云主机之上或 #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 msgid "You must set up port forwarding on your router to run an [Unregistered Server](Unregistered-Servers) at home. This should not be necessary when running a Registered Server in most cases. However, some home networks can require port forwarding for a Registered Server." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您必须在路由器上设置端口转发，才能在家里运行[未注册服务器](Unregistered-Servers)。在大多数情况下，运行已注册服务器时通常不需要这样做。然而，某些家庭网络可能需要为已注册服务器进行端口转发。" #. type: Bullet: '* ' #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:46 msgid "Jamulus offers limited IPv6 support that you can turn on for a Client or Server from the command line." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus 提供有限的 IPv6 支持，您可以从命令行针对客户端或服务器开启。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:49 @@ -179,318 +169,317 @@ msgstr "安装" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:52 msgid "Most people run Jamulus on a 3rd party/cloud host as a \"headless\" Server (no video display or keyboard) on **hardware without audio** running Linux. You can also run a Server in a [**desktop environment**](#servers-on-the-desktop)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "大多数人在第三方/云主机上运行 Jamulus，将其作为\"无头\"服务器（无视频显示或键盘）运行在无音频的 Linux 硬件上**。您也可以在[**桌面环境**](#桌面上的服务器)中运行服务器。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:56 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note** The following steps will result in you running an \"Unregistered\" Server. For more information, see [the Server Modes section](#server-modes) below.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**注意** 以下步骤将导致您运行 \"未注册\" 服务器。有关更多信息，请参阅下面的 [服务器模式](#服务器模式)部分。\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:60 msgid "To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution that uses systemd." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要在 Linux 上运行无头服务器，以下步骤假定您熟悉命令行以及使用 systemd 的 Debian/Ubuntu 或类似发行版。" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Download the setup script: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:62 +msgid "Download the setup script:" +msgstr "下载安装脚本：" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Make the script executable: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:68 +msgid "Make the script executable:" +msgstr "使脚本可执行：" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" chmod +x setup_repo.sh\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 -msgid "Run the script and install the headless server: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:74 +msgid "Run the script and install the headless server:" +msgstr "运行脚本并安装无头服务器：" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:65 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 msgid "Enable the headless Server process:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用无头服务器进程：" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:67 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless`\n" -msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:69 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#command-line-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (By default you will be running an Unregistered Server)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:86 msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file:" -msgstr "通过运行 `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` 将所需的 [命令行选项](Running-a-Server#命令行选项) 添加到 systemd 服务文件中的 `ExecStart` 行(默认情况下，您将正在运行未注册的服务器)。" +msgstr "将您期望的 [命令行选项](Running-a-Server#配置选项) 添加到 systemd 服务文件中的 `ExecStart` 行：" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:71 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`\n" -msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Bullet: '1. ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:73 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Reload the systemd files `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` and restart the headless Server: `sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:92 msgid "Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server:" -msgstr "重新加载 systemd 文件 `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` 并重新启动 headless 服务器:`sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`" +msgstr "重新加载 systemd 文件并重新启动无头服务器：" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:75 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" -msgid "\t`sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless`\n" -msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:96 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" +msgstr "" +" ```\n" +" sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless\n" +" ```\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:77 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "_To upgrade your Server, just repeat the steps above._" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:98 msgid "_To edit your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._" -msgstr "_要升级您的服务器，只需重复上述步骤即可。_" +msgstr "_要编辑您的服务器配置，只需重复上面的最后两个步骤。_" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:80 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Server Types" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 +#, no-wrap msgid "Server Modes" -msgstr "## 服务器类型" +msgstr "服务器模式" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:83 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "You can run your Server in different ways (either at home or on a 3rd party host):" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:104 msgid "Servers can be run in one of three modes (either at home or on a 3rd party host), depending on your needs." -msgstr "您可以以不同的方式运行您的服务器(在家或在第 3 方主机上):" +msgstr "服务器可以根据您的需求以三种模式之一运行（无论是在家中还是在第三方主机上）。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:84 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### 2. Unregistered" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 +#, no-wrap msgid "Unregistered mode" -msgstr "### 2.未注册的" +msgstr "未注册模式" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:87 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address to will be able to connect to it. This is useful because Jamulus does not let you control who can connect to a Server." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:108 msgid "This is the default when starting a Server for the first time. Unregistered Servers are not listed by Directories, so only musicians who know your Server's address can connect to it." -msgstr "这是第一次启动服务器时的默认设置。未注册的服务器不在目录中列出，因此只有知道您的服务器地址的音乐家才能连接到它。这很有用，因为 Jamulus 不允许您控制谁可以连接到服务器。" +msgstr "这是首次启动服务器时的默认模式。未注册的服务器不会被目录列出，因此只有知道您服务器地址的音乐家才能连接到它。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:89 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:110 #, no-wrap msgid "**For information about running an Unregistered Server [see this guide](Unregistered-Servers).**\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关运行未注册服务器的信息[请参阅本指南](Unregistered-Servers).**。\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:93 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "
\n" -#| "\t\"Diagram\n" -#| "\t
How Unregistered Servers work
\n" -#| "
\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 +#, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" "\t\"Diagram\n" "
\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -"\t\"Jamulus\n" -"\t
未注册服务器的工作原理
\n" +"\t\"Jamulus\n" "
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:94 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "#### Running in Registered mode" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:115 +#, no-wrap msgid "Registered mode" -msgstr "#### 在已注册模式下运行" +msgstr "已注册模式" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:97 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:118 msgid "In this mode your Server will appear in the server list supplied by a Directory. Jamulus Clients come with a list of Directories built-in. If you register your Server with one of these, anyone can discover and connect to it." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在此模式下，您的服务器将出现在由目录提供的服务器列表中。Jamulus 客户端内置了一系列目录。如果您在其中一个目录中注册您的服务器，任何人都可以发现并连接到它。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:99 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:120 msgid "Alternatively, you can list your Server on a Custom Directory (see below). Clients will only find your Server if they enter the Custom Directory's internet address." -msgstr "" +msgstr "或者，您可以在自定义目录中列出您的服务器（见下文）。只有当客户端输入自定义目录的互联网地址时，他们才能找到您的服务器。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:122 msgid "Note that Directories can only register up to 150 Servers. If you see a message that says you cannot register your Server because the Directory is full, you can try registering with a different Directory." -msgstr "" +msgstr "请注意，目录最多只能注册 150 个服务器。如果您看到一条消息说由于目录已满而无法注册您的服务器，您可以尝试在不同的目录中注册。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:105 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "
\n" -#| "\t\"Diagram\n" -#| "
How Registered Servers work
\n" -#| "
\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:126 +#, no-wrap msgid "" "
\n" "\t\"Diagram\n" "
\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -"\t\"Jamulus\n" -"
注册服务器的工作原理
\n" +"\t\"Jamulus\n" "
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:106 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### 3. Directory" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:127 +#, no-wrap msgid "Directory mode" -msgstr "### 3. 目录" +msgstr "目录模式" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:109 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:130 msgid "If you want to run a number of Servers, possibly also behind a firewall or on a LAN, you may want to run your Server as a Directory. Examples include online events, music associations, sectional rehearsals or music lessons for schools." msgstr "如果您想运行多个服务器，也可能在防火墙后面或 LAN 上，您可能希望将您的服务器作为目录运行。示例包括在线活动、音乐协会、部分排练或学校的音乐课。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:111 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "To run a Directory [read this guide](Directories)" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 msgid "For information, [see the Directories guide](Directories)." -msgstr "运行目录 [阅读本指南](Directories)" +msgstr "有关信息 [请参阅目录指南](Directories)" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:114 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Configuration" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:135 +#, no-wrap msgid "Configuration options" -msgstr "### 配置" +msgstr "配置选项" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:138 msgid "Depending on your operating system and how you are running the Server, you can set Server options and make them persistent between reloads by following these steps:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "根据您的操作系统以及您运行服务器的方式，您可以按照以下步骤设置服务器选项并使其在重新加载之间保持不变：" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:119 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 #, no-wrap msgid "**For Linux headless** (Debian/Ubuntu using systemd)\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**对于 Linux 无头服务器** (使用 systemd 的 Debian/Ubuntu)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:121 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#command-line-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (By default you will be running an Unregistered Server)." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 msgid "Add your desired command line options to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file by running `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` (You will need to reload or restart for the changes to take effect. See [Installation](#installation))." -msgstr "通过运行 `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` 将所需的 [命令行选项](Running-a-Server#命令行选项) 添加到 systemd 服务文件中的 `ExecStart` 行(默认情况下，您将正在运行未注册的服务器)。" +msgstr "通过运行 `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless`，将您期望的命令行选项添加到 systemd 服务文件的 `ExecStart` 行中（您需要重新加载或重新启动以使更改生效。请参阅 [安装文档](#installation))。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:123 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:144 #, no-wrap msgid "**For the GUI** (all platforms)\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**对于图形界面** (适用于所有平台)\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:125 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:146 msgid "Any settings made using the graphical interface will be stored in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file. (Do **not** edit this file by hand!) However, some options are not available in the GUI and need to be set using the command line. For more information, see [Servers on the desktop](#servers-on-the-desktop)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用图形界面所做的任何设置都将存储在`Jamulusserver.ini` 文件中。（ **切勿** 手动编辑此文件！）然而，有些选项在图形用户界面中不可用，需要使用命令行进行设置。更多信息，请参阅桌面服务器。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:128 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:149 #, no-wrap msgid "Minimum setup to run in Registered mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在注册模式下运行的最低设置" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:153 msgid "You can run a headless Server on Linux using systemd (with `systemctl`), which is covered in other sections. You can also run a Server directly from the command line. Enter the following command to [run a Registered Server](#server-modes):" -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以在 Linux 上使用 systemd (通过 `systemctl`) 运行无头服务器，这在其他部分有所介绍。您也可以直接从命令行运行服务器。输入以下命令以[运行注册服务器](#服务器模式)：" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:133 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "~~~\n" -#| "jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -#| " --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" -#| " --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" -#| "~~~\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 +#, no-wrap msgid "" "jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" " --directoryaddress hostname:port \\\n" " --serverinfo \"[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]\"\n" msgstr "" -"~~~\n" -"jamulus --nogui --server \\\n" -" --directoryserver genreServer:port \\\n" -" --serverinfo \"yourServerName;yourCity;[country ID]\"\n" -"~~~\n" +"jamulus-headless --nogui --server \\\n" +" --directoryaddress hostname:port \\\n" +" --serverinfo \"[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code or Qt5 Locale]\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:140 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:161 msgid "See the table below for `hostname:port` values." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关 `hostname:port` 的值，请参见下表。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:163 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `[name]` and `[city]` within the `--serverinfo` argument. See the [Server mode-related options](#server-mode-related-options) for more information on the country code. \n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**注意**：`--serverinfo` 参数中的 `[name]` 和 `[city]` 不允许使用分号和换行符。有关国家代码的更多信息，请参阅[服务器模式相关选项](#服务器模式相关选项)。 \n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:143 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 #, no-wrap msgid "Server mode-related options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "服务器模式相关选项" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:145 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Recording Directory" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 +#, no-wrap msgid "`-e or --directoryaddress`" -msgstr "### 录音目录" +msgstr "`-e 或 --directoryaddress`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:148 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 msgid "Required for a [Registered Server](Running-a-Server#registered-mode). Also required to run Jamulus as a [Directory](Directories)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "对于 [已注册服务器](Running-a-Server#已注册模式) 是必需的。对于将 Jamulus 作为 [目录](Directories) 运行也是必需的。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:150 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:171 ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 msgid "This option takes the format:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "此选项采用以下格式：" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:152 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 msgid "`--directoryaddress hostname:port` where `hostname` is the Genre Directory host name and `port` is its port number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "`--directoryaddress hostname:port`，其中 `hostname` 是类型目录主机名，`port` 是其端口号。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:154 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `genreServer:port` in the example above with one of the following options:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 msgid "To register with one of the Directories built into the Jamulus Client, replace `hostname:port` with one of the following options:" -msgstr "要注册到 Jamulus 客户端内置的目录之一，请将上面示例中的 `genreServer:port` 替换为以下选项之一:" +msgstr "要在 Jamulus 客户端内置的目录之一中进行注册，请将 `hostname:port` 替换为以下选项之一：" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:164 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "| Genre | Server Address |\n" -#| "|-----------|------------------|\n" -#| "|**Any Genre 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" -#| "|**Any Genre 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" -#| "|**Any Genre 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" -#| "|**Genre Rock** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" -#| "|**Genre Jazz** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" -#| "|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" -#| "|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 +#, no-wrap msgid "" "| Genre | `hostname:port` |\n" "|-----------|------------------|\n" @@ -502,343 +491,326 @@ msgid "" "|**Genre Classical/Folk** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" "|**Genre Choral/Barbershop** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" msgstr "" -"| 类型 | 服务器地址 |\n" +"| 类型 | `主机名:端口` |\n" "|-----------|------------------|\n" -"|**任何体裁1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`||\n" -"|**任何体裁2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`||\n" -"|**任何流派3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" -"|**流派摇滚** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" -"|***类型的爵士乐** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" -"|**类古典/民谣** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" -"|**类合唱/理发店** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" +"|**任意类型 1** |`anygenre1.jamulus.io:22124`|\n" +"|**任意类型 2** |`anygenre2.jamulus.io:22224`|\n" +"|**任意类型 3** |`anygenre3.jamulus.io:22624`|\n" +"|**摇滚类型** |`rock.jamulus.io:22424`|\n" +"|**爵士类型** |`jazz.jamulus.io:22324`|\n" +"|**古典/民谣类型** |`classical.jamulus.io:22524`|\n" +"|**合唱/理发店四重唱类型** |`choral.jamulus.io:22724`|\n" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:166 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:187 #, no-wrap msgid "`-o or --serverinfo`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-o 或 --serverinfo`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:169 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:190 msgid "When registering your Server with a Directory, this lets you supply a Server name and location details so that users can then search for these values from their Client." -msgstr "" +msgstr "当您在目录中注册服务器时，这允许您提供服务器名称和位置详细信息，以便用户随后可以从他们的客户端搜索这些值。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 msgid "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`[name];[city];[country as two-letter ISO country code]`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:196 msgid "See [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "请看 [two-letter ISO country codes](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_3166-1_alpha-2#Officially_assigned_code_elements) (英文维基百科)" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:177 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**Note**: Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `yourServerName` and `yourCity` within the `--serverinfo` argument\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:198 +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** Semicolon and newline characters are not allowed in `name` and `city` values.\n" -msgstr "**注意**:在 `--serverinfo` 参数中的 `yourServerName` 和 `yourCity` 中不允许使用分号和换行符\n" +msgstr "**注意:** `name`和 `city` 值中不允许使用分号和换行符。\n" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:178 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 #, no-wrap msgid "`-L or --licence`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-L 或 --licence`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:180 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:201 msgid "Show an agreement window before users can connect. The text of the agreement to be shown should be supplied as the `--welcomemessage` (see below)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在用户连接之前显示协议窗口。要显示的协议文本应作为 `--welcomemessage` 提供（见下文）。" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:181 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 #, no-wrap msgid "`-w or --welcomemessage`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-w 或 --welcomemessage`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:185 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 msgid "A \"welcome message\" to display in the Client chat window on connect. Can be given as a string or filename, and can contain HTML. When a path is used, the file must be accessible by the user account running Jamulus. (On most Linux installations, user `jamulus` is used by default.) If not accessible, the literal path (rather than its contents) will appear." -msgstr "" +msgstr "连接时在客户端聊天窗口中显示的 \"欢迎消息\"。可以作为字符串或文件名给出，并且可以包含 HTML。使用路径时，运行 Jamulus 的用户帐户必须可以访问该文件。（在大多数 Linux 安装中，默认使用用户 `jamulus`。）如果无法访问，则将显示文字路径（而不是其内容）。" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:186 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:207 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverpublicip`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`--serverpublicip`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:188 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 msgid "The public IP address of the Server if connecting to a Directory behind the same NAT. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果连接到同一 NAT 后面的目录，则为服务器的公共 IP 地址。有关更多信息，请参阅 [目录指南](Directories)。" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:189 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:210 #, no-wrap msgid "`--directoryfile`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`--directoryfile`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:191 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:212 msgid "_Directories only:_ Remember registered Servers even if the Directory is restarted. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "_仅限目录:_ 即使目录重新启动，也会记住已注册的服务器。有关详细信息，请参阅 [目录指南](Directories)。" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:192 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 #, no-wrap msgid "`-f or --listfilter`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-f 或 --listfilter`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:194 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:215 msgid "_Directories only:_ Specify which Servers can register on the Directory Server. See [the Directories guide](Directories) for further information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "_仅目录:_ 指定哪些服务器可以在目录服务器上注册。有关详细信息，请参阅 [目录指南](Directories)。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:197 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### General notes" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:218 +#, no-wrap msgid "General Server options" -msgstr "### 一般说明" +msgstr "常规服务器选项" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:199 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 msgid "These options can be used regardless of which mode your Server is running in (although some may not be relevant for Directories)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "无论您的服务器运行在何种模式下，都可以使用这些选项（尽管某些选项可能与目录无关）。" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:200 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:221 #, no-wrap msgid "`-d or --discononquit`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-d 或 --discononquit`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:202 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:223 msgid "Normally, when a Server is stopped or restarted, any Clients that have not pressed their **Disconnect** buttons will automatically re-establish the connection when the Server returns. This option forces Clients to manually re-establish their connections to the Server in this scenario." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通常，当服务器停止或重新启动时，任何未按下 **断开连接** 按钮的客户端在服务器恢复时将自动重新建立连接。此选项在这种情况下强制客户端手动重新建立与服务器的连接。" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:203 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 #, no-wrap msgid "`-F or --fastupdate`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-F 或 --fastupdate`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:205 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:226 msgid "Reduces latency if Clients connect with the **Small Network Buffers** option. Requires faster CPU to avoid dropouts, and more bandwidth to enabled Clients." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果客户端使用 **小型网络缓冲区** 选项连接，则可减少延迟。需要更快的 CPU 以避免掉线，并为启用的客户端提供更多带宽。" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:206 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 #, no-wrap msgid "`-l or --log`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-l 或 --log`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:208 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:229 msgid "Enable logging, set path and file name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用日志记录，设置路径和文件名" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:209 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 #, no-wrap msgid "`-m or --htmlstatus`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-m 或 --htmlstatus`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:211 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:232 msgid "Enable HTML status file, set path and file name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "启用 HTML 状态文件，设置路径和文件名" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:213 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** This feature is deprecated, and may disappear in a future release.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**注意:** 此功能已弃用，可能会在未来的版本中消失。\n" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:214 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:235 #, no-wrap msgid "`-P or --delaypan`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-P 或 --delaypan`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:216 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal \"volume\" panning." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 msgid "Start with delay panning enabled. This option uses small differences in sound arrival time between the two ears. It produces a stereo effect similar to natural human hearing when compared to normal “volume” panning." -msgstr "此选项使用两只耳朵之间声音到达时间的微小差异。与正常的“音量”平移相比，它产生类似于自然人类听觉的立体声效果。" +msgstr "启用延迟声像起始。此选项利用声音到达两只耳朵的微小时间差。与普通的 “音量” 声像相比，它产生类似于人类自然听觉的立体声音效。" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:217 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 #, no-wrap msgid "`-s` or `--server`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-s` 或 `--server`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:219 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:240 msgid "Start Jamulus in Server mode" -msgstr "" +msgstr "以服务器模式启动 Jamulus" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 #, no-wrap msgid "`--serverbindip`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`--serverbindip`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:243 msgid "Specify the IP address the Jamulus process will bind to." -msgstr "" +msgstr "指定 Jamulus 进程将绑定的 IP 地址。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:224 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:245 msgid "Normally, Jamulus will listen on all IP addresses on the host machine. Where the host has multiple network addresses, this option allows one of the addresses to be chosen." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通常，Jamulus 会监听主机上的所有 IP 地址。当主机有多个网络地址时，此选项允许选择其中一个地址。" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:225 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 #, no-wrap msgid "`-T or --multithreading`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-T 或 --multithreading`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:227 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 msgid "Use multithreading to make better use of multi-core CPUs. This setting may help the Server support more Clients. See also `--numchannels`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用多线程以更好地利用多核 CPU。此设置可能有助于服务器支持更多客户端。另请参阅 `--numchannels`" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:228 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:249 #, no-wrap msgid "`-u or --numchannels`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-u 或 --numchannels`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:230 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:251 msgid "Maximum number of channels (Clients)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "最大通道数（客户端数）" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:231 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 #, no-wrap msgid "`-z or --startminimized`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`-z 或 --startminimized`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:233 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 msgid "Start the Jamulus Server graphical user interface in the minimized window state." -msgstr "" +msgstr "以最小化窗口状态启动 Jamulus 服务器图形界面。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:234 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Options" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 +#, no-wrap msgid "Other options" -msgstr "## 选项" +msgstr "其他选项" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:237 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:258 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:238 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Server via API" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过 API 控制服务器" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:241 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 msgid "Jamulus can be controlled via an experimental API which is subject to changes. You can find the [JSON-RPC API documented in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). JSON-RPC allows you to control some features like changing the welcome message or starting recordings in headless mode from authenticated external applications. It works while the server is running." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus 可以通过一个实验性的、可能会发生变化的 API 进行控制。您可以在[主存储库中找到记录的 JSON-RPC API](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)。JSON-RPC 允许您控制一些功能，例如更改欢迎消息或从经过身份验证的外部应用程序以无头模式启动录音。它在服务器运行时起作用。" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:244 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Recording Directory" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:265 +#, no-wrap msgid "Recording" -msgstr "### 录音目录" +msgstr "录音" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:246 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Recording Directory" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +#, no-wrap msgid "`-R or --recording`" -msgstr "### 录音目录" +msgstr "`-R 或 --recording`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:248 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 msgid "Set Server recording directory. By default, the Server will record when a session is active." -msgstr "" +msgstr "设置服务器的录音目录。默认情况下，当会话处于活动状态时，服务器将进行录音。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:250 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home Directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file (be aware that doing so is however a potential security risk).\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:271 +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You will need to save recordings to a path _outside_ of the jamulus home directory, or remove `ProtectHome=true` from your systemd unit file, but be aware that doing could be a security risk.\n" -msgstr "**注意**: 您需要将记录保存到 jamulus 主目录的 _outside_ 路径，或从 systemd 单元文件中删除 `ProtectHome=true`(但请注意，这样做存在潜在的安全风险)。\n" +msgstr "**注意:** 您需要将录音内容保存到 Jamulus 主目录之外的路径，或者从您的 systemd 单元文件中删除 `ProtectHome=true` ，但请注意，这样做可能存在安全风险。\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:252 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:273 msgid "Recordings are per track in [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` format and [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp`. Open the respective files to listen to them in those applications." -msgstr "" +msgstr "录音内容为每条音轨的 [Audacity](https://www.audacityteam.org/) `.lof` 格式和 [REAPER](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/REAPER) `.rpp` 格式。在相应的应用程序中打开这些文件以播放它们。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:254 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**Note**: When your Server is recording, Clients will display a message that recording is on.\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:275 +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** When your Server is recording, Clients display a red banner message that the session is being recorded.\n" -msgstr "**注意**:当您的服务器正在录制时，客户端会显示一条消息，表明正在录制。\n" +msgstr "**注意:** 当您的服务器正在录音时，客户端会显示一条红色横幅消息，表明会话正在录音。\n" #. type: Title ##### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:255 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:276 #, no-wrap msgid "`--norecord`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`--norecord`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:257 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:278 msgid "Set server not to record by default when recording is configured." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在配置录音时，默认设置服务器不进行录音。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:259 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "#### Controlling Recording" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:280 +#, no-wrap msgid "Controlling Recording" -msgstr "#### 控制录音" +msgstr "控制录音" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:262 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:283 msgid "Recording starts once the first person connects to the Server, and stops when the last person leaves." -msgstr "" +msgstr "录音在第一个人连接到服务器时开始，并在最后一个人离开时停止。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:285 msgid "If the Server receives a SIGUSR1 signal during a recording, it will start a new recording in a new directory. SIGUSR2 will toggle recording on/off. If [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) is enabled, you will also be able to manage the server in a way comparable to the GUI. Please see the (experimental) [JSON-RPC documentation on the recorder](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果服务器在录音过程中收到 SIGUSR1 信号，它将在新目录中开始新的录音。SIGUSR2 将切换录音的开/关。如果启用了 [JSON-RPC](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md) ，您还能够以类似于图形用户界面的方式管理服务器。请参阅（实验性的）关于录音器的 [JSON-RPC 文档](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md#jamulusserverstartrecording)。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:267 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:288 msgid "To send these signals using systemd, create the following two `.service` files in `/etc/systemd/system`, calling them something appropriate (e.g. `jamulusTogglerec.service`)." msgstr "要使用 systemd 发送这些信号，请在 `/etc/systemd/system` 中创建以下两个 `.service` 文件，将它们命名为适当的名称(例如 `jamulusTogglerec.service`)。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:269 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "For turning recording on or off (depending on the current state):" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:290 msgid "To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state):" -msgstr "打开或关闭录制(取决于当前状态):" +msgstr "要打开或关闭录音（取决于当前状态）：" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:270 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "~~~\n" -#| " [Unit]\n" -#| " Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" -#| " Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:291 +#, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" " Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" @@ -846,28 +818,24 @@ msgid "" "\n" " [Service]\n" " Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" msgstr "" -"~~~\n" " [Unit]\n" " Description=Toggle recording state of Jamulus Server\n" " Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:281 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "For starting a new recording:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:302 msgid "To start a new recording:" -msgstr "开始新的录音:" +msgstr "要开始新的录音：" #. type: Fenced code block -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:282 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "~~~\n" -#| " [Unit]\n" -#| " Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" -#| " Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:303 +#, no-wrap msgid "" " [Unit]\n" " Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" @@ -875,192 +843,159 @@ msgid "" "\n" " [Service]\n" " Type=oneshot\n" -" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" msgstr "" -"~~~\n" " [Unit]\n" " Description=Start a new recording on Jamulus Server\n" " Requisite=Jamulus-Server\n" +"\n" +" [Service]\n" +" Type=oneshot\n" +" ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:293 -msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_" -msgstr "_注意:`ExecStart` 行中的 Jamulus 服务名称需要与您在设置 systemd 以控制您的 Jamulus 服务器时创建的 `.service` 文件名相同。所以在这个例子中它将是`Jamulus-Server.service`_" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:314 +msgid "_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example." +msgstr "_注意：`ExecStart` 行中的 Jamulus 服务名称需要与 systemd 用于控制您的 Jamulus 服务器的 `.service` 文件名相同。默认情况下，如果您使用存储库中的 `.deb` 文件，它是 `jamulus-headless`，如本例所示。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:295 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:316 msgid "Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use." msgstr "运行 `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` 以注册它们以供首次使用。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:297 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:318 msgid "Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example:" msgstr "现在您可以使用 `systemctl` 命令运行这些命令，例如:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:299 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:320 msgid "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" -msgstr "`sudo systemctl stop jamulus-headless`" +msgstr "`sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec`" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:301 -msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs." -msgstr "如果您运行 `systemctl status jamulus`，或者通过查看日志，您可以看到这些命令的结果。" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:322 +msgid "You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log." +msgstr "如果您运行 `systemctl status jamulus-headless` （或者您手动指定的相应服务名称），您可以看到这些命令的结果。您还可以查看您的（系统）日志。" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:304 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Backing up the Server" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 +#, no-wrap msgid "Adding metadata to the Server" -msgstr "## 备份服务器" +msgstr "向服务器添加元数据" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:307 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:328 msgid "You can add metadata to the welcome message of a Server to add additional, hidden information like contact information or policy requests for bots (this is comparable to [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)). See the [Community Knowledge Base entry about metadata](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html) for more information." -msgstr "" +msgstr "您可以向服务器的欢迎消息中添加元数据，以添加额外的隐藏信息，如联系信息或对机器人的策略请求(这类似于 [robots.txt](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Robots.txt)) (英文维基百科)。有关更多信息，请参阅 [关于元数据的社区知识库条目](/kb/2023/07/30/Server-Metadata.html)。" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:310 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Servers on the desktop" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 +#, no-wrap msgid "Servers on the desktop" -msgstr "## 桌面上的服务器" +msgstr "桌面上的服务器" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:313 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Jamulus can be run in Server mode from the desktop. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:334 msgid "Jamulus can run in Server mode in the graphical environment of a computer. This gives you a graphical user interface to control most of the settings. To do this, first [install Jamulus for your platform](Getting-Started), then do one of the following:" -msgstr "Jamulus 可以从桌面以服务器模式运行。这为您提供了一个图形用户界面来控制大多数设置。" +msgstr "Jamulus 可以在计算机的图形环境中以服务器模式运行。这为您提供了一个图形用户界面来控制大多数设置。要做到这一点，首先[为您的平台安装 Jamulus](Getting-Started) ，然后执行以下操作之一：" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:315 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "**Windows users** - If you want the Server to start automatically on system start, enable the corresponding check box.\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:336 msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu. If you want the Server to start automatically when you start Windows, check the box for this option." -msgstr "**Windows 用户** - 如果希望服务器在系统启动时自动启动，请启用相应的复选框。\n" +msgstr "**Windows 用户** - 使用 Windows 开始菜单中的 \"Jamulus 服务器\" 图标。如果您希望服务器在 Windows 启动时自动启动，请勾选此选项的复选框。" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:317 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "**Windows users** - Use the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in the Windows Start menu.\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:338 msgid "**macOS users** - Double-click the \"Jamulus Server\" icon in Applications." -msgstr "**Windows 用户** - 使用 Windows 开始菜单中的“Jamulus Server”图标。\n" +msgstr "**macOS 用户** - 双击应用程序中的 \"Jamulus 服务器\" 图标。" #. type: Bullet: '* ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:319 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return.\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:340 msgid "**Linux users** - Launch the \"Jamulus Server\" shortcut. Or you can open a terminal window (`CTRL+ALT+t` on Debian and related distros), type `jamulus -s` and hit return." -msgstr "**Linux 用户** - 启动“Jamulus 服务器”快捷方式。或者你可以打开一个终端窗口(Debian 和相关发行版上的`CTRL+ALT+t`)，输入`jamulus -s` 然后回车。\n" +msgstr "**Linux 用户** - 启动“Jamulus 服务器”快捷方式。或者你可以打开一个终端窗口(Debian 和相关发行版上的`CTRL+ALT+t`)，输入`jamulus -s` 然后回车。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:321 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 msgid "While most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, others can only be set using options given in a terminal window when the Server is launched. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." -msgstr "Jamulus 中最常见的功能可以使用 GUI 设置，但这些和其他功能也可以使用终端窗口中给出的选项进行设置。具体如何执行此操作将取决于您的操作系统。" +msgstr "虽然 Jamulus 中的大多数常见功能可以使用图形界面（GUI）进行设置，但其他一些功能只能在服务器启动时在终端窗口中使用给定的选项进行设置。具体的操作方式将取决于您的操作系统。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:323 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:344 +#, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose **Properties** > **Target**. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" -msgstr "例如在 Windows 上，要使用特定的设置文件，请右键单击 Jamulus 快捷方式并选择“属性”>“目标”。将必要的参数添加到 Jamulus.exe:" +msgstr "例如在 Windows 上，要使用特定的设置文件，请右键单击 Jamulus 快捷方式并选择**属性**>**目标**。将必要的参数添加到 Jamulus.exe:\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:325 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "```shell\n" -#| " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -#| "```\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:346 +#, no-wrap msgid " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" -msgstr "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" +msgstr " `\"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:327 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "对于 macOS，启动终端窗口并使用所需的选项运行 Jamulus，如下所示:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:329 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "```shell\n" -#| " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -#| "```\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 +#, no-wrap msgid " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" -msgstr "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100\n" -"```\n" +msgstr " `/Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --serverbindip 192.168.0.100`\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:331 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "**Note**: Command line options will set the Server's defaults at startup. You can override them with their corresponding GUI controls while the Server is running.\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:352 +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note** Command line options will set the Server’s defaults at startup. You can override them while the Server is running using their corresponding GUI controls.\n" -msgstr "**注意**:命令行选项将在启动时设置服务器的默认值。您可以在服务器运行时使用相应的 GUI 控件覆盖它们。\n" +msgstr "**注意** 命令行选项将在启动时设置服务器的默认值。在服务器运行时，您可以使用其相应的图形用户界面控件覆盖它们。\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:332 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Server status icon" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:353 +#, no-wrap msgid "The Server status icon" -msgstr "### 服务器状态图标" +msgstr "服务器状态图标" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:335 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "When the Server is running, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area to represent whether the Server is active:" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:356 msgid "When a Server is running in GUI mode, the operating system will show an icon in the system tray or status area that indicates whether the Server has connections:" -msgstr "当服务器运行时，操作系统会在系统托盘或状态区显示一个图标来表示服务器是否处于活动状态:" +msgstr "当服务器在图形用户界面模式下运行时，操作系统将在系统托盘或状态栏中显示一个图标，指示服务器是否有连接：" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:337 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:358 +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is empty\n" -msgstr "
\"Jamulus
服务器为空" +msgstr "
\"Jamulus
服务器为空\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:339 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:360 +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
The Server is occupied\n" -msgstr "
\"Jamulus
服务器被占用" +msgstr "
\"Jamulus
服务器被占用\n" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:342 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Backing up the Server" +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:363 +#, no-wrap msgid "Backing up the Server" -msgstr "## 备份服务器" +msgstr "备份服务器" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:345 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:366 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %}" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:347 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:368 msgid "Headless Servers do not use `.ini` files. All configuration is given as command line options. If you are running a Server in GUI mode, after reading any command line options on start, it will store its configuration in the `Jamulusserver.ini` file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "无头服务器不使用 `.ini` 文件。所有配置都作为命令行选项给出。如果您以图形用户界面模式运行服务器，在启动时读取任何命令行选项后，它将把配置存储在 `Jamulusserver.ini` 文件中。" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:348 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:369 #, no-wrap msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "故障排除" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:350 +#: ../wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md:371 msgid "If you are having other problems, [see this guide](Server-Troubleshooting)." msgstr "如果您遇到其他问题，[请参阅本指南](Server-Troubleshooting)。" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Server-Bandwidth.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Server-Bandwidth.po similarity index 84% rename from _translator-files/po/zh_CN/Server-Bandwidth.po rename to _translator-files/po/zh-CN/Server-Bandwidth.po index 0b987a202..bfb6ae5d3 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Server-Bandwidth.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Server-Bandwidth.po @@ -3,25 +3,26 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2024. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-11-01 23:34+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 13:08+0000\n" "Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.14.2-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:1 @@ -44,28 +45,23 @@ msgstr "带宽使用" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"更多\" branch1=\"服务器管理\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"更多\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:10 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Audio bandwidth" +#, no-wrap msgid "Audio bandwidth" -msgstr "## 音频带宽" +msgstr "音频带宽" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:16 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of:" msgid "The audio settings have an impact on the required network bandwidth. The table below summarises network requirements with respect to the configuration of: * Channels : stereo/mono * Quality : high/medium/low * Audio buffer duration : 2.67 ms, 5.33 ms, 10.67 ms, 21.33 ms" -msgstr "音频设置对所需的网络带宽有影响。下表总结了与以下配置有关的网络要求。" +msgstr "音频设置会影响所需的网络带宽。下表总结了以下配置的网络要求：* 声道：立体声/单声道* 质量：高/中/低* 音频缓冲时长：2.67 毫秒、5.33 毫秒、10.67 毫秒、21.33 毫秒" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:21 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s)" msgid "With the following units * ms : milliseconds * Kbit/s : Kilo-bits per second (Reminder : 1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s, 1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s) * Mbit/s : Mega-bits per second" -msgstr "Kbit/s :每秒千比特(提醒:1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s，1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s)" +msgstr "使用以下单位 * ms：毫秒 * Kbit/s：千比特每秒（提醒：1 Mbit/s = 1024 Kbit/s，1 KByte/s = 8 Kbit/s） * Mbit/s：兆比特每秒" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:30 @@ -91,10 +87,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:31 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Network bandwidth" +#, no-wrap msgid "Network bandwidth" -msgstr "## 网络带宽" +msgstr "网络带宽" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Bandwidth.md:38 @@ -108,7 +103,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "有一个上游(音乐家发送到服务器)和一个下游(服务器将混音发送回音乐家)\n" "
\n" -" \"从低到高不同音频质量的\n" +" \"从低到高不同音频质量的\n" "
计算带宽使用
\n" "
\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Server-Troubleshooting.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Server-Troubleshooting.po similarity index 62% rename from _translator-files/po/zh_CN/Server-Troubleshooting.po rename to _translator-files/po/zh-CN/Server-Troubleshooting.po index b29eb2f0a..73eb7c07d 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Server-Troubleshooting.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Server-Troubleshooting.po @@ -3,26 +3,27 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 13:08+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:1 @@ -46,65 +47,58 @@ msgstr "服务器故障排除" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"更多\" branch1=\"服务器管理\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"更多\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:12 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:14 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "
" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:16 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "Table of contents" +#, no-wrap msgid "Table of contents\n" -msgstr "目录" +msgstr "目录\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:19 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" -msgstr "{:toc}" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:21 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "
" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:22 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Servers - Registered" +#, no-wrap msgid "Servers - Registered" -msgstr "## 服务器 - 已注册" +msgstr "服务器 - 已注册" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:24 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" +#, no-wrap msgid "Why doesn't my Server show up in the list? Why isn't it registering?" -msgstr "### 为什么我的服务器没有出现在列表中？为什么不注册？" +msgstr "为什么我的服务器没有出现在列表中？为什么不注册？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:27 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to [port forward](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding) your router." msgid "If you are registered OK (you can [see it here](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)) and you or your friends can't see your Server, you may need to wait, or start your Client with the `--showallservers` option and try connecting from there ([see command line options](Software-Manual#command-line-options)) on how to start your Client with a config option). In some network configurations, you may also need to configure your router to [forward the port number](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding) used by Jamulus Server." -msgstr "如果您注册成功(您可以[在此处查看](https://explorer.jamulus.io/))并且您或您的朋友看不到您的服务器，您可能需要等待，或者启动您的客户端`--showallservers` 选项并尝试从那里连接([参见命令行选项](Software-Manual#命令行选项))，了解如何使用配置选项启动客户端)。在某些网络配置中，您可能还需要 [端口转发](Running-a-Server#转发端口) 您的路由器。" +msgstr "如果您已注册成功（您可以[在此处查看](https://explorer.jamulus.io/)）但您或您的朋友看不到您的服务器，则可能需要等待，或使用 `--showallservers` 选项启动您的客户端并尝试从那里连接（[请参阅命令行选项](Software-Manual#命令行选项)) 了解如何使用配置选项启动您的客户端）。在某些网络配置中，您可能还需要配置路由器以[转发 Jamulus 服务器使用的端口号](Unregistered-Servers#端口转发)。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:29 @@ -118,17 +112,15 @@ msgstr "您可以通过 [在此处检查](https://explorer.jamulus.io/) 来验 #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:32 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Servers - Unregistered" +#, no-wrap msgid "Servers - Unregistered" -msgstr "## 服务器 - 未注册" +msgstr "服务器 - 未注册" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:34 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" +#, no-wrap msgid "I'm running my Client on the same machine/network as my Server but I can't connect to it" -msgstr "### 我在与我的服务器相同的机器/网络上运行我的客户端，但我无法连接到它" +msgstr "我在与我的服务器相同的机器/网络上运行我的客户端，但我无法连接到它" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:37 @@ -137,24 +129,20 @@ msgstr "将客户端连接到“localhost”或“127.0.0.1”。如果在与服 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:38 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" +#, no-wrap msgid "What address do I give to people so that they can connect to my Server?" -msgstr "### 我应该给人们什么地址，以便他们可以连接到我的服务器？" +msgstr "我应该给人们什么地址，以便他们可以连接到我的服务器？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:41 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Running-a-Server#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." msgid "This should be your **public** IP address (find that with [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip)). Connect your **own** Jamulus Client to the **local** IP address of your Server (`localhost` or `127.0.0.1` if it's on the same machine as your Client). Note that your public IP address can change - see the note on \"dynamic DNS\" in [this guide](Unregistered-Servers#dynamic-dns-and-why-you-will-probably-need-it)." -msgstr "这应该是您的**公共** IP 地址(通过 [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip) 查找)。将您的**自己的** Jamulus 客户端连接到服务器的**本地** IP 地址(`localhost` 或`127.0.0.1`，如果它与您的客户端在同一台机器上)。请注意，您的公共 IP 地址可能会更改 - 请参阅 [本指南](Running-a-Server#动态-DNS-以及您可能需要它的原因) 中有关“动态 DNS”的说明。" +msgstr "这应该是您的**公共** IP 地址（使用 [Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=whatsmyip) 找到）。将您**自己的** Jamulus 客户端连接到您服务器的**本地** IP 地址（`localhost` 或 `127.0.0.1`，如果它与您的客户端在同一台计算机上）。请注意，您的公共 IP 地址可能会更改 - 请参阅[本指南](Unregistered-Servers#动态-dns-以及您可能需要它的原因) 中有关“动态 DNS”的说明。" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:43 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### What port numbers can I use?" +#, no-wrap msgid "What port numbers can I use?" -msgstr "### 我可以使用哪些端口号？" +msgstr "我可以使用哪些端口号？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:46 @@ -163,24 +151,19 @@ msgstr "您可以使用 `--port` 选项将服务器设置为侦听自定义端 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:47 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" +#, no-wrap msgid "Nobody can connect to my Server - but I can connect locally" -msgstr "### 没有人可以连接到我的服务器 - 但我可以在本地连接" +msgstr "没有人可以连接到我的服务器 - 但我可以在本地连接" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:50 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Running-a-Server#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." msgid "First of all, make sure you've enabled [port forwarding](Unregistered-Servers#port-forwarding). If you still don't see your server from outside of your local network, you may have issues with your Internet Service Provider (ISP)." -msgstr "首先，确保您已启用 [端口转发](Running-a-Server#转发端口)。如果您仍然无法从本地网络外部看到您的服务器，则您的 Internet 服务提供商 (ISP) 可能存在问题。" +msgstr "首先，请确保您已启用 [端口转发](Unregistered-Servers#端口转发)。如果您在本地网络之外仍看不到您的服务器，则您的 Internet 服务提供商 (ISP) 可能存在问题。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:52 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Some ISPs are using techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." msgid "Some ISPs use techniques like [Address plus Port (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) or [Carrier-grade NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) to conserve address space (usually for IPv4). That makes it impossible to host services like Jamulus at home as they are not visible outside your local network." -msgstr "一些 ISP 正在使用 [地址加端口 (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) 或 [运营商级 NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia. org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT)以节省地址空间(通常用于 IPv4)。这使得在家中托管像 Jamulus 这样的服务是不可能的，因为它们在本地网络之外是不可见的。" +msgstr "一些 ISP 使用 [地址加端口 (A+P)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Address_plus_Port) 或 [运营商级 NAT (CGN)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Carrier-grade_NAT) 等技术来节省地址空间（通常用于 IPv4）。这使得无法在家中托管 Jamulus 等服务，因为它们在本地网络之外不可见。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Server-Troubleshooting.md:54 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Software-Manual.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Software-Manual.po similarity index 71% rename from _translator-files/po/zh_CN/Software-Manual.po rename to _translator-files/po/zh-CN/Software-Manual.po index b4b2adc02..810b1ef48 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Software-Manual.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Software-Manual.po @@ -3,26 +3,27 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 09:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:1 @@ -44,19 +45,13 @@ msgstr "软件手册" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:7 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "# Jamulus User Manual\n" -#| " {:.no_toc}\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus User Manual" -msgstr "" -"# Jamulus 用户手册\n" -" {:.no_toc}\n" +msgstr "Jamulus 用户手册" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:9 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" @@ -67,40 +62,37 @@ msgstr "本手册记录了 Jamulus 客户端应用程序，供音乐家和歌手 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:13 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "
" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:15 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "Table of contents" +#, no-wrap msgid "Table of contents\n" -msgstr "目录" +msgstr "目录\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:18 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" -msgstr "{:toc}" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:20 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "
" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:21 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "# Main Window" +#, no-wrap msgid "Main Window" -msgstr "# 主窗口" +msgstr "主窗口" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:28 @@ -112,16 +104,15 @@ msgid "" "

\n" msgstr "" "
\n" -"\"Jamulus\n" +"\"Jamulus\n" "
连接到服务器时的本地混音
\n" "
\n" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:29 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Ping, Delay and Jitter" +#, no-wrap msgid "Ping, Delay and Jitter" -msgstr "## Ping、延迟和抖动" +msgstr "Ping、延迟和抖动" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:32 @@ -137,10 +128,9 @@ msgstr "**延迟**显示根据当前 ping 时间和当前音频缓冲区设置 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:36 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"绿色
" +msgstr "
\"绿色
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:38 @@ -150,10 +140,9 @@ msgstr "**绿色** - 延迟非常适合即兴演奏\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:40 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"黄色
" +msgstr "
\"黄色
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:42 @@ -163,10 +152,9 @@ msgstr "**黄色** - 仍然可以进行会话，但可能更难玩\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:44 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Image
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"绿色
" +msgstr "
\"绿色
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:46 @@ -202,10 +190,9 @@ msgstr "客户端或服务器的 CPU 为 100%。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:54 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Input" +#, no-wrap msgid "Input" -msgstr "## 输入" +msgstr "输入" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:58 @@ -214,10 +201,9 @@ msgstr "显示音频输入的两个立体声通道的电平。确保不要削波 #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:59 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Mute Myself button" +#, no-wrap msgid "Mute Myself button" -msgstr "## 静音自己按钮" +msgstr "静音自己按钮" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:62 @@ -226,10 +212,9 @@ msgstr "将您的音频流剪切到服务器，以便您能够听到自己的声 #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:63 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Reverb effect" +#, no-wrap msgid "Reverb effect" -msgstr "## 混响效果" +msgstr "混响效果" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:69 @@ -238,10 +223,9 @@ msgstr "将混响添加到本地单声道音频通道，或立体声模式下的 #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:70 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Chat" +#, no-wrap msgid "Chat" -msgstr "## 聊天" +msgstr "聊天" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:75 @@ -250,285 +234,269 @@ msgstr "打开聊天窗口。输入的文本将发送到所有连接的客户端 #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:76 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Connect/disconnect button" +#, no-wrap msgid "Connect/disconnect button" -msgstr "## 连接/断开按钮" +msgstr "连接/断开按钮" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:80 -msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session." -msgstr "打开一个对话框，您可以在其中选择要连接的服务器。如果您已连接，按此按钮将结束会话。" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:81 +msgid "Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session. You can also open the dialogue using \"File>Connection Setup...\". This will leave you connected to any current session until you join another." +msgstr "打开一个对话框，您可以在其中选择要连接的服务器。如果您已连接，按此按钮将结束会话。您也可以使用\"文件>连接设置...”打开对话框。这将使您连接到任何当前会话，直到您加入另一个会话。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:82 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Screenshot
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:83 +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Screenshot
\n" -msgstr "
\"服务器连接窗口截图\"
" +msgstr "
\"服务器连接窗口截图\"
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:84 -msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available servers together with the number of occupants and the maximum number supported. Server operators register their servers on lists (mostly defined by genre, though some could be location-specific or for all genres). Use the List dropdown to select a genre, click on the server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name. Permanent servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." -msgstr "Connection Setup 窗口显示可用服务器列表以及占用者数量和支持的最大数量。服务器运营商在列表中注册他们的服务器(主要由流派定义，尽管有些可能是特定于位置的或适用于所有流派)。使用列表下拉选择一个流派，单击您要加入的服务器，然后按连接按钮连接到它。或者，双击服务器名称。永久服务器(已列出超过 24 小时的服务器)以粗体显示。" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 +msgid "The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their \"distance\" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location. Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold." +msgstr "连接设置窗口会显示可用服务器的列表，连同它们的 \"距离\"（以 Ping 时间衡量）、占用人数、支持的最大人数以及服务器给定的位置。已列出超过 24 小时的永久服务器会以粗体显示。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:86 -msgid "You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a \"#\" character." -msgstr "您可以按服务器名称或位置过滤列表。要仅列出占用的服务器，请输入 “#” 字符。" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:88 +msgid "Click on the Server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name." +msgstr "点击您想要加入的服务器，然后按下“连接”按钮进行连接。或者，双击服务器名称。" + +#. type: Plain text +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:92 +msgid "Server operators register their servers with Directories. These are either genre-specific or for any genre, or additional [custom entries](#custom-directories). Use the Directory dropdown to select a genre. You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied Servers, enter a \"#\" character. If you choose \"Show All Musicians\" the current occupants will be shown." +msgstr "服务器运营商向目录注册他们的服务器。这些目录要么是特定类型的，要么是适用于任何类型的，或者是额外的自定义条目。使用目录下拉菜单选择一个类型。您可以通过服务器名称或位置对列表进行筛选。要仅列出已占用的服务器，请输入\"#\" 字符。如果您选择“显示所有音乐家”，则会显示当前的占用者。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:90 -msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses." -msgstr "如果您知道私有服务器的 IP 地址或 URL，则可以使用服务器名称/地址字段连接到它。可以在地址后添加一个可选的端口号，使用冒号作为分隔符，例如，`jamulus.example.com:22124`(请注意，IPv6 地址必须完全括在方括号中)。该字段还将显示最近使用的服务器地址列表。" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:98 +msgid "If you know the IP address or URL of a private Server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +msgstr "如果您知道私有服务器的 IP 地址或 URL，可以使用“服务器名称/地址”字段连接到它。可以在地址后添加一个可选的端口号，使用冒号作为分隔符，例如，`jamulus.example.com:22124`。（请注意，IPv6 地址必须完全括在方括号中，例如 `[::1]:22124`。）该字段还将显示最近使用的服务器地址列表。该字段后面的按钮允许从列表中删除当前条目。" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:91 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Server audio mixer" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 +#, no-wrap msgid "Server audio mixer" -msgstr "## 服务器混音器" +msgstr "服务器混音器" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:94 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:102 +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"一对服务器混音器控件的图像\"
" +msgstr "
\"一对服务器混音器控件的图像\"
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:97 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 msgid "The audio mixer screen shows each user connected to the server (including yourself). The faders allow you to adjust the level of what you hear without affecting what others hear." msgstr "音频混合器屏幕显示连接到服务器的每个用户(包括您自己)。推子允许您调整您听到的音量，而不会影响其他人听到的声音。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:99 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 msgid "The VU meter shows the input level at the server - that is, the sound being sent." msgstr "VU 表显示服务器的输入电平 - 即正在发送的声音。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:101 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:109 msgid "If you have set your Audio Channel to Stereo or Stereo Out in your Settings, you will also see a pan control (shift-click to reset)." msgstr "如果您在设置中将音频通道设置为立体声或立体声输出，您还将看到一个平移控件(按住 shift 单击以重置)。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:103 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 msgid "If you see a \"mute\" icon above a user, it means that person cannot hear you. Either they have muted you, soloed one or more users not including you, or have set your fader in their mix to zero." msgstr "如果您在用户上方看到“静音”图标，则表示该人听不到您的声音。他们要么让你静音，要么让一个或多个不包括你在内的用户独奏，要么在他们的混音中将你的推子设置为零。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:105 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:113 msgid "Users usually appear left-to-right in the order that they connect. You can sort instead by name, instrument, group, or city using the View menu." msgstr "用户通常按照他们连接的顺序从左到右出现。您可以使用“查看”菜单按名称、乐器、组或城市排序。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:107 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 msgid "If the server operator has enabled recording, you will see a message above the mixer showing that you are being recorded." msgstr "如果服务器操作员已启用录音，您将在混音器上方看到一条消息，表明您正在被录音。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:108 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Grp button" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:116 +#, no-wrap msgid "Grp button" -msgstr "### Grp 按钮" +msgstr "Grp 按钮" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:111 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:119 msgid "You can group users together using the \"group\" toggle. Moving the fader of any member of the group will move the other faders in that group by the same amount. You can isolate a channel from the group temporarily with shift-click-drag. Up to 8 groups can be defined." msgstr "您可以使用“组”开关将用户分组在一起。移动组中任何成员的推子将移动该组中的其他推子相同的量。您可以通过 shift-单击-拖动将频道与组暂时隔离。最多可以定义 8 个组。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:112 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Mute button" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:120 +#, no-wrap msgid "Mute button" -msgstr "### 静音按钮" +msgstr "静音按钮" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:115 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:123 msgid "Prevents users being heard in your local mix. Be aware that when you mute someone, they will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader to indicate that you cannot hear them. Note also that you will continue to see their VU meters moving if sound from the muted user is reaching the server. Your fader position for them is also unaffected." msgstr "防止在您的本地混音中听到用户的声音。请注意，当您将某人静音时，他们会在您的推子上方看到一个“静音”图标，表示您无法听到他们的声音。另请注意，如果来自静音用户的声音到达服务器，您将继续看到他们的 VU 表移动。您对它们的推子位置也不受影响。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:117 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:125 msgid "Note that muting your **own** channel only means you will not hear your signal from the server (and is not advised as it can lead to you becoming out of time with other players). This is therefore not the same as using \"[Mute Myself](#mute-myself-button)\"." msgstr "请注意，将您的**自己的**频道静音仅意味着您将听不到来自服务器的信号（不建议这样做，因为这会导致您与其他玩家失去时间）。因此，这与使用“[将自己静音](#静音自己按钮)”不同。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:118 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Solo button" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:126 +#, no-wrap msgid "Solo button" -msgstr "### 独奏按钮" +msgstr "独奏按钮" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:121 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:129 msgid "Allows you to hear one or more users on their own. Those not soloed will be muted. Note also that those people who are not soloed will see a \"muted\" icon above your fader." msgstr "允许您单独听到一位或多位用户的声音。那些未独奏的将被静音。另请注意，那些未独奏的人会在推子上方看到一个“静音”图标。" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:122 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "# Settings" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 +#, no-wrap msgid "Settings" -msgstr "# 设置" +msgstr "设置" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:124 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## My Profile" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +#, no-wrap msgid "My Profile" -msgstr "## 我的个人资料" +msgstr "我的个人资料" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:128 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:136 msgid "From the Settings menu, select \"My Profile...\" to set your Alias/Name which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board." msgstr "从“设置”菜单中，选择“我的个人资料...”以设置您的别名/名称，该别名/名称显示在服务器混音器板的推子下方。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:130 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"配置文件窗口的图像\"
" +msgstr "
\"配置文件窗口的图像\"
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:132 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:140 msgid "If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag:" msgstr "如果您设置了乐器和/或国家，这些选择的图标也将显示在您的推子下方。技能设置改变了推子标签的背景颜色，城市条目显示在推子标签的工具提示中:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:134 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Image
" -msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"显示个人资料信息的工具提示图片\"
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "
\"Image
\n" +msgstr "
\"显示个人资料信息的工具提示图片\"
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:135 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Skin" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 +#, no-wrap msgid "Skin" -msgstr "### 皮肤" +msgstr "皮肤" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:138 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 msgid "This applies a skin to the main window, some of which are designed to accommodate larger ensembles." msgstr "这会将皮肤应用于主窗口，其中一些设计用于容纳更大的合奏。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:139 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Meter style" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 +#, no-wrap msgid "Meter style" -msgstr "### 仪表样式" +msgstr "仪表样式" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:142 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 msgid "This changes the visual style of the audio meters, independently of the chosen skin." msgstr "这会改变音频表的视觉风格，与所选皮肤无关。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:143 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Mixer rows" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 +#, no-wrap msgid "Mixer rows" -msgstr "### 混合器的行" +msgstr "混合器的行" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:146 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 msgid "This sets the number of rows displayed in the server audio mixer, for use with larger ensembles." msgstr "这将设置服务器音频混音器中显示的行数，以用于更大的合奏。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:147 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Audio Alerts" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 +#, no-wrap msgid "Audio Alerts" -msgstr "### 音频警报" +msgstr "音频警报" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:150 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:158 msgid "This turns on a sound alert for when someone joins a Server, or when receiving a new chat message." msgstr "当有人加入服务器或收到新的聊天消息时，这会打开声音警报。" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:151 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Audio/Network Setup" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 +#, no-wrap msgid "Audio/Network Setup" -msgstr "## 音频/网络设置" +msgstr "音频/网络设置" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:154 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:162 +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"音频/网络设置窗口图片\"
" +msgstr "
\"音频/网络设置窗口图片\"
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:155 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Device" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 +#, no-wrap msgid "Audio Device" -msgstr "### 设备" +msgstr "设备" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:159 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 msgid "Under the Windows operating system the ASIO driver (sound card) can be selected using Jamulus. If the selected ASIO driver is not valid an error message is shown and the previous valid driver is selected. Under macOS the input and output hardware can be selected." msgstr "在 Windows 操作系统下，可以使用 Jamulus 选择 ASIO 驱动程序(声卡)。如果所选的 ASIO 驱动程序无效，则会显示错误消息并选择之前的有效驱动程序。在 macOS 下，可以选择输入和输出硬件。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:160 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Input/output channel mapping" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 +#, no-wrap msgid "Input/output channel mapping" -msgstr "### 输入/输出通道映射" +msgstr "输入/输出通道映射" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:163 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"输入输出通道映射图\"
" +msgstr "
\"输入输出通道映射图\"
\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:167 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 msgid "If the selected sound card device offers more than one input or output channel, the _Input Channel Mapping and Output Channel Mapping_ settings are visible. For each Jamulus input/output channel (left and right channel) a different actual sound card channel can be selected." msgstr "如果所选声卡设备提供多个输入或输出通道，则“_Input通道映射”和“输出通道”Mapping_设置可见。对于每个Jamulus输入/输出通道(左声道和右声道)，可以选择不同的实际声卡声卡声道。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:168 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Audio channels" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:176 +#, no-wrap msgid "Audio channels" -msgstr "### 音频通道" +msgstr "音频通道" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:171 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:179 msgid "Selects the number of audio channels to be used for communication between Client and server." msgstr "选择要用于客户端和服务器之间通信的音频通道数。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:173 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:181 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note**: It is better to run separate Client instances per voice/instrument, where each Client has its own ini file, rather than using this built-in mono pair to stereo mixer.\n" msgstr "**注意**:最好为每个语音/乐器运行单独的客户端实例，每个客户端都有自己的 ini 文件，而不是使用这个内置的单声道对立体声混音器。\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:175 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 msgid "There are three modes available:" msgstr "提供三种模式:" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:177 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:185 #, no-wrap msgid "**Mono** and **Stereo** modes use one and two audio channels respectively.\n" msgstr "**Mono** 和 **Stereo** 模式分别使用一个和两个音频通道。\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:180 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:188 #, no-wrap msgid "" "**Mono-in/Stereo-out**: The audio signal sent to the server is mono but the return signal is stereo. This is useful if the sound card has the instrument on one input channel and the microphone on the other. In that case\n" @@ -538,346 +506,310 @@ msgstr "" "两个输入信号可以混合到一个单声道，但服务器混音是立体声。\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:183 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 msgid "Enabling stereo mode will increase your stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "启用立体声模式将提高流的数据速率。确保您的上传速度不超过互联网连接的可用上传速度。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:186 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:194 msgid "In stereo streaming mode, no audio channel selection for the reverb effect will be available on the main window since the effect is applied to both channels in this case." msgstr "在立体声媒体流模式时，由于混响效果将被应用到所有的两个声道，故主窗口将不提供选择混响效果所应用到的声道的功能。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:187 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Audio quality" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 +#, no-wrap msgid "Audio quality" -msgstr "### 音频质量" +msgstr "音频质量" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:190 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:198 msgid "The higher the audio quality, the higher your audio stream's data rate. Make sure your upload rate does not exceed the available upload speed of your internet connection." msgstr "音频质量越高，音频流的数据速率就越高。确保您的上传速度不超过互联网连接的可用上传速度。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:191 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Buffer Delay" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 +#, no-wrap msgid "Buffer Delay" -msgstr "### 缓冲延迟" +msgstr "缓冲延迟" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:195 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:203 msgid "The buffer delay setting is a fundamental setting of the Jamulus software. This setting has an influence on many connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported:" msgstr "缓冲延迟设置是 Jamulus 软件的基本设置。此设置会影响许多连接属性。支持三种缓冲区大小:" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards.\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 msgid "**64 samples** Provides the lowest latency but does not work with all sound cards." -msgstr "**64 个样本** 提供最低延迟，但不适用于所有声卡。\n" +msgstr "**64 个样本** 提供最低延迟，但不适用于所有声卡。" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards.\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 msgid "**128 samples** The preferred setting. Should work for most available sound cards." -msgstr "**128 个样本** 首选设置。应该适用于大多数可用的声卡。\n" +msgstr "**128 个样本** 首选设置。应该适用于大多数可用的声卡。" #. type: Bullet: '- ' -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:199 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection.\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:207 msgid "**256 samples** Should only be used on very slow computers, or with a slow internet connection." -msgstr "**256 个样本** 只能在速度非常慢的计算机或互联网连接速度较慢的情况下使用。\n" +msgstr "**256 个样本** 只能在速度非常慢的计算机或互联网连接速度较慢的情况下使用。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:202 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 msgid "Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel." msgstr "一些声卡驱动程序不允许在 Jamulus 软件中更改缓冲延迟。在这种情况下，缓冲延迟设置被禁用，必须使用声卡驱动程序进行更改。在 Windows 上，按 ASIO 设置按钮打开驱动程序设置面板。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:204 -msgid "On Linux, use the JACK configuration tool to change the buffer size." -msgstr "在 Linux 上，使用 JACK 配置工具更改缓冲区大小。" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:214 +msgid "On Linux: - when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; - when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools." +msgstr "在 Linux 系统上： - 使用 JACK 时，使用 `QJackCtl` 更改缓冲区大小并重新启动 JACK; - 使用 PipeWire 的 JACK 服务器时，使用其自身的配置工具更改 PipeWire 的量子 (Quantum) 参数。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:208 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:218 msgid "The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the higher the upload rate and the lower the overall delay." msgstr "实际缓冲区延迟对连接状态、当前上传速率和整体延迟都有影响。缓冲区大小越小，状态指示器(丢失)中出现红灯的可能性就越高，上传速率越高，整体延迟越低。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:210 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 msgid "The buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "因此，缓冲区设置是音频质量和整体延迟之间的权衡。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:211 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Jitter Buffer" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:221 +#, no-wrap msgid "Jitter Buffer" -msgstr "### 抖动缓冲区" +msgstr "抖动缓冲区" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:216 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 msgid "The jitter buffer compensates for network and sound card timing jitters. The size of the buffer influences the quality of the audio stream (how many dropouts occur) and the overall delay (the longer the buffer, the higher the delay)." msgstr "抖动缓冲器补偿网络和声卡定时抖动。缓冲区的大小会影响音频流的质量(发生多少丢失)和整体延迟(缓冲区越长，延迟越高)。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:220 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:230 msgid "You can set the jitter buffer size manually for your local Client and the remote server. For the local jitter buffer, dropouts in the audio stream are indicated by the light below the jitter buffer size faders. If the light turns to red, a buffer overrun/underrun has taken place and the audio stream is interrupted." msgstr "您可以为本地客户端和远程服务器手动设置抖动缓冲区大小。对于本地抖动缓冲区，音频流中的丢失由抖动缓冲区大小推子下方的灯指示。如果指示灯变为红色，则表示缓冲区溢出/欠载，并且音频流被中断。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:222 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 msgid "The jitter buffer setting is therefore a trade-off between audio quality and overall delay." msgstr "因此，抖动缓冲区设置是音频质量和整体延迟之间的权衡。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:226 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 msgid "If the Auto setting is enabled, the jitter buffers of your local Client and the remote server are set automatically based on measurements of the network and sound card timing jitter. If the Auto check is enabled, the jitter buffer size faders are disabled (they cannot be moved with the mouse)." msgstr "如果启用自动设置，本地客户端和远程服务器的抖动缓冲区将根据网络和声卡定时抖动的测量值自动设置。如果启用了自动检查，则抖动缓冲区大小推子将被禁用(它们不能用鼠标移动)。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:227 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Enable small network buffers" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 +#, no-wrap msgid "Small Network Buffers" -msgstr "### 启用小型网络缓冲区" +msgstr "小型网络缓冲区" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:231 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 msgid "Allows support for very small network audio packets. These are only used if the sound card buffer delay is smaller than 128 samples. The smaller the network buffers, the lower the audio latency. But at the same time the network load increases and the probability of audio dropouts also increases (particuarly if your network connection has any significant jitter). Try enabling this option if you are suffering from high latency or bad audio quality. However, keeping it disabled will normally mean better audio quality." msgstr "允许支持非常小的网络音频数据包。这些仅在声卡缓冲区延迟小于 128 个样本时使用。网络缓冲区越小，音频延迟越低。但与此同时，网络负载增加，音频丢失的可能性也增加(特别是如果您的网络连接有任何明显的抖动)。如果您遇到高延迟或较差的音频质量，请尝试启用此选项。但是，禁用它通常意味着更好的音频质量。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:232 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Audio Stream Rate" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:242 +#, no-wrap msgid "Audio Stream Rate" -msgstr "### 音频流速率" +msgstr "音频流速率" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:236 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:246 msgid "Depends on the current audio packet size and compression setting. Make sure that the upstream rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a service such as [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/))." msgstr "取决于当前的音频包大小和压缩设置。确保上行速率不高于您可用的互联网上传速度(通过 [librespeed.org](https://librespeed.org/) 等服务进行检查)。" #. type: Title ## -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:237 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Advanced Setup" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:247 +#, no-wrap msgid "Advanced Setup" -msgstr "## 高级设置" +msgstr "高级设置" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:240 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
\"Image
" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 +#, no-wrap msgid "
\"Image
\n" -msgstr "
\"高级设置窗口图片\"
" +msgstr "
\"高级设置窗口图片\"
\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:241 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Custom Directories" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 +#, no-wrap msgid "Custom Directories" -msgstr "### 自定义目录" +msgstr "自定义目录" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:244 -msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here." -msgstr "如果您需要添加内置地址以外的目录地址，您可以在此处进行。" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 +msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. (Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list." +msgstr "如果您需要添加除内置目录地址之外的其他目录地址，可以在此处进行操作。如果您知道自定义目录的 IP 地址或主机名，可以使用“服务器名称/地址”字段连接到它。可以在地址后添加一个可选的端口号，使用冒号作为分隔符，例如，`jamulus.example.com:22124`。（请注意，目前目录不支持 IPv6。）该字段后面的按钮允许从列表中删除当前条目。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:245 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### New Client Level" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 +#, no-wrap msgid "New Client Level" -msgstr "### 新客户端级别" +msgstr "新客户端级别" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:250 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\"." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 +#, no-wrap msgid "" "This setting defines the fader level of a newly connected Client in percent. If a new user connects\n" "to the current server, they will get the specified initial fader level if no other fader level from a previous connection of\n" "that user was already stored. You can set all users in an occupied server to this level using Edit > \"Set All Faders to New Client Level\".\n" -msgstr "此设置以百分比定义新连接客户端的推子电平。如果新用户连接到当前服务器，如果该用户先前连接的其他推子电平尚未存储，他们将获得指定的初始推子电平。您可以使用“编辑”>“将所有推子设置为新客户端级别”将占用服务器中的所有用户设置为该级别。" +msgstr "" +"此设置以百分比形式定义新连接客户端的推子级别。如果新用户连接到当前服务器\n" +"\n" +"并且尚未存储该用户之前连接时的其他推子级别，他们将获得指定的初始推子级别\n" +"\n" +"您可以使用“编辑”>“将所有推子设置为新客户端级别”将已占用服务器中的所有用户设置为此级别。\n" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:251 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Input Boost" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 +#, no-wrap msgid "Input Boost" -msgstr "### 输入提升" +msgstr "输入提升" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:254 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:268 msgid "Increases the gain from your device. Use this if your device delivers a gain that is too quiet for Jamulus." msgstr "增加设备的增益。如果您的设备提供的增益对于 Jamulus 来说过于安静，请使用此选项。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:255 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Feedback Protection" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:269 +#, no-wrap msgid "Feedback Protection" -msgstr "### 反馈保护" +msgstr "反馈保护" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:258 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:272 msgid "Attempts to detect audio feedback loops or loud noise in the first three seconds after you connected to a server. Once detected, this feature will show a message and activate the \"Mute Myself\" button to mute you in your own mix." msgstr "尝试在连接到服务器后的前三秒内检测音频反馈循环或噪音。一旦检测到，此功能将显示一条消息并激活“静音我自己”按钮以使您在自己的混音中静音。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:259 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Input Balance" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:273 +#, no-wrap msgid "Input Balance" -msgstr "### 输入平衡" +msgstr "输入平衡" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:264 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:278 msgid "Controls the relative levels of the left and right local audio channels. For a mono signal it acts as a pan between the two channels. For example, if a microphone is connected to the right input channel and an instrument is connected to the left input channel which is much louder than the microphone, move the audio fader to increase the relative volume of the mic." msgstr "控制左右本地音频通道的相对电平。对于单声道信号，它充当两个通道之间的声像。例如，如果麦克风连接到右输入通道，而乐器连接到比麦克风大得多的左输入通道，则移动音频推子以增加麦克风的相对音量。" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:265 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "# Menu commands" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 +#, no-wrap msgid "Menu commands" -msgstr "# 菜单命令" +msgstr "菜单命令" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:267 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 +#, no-wrap msgid "File > Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup" -msgstr "### 文件 > 加载/保存混音器通道设置" +msgstr "文件 > 加载/保存混音器通道设置" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:270 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:284 msgid "You can save and restore the mix you have for your band rehearsals (fader, mute, pan, solo etc.) and load these any time (even while you are playing). Loading can also be done by drag/drop to the mixer window." msgstr "您可以保存和恢复您为乐队排练所拥有的混音(推子、静音、声像、独奏等)并随时加载(即使在演奏时)。加载也可以通过拖放到混音器窗口来完成。" #. type: Title ### -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:271 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 +#, no-wrap msgid "Edit > Auto-Adjust All Faders " -msgstr "### 编辑 > 自动调整所有推子" +msgstr "编辑 > 自动调整所有推子 " #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:274 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 msgid "Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful for large ensembles to get a reasonable overall mix, although individual adjustments might still be necessary. Best applied during a warm-up or a uniform part of the music piece." msgstr "根据音量将一次性推子设置应用于每个通道。对于大型合奏获得合理的整体混音很有用，尽管可能仍然需要进行个别调整。最好在热身或乐曲的统一部分使用。" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:275 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "# Backing up Jamulus" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:289 +#, no-wrap msgid "Backing up Jamulus" -msgstr "# 备份 Jamulus" +msgstr "备份 Jamulus" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:279 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:293 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * You can save and load different mixer settings using [Load/Save Mixer Channels Setup](Software-Manual#file--loadsave-mixer-channels-setup) and store those files wherever you want." -msgstr "您可以使用 [加载/保存混音器频道设置](Software-Manual#文件--加载保存混音器通道设置) 保存和加载不同的混音器设置，并将这些文件存储在您想要的任何位置。" +msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Backing-Up.md %} * 您可以使用 [加载/保存混音器频道设置](Software-Manual#文件--加载保存混音器通道设置) 保存和加载不同的混音器设置，并将这些文件存储在您想要的任何位置。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" -#| "```shell\n" -#| "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -#| "```\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 +#, no-wrap msgid "**Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in \n" -msgstr "" -"**macOS 用户注意事项:** 从 Jamulus 3.8.1 开始，我们有一个签名的安装程序。这会将设置存储在 \n" -"```shell\n" -"$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -"```\n" +msgstr "**macOS 用户注意事项:** 从 Jamulus 3.8.1 开始，我们有一个签名的安装程序。这会将设置存储在 \n" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:281 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:295 #, no-wrap -msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" -msgstr "" +msgid "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" +msgstr "$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/\n" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:285 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "# Command Line Options" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:299 +#, no-wrap msgid "Command Line Options" -msgstr "# 命令行选项" +msgstr "命令行选项" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:288 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 msgid "Most common functions in Jamulus can be set using the GUI, but these and others can also be set using options given in a terminal window. Exactly how you do this will depend on your operating system." msgstr "Jamulus 中最常见的功能可以使用 GUI 设置，但这些和其他功能也可以使用终端窗口中给出的选项进行设置。具体如何执行此操作将取决于您的操作系统。" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:290 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#, no-wrap msgid "For example on Windows, to use a specific settings file, right-click on the Jamulus shortcut and choose \"Properties\" > Target. Add the necessary arguments to Jamulus.exe:\n" -msgstr "例如在 Windows 上，要使用特定的设置文件，请右键单击 Jamulus 快捷方式并选择“属性”>“目标”。将必要的参数添加到 Jamulus.exe:" +msgstr "例如在 Windows 上，要使用特定的设置文件，请右键单击 Jamulus 快捷方式并选择“属性”>“目标”。将必要的参数添加到 Jamulus.exe:\n" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:291 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "```shell\n" -#| " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" -#| "```\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#, no-wrap msgid " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" -msgstr "" -"```shell\n" -" \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" +msgstr " \"C:\\Program Files\\Jamulus\\Jamulus.exe\" --inifile \"C:\\path\\to\\myinifile.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:296 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:310 msgid "For macOS, start a Terminal window and run Jamulus with the desired options like this:" msgstr "对于 macOS，启动终端窗口并使用所需的选项运行 Jamulus，如下所示:" #. type: Fenced code block (shell) -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:297 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "```shell\n" -#| " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" -#| "```\n" +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:311 +#, no-wrap msgid " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" -msgstr "" -"```shell\n" -" /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" -"```\n" +msgstr " /Applications/Jamulus.app/Contents/MacOS/Jamulus --inifile \"/path/to/myinifile.ini\"\n" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:302 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:316 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Client-Commands.md %}" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:304 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:318 msgid "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" msgstr "{% include_relative Include-Shared-Commands.md %}" #. type: Title # -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:305 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:319 #, no-wrap msgid "Controlling the Client via API" -msgstr "" +msgstr "通过 API 控制客户端" #. type: Plain text -#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:307 +#: ../wiki/en/Software-Manual.md:321 msgid "In addition to the CLI, Jamulus can be controlled using an API. This is beneficial for advanced use cases - for example, where there is no GUI, or another application needs to interact with Jamulus. Please note that the API is still experimental. Information on the [JSON-RPC API can be found in the main repository](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "除了命令行界面（CLI）之外，Jamulus 还可以通过 API 进行控制。这对于高级用例非常有用，例如没有图形用户界面（GUI）的情况，或者其他应用程序需要与 Jamulus 进行交互的情况。请注意，该 API 仍处于实验阶段。有关 [JSON-RPC API 的信息可以在主存储库中找到](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md)。" + +#~ msgid "You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a \"#\" character." +#~ msgstr "您可以按服务器名称或位置过滤列表。要仅列出占用的服务器，请输入 “#” 字符。" + +#~ msgid "If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here." +#~ msgstr "如果您需要添加内置地址以外的目录地址，您可以在此处进行。" + +#~ msgid "On Linux, use the JACK configuration tool to change the buffer size." +#~ msgstr "在 Linux 上，使用 JACK 配置工具更改缓冲区大小。" #~ msgid "TOC" #~ msgstr "TOC" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po similarity index 79% rename from _translator-files/po/zh_CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po rename to _translator-files/po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po index de15487a8..eb8147826 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Tips-Tricks-More.po @@ -3,26 +3,27 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # ignotus , 2022. -# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2022, 2023, 2024. # Allan Nordhøy , 2023. +# ignotus , 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-08-07 22:46+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Allan Nordhøy \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 13:08+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 5.0-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "zh_CN" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:1 @@ -44,54 +45,49 @@ msgstr "提示、技巧等" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:8 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "Tips, Tricks and More" +#, no-wrap msgid "Tips & Tricks" -msgstr "提示、技巧等" +msgstr "提示与技巧" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:10 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap msgid " {:.no_toc}\n" msgstr " {:.no_toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:12 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "
" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:14 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "Table of contents" +#, no-wrap msgid "Table of contents\n" -msgstr "目录" +msgstr "目录\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:17 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "{:toc}" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "* TOC\n" " {:toc}\n" -msgstr "{:toc}" +msgstr "" +"* TOC\n" +" {:toc}\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:19 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "
" +#, no-wrap msgid "
\n" -msgstr "
" +msgstr "
\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:20 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Learning about remote band rehearsing" +#, no-wrap msgid "Learning about remote band rehearsing" -msgstr "### 学习远程乐队排练" +msgstr "学习远程乐队排练" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:23 @@ -100,17 +96,15 @@ msgstr "Jamulus用户[Chris Rimple](https://sourceforge.net/u/chrisrimple/profil #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:24 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## Using the Jamulus Client" +#, no-wrap msgid "Using the Jamulus Client" -msgstr "## 使用 Jamulus 客户端" +msgstr "使用 Jamulus 客户端" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:26 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Have an undisturbed session on any Server" +#, no-wrap msgid "Have an undisturbed session on any Server" -msgstr "### 在任何服务器上都有一个不受干扰的会话" +msgstr "在任何服务器上拥有不受干扰的会话" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:29 @@ -125,10 +119,9 @@ msgstr "**注意:** 这不会阻止人们听到您的声音、使用聊天功能 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:32 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" +#, no-wrap msgid "Using Jamulus audio in Zoom (or other) meeting apps" -msgstr "### 在 Zoom(或其他)会议应用程序中使用 Jamulus 音频" +msgstr "在 Zoom（或其他）会议应用程序中使用 Jamulus 音频" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:35 @@ -142,22 +135,20 @@ msgstr "您还可以使用 [VoiceMeeter](https://www.vb-audio.com/Voicemeeter/ba #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:38 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" +#, no-wrap msgid "Recording Jamulus on Windows with Reaper" -msgstr "### 使用 Reaper 在 Windows 上录制 Jamulus" +msgstr "使用 Reaper 在 Windows 上录制 Jamulus" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:41 msgid "Jamulus user [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) has written a [guide to recording the output of Jamulus](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4-OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) using the ReaRoute add-on for [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/)." -msgstr "Jamulus 用户 [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) 编写了 [记录 Jamulus 输出的指南](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4 -OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) 使用 [Reaper] (https://www.reaper.fm/) 的 ReaRoute 插件。" +msgstr "Jamulus 用户 [Rob Durkin](https://sourceforge.net/u/bentwrench/profile/) 编写了 [记录 Jamulus 输出的指南](https://docs.google.com/document/d/1tENfNKTWHasuTg33OdLLEo4 -OOhWJolOo42ffSARxhY/edit) (Google Doc) 使用 [Reaper](https://www.reaper.fm/) 的 ReaRoute 插件。" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:42 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Sharing song/chord sheets" +#, no-wrap msgid "Sharing song/chord sheets" -msgstr "### 分享歌曲/和弦表" +msgstr "分享歌曲/和弦表" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:45 @@ -166,10 +157,9 @@ msgstr "Jamulus 用户 [BTDT](https://sourceforge.net/u/btdt/profile/) 编写了 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:46 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Jamulus Client Linux start script" +#, no-wrap msgid "Jamulus Client Linux start script" -msgstr "### Jamulus 客户端 Linux 启动脚本" +msgstr "Jamulus 客户端 Linux 启动脚本" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:49 @@ -193,33 +183,7 @@ msgstr "这是脚本:" #. type: Fenced code block #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:57 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "~~~\n" -#| " amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" -#| " amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" -#| " amixer sset 'Line' playback 60% unmute\n" -#| " amixer sset 'Audigy Analog/Digital Output Jack' unmute\n" -#| " amixer sset 'Analog Mix' capture 100%\n" -#| " amixer sset 'Analog Mix' playback 0%\n" -#| " amixer sset 'Wave' 100%\n" -#| " amixer sset 'Master' capture 100% cap\n" -#| " amixer sset 'Master' playback 100%\n" -#| " amixer sset 'Master' playback 100%\n" -#| " amixer sset 'PCM' playback 100%\n" -#| " amixer sset 'PCM' capture 0%\n" -#| " guitarix &\n" -#| " /home/corrados/llcon/Jamulus -c myJamulusServer.domain.com &\n" -#| " sleep 3\n" -#| " jack_disconnect system:capture_1 Jamulus:'input left'\n" -#| " jack_disconnect system:capture_2 Jamulus:'input right'\n" -#| " jack_connect system:capture_1 gx_head_amp:in_0\n" -#| " jack_connect gx_head_amp:out_0 gx_head_fx:in_0\n" -#| " jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_0 Jamulus:'input left'\n" -#| " jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_1 Jamulus:'input right'\n" -#| " jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" -#| " jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" -#| "~~~\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" " amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" @@ -245,7 +209,6 @@ msgid "" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" msgstr "" -"~~~\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' capture 30% cap\n" " amixer sset 'Mic' playback 0%\n" " amixer sset 'Line' playback 60% unmute\n" @@ -269,14 +232,12 @@ msgstr "" " jack_connect gx_head_fx:out_1 Jamulus:'input right'\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output left' system:playback_1\n" " jack_connect Jamulus:'output right' system:playback_2\n" -"~~~\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:83 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" +#, no-wrap msgid "Using ctrlmidich for MIDI controllers" -msgstr "### 将 ctrlmidich 用于 MIDI 控制器" +msgstr "使用 ctrlmidich 处理 MIDI 控制器" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:86 @@ -295,10 +256,9 @@ msgstr "在这里，Jamulus 在 MIDI 通道 1 上收听。音量推子 CC 编号 #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:92 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this." +#, no-wrap msgid "Please note that for the functions controlled by buttons to work properly, your MIDI controller needs the buttons to be set to \"toggle\" mode. This means that when pressed to 'turn on' a control, it must send a MIDI CC number with a value >=64, and to 'turn off' the control it must send the same CC number with a value <64. You can read your controller's manual to find out how to set this.\n" -msgstr "请注意，为使按钮控制的功能正常工作，您的 MIDI 控制器需要将按钮设置为“切换”模式。这意味着当按下以“打开”一个控件时，它必须发送一个值 >=64 的 MIDI CC 编号，而要“关闭”该控件，它必须发送一个值 <64 的相同 CC 编号。您可以阅读控制器手册以了解如何设置它。" +msgstr "请注意，为了使按钮控制的功能正常工作，您的 MIDI 控制器需要将按钮设置为“切换”模式。这意味着当按下按钮以“打开”控制时，它必须发送一个值 >= 64 的 MIDI CC 编号，而要“关闭”控制时，它必须发送相同的 CC 编号且值 < 64。您可以阅读控制器的手册以了解如何进行此设置。\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:94 @@ -324,31 +284,26 @@ msgstr "*提示*:当您在 Jamulus 中启用 MIDI 控制时，每个用户的名 #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:101 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "## For Server admins" +#, no-wrap msgid "For Server admins" -msgstr "## 对于服务器管理员" +msgstr "对于服务器管理员" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:103 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" +#, no-wrap msgid "Converting a Registered Server to an Unregistered one on the fly" -msgstr "### 即时将已注册的服务器转换为未注册的服务器" +msgstr "动态地将注册服务器转换为未注册服务器" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:106 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for your band to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Your band mates will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" msgid "You can run as a Registered Server long enough for people to connect, then go \"private\" (Unregistered) by setting the Directory to \"none\" in the Server GUI. Musicians will still be connected to the Server until they disconnect. (Thanks to [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) for this tip!)" -msgstr "您可以作为注册服务器运行足够长的时间以供您的乐队连接，然后通过在服务器 GUI 中将目录设置为“无”来“私有”(未注册)。在断开连接之前，您的乐队成员仍将连接到服务器。 (感谢 [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) 的提示！)" +msgstr "您可以作为已注册服务器运行足够长的时间以供人们连接，然后通过在服务器 GUI 中将目录设置为“无”来转为“私人”（未注册）。音乐家将仍然连接到服务器，直到他们断开连接。（感谢 [David Savinkoff](https://github.com/DavidSavinkoff) 提供此提示！）" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:107 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Remote management of recordings" +#, no-wrap msgid "Remote management of recordings" -msgstr "### 远程管理录音" +msgstr "远程管理录音" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:110 @@ -357,10 +312,9 @@ msgstr "Jamulus 用户 [vdellamea](https://github.com/vdellamea) 编写了一个 #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:111 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "### Making a Server status page" +#, no-wrap msgid "Making a Server status page" -msgstr "### 制作服务器状态页面" +msgstr "制作服务器状态页面" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:114 @@ -374,23 +328,7 @@ msgstr "下面是一个使用服务器状态文件在 html 页面上显示当前 #. type: Fenced code block #: ../wiki/en/Tips-Tricks-More.md:117 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "~~~\n" -#| "\n" -#| "\n" -#| "~~~\n" +#, no-wrap msgid "" "\n" "\n" msgstr "" -"~~~\n" "\n" "\n" -"~~~\n" #, no-wrap #~ msgid "" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Unregistered-Servers.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Unregistered-Servers.po similarity index 58% rename from _translator-files/po/zh_CN/Unregistered-Servers.po rename to _translator-files/po/zh-CN/Unregistered-Servers.po index b55d25377..f4fd58cf2 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/Unregistered-Servers.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/Unregistered-Servers.po @@ -1,146 +1,147 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE # Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. -# -#, fuzzy +# ignotus , 2024. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 13:08+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: lang #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "en" -msgstr "" +msgstr "zh-CN" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: layout #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "wiki" -msgstr "" +msgstr "wiki" #. type: Yaml Front Matter Hash Value: permalink #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 #, no-wrap msgid "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "/wiki/Unregistered-Servers" #. type: Title # #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:1 ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:10 #, no-wrap msgid "Running an Unregistered Server" -msgstr "" +msgstr "运行未注册的服务器" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:9 msgid "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"More\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" -msgstr "" +msgstr "{% include breadcrumb.html root=\"更多\" branch1=\"Server Administration\" branch1-url=\"Running-a-Server\" %}" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:13 msgid "It is highly recommended to test your Server by registering it on one of the built-in Directories **first**. This will help you tackle general problems before you try unregistered mode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "强烈建议您先通过在其中一个内置目录中注册您的服务器来对其进行测试。这将帮助您在尝试未注册模式之前解决一般问题。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:14 #, no-wrap msgid "Setting up a Server behind a home router" -msgstr "" +msgstr "在家用路由器后面设置服务器" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:17 msgid "If you set up your Server at home, you will probably need to change some settings in your router/firewall:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果您在家里设置服务器，您可能需要更改路由器/防火墙中的一些设置：" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:18 #, no-wrap msgid "Port forwarding" -msgstr "" +msgstr "端口转发" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:21 msgid "Normally, people from outside your home network cannot see things inside it. To let external Jamulus Clients connect to your Server, you need to set up port forwarding in your router's settings. The exact setup differs for every router. For help, see your router's documentation or [portforward.com](https://portforward.com)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "通常，您家庭网络之外的人无法看到网络内部的情况。要让外部的 Jamulus 客户端连接到您的服务器，您需要在路由器的设置中设置端口转发。每种路由器的确切设置都不同。如需帮助，请参阅您的路由器文档或 [portforward.com](https://portforward.com) 。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:23 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** The default port for Jamulus is **UDP** (not TCP) port **22124**. You will usually forward the port **22124** from outside your network to the port **22124** of the computer running the Server.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**注意:** Jamulus 的默认端口是 **UDP**（不是 TCP）端口 **22124**。您通常会将端口 **22124** 从网络外部转发到运行服务器的计算机的端口 **22124**。\n" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:24 #, no-wrap msgid "Getting the public IP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "获取公网 IP" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:28 msgid "To allow others to connect to your Server from the internet, give them your public IP address. You can [learn your current public IP address using Google](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip). You should connect yourself using the local network address of the computer the Server is running on. If you are running a Client on the same computer as your Server, the address is `localhost` or `127.0.0.1`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "要允许其他人从互联网连接到您的服务器，请向他们提供您的公共 IP 地址。您可以[使用 Google 了解您当前的公共 IP 地址](https://www.google.com/search?q=what+is+my+ip)。您应该使用运行服务器的计算机的本地网络地址连接自己。如果您在与服务器相同的计算机上运行客户端，则地址为“localhost”或“127.0.0.1”。" #. type: Title ### #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:30 #, no-wrap msgid "Dynamic DNS and why you will probably need it" -msgstr "" +msgstr "动态 DNS 以及您可能需要它的原因" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:33 msgid "Unless your ISP provides you with a fixed IP address, you may find that your address changes over time. You might want to associate your IP address with a domain name you can share with others that uses \"dynamic DNS\" (DDNS). A \"dynamic DNS\" provider can supply you with the domain name and you keep refreshing your IP address with the provider. Your router might support certain DDNS providers to do this. If this is not the case, the provider will have instructions on how to set up a dynamic DNS client." -msgstr "" +msgstr "除非您的互联网服务提供商为您提供固定的 IP 地址，否则您可能会发现您的地址会随时间而变化。您可能希望将您的 IP 地址与一个您可以与他人共享的域名相关联，该域名使用“动态 DNS”（DDNS）。“动态 DNS”提供商可以为您提供域名，并且您不断向提供商刷新您的 IP 地址。您的路由器可能支持某些 DDNS 提供商来执行此操作。如果不是这种情况，提供商将为您提供有关如何设置动态 DNS 客户端的说明。" #. type: Title ## #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:34 #, no-wrap msgid "DNS SRV record support" -msgstr "" +msgstr "DNS SRV 记录支持" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:37 msgid "Jamulus Clients support [DNS SRV records (\"service\" records)](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record). If a Client finds an SRV record associated with the domain name given in the Connect window, it will try to connect to the endpoint host and port listed in the SRV record. This process is similar to HTTP redirection in a web browser, only it's between Jamulus Clients and the DNS server. The Jamulus Server is not involved in this interaction. Jamulus Servers just listen for connections on the same port listed in the SRV record." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus 客户端支持 [DNS SRV 记录（“服务”记录）](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/SRV_record)。如果客户端找到与“连接”窗口中给出的域名关联的 SRV 记录，它将尝试连接到 SRV 记录中列出的端点主机和端口。此过程类似于 Web 浏览器中的 HTTP 重定向，只是它发生在 Jamulus 客户端和 DNS 服务器之间。Jamulus 服务器不参与此交互。Jamulus 服务器只监听 SRV 记录中列出的同一端口上的连接。" #. type: Title #### #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:38 #, no-wrap msgid "Why is this helpful?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "为什么这有帮助？" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:41 msgid "A Jamulus Client can connect to a Server on a non-default port by specifying the port as part of the server address. A server administrator may want to give users a simple address without the port details, while still serving Jamulus on a non-default port. For this case, the port information can be acquired from an SRV record." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jamulus 客户端可以通过将端口作为服务器地址的一部分进行指定，从而连接到非默认端口上的服务器。服务器管理员可能希望为用户提供一个不带端口详细信息的简单地址，同时仍在非默认端口上为 Jamulus 提供服务。对于这种情况，可以从 SRV 记录中获取端口信息。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:43 msgid "An address entered in the Connect window could look like ```jamulus.example.com```. If an SRV record is found for this DNS domain, Jamulus Client will try to connect to the Server on the host:port listed in the SRV record, such as ```jamulus.example.com:12345```." -msgstr "" +msgstr "在“连接”窗口中输入的地址可能类似于 ```jamulus.example.com```。如果找到此 DNS 域的 SRV 记录，Jamulus 客户端将尝试连接到 SRV 记录中列出的主机：端口上的服务器，例如```jamulus.example.com:12345```。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:45 msgid "If no SRV records are found on the DNS server, a Client will attempt to connect to the Server as specified in the connection window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "如果在 DNS 服务器上未找到 SRV 记录，客户端将尝试按照连接窗口中的指定连接到服务器。" #. type: Title #### #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:46 #, no-wrap msgid "Creating SRV records" -msgstr "" +msgstr "创建 SRV 记录" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:49 msgid "SRV records are created by the administrator of the domain being used to host the Jamulus server. The SRV records are added through the administration portal (or API if available) of the domain's DNS hosting service. The format of the SRV record entry can vary by DNS hosting service but will generally look something like this." -msgstr "" +msgstr "SRV 记录由用于托管 Jamulus 服务器的域的管理员创建。SRV 记录通过域的 DNS 托管服务的管理门户（或 API，如果可用）添加。SRV 记录条目的格式可能因 DNS 托管服务而异，但通常看起来像这样。" #. type: Fenced code block #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:50 @@ -152,33 +153,38 @@ msgid "" " \n" " _jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" msgstr "" +" _service._proto.name. ttl IN SRV 优先级权重端口目标\n" +"\n" +"# 或者，更具体地说\n" +"\n" +"_jamulus._udp.example.com. 60 IN SRV 0 5 12345 jamulus.example.com\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:59 #, no-wrap msgid "**Note:** You can host many Jamulus Servers at different ports on one host by giving each its own SRV record.\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "**注意:** 您可以在一个主机的不同端口上托管多个 Jamulus 服务器，并为每个服务器提供自己的 SRV 记录。\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:61 msgid "See the documentation of your DNS provider for instructions on creating an SRV record." -msgstr "" +msgstr "有关创建 SRV 记录的说明，请参阅 DNS 提供商的文档。" #. type: Title #### #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:62 #, no-wrap msgid "Example use case with SRV records" -msgstr "" +msgstr "使用 SRV 记录的示例用例" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:65 msgid "This example assumes the DNS contains an A or CNAME record that resolves to ```server1.example.com```, where three Jamulus Server instances are running, each listening on one of the three ports listed below." -msgstr "" +msgstr "此示例假设 DNS 包含一个解析为 ```server1.example.com``` 的 A 或 CNAME 记录，其中三个 Jamulus Server 实例正在运行，每个实例都监听下面列出的三个端口之一。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:67 msgid "Alternatively, `server1.example.com` can be a router, NAT-gateway, or load-balancer that forwards each of the ports to a backend Jamulus server (or servers)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "或者 ，`server1.example.com` 可以是路由器、NAT 网关或负载均衡器，将每个端口转发到后端 Jamulus 服务器（或服务器）。" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:74 @@ -190,9 +196,14 @@ msgid "" "| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n" "| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n" msgstr "" +"| JAMULUS 客户端 | DNS SRV 记录 | JAMULUS 服务器 |\n" +"| ------------------ | --------------------------------------------------------------------------- | -------------------------- |\n" +"| rock.example.com | _jamulus._udp.rock.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22124 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22124 |\n" +"| jazz.example.com | _jamulus._udp.jazz.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22125 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22125 |\n" +"| blues.example.com | _jamulus._udp.blues.example.com 300 IN SRV 0 5 22126 server1.example.com | server1.example.com:22126 |\n" #. type: Plain text #: ../wiki/en/Unregistered-Servers.md:76 #, no-wrap msgid "*It's important to remember that DNS is not forwarding connections. It's simply telling Jamulus Client what public host:port to connect to.*\n" -msgstr "" +msgstr "*请务必记住，DNS 不会转发连接。它只是告诉 Jamulus 客户端要连接到哪个公共主机：端口。*\n" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/copyright.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/copyright.po similarity index 65% rename from _translator-files/po/pt_PT/copyright.po rename to _translator-files/po/zh-CN/copyright.po index 43859214a..fde44d859 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/pt_PT/copyright.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/copyright.po @@ -3,26 +3,27 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # -#, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" -"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 02:09+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: \n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: footer asio #: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "ASIO ® compatible - ASIO is a trademark and software of Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ASIO ® compatible - ASIO 是 Steinberg Media Technologies GmbH 的商标和软件" #. type: Hash Value: nav docs #: ../wiki/en/misc/copyright.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "This documentation is CC BY-SA" -msgstr "" +msgstr "本文档为 CC BY-SA 授权" diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/general.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/general.po similarity index 100% rename from _translator-files/po/zh_CN/general.po rename to _translator-files/po/zh-CN/general.po diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/navigation.po b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/navigation.po similarity index 95% rename from _translator-files/po/zh_CN/navigation.po rename to _translator-files/po/zh-CN/navigation.po index 7434e0ed4..f91c9fb2c 100644 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/navigation.po +++ b/_translator-files/po/zh-CN/navigation.po @@ -3,18 +3,19 @@ # This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. # yangyangdaji , 2022. # Kingo Bingo , 2023. +# yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>, 2024. msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-04-04 20:24+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Kingo Bingo \n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-07 13:08+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: yangyangdaji <1504305527@qq.com>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" +"Language: zh-CN\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.17-dev\n" +"X-Generator: Weblate 5.7-dev\n" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems page #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 @@ -122,7 +123,7 @@ msgstr "/wiki/Running-a-Server" #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 #, no-wrap msgid "Tips & Tricks" -msgstr "提示和技巧" +msgstr "提示与技巧" #. type: Hash Value: nav subfolderitems url #: ../wiki/en/misc/navigation.yml:1 diff --git a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/1-index.po b/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/1-index.po deleted file mode 100644 index 2d549d445..000000000 --- a/_translator-files/po/zh_CN/1-index.po +++ /dev/null @@ -1,264 +0,0 @@ -# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE -# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. -# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. -# yangyangdaji , 2022. -# Jason Li , 2023. -msgid "" -msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-06-03 14:49+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jason Li \n" -"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" -"Language: zh_CN\n" -"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" -"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" -"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" -"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" -"X-Generator: Weblate 4.18-dev\n" - -#. type: Content of: outside any tag (error?) -#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:1 -#, fuzzy, no-wrap -#| msgid "" -#| "---\n" -#| "title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -#| "lang: \"en\"\n" -#| "permalink: /\n" -#| "layout: mainhomepage\n" -#| "ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" -#| "ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -#| "ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -#| "metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" -#| "mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" -#| "mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -#| "mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" -#| "mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" -#| "mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" -#| "---\n" -msgid "" -"---\n" -"title: \"Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -"lang: \"en\"\n" -"permalink: /\n" -"layout: mainhomepage\n" -"ldjAppCategory: \"Music\"\n" -"ldjSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer and contributors\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet.\"\n" -"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus icon\"\n" -"mTSlogan: \"Play music online. With friends. For free.\"\n" -"mTGetStartedNow: \"Get started now!\"\n" -"mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for'\n" -"mTPlatformsAnd: 'and'\n" -"mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms'\n" -"---\n" -msgstr "" -"---\n" -"title: \"Jamulus - 在线播放音乐。与朋友一起。免费的。\"\n" -"lang: \"zh_CN\"\n" -"permalink: /\n" -"layout: mainhomepage\n" -"ldjAppCategory: \"音乐\"\n" -"ldjSlogan: \"在线播放音乐。与朋友一起。免费的。\"\n" -"ldjCreator: \"Volker Fischer 和贡献者\"\n" -"metadescription: \"Jamulus 是一个免费的开源软件，让音乐家全部在互联网上实时演奏音乐，排练或一起演奏。\"\n" -"mAltProgIcon: \"Jamulus 图标\"\n" -"mTSlogan: \"在线播放音乐。与朋友一起。免费的。\"\n" -"mTGetStartedNow: \"现在就开始吧！\"\n" -"mTDownloadNow: '现在下载'\n" -"mTOtherPlatforms: '其他平台'\n" -"---\n" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:20 -#, no-wrap -msgid "What is Jamulus?" -msgstr "什么是 Jamulus？" - -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. " -msgstr " Jamulus 让您的朋友、乐队或您在网上找到的任何人一起演奏、排练或即兴演奏。用普通宽带连接上提供高品质、低延迟的声音，可以轻松地远程及时地一起播放。 " - -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Download it here" -msgstr "在这里下载" - -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:21 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"!\n" -" " -msgstr "" -"!\n" -" " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:34 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Jamulus worldwide" -msgstr "世界各地的 Jamulus" - -#. type: Content of:
-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:35 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons,\n" -" in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person.\n" -" " -msgstr "" -" 在世界各地，Jamulus 允许合唱团排练、摇滚乐队演奏，并将民间音乐家和古典音乐家聚集在一起。它被用于远程音乐课程，\n" -" 在学校和大学，在私人和公共场合——所有这些都是在互联网上实时进行的，就像您亲临现场一样。\n" -" " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:37 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Help needed?" -msgstr "需要帮助？" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 -#, no-wrap -msgid " Check out the " -msgstr " 查看 " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 -#, no-wrap -msgid "documentation" -msgstr "文档" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:39 -#, no-wrap -msgid " and consider the " -msgstr " ，考虑 " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "troubleshooting section" -msgstr "故障排除部分" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:40 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -"!\n" -" You can also ask on the " -msgstr "" -"!\n" -" 您也可以在 " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 -#, no-wrap -msgid "forums" -msgstr "论坛" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:41 ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -".\n" -" " -msgstr "" -".\n" -" " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:45 -#, no-wrap -msgid "Want to get involved?" -msgstr "想参与其中吗？" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid " Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help " -msgstr " 想法？发现错误？想贡献一些代码或帮助？ " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid "translating" -msgstr "翻译" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid " Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is " -msgstr " Jamulus 到你的语言？由于 Jamulus 是 " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid "free and open source software" -msgstr "免费和开源软件" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid " (FOSS) licensed under the " -msgstr " (FOSS) 许可下 " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid "GPL" -msgstr "GPL" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:47 -#, no-wrap -msgid ", you can help us!" -msgstr "，你可以帮助我们！" - -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid " Take a look at our " -msgstr " 看看我们的 " - -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "contribution guidelines" -msgstr "贡献指南" - -#. type: Content of:


-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:48 -#, no-wrap -msgid "" -" to find out how. Everybody is welcome!\n" -" " -msgstr "" -" 找出原因。每个人都欢迎!\n" -" " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:52 -#, no-wrap -msgid " For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see " -msgstr " 如果想要了解关于 Jamulus 如何工作的细节信息，请看 " - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:53 -#, no-wrap -msgid "this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)" -msgstr "Volker Fischer 的这篇论文 (PDF)" - -#. type: Content of:

-#: ../wiki/en/misc/1-index.html:58 -#, no-wrap -msgid "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" -msgstr "{{ page.mTGetStartedNow }}" - -#, no-wrap -#~ msgid " For detailed information about how Jamulus hacks the space-time continuum to produce a near-perfect 5th dimension of collaborative sound, see " -#~ msgstr " 有关 Jamulus 如何破解时空连续体以产生近乎完美的第五维协作声音的详细信息，请参阅 " diff --git a/assets/css/fw.css b/assets/css/fw.css index 1ad3a9d17..61ca44ad5 100644 --- a/assets/css/fw.css +++ b/assets/css/fw.css @@ -82,44 +82,14 @@ main li { margin-bottom: 0.5em; } -#suglang { - display: none; -} - -.chlang { - border: solid 2px #c94a55; - padding: 0.2em; -} - -.proplang { - font-style: italic; -} - -#langselect { - color: #1181a4; -} - -#langselect ul { - padding: 0; - margin: 0; +#langselect-container { text-align: right; } -#langselect ul li { - display: inline-block; - list-style-type: none; - margin: 0 0.8em 0 0; - padding: 0; -} - -#langselect .selected, #gnav .selected, #paginator .selected { +#gnav .selected, #paginator .selected { font-weight: bold; text-decoration: underline; - color: #2b7288; -} - -#langselect.chlang ul li a, #langselect.chlang .selected { - color: inherit; + color: #2b7288; /* Dark moderate cyan */ } header #navbtn { @@ -321,10 +291,6 @@ details>summary { } @media (min-width:940px) { - #langselect ul li { - margin: 0 0.3em 0 0; - } - #mnv { display: block !important; } @@ -459,10 +425,6 @@ details>summary { background-color: #ea6571 !important; } - .chlang { - border-color: #ea6571; - } - #cc { color: #52bada; } diff --git a/assets/css/home.css b/assets/css/home.css index 48c8459f6..9a1030ab0 100644 --- a/assets/css/home.css +++ b/assets/css/home.css @@ -81,3 +81,7 @@ body.is-os-other #quick_dl_container a.os-other { transition: 0.4s; opacity: 0.9; } + +.mainbannerfig { + text-align: center; +} diff --git a/assets/css/langsel.css b/assets/css/langsel.css new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c9d6a81c3 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/css/langsel.css @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +.language-dropdown { + display: inline-block; +} + +#language-select { + background-color: #3daed2; /* Aquarius */ + color: white; + padding: 6px; + font-size: 16px; + border: none; + border-radius: 5px; + cursor: pointer; + text-align: left; +} + +#language-select option { + color: #2b7288; /* Dark moderate cyan */ + background-color: #eaf8fd; /* Light cyan */ +} + +#language-select option[selected] { + font-weight: bold; +} + +/* Styling for hover and focus states */ +#language-select:hover, #language-select:focus { + opacity: 0.8; + transition: 0.4s; +} + +@media (max-height: 500px) { + #language-select { + max-height: 200px; /* Adjust the height as needed */ + overflow-y: auto; /* Enable vertical scrolling */ + overflow-x: hidden; /* Disable horizontal scrolling */ + } +} + +/* Hide the plain list of languages by default */ +.language-list { + display: none; +} + +/* Horizontal list styling */ +.language-list { + list-style: none; + padding: 0; + margin: 0; + display: flex; +} + +.language-list li { + margin-right: 10px; /* Adjust spacing as needed */ +} + +.language-list li a, .language-list li span { + text-decoration: none; + color: #3daed2; /* Match the dropdown button color */ +} + +.language-list li a:hover { + text-decoration: underline; +} + +/* Highlight the active language code */ +.language-list li .active { + font-weight: bold; + text-decoration: underline; + cursor: default; /* Make the cursor default (not clickable) */ + color: #3daed2; +} + +/* Disable pointer events on the active language span */ +.language-list li .active { + pointer-events: none; +} diff --git a/assets/css/noscript.css b/assets/css/noscript.css index ce66a38ad..cd38d4756 100644 --- a/assets/css/noscript.css +++ b/assets/css/noscript.css @@ -1,3 +1,13 @@ -#suglang, #mnv { +#mnv { display: block !important; } + +/* Force display of the plain list of languages when JS is disabled */ +.language-list { + display: flex !important; +} + +/* Hide the language dropdown when JS is disabled */ +.language-dropdown { + display: none !important; +} diff --git a/assets/img/en-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc b/assets/img/en-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc index ade42499e..f6bb0906d 100644 --- a/assets/img/en-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc +++ b/assets/img/en-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc @@ -1 +1 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147834663-43b9d6e3-c107-4de8-abeb-6b9c1d3426f7.png +https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/950c8dc1-b766-49b6-b88e-4bf9c38e6c2d diff --git a/assets/img/en-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc b/assets/img/en-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc index 4927d0d64..1ee136916 100644 --- a/assets/img/en-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc +++ b/assets/img/en-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc @@ -1 +1 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/1549463/248553725-353df7ba-f232-45a5-9f18-bdb8c630a1a8.png +https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/2869f401-347b-4b3e-b280-36a7b45d7ee6 diff --git a/assets/img/es-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc b/assets/img/es-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc index b286eecd3..df466ffe8 100644 --- a/assets/img/es-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc +++ b/assets/img/es-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc @@ -1 +1 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147940878-22b36fd5-3812-417f-ba2f-86df1621a157.png +https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/e26d6131-de30-46a5-9145-7c539cb67c87 diff --git a/assets/img/es-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc b/assets/img/es-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc index 5285ab1e1..f5ac30f8f 100644 --- a/assets/img/es-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc +++ b/assets/img/es-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc @@ -1 +1 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4263412/151820096-09ac8f48-50db-495c-b940-8bff053317a4.png +https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/85e6859b-c88a-4ace-ad4e-86993241c873 diff --git a/assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc b/assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc rename to assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc diff --git a/assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc b/assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc rename to assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc diff --git a/assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc b/assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc rename to assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc diff --git a/assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc b/assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc rename to assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc diff --git a/assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc b/assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc rename to assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc diff --git a/assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc b/assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc rename to assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc diff --git a/assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/led-green.inc b/assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/led-green.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/led-green.inc rename to assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/led-green.inc diff --git a/assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/led-red.inc b/assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/led-red.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/led-red.inc rename to assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/led-red.inc diff --git a/assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/led-yellow.inc b/assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/led-yellow.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/led-yellow.inc rename to assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/led-yellow.inc diff --git a/assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc b/assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc rename to assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc diff --git a/assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc b/assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc rename to assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc diff --git a/assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc b/assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc rename to assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc diff --git a/assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc b/assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc rename to assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc diff --git a/assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/server-active.inc b/assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/server-active.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/server-active.inc rename to assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/server-active.inc diff --git a/assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/server-inactive.inc b/assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/server-inactive.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/server-inactive.inc rename to assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/server-inactive.inc diff --git a/assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc b/assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc rename to assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc diff --git a/assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/settings-network.inc b/assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/settings-network.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/settings-network.inc rename to assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/settings-network.inc diff --git a/assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/settings-profile.inc b/assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/settings-profile.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/ko_KR-screenshots/settings-profile.inc rename to assets/img/ko-KR-screenshots/settings-profile.inc diff --git a/assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc b/assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc rename to assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc diff --git a/assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc b/assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc rename to assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc diff --git a/assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc b/assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc rename to assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc diff --git a/assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc b/assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc rename to assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc diff --git a/assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc b/assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc rename to assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc diff --git a/assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc b/assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc rename to assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc diff --git a/assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/led-green.inc b/assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/led-green.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/led-green.inc rename to assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/led-green.inc diff --git a/assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/led-red.inc b/assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/led-red.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/led-red.inc rename to assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/led-red.inc diff --git a/assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/led-yellow.inc b/assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/led-yellow.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/led-yellow.inc rename to assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/led-yellow.inc diff --git a/assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc b/assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc rename to assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc diff --git a/assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc b/assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc rename to assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc diff --git a/assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc b/assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc rename to assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc diff --git a/assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc b/assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc rename to assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc diff --git a/assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/server-active.inc b/assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/server-active.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/server-active.inc rename to assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/server-active.inc diff --git a/assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/server-inactive.inc b/assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/server-inactive.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/server-inactive.inc rename to assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/server-inactive.inc diff --git a/assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc b/assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc rename to assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc diff --git a/assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/settings-network.inc b/assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/settings-network.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/settings-network.inc rename to assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/settings-network.inc diff --git a/assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/settings-profile.inc b/assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/settings-profile.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/nb_NO-screenshots/settings-profile.inc rename to assets/img/nb-NO-screenshots/settings-profile.inc diff --git a/assets/img/nl-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc b/assets/img/nl-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc index 28659dfc0..660b87542 100644 --- a/assets/img/nl-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc +++ b/assets/img/nl-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc @@ -1 +1 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147943003-9285b644-2cbc-4266-8899-6007d2f12243.png +https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/d1481364-ffc4-49e5-b567-a2e988c345ad \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/assets/img/nl-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc b/assets/img/nl-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc index 665ec8d12..b92662d47 100644 --- a/assets/img/nl-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc +++ b/assets/img/nl-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc @@ -1 +1 @@ -https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/13550012/258647426-93f9ddad-dd09-43e3-9b28-8faba15bca11.png +https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/fb633e3f-b1a4-4a20-9fce-1c44632561c3 diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc b/assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc rename to assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc b/assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc rename to assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc b/assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc rename to assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc b/assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc rename to assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc b/assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc rename to assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc b/assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc rename to assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/led-green.inc b/assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/led-green.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/led-green.inc rename to assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/led-green.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/led-red.inc b/assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/led-red.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/led-red.inc rename to assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/led-red.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/led-yellow.inc b/assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/led-yellow.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/led-yellow.inc rename to assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/led-yellow.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc b/assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc rename to assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc b/assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc rename to assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc b/assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc rename to assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc b/assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc rename to assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/server-active.inc b/assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/server-active.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/server-active.inc rename to assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/server-active.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/server-inactive.inc b/assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/server-inactive.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/server-inactive.inc rename to assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/server-inactive.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc b/assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc rename to assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/settings-network.inc b/assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/settings-network.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/settings-network.inc rename to assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/settings-network.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/settings-profile.inc b/assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/settings-profile.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_BR-screenshots/settings-profile.inc rename to assets/img/pt-BR-screenshots/settings-profile.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc b/assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc rename to assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc b/assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc rename to assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc b/assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc rename to assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc b/assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc rename to assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc b/assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc rename to assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc b/assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc rename to assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/led-green.inc b/assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/led-green.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/led-green.inc rename to assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/led-green.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/led-red.inc b/assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/led-red.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/led-red.inc rename to assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/led-red.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/led-yellow.inc b/assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/led-yellow.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/led-yellow.inc rename to assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/led-yellow.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc b/assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc rename to assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc b/assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc rename to assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc b/assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc rename to assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc b/assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc rename to assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/server-active.inc b/assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/server-active.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/server-active.inc rename to assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/server-active.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/server-inactive.inc b/assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/server-inactive.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/server-inactive.inc rename to assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/server-inactive.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc b/assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc rename to assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/settings-network.inc b/assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/settings-network.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/settings-network.inc rename to assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/settings-network.inc diff --git a/assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/settings-profile.inc b/assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/settings-profile.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/pt_PT-screenshots/settings-profile.inc rename to assets/img/pt-PT-screenshots/settings-profile.inc diff --git a/assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc b/assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc rename to assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc diff --git a/assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc b/assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc rename to assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc diff --git a/assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc b/assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..f6bb0906d --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/950c8dc1-b766-49b6-b88e-4bf9c38e6c2d diff --git a/assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc b/assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc rename to assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc diff --git a/assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc b/assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc rename to assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc diff --git a/assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc b/assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc rename to assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc diff --git a/assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/led-green.inc b/assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/led-green.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/led-green.inc rename to assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/led-green.inc diff --git a/assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/led-red.inc b/assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/led-red.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/led-red.inc rename to assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/led-red.inc diff --git a/assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/led-yellow.inc b/assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/led-yellow.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/led-yellow.inc rename to assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/led-yellow.inc diff --git a/assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc b/assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc rename to assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc diff --git a/assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc b/assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc rename to assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc diff --git a/assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc b/assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc rename to assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc diff --git a/assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc b/assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc rename to assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc diff --git a/assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/server-active.inc b/assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/server-active.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/server-active.inc rename to assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/server-active.inc diff --git a/assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/server-inactive.inc b/assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/server-inactive.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/server-inactive.inc rename to assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/server-inactive.inc diff --git a/assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc b/assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..1ee136916 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://github.com/user-attachments/assets/2869f401-347b-4b3e-b280-36a7b45d7ee6 diff --git a/assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/settings-network.inc b/assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/settings-network.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..70b8c8b89 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/settings-network.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/1549463/248553617-bdeb935a-c923-44a8-86d3-1f14d0fb0355.png diff --git a/assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/settings-profile.inc b/assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/settings-profile.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3e19c1008 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/sv-SE-screenshots/settings-profile.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/1549463/248553489-9ef871f6-32d1-4a2a-9f6f-29e23c40a629.png diff --git a/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..fb41bc1dc --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/bandwidth-diagram.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/139528948-4b8e72d1-38ec-4900-93dc-5166c42b6b80.png diff --git a/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e866dbc40 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/channel-mapping.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147834648-689c3d9c-eda8-4b2f-b7d2-a6a28764cc24.png diff --git a/assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc rename to assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/connection-setup-window.inc diff --git a/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..efe74d4ba --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/diagram-overview.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147834690-69dd3caf-cb94-4a5a-94c0-afaf7dda168b.png diff --git a/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..111d28c7f --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/diagram-reg-server.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147834923-803ba3f9-c3a3-4c6a-90a4-fdbe5e950244.png diff --git a/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5957b00bb --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/diagram-unreg-server.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147834838-c0c12d93-9bee-435d-8b4e-dcb006f86d20.png diff --git a/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/led-green.inc b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/led-green.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..82cb4c3ab --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/led-green.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147835533-29060d31-b728-4c6b-83b7-cf374324e776.png diff --git a/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/led-red.inc b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/led-red.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..11a55e8ef --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/led-red.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147835547-0586976c-f6bc-43f2-a27f-256b87bd27f8.png diff --git a/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/led-yellow.inc b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/led-yellow.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3f10f6ce9 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/led-yellow.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147835559-591734f3-c4b1-46be-9896-ac0ad9796a10.png diff --git a/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..2468d009a --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/main-screen-default.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147835619-7857c013-cc03-4ccc-b902-a1de0a2663d1.png diff --git a/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..c82ea1541 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/main-screen-medium.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147835728-5dfe92b3-de74-48dc-946b-7061d89f5e22.png diff --git a/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d1aa645af --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/mixer-channels.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147836084-4a2f42f0-962c-486b-8d35-c20f6b70e5a9.png diff --git a/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..425f77f3c --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/profile-tooltip.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://user-images.githubusercontent.com/4561747/147836179-2eeb2935-2871-48aa-bf88-9b2622c7f5aa.png diff --git a/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/server-active.inc b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/server-active.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b3d6842c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/server-active.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/src/res/servertrayiconactive.png diff --git a/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/server-inactive.inc b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/server-inactive.inc new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a5e2555bb --- /dev/null +++ b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/server-inactive.inc @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/src/res/servertrayiconinactive.png diff --git a/assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc rename to assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/settings-advanced.inc diff --git a/assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/settings-network.inc b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/settings-network.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/settings-network.inc rename to assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/settings-network.inc diff --git a/assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/settings-profile.inc b/assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/settings-profile.inc similarity index 100% rename from assets/img/zh_CN-screenshots/settings-profile.inc rename to assets/img/zh-CN-screenshots/settings-profile.inc diff --git a/contribute/en/Release-Process.md b/contribute/en/Release-Process.md index c99159d95..02f4935b7 100644 --- a/contribute/en/Release-Process.md +++ b/contribute/en/Release-Process.md @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Use `tools/create-translation-issues.sh` to create and assign issues (see usage {:.no_toc} Each translator should submit a PR containing just their new version of the `.ts` file. There is no need to submit -a new `.qm` file, as they will all be regenerated below. +a new `.qm` file, as they are compiled automatically. A developer should check and merge each PR as it arrives using this checklist: @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ A developer should check and merge each PR as it arrives using this checklist: - [ ] Punctuation and spacing consistent - [ ] Signal words consistent ("ASIO", "Buffer") - [ ] App translations: No untranslated strings (`grep unfinished -5 src/translation/translation_$TRANSLATION*.ts`) -- [ ] App translations: Only a single `.ts` file checked in (`.qm` in addition is also OK) +- [ ] App translations: Only a single `.ts` file checked in - [ ] Installer translations: Passes `tools/check-wininstaller-translations.sh` ~~~ @@ -107,20 +107,6 @@ $ git status Make sure there are no pending changes shown by `git status`. -Now ensure the compiled translation files are up to date: - -``` -$ lrelease Jamulus.pro -$ git status -``` - -If any of the `.qm` files have been updated by `lrelease`, they will be shown as changed files. If there are any, they should be committed and pushed: - -``` -$ git commit -am'Update compiled translations' -$ git push -``` - Next edit both `Jamulus.pro` and `ChangeLog` with the new version number, such as **3.7.0rc2** or **3.7.0**: ``` @@ -290,7 +276,6 @@ Current state: - [ ] Review translation PRs according to [release process checklist](https://jamulus.io/contribute/Release-Process#3-update-the-ts-files-returned-by-translators) - [ ] Wait for all PRs to be merged (missing translations will revert to English automatically). - [ ] Check for conflicting accelerator keys (see `tools/checkkeys.pl`) - - [ ] Generate `.qm` files via `lrelease Jamulus.pro` - [ ] Finish Website translations - [ ] Wait for all PRs to be merged (missing translations will revert to English automatically) - [ ] [Check for broken links](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamuluswebsite/blob/release/contribute/en/Release-Process.md#website-check-links) diff --git a/sitemap.xml b/sitemap.xml index e7e367413..be6c2ff63 100644 --- a/sitemap.xml +++ b/sitemap.xml @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ category: hidden {% for post in site.posts %} {% unless post.published == false %} - {{ site.url }}{{ post.url }} + {{ site.a_rootpage }}{{ post.url }} {{ post.date | date_to_xmlschema }} monthly 0.5 diff --git a/wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md b/wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md index 9c7b16920..47c7c8fd4 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md +++ b/wiki/en/Include-Shared-Commands.md @@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ [comment]: # (This is an include file for use in multiple documents) - `-h` or `--help` Display help text -- `-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `io.jamulus.Jamulus` with `io.jamulus.JamulusServer`. Turn on "Show Library folder" in "Show view options" in Finder to see this folder.) +- `-i` or `--inifile` Set location of initialization file (overrides default. On macOS simply provide a filename only, since config files can only be read from `/Users//Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/`. For the server replace `app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus` with `app.jamulussoftware.JamulusServer`. Turn on "Show Library folder" in "Show view options" in Finder to see this folder.) - `-n` or `--nogui` Disable GUI (for use in headless mode) - `-p` or `--port` Sets the local UDP port number. Default is 22124 - `--jsonrpcport` Enables JSON-RPC API server to control the app, set TCP port number (EXPERIMENTAL, APIs might change; only accessible from localhost). Please see [the JSON-RPC API Documentation file](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/JSON-RPC.md). diff --git a/wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md b/wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md index dee09eda6..f751fa6b0 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md +++ b/wiki/en/Installation-for-Linux.md @@ -54,24 +54,43 @@ For installers on other distributions, see their package managers and [Repology] ## Set up your hardware +The Jamulus Client needs to connect to a running [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server in order to start. You need to find out which is the low-latency sound server for your distribution. +- If your distribution uses [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/), see how to [configure JACK with QjackCtl](Installation-for-Linux#configure-jack-with-qjackctl). +- If your distribution uses PipeWire, see how to [configure PipeWire](Installation-for-Linux#configure-pipewire). + ### Configure JACK with QjackCtl -Jamulus Clients need [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) to run, but you need to configure that first. The recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`. +To run a [JACK](https://jackaudio.org/) server, the recommended method is to use `QjackCtl`. + +1. Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page**. +2. Configure your sound hardware as follows: + +- Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list - choose the correct one as this cannot be changed without stopping Jamulus and JACK). +- Set the **Sample Rate to 48000**. +- Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and **Periods/Buffer at 2** at first. -1. Launch QjackCtl. You will see the **Qt JACK Control utility main page** -2. Configure your audio hardware as follows (the exact settings for JACK will depend on what your audio hardware is capable of): +Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect and continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below. -- Set the audio **Interface** to the one you want (there may be several in the list) -- Set the **Sample Rate to 48000** -- Set the **Frames/Period to 128** and Periods/Buffer at 2 at first +### Configure PipeWire -Restart JACK for the new settings to take effect +PipeWire provides its own JACK server. When you launch the Jamulus Client, PipeWire automatically runs a JACK server. However, there are a few parameters to adjust. +You need to set your audio interface to the "pro-audio" profile and define PipeWire's "rate" and "quantum" parameters beforehand. +You can find more information about the configuration in the [PipeWire wiki](https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/pipewire/pipewire/-/wikis/Config-JACK#jack-server). + +To set up your system: +1. Open `pavucontrol` (the audio mixer) and choose the "pro-audio" profile for your sound hardware in the configuration tab. +2. In a terminal use the following two commands to force PipeWire's rate and quantum: +```bash +pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-rate 48000 +pw-metadata -n settings 0 clock.force-quantum 128 +``` +After this, continue from the [Start Jamulus](Installation-for-Linux#start-jamulus) section below. ### Start Jamulus -With JACK running and configured, launch Jamulus. +With JACK or PipeWire configured, launch Jamulus. -If you get problems with sound breaking up (in particular XRUN errors reported by JACK/QjackCtl) try setting bigger values (e.g. 256 frames or 3 periods). Lower ones (e.g. 64 frames) could bring better performance but maybe more sound problems. See the [troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting) otherwise. +If you have any problems, first check [the troubleshooting page](Client-Troubleshooting). ## All installed? diff --git a/wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md b/wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md index 62f5b0b41..be570762e 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md +++ b/wiki/en/Installation-for-iOS.md @@ -20,7 +20,9 @@ If you have don't own a PC, we suggest you to buy a [Raspberry Pi](https://www.r * To install Jamulus on your iOS device, you need a (free or paid) Apple Developer account and preferably a computer. * If you don't pay for an Apple developer account, Jamulus will only run for at most 7 days before you need to re-install it. -* Jamulus on iOS works quite well on new devices if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. To connect these to your iOS device, you should use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub. +* Jamulus on iOS works quite well if everything is set up correctly. However, we strongly recommend you use an audio interface and an USB-Ethernet adapter. If you own an older device which has a Lightning port and not USB-C, you can use something like the [Lightning to USB Camera Adapter](https://www.apple.com/uk/shop/product/MD821ZM/A/lightning-to-usb-camera-adapter) and a (powered) USB-hub. +* If you must use Jamulus on a wireless network, you should prefer a cellular (5G) connection over WiFi. +* Unofficial Jamulus compatible apps like [KOORD](https://apps.apple.com/us/app/koord/id1621509341) are available on the AppStore but may not have the same features as the official Jamulus release. ## Install for iOS (for experienced users only) @@ -38,7 +40,7 @@ If you own a Mac and have Xcode installed, compiling Jamulus from source might b ## Feedback and development -iOS support isn't mature yet and far from ready to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: +Our view is that the iOS version is not sufficiently mature to be published on the AppStore. Feel free to help out: Just head over to the [Jamulus GitHub repo](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/). Please also read the [APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/APPLEAPPSTORE.LICENCE.WAIVER) concerning Jamulus being published via the Apple AppStore. diff --git a/wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md b/wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md index c4f6e8bdb..858fc12d7 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md +++ b/wiki/en/Running-a-Server.md @@ -58,20 +58,41 @@ Most people run Jamulus on a 3rd party/cloud host as a "headless" Server (no vid To run a headless server on Linux, the following steps assume you are familiar with the command line and Debian/Ubuntu or similar distribution that uses systemd. -1. Download the setup script: `curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh` -1. Make the script executable: `chmod +x setup_repo.sh` -1. Run the script and install the headless server: `sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless` +1. Download the setup script: + + ``` + curl https://raw.githubusercontent.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/main/linux/setup_repo.sh > setup_repo.sh + ``` + +1. Make the script executable: + + ``` + chmod +x setup_repo.sh + ``` + +1. Run the script and install the headless server: + + ``` + sudo ./setup_repo.sh && sudo apt install jamulus-headless + ``` + 1. Enable the headless Server process: - `sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless` + ``` + sudo systemctl enable jamulus-headless + ``` 1. Add your desired [command line options](Running-a-Server#configuration-options) to the `ExecStart` line in the systemd service file: - `sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless` + ``` + sudo systemctl edit --full jamulus-headless + ``` 1. Reload the systemd files and restart the headless Server: - `sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless` + ``` + sudo systemctl daemon-reload && sudo systemctl restart jamulus-headless + ``` _To edit your Server configuration, just repeat the last two steps above._ @@ -274,7 +295,7 @@ To turn recording on or off (depending on the current state): [Service] Type=oneshot - ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 Jamulus-Server + ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR2 jamulus-headless ~~~ To start a new recording: @@ -286,10 +307,10 @@ To start a new recording: [Service] Type=oneshot - ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 Jamulus-Server + ExecStart=/bin/systemctl kill -s SIGUSR1 jamulus-headless ~~~ -_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name you created when setting systemd to control your Jamulus Server. So in this example it would be `Jamulus-Server.service`_ +_Note: The Jamulus service name in the `ExecStart` line needs to be the same as the `.service` file name used by systemd to control your Jamulus Server. By default, if you use the `.deb` files from the repository, it is `jamulus-headless`, as in this example. Run `sudo systemctl daemon-reload` to register them for first use. @@ -297,7 +318,7 @@ Now you can run these with the `systemctl` command, for example: `sudo systemctl start jamulusTogglerec` -You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus`, or by viewing the logs. +You can see the result of these commands if you run `systemctl status jamulus-headless` (or the respective service name you specified manually). You can also view your (sys)log. --- diff --git a/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md b/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md index 86d4a2edb..cd9baaf19 100644 --- a/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md +++ b/wiki/en/Software-Manual.md @@ -77,16 +77,24 @@ open automatically for all Clients. See Settings to optionally turn on a sound a Opens a dialogue where you can select a server to connect to. If you are connected, pressing this button will end the session. +You can also open the dialogue using "File>Connection Setup...". This will leave you connected to any current session until you join another.
Screenshot of the server connection window
-The Connection Setup window shows a list of available servers together with the number of occupants and the maximum number supported. Server operators register their servers on lists (mostly defined by genre, though some could be location-specific or for all genres). Use the List dropdown to select a genre, click on the server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name. Permanent servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold. +The Connection Setup window shows a list of available Servers together with their "distance" (in terms of ping time), the number of occupants and the maximum number supported, and the Server's given location. +Permanent Servers (those that have been listed for longer than 24 hours) are shown in bold. -You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied servers, enter a "#" character. +Click on the Server you want to join and press the Connect button to connect to it. Alternatively, double-click on the server name. -If you know the IP address or URL of a private server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address -field. An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, -`jamulus.example.com:22124` (Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets). The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. +Server operators register their servers with Directories. These are either genre-specific or for any genre, or additional [custom entries](#custom-directories). Use the Directory dropdown to select a genre. +You can filter the list by server name or location. To list only occupied Servers, enter a "#" character. +If you choose "Show All Musicians" the current occupants will be shown. + +If you know the IP address or URL of a private Server, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. +An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. +(Note that IPv6 addresses must be entirely enclosed in square brackets, for example `[::1]:22124`.) +The field will also show a list of the most recently used server addresses. +The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list. ## Server audio mixer @@ -130,7 +138,7 @@ which is displayed below your fader in the server audio mixer board. If you set an instrument and/or country, icons for these selections will also be shown below your fader. The skill setting changes the background colour of the fader tag and the city entry shows up in the tool tip of the fader tag: -
Image of a tooltip showing profile information
+
Image of a tooltip showing profile information
### Skin @@ -200,7 +208,9 @@ connection properties. Three buffer sizes are supported: Some sound card drivers do not allow the buffer delay to be changed from within the Jamulus software. In this case the buffer delay setting is disabled and has to be changed using the sound card driver. On Windows, press the ASIO Setup button to open the driver settings panel. -On Linux, use the JACK configuration tool to change the buffer size. +On Linux: +- when using JACK, use `QJackCtl` to change the buffer size and restart JACK; +- when using PipeWire's JACK server, change PipeWire's Quantum parameter with its own configuration tools. The actual buffer delay has an influence on the connection status, the current upload rate and the overall delay. The lower the buffer size, the higher the probability of a red light in the status indicator (dropouts) and the @@ -241,6 +251,10 @@ rate is not higher than your available internet upload speed (check this with a ### Custom Directories If you need to add Directory addresses other than the built-in ones, you can do so here. +If you know the IP address or host name of a custom Directory, you can connect to it using the Server Name/Address field. +An optional port number can be added after the address using a colon as a separator, e.g, `jamulus.example.com:22124`. +(Note that IPv6 is not currently supported for Directories.) +The button that follows the field allows the current entry to be removed from the list. ### New Client Level @@ -279,7 +293,7 @@ Applies a one-off fader setting to each channel depending on its volume. Useful **Note for macOS users:** As of Jamulus 3.8.1, we have a signed installer. This will store the settings in ```shell -$HOME/Library/Containers/io.jamulus.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/ +$HOME/Library/Containers/app.jamulussoftware.Jamulus/Data/.config/Jamulus/ ``` # Command Line Options diff --git a/wiki/en/misc/1-index.html b/wiki/en/misc/1-index.html deleted file mode 100644 index be1a4a4e1..000000000 --- a/wiki/en/misc/1-index.html +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ ---- -title: "Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free." -lang: "en" -permalink: / -layout: mainhomepage -ldjAppCategory: "Music" -ldjSlogan: "Play music online. With friends. For free." -ldjCreator: "Volker Fischer and contributors" -metadescription: "Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet." -mAltProgIcon: "Jamulus icon" -mTSlogan: "Play music online. With friends. For free." -mTGetStartedNow: "Get started now!" -mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for' -mTPlatformsAnd: 'and' -mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms' ---- - -
-
- - Jamulus Banner. Links to getting started page - -
-
-
-
-

Jamulus worldwide

- All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons, - in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person. -

Help needed?

-

- Check out the documentation and consider the troubleshooting section! - You can also ask on the forums. -

-
-
-

Want to get involved?

-

- Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help translating Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is free and open source software (FOSS) licensed under the GPL, you can help us!
- Take a look at our contribution guidelines to find out how. Everybody is welcome! -

-

- - For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF). - -

-
-
- {{ page.mTGetStartedNow }} -
-
diff --git a/wiki/en/misc/1-index.md b/wiki/en/misc/1-index.md new file mode 100644 index 000000000..b37b3b741 --- /dev/null +++ b/wiki/en/misc/1-index.md @@ -0,0 +1,67 @@ +--- +title: "Jamulus ‒ Play music online. With friends. For free." +lang: "en" +permalink: / +layout: mainhomepage +ldjAppCategory: "Music" +ldjSlogan: "Play music online. With friends. For free." +ldjCreator: "Volker Fischer and contributors" +metadescription: "Jamulus is free and open source software that lets musicians perform music, rehearse or jam together, in real time over the Internet." +mAltProgIcon: "Jamulus icon" +mTSlogan: "Play music online. With friends. For free." +mTGetStartedNow: "Get started now!" +mTDownloadNow: 'Download now for' +mTPlatformsAnd: 'and' +mTOtherPlatforms: 'other platforms' +--- +[//]: # Markdown sections should not be indented, otherwise they are treated as code blocks. +
+
+
+

What is Jamulus?

+
+Jamulus lets you play, rehearse, or jam with your friends, your band, or anyone you find online. Play together remotely in time with high quality, low-latency sound on a normal broadband connection. [Download it here!](wiki/Getting-Started) +
+
+
+
+
+
+
+ + A screenshot of the main mixer window showing five people from different countries connected. + +
Jamulus is international
+
+
+
+
+
+

Jamulus worldwide

+
+All over the world Jamulus allows choirs to rehearse and rock bands to play. Jamulus brings folk and classical musicians together. It's being used for remote music lessons, in schools and universities, in private and in public — all in real time on the Internet, as if you were there in person. +
+

Help needed?

+

+

+Check out the [documentation](wiki/Getting-Started) and consider the [troubleshooting section](wiki/Client-Troubleshooting)! +You can also ask on the [forums](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/discussions). +
+

+
+
+

Want to get involved?

+

+

+Ideas? Found a bug? Want to contribute some code or help [translating](https://github.com/jamulussoftware/jamulus/blob/main/docs/TRANSLATING.md) Jamulus into your language? Since Jamulus is [free and open source software](https://www.gnu.org/philosophy/free-sw.en.html) (FOSS) licensed under the [GPL](https://www.gnu.org/licenses/old-licenses/gpl-2.0.en.html) you can help us!
+
+Take a look at our [contribution guidelines](wiki/Contribution) to find out how. Everybody is welcome!
+
+_For detailed information on how Jamulus works, see [this paper by Volker Fischer (PDF)](/PerformingBandRehearsalsontheInternetWithJamulus.pdf)._ +
+

+
+
+ {{ page.mTGetStartedNow }} +
+